240K C2 OT 05 002 Rev.00

SOCIEDAD MINERA CERRO VERDE S.A.A.
CERRO VERDE PRODUCTION UNIT EXPANSION
PROJECT NO. A6CV
SITE QUALITY MANUAL
DOCUMENT NO. 240K-C2-OT-05-002 REV. 0

19 JUNE 2013
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\240K-C2-OT-05-002-0_Cover.doc
Sociedad Minera Cerro Verde S.A.A. Cerro Verde Production Unit Expansion Project No. A6CV
Document No. 240K-C2-OT-05-002 Revision 0
SITE QUALITY MANUAL
This page is intentionally blank.
Page 2 of 2
240K-C2-05-002 Site Quality Manual 000 509 0000 Revision 0, 10 June 2103
TABLE OF CONTENTS / DATE REVISION PAGE
Administrative Procedure No. 000 509 0000 000 509 0010 000 509 0020 000 509 0040 000 509 0050 000 509 0090 000 509 0110 000 509 0130 000 509 0140 000 509 0150 000 509 0160 000 509 0170 000 509 0180 000 509 0200 000 509 0210 000 509 0220 000 509 0230 000 509 0240 000 509 0250 000 509 5100
Title Table of Contents / Date Revision Page Foreword Manual Preparation and Maintenance Organization and Responsibilities Document Control Process Control Inspection, Measuring and Test Equipment Control of Nonconformances Corrective Action Preventive Action Quality Records Quality Audits Personnel Training and Qualification Site Subcontractor Qualification Contractor Quality Requirements Surveillance of Construction Activities Field Receiving Inspection Turnover Material & Equipment Storage & Maintenance Activity Plan for Construction
Revision Date 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13
Inspection and Test Procedure No. 000 509 7000 000 509 7010 000 509 7020 000 509 7030 000 509 7040 000 509 7050 000 509 7060 000 509 7070 000 509 7080 000 509 7090 000 509 7100 000 509 7200 000 509 7300 000 509 7310 000 509 7320 000 509 7400
Title Inspection and Testing Soils Bituminous Concrete Paving Pilling - Steel H - Piles Piling Pre-Cast Concrete Piles Piling - Timber Piles Piling - Closed End Concrete Filled Pipe Piles Piling - Concrete Filled Thin Shell Pipe Piles Drilled Caissons Augered Cast-In-Place Piles Concrete and Grout Structural Steel Buildings Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning Roofing Inspection Equipment
Revision Date 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 VOID VOID VOID VOID 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0000 Rev 0 Table of Contents.doc
Page 1 of 2
Inspection and Test Procedure No. 000 509 7410 000 509 7420 000 509 7430 000 509 7440 000 509 7460 000 509 7470 000 509 7500 000 509 7510 000 509 7520 000 509 7550 000 509 7560 000 509 7570 000 509 7600 000 509 7610 000 509 7620 000 509 7640 000 509 7700 000 509 7710 000 509 7800 000 509 7810 000 509 7820 000 509 7830 000 509 7910 000 509 7920 000 509 7930 000 509 7950 000 509 F0000
Title Field Fabricated Tanks Cooling Tower Refractory Concrete Gas Turbine/Generator Steam Turbine/Generator Generator Testing Underground Piping Aboveground Piping Pressure Testing Hygienic Tubing Chemical Cleaning of Pipe Steam Tracing for Pipe and Equipment Electrical Inspection Electrical Testing Electrical Equipment Electrical Heat Tracing Control Systems Instrumentation Control System Calibration Coatings and Linings Insulation Fireproofing Inspection Cathodic Protection Welding Inspection Nondestructive Examination Positive Material Identification Hardness Testing Quality Control Forms
Revision Date 10 June 13 VOID VOID VOID VOID VOID 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 VOID 10 June 13 VOID 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 VOID 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13
The Fluor Site Quality Program for this Project is described and documented in this Site Quality Manual.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0000 Rev 0 Table of Contents.doc
Page 2 of 2
240K-C2-05-002 Site Quality Manual 000 509 F0000 Revision 0, 10 June 2013
Form Number 000.509.F00501 000.509.F00502 000.509.F01101 000.509.F01102 000.509.F01103 000.509.F01104 000.509.F01301 000.509.F01302 000.509.F01303 000.509.F01401 000.509.F01402 000.509.F01501 000.509.F01601 000.509.F01701 000.509.F01702 000.509.F01801 000.509.F02001 000.509.F02002 000.509.F02003 000.509.F02004 000.509.F02005 000.509.F02006 000.509.F02201 000.509.F02202 000.509.F02301 000.509.F02401 000.509.F02402 000.509.F02403 000.509.F02404 000.509.F02405
FORMS INDEX Form Title Request For Information Request For Information Log Calibration Assignment Log and Record I.M.T.E. Sign In/Out History of Use Log Calibrations Tickler File Calibration Data Sheet Nonconformance Report Nonconformance Report Log Hold Tag/Sticker Corrective Action Report Corrective Action Status Log Preventive Action Log Quality Records Control Audit Finding Audit Summary Project Specific Quality Training Site Subcontractor Qualification Soil Testing Laboratory Evaluation Record Asphalt Testing Laboratory Evaluation Record Concrete Batch Plant Evaluation Record Concrete Testing Laboratory Evaluation Record NDE Subcontractor Evaluation Record Surveillance Report Surveillance Report Log Receiving Inspection Checklist Transfer of Care, Custody and Control (Turnover Notice) System Walkdown Notice Mechanical Completion Civil Checklist Mechanical Completion Electrical/Instrumentation Checklist Mechanical Completion/Mechanical Checklist
Revision Date 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F0000 Rev 0 Forms Index.doc
Page 1 of 10
Form Number 000.509.F02406 000.509.F02407 000.509.F02408 000.509.F02409 000.509.F02501 000.509.F02502 000.509.F70001 000.509.F70002 000.509.F70101 000.509.F70102 000.509.F70103 000.509.F70104 000.509.F70105 000.509.F70201 000.509.F70202 000.509.F70204 000.509.F70301 000.509.F70302 000.509.F70303 000.509.F70801 000.509.F70901 000.509.F71001 000.509.F71002 000.509.F71003 000.509.F71004 000.509.F71005 000.509.F71006 000.509.F71007 000.509.F71008 000.509.F71009 000.509.F71010
FORMS INDEX Form Title Mechanical Completion/Quality Control Checklist Master Punch List Record Interim Turnover Notice Mechanical Completion Certificate Storage Inspection Checklist Equipment Protection Preservation and Inspection Record Inspection and Test Plan Inspection and Test Plan Soil Inspection Checklist Field Compaction Test Record Density of Soil Place by the Sand-Cone Method ASTM D-1566 AASHTO-T-191 Nuclear Moisture-Density Test Report Soil Density Test Log Bituminous Concrete Paving Inspection Checklist Bulk Specific Gravity Nuclear Density Test Report Bituminous Concrete Pile Driving Inspection Record Pile Driving Record Record of Pile Driving Caisson Inspection Record Augered Cast-In-Place Pile Record Pre-Concrete Inspection Checklist Concrete Inspection Record Concrete Pour Card Cementitious Grout Inspection Record Cementitious Grout Testing Record Epoxy Resin Grout Inspection Record Concrete Compression Strength Test Record Concrete Placement Log Grout Placement Log Concrete Batch Plant Inspection Record
Revision Date 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 VOID 10 June 13 10 June 13 VOID 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13
Page 2 of 10
Form Number 000.509.F72002 000.509.F72003 000.509.F73001 000.509.F73002 000.509.F73003 000.509.F73004 000.509.F73005 000.509.F73006 000.509.F73007 000.509.F73008 000.509.F73009 000.509.F73010 000.509.F73011 000.509.F73012 000.509.F73013 000.509.F73014 000.509.F73015 000.509.F73016 000.509.F73101 000.509.F73102 000.509.F73201 000.509.F74001 000.509.F74002 000.509.F74003 000.509.F74004 000.509.F74005 000.509.F74006 000.509.F74007 000.509.F74008 000.509.F74009 000.509.F74010 000.509.F74011 000.509.F74012 000.509.F74013 000.509.F74014 000.509.F74015 000.509.F74016
FORMS INDEX Form Title Structural Steel Inspection Torque Wrench Calibration Log Building Inspection and Test Checklist Final Building Inspection Summary Carpentry Checklist Painting Checklist Plumbing Checklist Ceramic Tile Checklist Concrete Checklist Structural Steel Checklist Masonry (Brickwork) Checklist Plaster Checklist Doors, Windows, Hardware, Glazing Checklist Computer (Raised) Floors Checklist Prefab Wall Element Systems Checklist Building Metal Siding And Roofing Checklist Buildings Water Proofing And Damp Proofing Checklist Suspended Ceiling Checklist HVAC Inspection Record Buildings Air Conditioning Checklist Roofing Inspection Checklist Equipment Installation Checklist Heat Exchangers & Reboilers Installation Record Electrostatic Precipitator Checklist Inspection Record Static Equipment Tray Installation Inspection Record Air Cooled Heat Exchanger Inspection Checklist Air Cooler Run In Test Report Reciprocating Compressor Inspection Record Fan Installation Inspection Checklist Furnaces Inspection Record Fuel Gas Steam Generator Inspection Checklist Steam Turbine Inspection Checklist Agitators/Mixers Inspection Checklist Equipment/Piping Strain and Alignment Inspection Form Installation Checklist Travelling Cranes Package Equipment Installation Checklist
Revision Date 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 VOID VOID 10 June 13 10 June 13 VOID VOID 10 June 13 10 June 13 VOID VOID VOID 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13
Page 3 of 10
Form Number 000.509.F74017 000.509.F74018 000.509.F74019 000.509.F74020 000.509.F74021 000.509.F74022 000.509.F74024 000.509.F74025 000.509.F74026 000.509.F74027 000.509.F74028 000.509.F74029 000.509.F74030 000.509.F74031 000.509.F74032 000.509.F74033 000.509.F74101 000.509.F74102 000.509.F74103 000.509.F74104 000.509.F74105 000.509.F74106 000.509.F74201 000.509.F74301 000.509.F74401 000.509.F74402 000.509.F74405 000.509.F74406 000.509.F74407 000.509.F74408 000.509.F74601 000.509.F74602 000.509.F74603 000.509.F74604 000.509.F74605 000.509.F74606
FORMS INDEX Form Title Desuperheaters/Ejectors Inspection Checklist Filters/Strainers Installation Record Centrifugal Compressor Inspection Record Rotating Equipment Inspection Record Rotating Equipment Alignment Record Belt Driven Equipment Alignment Record Inspection Record For Draw Off Tray Leak Test Report Inspection Record For Air Coolers Final Closing Authorization Record API 686 Baseplate Installation Checklist (Prior to Grouting) API 686 Equipment Grouting Checklist API 686 Alignment Check Sheet Baseplate Leveling Record Reverse Dial Alignment Record Piping Alignment Data Sheet Rotating Equipment (Face-Rim) Alignment Record Tank Elevation Tolerances Record Inspection Record Field Erected Tank Tank Plate Dimensional Control Record Field Erected Tank Water Filling And Settlement Record Field Erected Tank Tank Leak Test Record Tank Test Certificate Inspection Record Cooling Tower Field Installed Refactory Record Gas Turbine/Generator Gear Inspection Checklist Gas Turbine Inspection Record Shop-Fabricated Field-Erected Stack Inspection Record Heat Recovery Steam Generator Inspection Record Breeching And Duct Work Inspection Record Equipment Protection Activities Record Gas Turbines Site Daily Activities Log Stg Foundation Settlement Record Stg Fixators Stg Sole Plates Stg Front Standard Base Plate Assembly Exhaust Hood Horizontal Joint Levelness
Revision Date VOID 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 VOID VOID VOID VOID VOID VOID VOID VOID VOID VOID VOID VOID VOID VOID
Page 4 of 10
FORMS INDEX Form Title Stg Shell/Casing Load Test Stg Piping Attachment Stg Foundation Top of Concrete Elevations Generator Test Checklist Generator Cold Resistance Test Record Underground Pipe Inspection Record Insulation Resistance (Insulated Flanges-Underground Piping) Test Record Holiday (Spark) Test Record Aboveground Pipe Inspection Record Visual Inspection of Flanges, Gaskets and Bolting Weld Map Record Pressure Test Report Hygienic Drawing Revision Log Hygienic Material Receiving Log Hygienic Valve Receiving Inspection Report Hygienic Vessel Nozzle Receiving Inspection Report Hygienic Tube/Fitting Receiving Inspection Report Hygienic Pre-weld Inspection Checklist Hygienic Welder Qualification Report Hygienic Orbital Weld Log Hygienic Post Installation Checklist Pipe Cleaning and Verification Checklist Mechanical Heat Tracing Inspection Record Conduit And Cable Tray Checklist Electrical Manhole Inspection Checklist Medium & High Voltage Underground Cable Splice Inspection Record Medium and High Voltage Cable Termination Checklist Cable Pulling Inspection Checklist Fan/Speed Reducer/Motor Inspection Checklist Switch House Inspection Checklist Lighting Receptacle, Instrument Distribution Panels Inspection Checklist
Revision Date VOID VOID VOID VOID VOID 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 VOID VOID VOID VOID VOID VOID VOID VOID VOID 10 June 13 VOID 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13
Page 5 of 10
Form Number 000.509.F76009 000.509.F76010 000.509.F76011 000.509.F76012 000.509.F76013 000.509.F76014
FORMS INDEX Form Title Electrical Motor Inspection Checklist Aboveground Conduit Inspection Checklist Lighting Panelboard Inspection Record Underground Conduit (Duct Bank) Inspection Grounding/Earthing System (Grid or Loop) Inspection Record Cable Termination Checklist Grounding/Earthing Resistance Reading (Resistance-to-Earth and Loop Continuity) Test Record Insulation Resistance (Power, Control Wire And Cable) Test Record Insulation Resistance (Instrument Wire And Cable) Test Record DC High Potential Test (Medium Voltage Cable) Record Current Transformer (And Ammeter) Test Record LV Over-current And Earth/Ground-Fault Protection Relay Test Over-current/Ground Fault Protection Relay (Induction Type) Test Over-current/Ground Fault Protection Relay (Thermal Type) Test Switching Units HV Switchgear Inspection And Test Record Ground Electrode Resistance Inspection Test Record Ground Fault Protection Relay Induction Inspection and Test Record Grounding Continuity Inspection and Test Record Grounding Rod Inspection and Test Record Bus Bar Assemblies LV Switchgear Test Record Neutral Grounding/Earthing Resistor Test Record Ground Continuity (Non Electrical) Equipment/Structures Test Record Ground Continuity (Electrical Equipment and Ground Test Bars) Test Record Insulation Resistance (Equipment) Test Record Insulation Resistance (Transformer) Test Record Liquid Dielectric Strength Test Record DC Proof Test Record for Motors Feeder Breaker (480V MCC) Test Record Breaker/Contractor (480V MCC) Test Record 460V Motor Circuit (480V MCC) Test Record Medium Voltage Motor Circuit Test Record Equipment Absorption Ration and Polarization Index Test Record (Megger) Insulation Resistance (Medium Voltage Power Cables) Test Record Bus Throat Insulation and Ductor Reports Circuit Breaker Contract Timing Test Report
Revision Date 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13
000.509.F76101 000.509.F76102 000.509.F76103 000.509.F76104 000.509.F76105 000.509.F76106 000.509.F76107 000.509.F76108 000.509.F76109 000.509.F76110 000.509.F76111 000.509.F76112 000.509.F76113 000.509.F76114 000.509.F76115 000.509.F76116 000.509.F76117 000.509.F76118 000.509.F76119 000.509.F76120 000.509.F76121 000.509.F76122 000.509.F76123 000.509.F76124 000.509.F76125 000.509.F76126 000.509.F76127 000.509.F76128 000.509.F76129
Page 6 of 10
Form Number 000.509.F76130 000.509.F76131 000.509.F76132 000.509.F76133 000.509.F76134 000.509.F76135 000.509.F76201 000.509.F76202 000.509.F76203 000.509.F76204 000.509.F76205 000.509.F76206 000.509.F76207 000.509.F76208 000.509.F76209 000.509.F76210 000.509.F76211 000.509.F76212 000.509.F76213 000.509.F76214 000.509.F76215 000.509.F76216 000.509.F76217 000.509.F76218 000.509.F76219 000.509.F76220 000.509.F76221 000.509.F76222 000.509.F76223 000.509.F76224 000.509.F76225 000.509.F76226 000.509.F76227 000.509.F76228 000.509.F76229 000.509.F76230 000.509.F76231
FORMS INDEX Form Title Vacuum Circuit Breaker Ductor Insulation Report Drawout Vacuum Breaker Inspection Test Main Bus Insulation and Ductor Report Electric Motor Run-In Test Record Drawout Air Circuit Breaker Inspection Record Insulation Resistance (Rotating Equipment) Test Record Emergency Generators Inspection Checklist Inspection of Switchgear Bus-Bar Continuity (Including Incoming and Sectionalizer Units) Inspection LV Switchgear (Including Incoming and Sectionalizer Units) Inspection of Outgoing LV Switchgear Inspection of Static Supply Unit (UPS) Motor Control Centers Inspection Checklist Motor Control Centers (Motors and Starters) Inspection Record High Voltage Motors and Starters Motors Checklist Control and Relay Panels Inspection Checklist Electronic Equipment Inspection Checklist Power Panel Inspection Checklist Switchgear Inspection Checklist Low Voltage Feeders Inspection Record High Voltage Cable Inspection and Test Record Electrical Equipment Inspection Record Control Scheme Inspection Checklist Power Transformer Inspection Checklist Switching Units HV Switchgear Inspection and Test Record Switching Units HV Switchgear Inspection Checklist Liquid Filled Transformer Inspection Record Busway Inspection Record Switchgear Inspection Record Motor Control Center Inspection Record Battery and Battery Charger Inspection Record Liquid Immersed Medium Voltage Disconnect Switch Inspection Record Electric Motor Electrical Activities Inspection Record Electric Motor Mechanical Activities Inspection Record Electric Motor for Compressor Installation Checklist Compressor Vibration Checklist Vibration Probe Record
Revision Date 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13
Page 7 of 10
FORMS INDEX Form Title Dry Type Lighting, Receptacle & Instrument Transformers Checklist Instrument Wire and Cables Continuity Checks >50VDC Heat Trace Test Log Electrical Heat Trace Inspection Record Instrumentation Inspection Checklist Instrument Loop Checklist Inspection Impulse Line Pressure Test Sheet Instrument Grounding System Check Sheet Installation Check Sheet (Local Instruments) Orifice Plate Specification Check Report Control Systems Quality Loop Check Record Instrument Calibration Sheet Safety Valve Tracking Sheet Relief Valve Inspection and Final Acceptance Switch Calibration Data Record Valve Calibration Data Record Control System Test Equipment Calibration Log Loop Mechanical Completions & Acceptance Record Coating Inspection Record Lining Inspection Record Equipment Thermal Insulation Inspection Piping Thermal Insulation Record Release For Application/Inspection Of Fireproofing Checklist Fireproofing Inspection Preconstruction Checklist Cathodic Protection Inspection Report Daily Welding Report Post Weld Heat Treatment Log Welder B31.3 Random Radiography Control Log Nondestructive Examination Request/Record Radiographic Rejectable Defects Statistics
Revision Date 10 June 13 10 June 13 VOID VOID 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13
Page 8 of 10
Form Number 000.509.F79204 000.509.F79205 000.509.F79206 000.509.F79301 000.509.F79302 000.509.F79303 000.509.F79304 000.509.F79501 000.509.F79502 000.509.F79503
FORMS INDEX Form Title Welding/NDE Status Log Ferrite Test Report Welding/NDE Double Joints Status Log PMI Inspection Record Bulk Material Positive Material Identification Record Pipe Spool Positive Material Identification Record Point Sheet Weekly PMI Log Verification Of Training For Hardness Testing Report Of Vision Test Hardness Testing Report
Revision Date 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13 10 June 13
Page 9 of 10
This page intentionally left blank.
Page 10 of 10
FOREWORD The objective of the site quality program for this project is to ensure that construction is performed in accordance with the drawings, specifications, applicable local, state and federal standards and Codes. A further objective is to provide documented evidence that confirms that the primary objective has been met. The site quality control program as delineated in this manual is tailored to meet the quality surveillance, inspection, testing, and documentation requirements for construction/installation performed by subcontractors and Fluor self-perform construction. The site quality program is based upon the principals stated in the Operating System Requirements (OSR) and any applicable Operating System Implementation Plan (OSIP). It is designed to cover quality aspects related to construction, construction management and maintenance activities. The Site Quality Manager will coordinate the construction quality surveillance, inspection, testing, and documentation activities. He will monitor construction and quality activities to the extent necessary to provide construction management with adequate confidence that appropriate measures are being taken to control and achieve quality. The quality activity will emphasize preventing nonconformance to drawings and specifications but detecting and correcting it if it occurs. When Fluor performs construction activities using our own labor force, the quality control responsibility remains with Fluor. The Fluor construction supervision and construction engineering staffs are primarily responsible for the attainment of the quality requirements established by the drawings, specifications and contract. The supervisory, construction engineering and quality staffs will perform quality control inspection, testing, surveillance and documentation activities as outlined in this manual. The primary responsibility for performing quality workmanship rests with those actually performing the work under the supervision of the Fluor construction staff. When an element of construction is subcontracted, the quality control responsibilities governing the subcontractor's work are usually delegated to the subcontractor. The overall responsibility for verifying quality in construction remains with Fluor. This is done by surveillance and audits when the responsibility for quality activities has been delegated to the subcontractor. The subcontractors are to provide the measures required to achieve the contract quality requirements. The subcontractor's quality control responsibility is established by procedure 000.509.0210 and is stated in their contract. This site specific Quality Manual is the governing document for the Fluor quality system and will be maintained current to achieve project quality objectives. This Manual is not applicable to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code work. The Fluor "Quality Control System Manual for Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Work" will be applied to ASME and National Board Inspection Code Work certified by Fluor.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0010 Rev 0 Foreword.doc
Page 1 of 2
The Project Procedures Manual (PPM), used in conjunction with the Site Quality Manual, contain or identify approved procedures used to identify, document and verify the appropriate reviews and approvals of changes to design documents that are requested by field organizations and provide requirements for document control. The Fluor Construction Technology staff will conduct independent audits of project compliance to this manual. The audits are conducted to provide the Project Manager, Site Manager, and Client with a project independent evaluation of the site quality program status and adequacy. The initial audit will be conducted at approximately 10% mechanical completion and additional audits on a periodic basis throughout construction.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0010 Rev 0 Foreword.doc
Page 2 of 2
240K-C2-05-002 Site Quality Manual 000 509 0020 Revision 0 , 10 June 2013
MANUAL PREPARATION AND MAINTENANCE
SCOPE This procedure provides guidance for converting the 509 series of Corporate Site Quality procedures from Knowledge OnLine to a Site Quality Manual for a specific project. It is applicable to Construction, Construction Management, Maintenance, or projects with any of these combinations. GENERAL The initial draft of the project specific Site Quality Manual is initiated by Construction Technology's Corporate Quality Manager. It is to be based on reference procedures of the 509 series of Site Quality procedures from the Construction Knowledge Community that are listed in the Table of Contents section 000.509.0000. These reference procedures have been prepared to meet the requirements of International Standard ISO-9000. The bracket symbols ([::---::]) seen throughout these procedures identify changes or additions that are to be made in converting them to project specific procedures. Other changes are to be made as needed to be compatible with the project requirements and scope. The set of procedures in the 509 series represents the accumulated knowledge and experience gained from many construction projects. Use of these reference procedures as baseline documents will result in improved consistency between projects and entities, thus fulfilling the goal of consistency in execution. Proposed changes to these reference procedures should be communicated to Construction Technology's Corporate Quality Manager. Upon assignment of the Site Quality Manager, he/she begins development of the draft Site Quality Manual (SQM) to assure conformance to the site-specific requirements. The completed and approved project specific SQM should be in place for usage as soon after contract award as possible. As a minimum, parts of the manual should be developed for control of construction activities before the activities are performed. These activities usually begin with qualifying and issuing RFQ's to bidders for work to be subcontracted (see 000.509.0200and 000.509.0210). If these activities begin prior to assignment of the Site Quality Manager, Construction Technology's Corporate of Quality Manager will function as the Site Quality Manager until the assignment is made Development of Site Specific Quality Manual Each section/procedure identified by 000.509.0000 is reviewed for consistency and applicability with project scope. Changes or additions will be required of the following sections as noted: Inspection and Test Procedures (7000 - 7999); Select the procedures that are applicable to the contracted work scope. Select the applicable forms from the procedures if all are not needed. Review the "Responsibilities" Section and modify, if needed, to suit the project organization. Also delete either the "Self-Perform" or "Subcontracted" Section, if not applicable. Table of Contents / Date Revision Page (0000); Under "Procedure Number" and "Title" change to include only those procedures used in the project manual.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0020 Rev 0 Manual Preparation and Maintenance.doc
Page 1 of 2
240K-C2-05-002 Site Quality Manual 000 509 0020 Revision 0 , 10 June 2013
Under "Revision Date." enter the date, month and year for all initially approved procedures. Enter appropriate dates for each project revision it undergoes after initial project approval. Revision dates for all pages of all procedures in the project specific manual should match the dates in this Table of Contents. Revisions to the Site Quality Manual shall not waiver or negate OSR requirements or mandatory construction codes. Revision of Site Specific Manual The Site Quality Manager controls the site issue and revision of the Site Specific Quality Manual. The manual is to be revised by procedure. A vertical line in the margin shall identify the revised portions. The revision status shall be shown on the Title page of the manual. The Table of Contents shall show the revision date of each revised procedure and shall be reissued for each revision. The Corporate Quality Control Manager in each of the respective offices shall review and approve the Issued for Construction Site Quality Manual prior to the approval signatures being obtained. Each subsequent revision to the Site Quality Manual shall also be approved by the Corporate Quality Control Manager. The Site Quality Manager, Construction Engineering Manager, and Site Manager should approve each revision by signing the Approval Page. The Client should also be given the opportunity for approval of the Site Quality Manual.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0020 Rev 0 Manual Preparation and Maintenance.doc
Page 2 of 2
ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITIES This section describes the site quality organization for performing activities described by this manual. It also provides a general description of responsibilities. Specific responsibilities are described in the individual procedures of this manual. The Site Manager is responsible for the execution of the project construction activities which includes construction quality. The delegation of authority to the Site Quality Manager for the direction and coordination of quality activities is made with the objective of maintaining the effectiveness of this quality program. The Site Manager shall provide adequate resources and assign sufficient trained personnel to manage the work and effectively carry out these verification activities, including internal quality audits. The personnel assigned to these verification activities shall be independent of those having direct responsibility for the work being performed. ORGANIZATION The project organization for site quality personnel are shown on the Site Organizational Chart maintained by the Site Manager. RESPONSIBILITIES Quality related activities are conducted by Site Quality and other groups. The activities and persons conducting them will be under the functional control of the Site Quality Manager for the execution of the activity. Attachment 1- Quality Responsibility Matrix summarizes the activities and the persons responsible for execution. Primary responsibility for execution and verification of quality-related activities will be established on the Inspection/Test Plan or procedures.
Site Quality Manager The Site Quality Manager has the responsibility, authority, and organizational freedom to audit, inspect and witness construction activities and to verify compliance to contract quality requirements. This responsibility includes actions such as assist the construction staff in prevention of quality problems, identification of quality-related problems should they occur, initiation or recommendation of solutions and verification of corrective action. In addition, he/she is responsible for coordination of quality-related activities within the Construction staff and with the site Client quality representatives. He/she maintains the construction quality control procedures and provides technical assistance and training to construction supervision. He/she will have an active role in assisting with the prevention of quality problems. The Site Quality Manager reports directly to the Site Manager with a technical supervision channel to Construction Technology's Corporate Quality Manager. The Construction staff includes a Construction Engineering organization to ensure prompt engineering interpretations and decisions, review of drawings, certificates and other data to be submitted to the Client, and to actively participate in the surveillance of field construction, and to verify compliance to
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0040 Rev 0 Organization and Responsibilities.doc
Page 1 of 16
design/engineer requirements. Construction Engineering will provide assistance to the Site Quality Manager as necessary to assist in achieving quality objectives. NOTE: Construction Engineers report to the Site Quality Manager when they are executing inspection/surveillance activities.
Subcontractors The subcontractor quality organization will be in accordance with the contract requirements and described in their approved equivalent Site Quality Manual. ATTACHMENTS Attachments 1 Quality Responsibility Matrix
Page 2 of 16
Quality Responsibility Matrix Section 1 - CIVIL 1.1 Construction Surveying ACTIVITY Review the construction surveying methods used by the Contractor. Check established reference points . Check control points established for construction layout on a periodic basis. Check the construction layout of the contractor's work. Review and file completed survey notes prepared by the contractor. Perform periodic surveillance on survey activities and documentation. 1.2 Soils ACTIVITY Monitor in-process soils work, including cut and fill elevations, spoil and fill material, compaction methods and equipment. Perform formal audit of Soils Testing Laboratory Monitor Contractor's work to verify conformance to requirements. Monitor Soil Testing Laboratory activities for soils testing frequency, test identification and completeness. Verify the documentation of deficiencies and test failure and follow up to assure corrective action is taken and documented. Audit the soils documentation to verify correctness, completeness of coverage, retrievability as filed and inspection results. Perform and document soils testing Inspect excavations for unstable and unsuitable soils Verify the insitu soils are suitable to support foundation loads Verify backfill material is satisfactory Verify placement of the fill complies with contract specifications 1.3 Contracted Piling ACTIVITY Qualify Pile Supplier Review and approve concrete mix design and mix trials Technically monitor the indicator pile testing program Check final pile locations. Monitor in-process pile driving. Monitor and test pile concreting activities.
PM=Procurement Manager MM=Material Manager X=Primary Responsibility S=Secondary Responsibility (1) Must obtain Engineering Approval
RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X X X X X X RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X X S X X X TEST LAB TEST LAB TEST LAB TEST LAB TEST LAB S S S S S
RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X X (1) X X X
S S X
Page 3 of 16
1.4 Asphalt ACTIVITY Review asphalt mix designs Monitor in-process asphalt construction including preparation of subgrade or previous course, asphaltic materials, spreading equipment, compaction equipment, materials and testing. Perform formal audit using Asphalt Test Laboratory Evaluation Record Monitor Contractor's quality control activities to verify conformance to requirements for asphalt testing frequency, test identification and traceability and the documentation of inspection and testing Review the documentation of the asphalt inspection and testing activities for accuracy and completeness. Verify the documentation of deficiencies and test failures and follow up to assure corrective action is taken and documented. Audit the asphalt documentation to verify correctness, completeness of coverage, review ability as filed and inspection results. Conduct asphalt testing and asphalt materials testing 1.5 Structural Concrete ACTIVITY Review and approve mix designs Perform formal audit of Concrete Testing Laboratory. Audit batch plant facilities. Inspect formwork, reinforcing steel and impediments prior to concrete placement. Monitor in process concreting activities. Monitor Contractor's quality control activities to verify conformance to requirements for concrete testing frequency, test identification and traceability, and the documentation of inspection and testing. Monitor post-concreting activities such as concrete curing, stripping, visual examination for line, form and surface defects and checks for anchor bolt locations. Verify that 28-day strength tests are acceptable. Conduct concrete testing at the point of placement 1.6 Grouting of Machinery and Structural Steel Base Plates ACTIVITY Review and approve mix design. Check materials prior to start of work to verify that the materials have not deteriorated or that shelf life has not been exceeded. Monitor in-process grouting. The inspections shall include base preparation,materials, forming, placing, curing and hammer void test. Witness grout testing by Contractor. Monitor the Contractor's quality control activities to verify conformance to placement procedures and documentation requirement. Conduct grout testing at site
RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X X (1) S X X X X X TEST LAB S
RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X (1) S X X X X S S X
X TEST LAB
S S
RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X X (1) S S X X TEST LAB S
Page 4 of 16
Section 2 - STRUCTURAL STEEL 2.1 Structural Steel ACTIVITY Monitor in process steel erection to verify fabrication is correct and erection is in accordance with drawings. Document fabrication errors on a NCR. Witness bolting procedure including calibration of torque wrenches and load indicating washers. Maintain documentation Inspect the erected steel structure. Ensure that erected steel structures have coatings installed i.a.w. drawings Monitor the Contractor's quality activities to verify conformance to requirements for bolt tensioning procedures. Schedule final acceptance inspection activities between Contractor and Field Engineering or construction. Audit the structural steel documentation to verify correctness of data. Section 3 - BUILDINGS 3.1 Buildings ACTIVITY Review all Contractor proposed building materials prior to use. Verify that the building location level and position are correct prior to construction. Inspect the entire building upon completion and document deficiencies. Document building acceptance Monitor the in process construction to verify that the work is i.a.w. drawings. Schedule final acceptance activities Monitor the Contractor's quality control activities to verify test frequency, identification and traceability Audit building documentation
RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X X X X X S X X S X S S
RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X (1) X X X X X S S X X S
Page 5 of 16
Section 4 - EQUIPMENT 4.1 Equipment ACTIVITY Inspect installed equipment for acceptance upon completion, including attachments to the equipment, e.g. foundations, sheds, buildings, auxiliaries, etc. which comprise the entire assembled unit. Initiate action to acquire vendor representative as required. Coordinate with engineering for participation of mechanical discipline engineers, if required. Monitor the in-process installation of each equipment unit. Coordinate with vendor representative who technically supervises equipment installation. Verify vendor representative's checklists and acceptance records are signed and attached to appropriate construction documents. Verify the equipment requirements are being satisfied by the Contractor. Monitor equipment preservation i.a.w. Site requirements. Monitor the Contractor's quality control activities to verify conformance to inspection, testing and documentation requirements. 4.2 Field Fabricated Tanks ACTIVITY Monitor the foundation construction including soils, asphalt and concrete work. Check elevation dimensions of tank shells. Check the erected dimensions of tank shells. Inspect fabricated tank structure upon completion. Check the settlement and rebound of the foundation during and after hydrotest. Verify welder performance qualifications. Verify welding procedure testing has been accomplished and procedures are acceptable. Monitor in-process welding Witness in-process examination as performed by the NDE contractor, including reviewing radiographs, witnessing PT, MT, vacuum box and leak testing Verify that equipment and components associated with tankage have been correctly installed, adjusted, tested, confirmed for proper function and inspected. Inspect the tested tank prior to closing, including final clean-up. Verify that the Contractor has affixed a nameplate listing the required data. Verify that the Contractor has submitted the required certification. Monitor the Contractor's quality control activities to verify conformance inspection, testing and documentation requirements. Witness hydrostatic testing
RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X PM PM X X X X S S X X S
RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X X X X X S S S S S X X X S X X X X X S S S S X S X
Page 6 of 16
Section 5 - PIPING 5.1 Underground Piping ACTIVITY Monitor in-process excavation and backfill. Inspect installed underground pipelines for acceptance. Color code the lines, indicated as punched and accepted, on a copy of the underground piping plan. Verify that the Testing Lab is performing the required soils testing of backfill. Monitor in-process coating and wrapping, including surface preparation, coating and wrapping methods and materials and arrangement for intermediate storage and stockpiling of coasted pipes. Inspect in-process pipe fabrication and installation i.a.w. drawings. Perform a final inspection of the line, when the underground piping is complete, but prior to the coating and wrapping of joints and fittings. Verify the Contractor has completed coating and wrapping of joints and fittings on tested line. Witness holiday testing of the coating and wrapping. Contractor shall document tests. Verify that required NDE is complete on the lines to be inspected. Witness the pressure test. Inspect the tested system to ensure that all items have been properly completed (restoration). Monitor the Contractor's quality control activities to verify conformance to testing and documentation requirements. 5.2 Site Shop Fabrication ACTIVITY Segregate and store pipe fittings, upon receipt, according to size and material. Identify storage location with commodity code number. Pipe will be marked full length with commodity code number. Maintain documentation Issue piping materials to Contractors Inspect special flange faces for correct finish and face protection. Monitor in-process pipe fabrication activities. Verify latest edition of piping drawings is being used. Random check on base material ID on pipe, fittings and spools. Spools shall be clearly identified in two locations. Monitor storage of completed spools at pipe shop including preservations. Monitor pipe identification, documentation and timely performance of NDE.
RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X X X X X X X X X S X S S S S S S X X S X S S
RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC MM MM MM MM X X X X X
S S S S S X
Page 7 of 16
5.3 Aboveground Piping Erection ACTIVITY Pipe will be marked full length with commodity code number. Alloy pipe and fittings shall be additionally color coded. Alloy storage areas shall be clearly identified. Maintain piping spool identity markings of piping spools fabricated off site. Verify MTR's are received and that heat numbers correspond. Maintain documentation Verify PMI requirements are satisfied prior to placement in stock. Verify correct pipe is issued to Contractor. Monitor in-process erection I.a.w. drawings. Classify and record spool fit problems. Ensure face flange protection is maintained. Monitor proper bolt tensioning. Monitor correct gasket installed. Monitor erection to ensure that pipe installations are not subjected to undesirable stress. Check pipe drawings to assure latest revision in the field. Assist Contractor to maintain current piping test status. Monitor Contractor's activities to established quality control practices. Monitor in process pipe erection and transfer of heat numbers. Verify that NDE is performed in a timely manner. Monitor pipe and welding traceability including PWHT, PMI and Hardness Testing. 5.4 Piping Inspection - Punching ACTIVITY Flag deficiencies when not visually obvious. Enter punch lists into data base. Check work, noted as complete, on punch lists to assure items were corrected. Initiate action with Contractor on punching results. Add additional discrepancies to punch list. Initial and date punch list for each item corrected. Monitor the Contractor's punching activities. Verify that punching deficiencies are identified, documented and follow up to verify corrective action is taken. Verify that measures are taken to assure NDE, PWHT, PMI and traceability is completed prior to pressure testing.
RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC MM MM MM MM MM X X X X X X S S S S S S S X X X S
RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X X X X X X X
Page 8 of 16
5.5 Pressure Testing of Piping ACTIVITY Monitor pressure testing performed by Contractor. Review drawings and specifications to verify pressure test package limits, equipment to be included or excluded, valves opened or closed and test blind locations. Verify that the maximum allowable test pressure of the weakest component within the system is not exceeded. Verify (through NEWS) that all NDE is complete prior to testing. Verify that shop spool/cut sheets are included in test packages and all NDE, PWHT and welder info is recorded. Review Contractor's pressure test package, including marked up isometric drawings indicating test blind locations, valve position (open/closed) and other information relating to test. Monitor preparation of test system against test package. Monitor restoration of the tested system. Monitor Contractor's pressure testing and documentation activities. Review test package for completion Inspect the system prior to testing notifying Contractor of deficiencies. Mark Pressure Test Record, "Ready to Test". Notify client when acceptable for test. Give permission to proceed with test. Inspect system under pressure. Verify test pressure and duration of test. Procure test acceptance signatures from Contractor and QIB. When equipment is included in the test, verify that pressure test does not exceed nameplate. 5.6 Piping Internal Cleaning ACTIVITY Review and approve the cleaning and preservation procedures and the limits agree with drawings. Establish hold points for witnessing tests. Monitor preparatory and in-process cleaning activities for compliance with procedures and specs. Coordinate the monitoring of Contractor inspection and testing activities. Verify the Contractor is preparing documentation as inspections and tests are being performed. Verify that internal cleaning has been accomplished. Monitor the Contractor's quality control activities.
RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X S X X S S X X X S S X S S X X S
X X S
S X
X S
RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X X X X X X X S S S
Page 9 of 16
Section 6 - ELECTRICAL 6.1 Underground Electrical ACTIVITY Monitor in-process installation of the grounding system including, grounding rod installation, backfilling. Color coding of drawings to track progress. Witness resistance to earth tests. Monitor in-process duct bank and electrical manhole installations. Witness initial testing of shielded cable, i.e,. insulation resistance test of power cable on reels, continuity test of reeled instrument cable. Inspect cable trench prior to installation of cable. Monitor in-process installation of underground cable. Inspect in-process cable pulling. Inspect in-process cable splicing. Witness random testing of installed underground cable, i.e. insulation resistance test (megger) cables and DC hypot medium and high voltage cables prior to termination. Inspect installation of cables upon completion of each layer to ensure spacing, labeling, etc. is correct. Inspect sand backfill per lift for quality of materials, depth and compaction. Verify the Contractor final as-built drawings are in conformance. Verify that the Contractor is preparing documentation concurrent with construction as inspection and testing are performed. Monitor the Contractors' quality control activities. 6.2 Aboveground Electrical ACTIVITY Monitor in-process installation of electrical conduit and cable tray, including welding of supports. Witness initial testing of shielded cable, i.e., insulation resistance test of power cable on reels, continuity test of reeled instrument cable and resistance and continuity on electrical heat tracing cables. Monitor in-process cable pulling and installation. Witness random testing of installed cable, i.e., insulation resistance test on power and instrumentation cables, continuity and insulation resistance testing on heat tracing and hypot of medium and high voltage cables. Verify client is being notified in advance of tests that require witness. Verify terminal to terminal checks to ensure continuity and correctness of installation. Verify conduit seals have been poured. Inspect installation upon completion. Verify that the Contractor is preparing documentation concurrent with construction as inspection and testing are performed. Monitor the Contractor's quality control activities.
RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X X X X X X X X X X X X S S S S S S S X RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X S S
X X X X X X X X
S S S S S S X
Page 10 of 16
6.3 Electrical Equipment ACTIVITY Monitor in-process installation of equipment. Monitor equipment preservation activities Witness testing of installed equipment. Coordinate with vendor representative who will technically supervise installation. Ensure documentation is complete. Verify QIB is being notified in advance of tests requiring witnessing. Inspect electrical installation when complete. Verify that the Contractor is preparing documentation concurrent with construction as inspection and testing are performed. Monitor the Contractor's quality control activities. Section 7-CONTROL SYSTEMS 7.1 Control Systems Site Shop Operations ACTIVITY Notify construction upon receipt of each instrument shipment for inspection. For nonconforming items, issue a Damage Report or NCR. Issue instruments to Contractor. Inspect each instrument shipment. Deficiencies shall be reported to the Material Manager. Inspect instrument materials i.a.w.sec.10 & project procedures Document the receiving inspection. 7.2 Control Systems Field Operations ACTIVITY Monitor the Contractor's in-process instrument installation including racks, panels, consoles, locations,mounting,process pipe connections, Instrument air tubing,pneumatic signal tubing,heat tracing and instrument wiring Witness pressure testing of the instrument piping and tubing documentation. Witness calibration of test guages. Monitor continuity tests of instrument cables.Verify that cable terminations are correct. Witness checks of control system loops. Establish notification system for IMT. Witness all loop checks Assure all instrument installation inspections and meggar tests are complete Inspect instrument installations upon completion. Monitor the Contractor's quality control activities. Verify documentation procedures are being followed.
RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X S X S X S X X X X S S S S X
RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC MM MM MM X X X RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X X X X X X X X S X S S S S S S S S X S
Page 11 of 16
Section 8 - COATINGS, LININGS, INSULATION AND CATHODIC PROTECTION RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC Ensure that the paint system is i.a.w. specifications. X S Monitor performance of materials preservation activities. X S Monitor surface preparation.Verify inspection documentation. X S Monitor in-process coatings applications. X S Check dry film thickness of applied coatings. X S Inspect the workmanship of completed finishes. X S Monitor the Contractor's quality control activities. S X Verify the Contractor has prepared the QC documentation. S X Audit coating documentation. X 8.1 Coatings ACTIVITY 8.2 Insulation ACTIVITY Monitor performance of material preservation activities. Monitor in-process installation of the insulation materials. Verify the Contractor has prepared the quality control documentation Inspect the completed work. Document acceptance. 8.3 Linings ACTIVITY Monitor performance of material preservation activities. Monitor surface preparation. Verify Contractor is performing temperature and humidity checks for tank linings. Monitor in-process lining application. Test applied linings to verify proper surface profile, thickness, and lining continuity. Monitor Contractor's tank lining holiday inspections. Observe tank lining curing activities. Inspect the workmanship of the completed lining. Monitor the Contractor's quality control activities. Audit coating documentation. Verify that lining materials comply with specs. Ensure that manufacture test certificates correspond with filed batch number records. Monitor storage facilities. Ensure refractory applicators are experienced and qualified. Monitor to ensure materials are properly mixed. Monitor surface preparation to ensure mounting studs and reinforcements are correctly installed. Ensure that test plates,cubes,etc,from refractory applications are taken at the required frequencies
RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X X S X S X S S X RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X X X X X X X X S S S S S S S S S X X S
X X X X X X
S S S S
Page 12 of 16
8.4 Cathodic Protection - Underground Structures. ACTIVITY Submit data to Engineering for determination of anode spacing Establish a procedure to assure work is not started prior to acceptance of previous work. Monitor the survey after each cathodic protection system is energized. Verify materials being installed. Monitor installation activities. Monitor deep well preparation activities including data logs. Monitor anode backfill operation. Witness hammer testing of thermite welds Witness electrical test used to determine current flow when the anode is backfilled with coke breeze. Monitor testing and commissioning activities. Inspect the completed work. Audit cathodic protection documentation. 8.5 Cathodic Protection - Tanks and Vessels ACTIVITY Verify materials are within specification and are properly protected from damage. Verify the vessel cathodic protection materials were installed. Monitor installation activities Verify personnel use of protective clothing (when reg's) Inspect the completed workmanship. Monitor testing and commissioning activities. Audit cathodic protection documentation. Section 9 - WELDING 9.1 Pipe Welding ACTIVITY Verify the WPS's have been approved by the Welding Engineer. Monitor qualification tests of Contractor's welders. Ensure that welder ID badges have been issued and displayed. Check Contractors control of welder symbols. Check Contractor's control of welding consumables. Monitor in-process welding including consumables, joint preparation,fit-up preheat, interpass heat, WPS variables and final visual Verify Contractor is documenting welds on the Daily Welding Report. Verify completed welds are being documented on piping drawings. Monitor in-process post weld heart treatment. Audit welding documentation. Verify transfer of piping material heat numbers.
RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X (1) X X X X X X X X X X S S
S S S S X
RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X X X X X X S S S X
RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X (1) S X X S X S X X X X X X S S S S S X S
Page 13 of 16
9.2 Structural and Reinforcing Steel Welding ACTIVITY Verify the WPS's have been approved by the Welding Engineer. Monitor qualification tests of welders. Monitor in-process welding including consumables, joint preparation and final visual inspection. Audit welding documentation. 9.3 Piping Nondestructive Examination (NDE) ACTIVITY Pre-qualify NDE Contractor Verify that the NDE Contractor has established procedures that comply with project specifications. Daily entry of weld data to NEWS program. Establish and maintain NDE documentation files. Review Contractor NDE personnel certifications. Verify approval of NDE Contractor and procedures. Verify NDE Contractor's procedure to provide visual status of welds requiring NDE. Select welds for examination Perform Nondestructive examinations Review radiographic film, Contractor's interpretation and reports. Verify code compliance for rejected welds. Maintain a tickler file of rejected welds. Verify, through audit, welding and NDE records are traceable to the weld. Verify through NEWS that NDE is completed prior to pressure testing. Audit the NDE lab Monitor the NDE Contractor's production to verify that welds are examined within 48 hours of notification. Verify all field welds are numbered and identified on drawings. Ensure that weld number and welder's symbols are low stress stamped or otherwise marked on pipe. Ensure that an accurate Daily Welding Report is maintained.
RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X (1) X X S X RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X X S X X X X X S

NDE CONTRACTOR
X S X X X X X X X X
X S
S X
Page 14 of 16
9.4 Pipe hardness Testing ACTIVITY Monitor the Contractor to verify weld identity system and compliance to specification. Establish confidence that tests are being preformed i.a.w. test equipment instructions. Verify the Contractor's compliance with hardness testing and documentation. Verify Contractor's procedure for visual identification of rejected welds. Maintain a PWHT tickler file for rejected welds. Verify hardness testing is complete prior to pressure testing. Witness tests required by the specifications as performed by Contractor. Schedule final acceptance inspection activities between the Contractor and the Field Engineer. Monitor the Contractor's quality control activities to verify conformance to requirements for test frequency, identification and traceability. Section 10 - FIELD RECEIVING 10.1 Field Receiving (IMT) ACTIVITY Control receiving operations including ID of item to purchase order, verification of quantity and size examination for shipping protection and damage, maintenance of inspection documentation. Issuance of periodic receiving reports to Construction Superintendents when technical assistance is required. Inspect received material/equipment, providing technical assistance, when requested. 10.2 Field Receiving -Contractor ACTIVITY Receive all contractor purchased equipment and materials Review material test reports against received materials and maintain on file Issue equipment and materials to the Contractor Inspect received material/equipment, providing technical assistance when requested Assure that the contractor performs the equipment and material protection as required by manufacturers instruction or specification requirements
RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X X X X X X X X X
RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC MM MM S X
RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC MM MM MM X X S S S
Page 15 of 16
10.3 Positive Material Identification (PMI) ACTIVITY Notify QA of receipt of material requiring PMI. Maintain PMI test results with receiving documentation. Verify receipt of PMI reports from suppliers and fabricators, Verify Contractor has established a system to maintain material ID through receiving, storage, issue, fabrication and election. Implement procedures for PMI. Monitor contractor's maintenance of piping material identification. Perform PMI as required by specification. Verify ID marking are accomplished per specification. Verify controls have been established to prevent the in advertent use of materials failing examination. Verify the filing, maintenance and retention of documentation. Assure that PMI equipment is calibrated.
RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC MM MM MM X X S X S X X X
X X S
Section 11 - EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL PROTECTION 11.1 Equipment and Material Protection RESPONSIBILITY ACTIVITY Construction QA/QC Monitor equipment and material preservation in storage and document. 11.2 Equipment and Material Protection (Contractor) ACTIVITY Monitor Contractors in-process equipment and material protection/preservation activities. Check Contractors in-process equipment and material Audit the Contractor Material and equipment protection activities. Section 12 - MASTERPIECE PROGRAM 12.1 Masterpiece Program ACTIVITY Develop Masterpiece List Ensure Contractor is using correct materials, drawings and specifications Advise contractor when a Masterpiece is required Inspect Masterpiece prior to QA notification Request client's presence during inspection Document acceptance of the Masterpiece Notify client of accepted Masterpiece Maintain the Masterpiece log Maintain Masterpiece model as reference standard Monitor the Contractor's quality control activities to verify conformance to drawings and specifications
MM
RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X X S S X
RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X S X X X S S S X S S S X X X X S X
Page 16 of 16
DOCUMENT CONTROL SCOPE This procedure describes the Document Control system to be used by site construction personnel. GENERAL Engineering Documents Design Engineering documents such as specifications and drawings that are issued to Construction are controlled and issued on site in accordance with this procedure. Construction Engineering maintains an up-to-date register of drawings and specifications. This procedure is designed to ensure that the latest drawings issued to construction, including shop drawings, specifications and instructions, as well as authorized changes thereto, are delivered to the proper locations and personnel responsible for performance of the work. This procedure also provides for the prompt removal of obsolete documents from all points of issue or use. The Construction Engineering staff reviews engineering documents for adequacy and completeness to perform the work and coordinates site needs for clarification with the designer. Subcontractors obtain clarification through the Fluor Construction Engineering Manager. Construction Engineering maintains drawings and specification control records, processes all design document changes, ensures proper authority for the changes, and prompt removal of obsolete documents from the field. The Construction Engineering Manager is responsible for control of shop drawing submittals and certifications to include assuring that submittals are received and/or distributed. The Construction Engineering Manager will maintain as-built marked-up drawings. These drawings will be maintained in a current condition. The as-built data will be submitted to Design Engineering in accordance with this procedure. Subcontractors will submit as-built information through the Fluor Construction Engineering Manager.
Request For Information When field conditions dictate changes to the design specifications and/or drawings, a Request For Information (RFI), Form 000.509.F00501, will be submitted for approval to ensure proper control and documentation. RFIs will be initiated by the Construction Engineering Manager who will maintain a RFI Log, Form 000.509.F00502. RFIs will be forwarded to the Design Engineer for approval and/or action. Subcontractor submittals will be sent to the Fluor Contracts Manager for submittal to the Fluor Construction Engineering Manager for evaluation and processing.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0050 Rev 0 Document Control.doc
Page 1 of 8
The Construction Engineer shall describe the condition or design change requested in terms that can be easily understood by those who review it, including appropriate references, specific drawings and specifications to illustrate the recommended change. To minimize delay in construction, authority for deviation from specifications and drawings may be acquired by direct communication with the Design Engineer and the Client pending processing of the RFI. A copy of the Record of Telephone Conversation will accompany the RFI transmitted to the Design Engineer and the Client. Approval of the Clients construction site representative should be acquired, if possible. The Design Engineer and the Client portion of the RFI indicate approval or disapproval of the field recommended change or recommends alternatives. The signed original will be returned to the Site Manager for disposition or authority to proceed. The Construction Engineering Manager shall maintain a file that contains a full history of the action and data supporting the approval of each Request For Information.
Subcontractor Documents The subcontractors are responsible for procedures necessary to assure that all documents provided for construction are maintained to the most up-to-date revisions. Documents include procedures, letters, telexes, purchase requisitions, purchase orders, design drawings, specifications, reference drawings, vendor drawings, field sketches, test reports, etc. Documents affecting individual subcontractor's work are forwarded to the subcontractor by the Contracts Manager. Subcontractor prepared field sketches and "as-built" drawings originating at the construction site shall be documented and controlled in accordance with the Request For Information (RFI) requirements described in this procedure.
Submittals - Field Contracts Submittals are reviewed under the direction of the Construction Engineering Manager. Subcontractor technical submittals are forwarded to Construction Engineering Manager. A submittals list shall be maintained reflecting the specification reference, description, date received, and the status of acceptance through Construction Engineering approval. The Site Quality Manager shall review submittals related to quality control requirements.
Material/Equipment Documents Documents related to materials, materials receiving and issue are controlled in accordance to procurement procedures.
Page 2 of 8
Quality Control Documents Documents and data identified as quality records are processed, retained and protected as described in 000.509.0160 "Quality Records". Primary responsibility for ensuring adequate control of quality related documents rests with the Site Quality Manager.
Procedure - Procedures issued by site personnel are controlled as described by this procedure. Vendor Documents - Vendor document supplied by Fluor Engineering Document Control to the Fluor Site Document Control for filing and distribution will be in accordance with the Project File Index and the Distribution Matrix System. PROCEDURE - The Construction Engineering Manager shall establish a standard distribution for design documents drawings and specifications with the Client. - Document Control shall provide document inventory control and receipt, and distribution accountability. This is accomplished making distribution in accordance with the Distribution Matrix System. Distribution is by individual document holder. These documents will be stamped in red with the Site Document Control stamp indicating date received. The Site Document Control stamp will be used to identify drawings, ISO, Instrumentation Specification Data Sheets, specifications, etc. Distribution of manuals will be by name and numbered copy. - A document transmittal record will be utilized for the distribution and issue of all controlled documents. The document recipient must sign the transmittal record and return it to Document Control within 10 days of issue. - Document recipients shall be responsible for control of documents upon receipt. Document Control will periodically (minimum quarterly) audit document recipients to ensure proper documents are available for use and that superseded documents have been removed from the field. Should a superseded document be required to be retained for inspection or historical data, the document will be identified as "VOID" or "SUPERSEDED" to prevent inadvertent use of the document for fabrication/installation activities.
Page 3 of 8
RECEIPT AND DISTRIBUTION OF DOCUMENTS Construction Engineering Manager - Establish document control log system for receipt of documents and provided standard distribution as indicated on the Distribution Matrix System. Document Control - Drawings (design, vendor and field sketch), specifications - Review receipt transmittal and enter date received in the Electronic Tracking System. - Review distribution list and reproduce copies as required. - Prepare distribution transmittals and distribute documents accordingly. Document Control - Manuals - Based on input from Site Manager, determine distribution for each type manual. Maintain a "Master" manual in Document Control and reproduce copies as required. - Assign individuals numbered manuals, prepare distribution transmittals and distribute accordingly. Document Recipient - Sign transmittal acknowledging receipt of documents and return signed transmittal Document Control within 10 days. - Replace superseded documents as required with the new documents. Destroy or return the superseded documents (except for inspection or historical record) to Document Control. The document recipient is responsible for maintaining documents current. Document Control - Destroy returned superseded documents.
REPRODUCTION AND ISSUE OF REQUESTED DOCUMENTS Requester - Fill out document request form and present to Document Control.
Page 4 of 8
Document Control - Reproduce documents requested and obtain receipt acknowledgement from requester upon issue.
DOCUMENT AUDITS Construction Engineering Manager - Determine document audit plan and schedule audits. A minimum of 5% of documents issued to the document holder will be randomly selected for the audit sample. The number of document holders to be audited will be determined by the Construction Engineering Manager. Document Control - Using a printout or list of documents and current revisions, compare documents and revisions held by document holders and note any discrepancies. Notify the Construction Engineering Manager of major discrepancies. Construction Engineering Manager For major discrepancies identified by Document Control audits of documents, investigate and provide recommended resolution.
Revision Control of the Site Quality Manual Site Quality Manager Revision dates for all pages of all procedures in the manual should match the dates in the Table of Contents. The Site Quality Manager, Construction Engineering Manager, Site Manager and the Client (optional) will approve each revision by signing the "Approval Page". Forward the approved revision and affected documents to Document Control for maintenance and distribution to all manual holders.
Page 5 of 8
REFERENCES Quality Control Forms:

000.509.F00501 - Request For Information 000.509.F00502 - Request For Information Log
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 1 Request For Information (RFI) Form Instructions
Page 6 of 8
Attachment 1 Request For Information (RFI) Form Instructions

Project Name: Project #: Date: RFI #: WBS: Work Package No.: Turnover/Startup System No.: Discipline: Request To: Company/Location Phone Number/Email Subject Specifications/Documents: The Project Name (i.e. Butanol) The Project Number (i.e. 00662255) The date the Request is originated. Unique number given to each individual RFI Form. Work Breakdown Structure unique to the Project, if applicable Construction Work Package number, if applicable. Turnover/Startup system number, if applicable. Primary discipline affected by the Request (Civil, Structural, Piping etc.) Enter Name of Individual submitted to (John Doe) Enter Name of Company and its location of the requested organization (FluorGreenville) Enter phone number of the individual submitted to and/or email address Enter the subject of the request List all issued drawings, documents, and specifications impacted by the request.
Questions/Description/Conflict: Detail the missing information, discrepancies, questions or conflicts that must be resolved prior to construction activities continuing in the affected areas. Attach additional sheets, drawings, or sketches, if further explanation is required. Recommended Solution: Indicate the action that the requestor believes is required to provide an acceptable solution to resolve the discrepancies and conflicts indicated on the request. Additional sheets, sketches, digital photos or drawings may be attached to provide a clear explanation of the intended resolution. The person originating the request and provided recommended action. List the current position of the originator on the project. The date the request is submitted for approval. List Company name of the originator List name of Fluor person approving the request for submission to the Engineer of Record (Generally, the Fluor Site Engineering Manager will receive the request and approve its submission to the Design Engineer.) List the current position of the approver. The date the request is approved for submission Enter the date in which the resolution of the request must be made in order not to delay the activities in question
Originated By: Title: Date: Originators Company Name Approval For Originator By
Title: Date: Date Reply Required:
Page 7 of 8
Response
The respondents resolution (generally the Design Engineer, Project Engineering Manager, CM, or Fluors Construction Engineering Manager) to the question, information, discrepancy, or conflict. The signature of the person making the response. (Lead Construction Discipline Engineer, Construction Engineering Manager or Design Lead Discipline Engineer, etc.) List the current position of the Approver on the project. The date the request is approved for transmittal to the Design Engineer. The signature of the person reviewing and approving the request prior to implementation. (This action might require Client approval. If the response changes the design (AFC Drawings or Specifications) the Engineer of Record must approve the resolution.) List the current position of the Approver on the project. The date the request is approved for implementation by the Client or Project Engineering Manager or designee. Indicate using the checkbox if the RFI response is acceptable for closure of the RFI. Generally, the Construction Engineering Manage must respond to this question. Indicate using the checkbox if the RFI response has a cost impact that will require an estimate or a request for contractor pricing. If the answer is yes, indicate the requirement for a SI to be issued to the Contractor. Indicate using the checkbox if the RFI response has a schedule impact that will require an adjustment in the contract schedule or a request for contractor pricing. If the answer is yes, indicate the requirement for a SI to be issued to the Contractor Inter the name and date the RFI was closed and verified. List all parties requiring a copy of the completed request once the response has been received.
Respondent:
Title: Date: Approval for Respondent:
Title: Date: Adequate Closure?
Cost Impact?
Schedule Impact?
Closed RFI and Date Verified: Distribution:
Page 8 of 8
REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI)

PROJECT NAME WBS (Work Breakdown Structure) WORK PACKAGE PROJECT # TURNOVER/STARTUP SYSTEM DATE RFI # DISCIPLINE
REQUEST TO (RESPONDENT):
RESPONDENTS COMPANY/LOCATION
PHONE/EMAIL
SUBJECT: SPECIFICATIONS/DOCUMENTS/DWGS REFERENCED OR IMPACTED:
QUESTIONS/DESCRIPTION OF CONFLICT:
ORIGINATORS RECOMMENDED SOLUTION:
ORIGINATOR (Sign)
TITLE
DATE
APPROVED (Sign)
TITLE
DATE
ORIGINATORS (SUB) CONTRACTOR COMPANY NAME: REPLY REQUIRED BY: RESPONSE:
ORIGINATORS (SUB) CONTRACT #:
RESPONDENT (Sign)
TITLE
DATE
APPROVED (Sign)
TITLE
DATE
ARE THE QUESTION AND RESPONSE ADEQUATE FOR CLOSURE OF THIS RFI? YES NO YES NO IS THERE A SCHEDULE IMPACT DUE TO THIS RFI? IF YES, SITE INSTRUCTION TO BE ISSUED DISTRIBUTION:
IS THERE A COST IMPACT DUE TO THIS RFI? IF YES, SITE INSTRUCTION TO BE ISSUED
YES
NO
THE WORK WAS COMPLETED AS NOTED ON THIS CLOSED RFI AND VERIFIED BY DATE:
The response to this RFI is NOT an authorization to perform a change to the contract. Work may proceed in accord with the response only if such work involves NO change in cost or schedule. If the response involves change in cost or schedule, a Site Instruction or similar document must be received before the response can be executed. Where no Site Instruction is indicated, action must be taken in accordance with Article 15.0 of Part III, Section 15.2 and subject work must not proceed in accordance with Section 15.3 or 15.4 of Part III, General Terms of the Fluor Standard Contract.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F00501 Rev 0 Request for Information.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F00501 Rev 0 Request for Information.doc
Page 2 of 2
REQUEST FOR INFORMATION LOG

RFI No. Date Opened Originator Discipline Date Closed Description Of Request
ID A00502A
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F00502 Rev 0 Request for Information Log.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F00502 Rev 0 Request for Information Log.doc
Page 2 of 2
PROCESS CONTROL
SCOPE This procedure identifies construction work processes that require process control. GENERAL For most site production activities, the drawings and specifications provide adequate work instruction. These may be supplemented with additional instructions to control work sequencing, recording of installation data, material selection, etc. However, certain construction work processes require special instructions to establish the controls necessary to achieve acceptable quality, of the completed work, for the following reasons: Quality results of the completed work cannot be fully verified by subsequent inspection and/or testing. Quality deficiencies may only become apparent after the item has entered service or operation.
Special Processes "Special processes" are highly dependent on the control of process parameters or the skill of the operator or both and are characterized by the need for one or more of the following control measures. Written Method Statement or Procedure Procedure Qualification Operator Qualification In-Process Inspection
Special processes encountered on sites include, but may not be limited to: Welding and Post Weld Heat Treatment Welder Qualification Nondestructive Examination (including radiography, magnetic particle, liquid penetrant, ultrasonic, and positive material identification VT, RT, MT, PT, UT, and PMI) Other processes needing procedural control as determined by Project Management.
Special processes identified must be accomplished and documented under controlled conditions by appropriately qualified personnel using approved procedures and equipment in accordance with the governing specifications and the associated referenced codes and standards.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0090 Rev 0 Process Control.doc
Page 1 of 2
PROCEDURE Site Quality Manager The Site Quality Manager shall coordinate with the Construction Engineering Manager, to research the project contract work scope and specifications in order to identify the special processes that will be utilized. If the processes are to be contracted, ensure that the required control mechanisms, i.e. procedures, qualifications, etc. are specified in the RFP and implemented before the start of work. Process control measures and responsibilities shall be identified on the applicable procedures or ITPs.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0090 Rev 0 Process Control.doc
Page 2 of 2
INSPECTION, MEASURING AND TESTING EQUIPMENT
SCOPE This procedure describes the methods to be used for the control, calibration, maintenance and recall of inspection, measuring and test equipment (IMTE) used to demonstrate conformance of construction work activities to the specified requirements. It is not applicable to calibration of permanent plant devices. GENERAL Inspection, measuring and test equipment (IMTE), including test software, shall be selected, calibrated and controlled in a manner which is consistent with the required inspection, testing and examination requirements. Environmental conditions shall be suitable for the calibrations, inspections, measurements and tests being carried out. All IMTE shall be uniquely identified. This unique identification may consist of a manufacturer's unique serial number along with model number and/or the assignment and application of a unique Inventory Control Number (ICN). The handling, preservation, and storage of inspection, measuring and test equipment shall be such that the accuracy and fitness for use is maintained. All calibrations shall be performed using certified equipment having a known valid relationship to nationally recognized standards; where no such standards exist, the basis used for calibration shall be documented. "Conformance check" means the operations required to ensure that an item of measuring equipment is in a state of compliance with requirements for its intended use. Non-adjustable measuring and test equipment is not considered as calibrated equipment. Equipment of this nature (e.g. cube and proctor molds, measuring tapes, rulers, chains) is subject to a "conformance check" to dimensional, volumetric or other requirements and does not require any further verification unless apparent damage or other factors require re-verification. It is the responsibility of the end-user to comply with the requirements of this section. IMTE shall be selected utilizing Attachment I "Criteria for the Selection of Inspection, Measuring and Testing Equipment" and Attachment II shall be used for guidance in procurement of calibration equipment and/or services. All IMTE calibration requirements shall be identified, on Attachment 3 - IM & TE Calibration Requirements List. This attachment is used to list the various types of IMTE in use and their associated calibration frequencies, calibration procedures and tolerances. Calibration procedures, frequencies, and tolerances may be obtained in conjunction with obtaining the services of an outside calibration vendor or from
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0110 Rev 0 Inspection, Measuring and Testing.doc
Page 1 of 8
manufacturers. A procedure number shall be assigned. If the manufacturer has an assigned number, this should be used. Calibration procedures are quality records and shall be maintained in site files. Procedures such as published standards, practices (e.g., ASTM) or written calibration instructions from the manufacturer may be used. In the absence of either a published standards practice or an adequate manufacturer's procedure, a written procedure for the calibration method shall be written and approved for use. In addition to the above, calibration procedures should include at least the following basic information: Identity of the item to be calibrated using the procedure. Calibration comparison standards and calibration support equipment to be used. Provisions to obtain and record "as-found" accuracy measurement prior to any adjustments. Sequence of operations. Checks, tests and measurements instructions. Calibration acceptance tolerances. Calibration adjustment instructions. Safety considerations. Special instructions (when applicable). Documentation and labeling instructions related to the specific item to be calibrated.
Perform and record (Form 000.509.F01104) the calibration in accordance with the above established calibration procedures and/or contract the services of an outside calibration services vendor. Upon completion of initial calibration, enter the equipment in the Calibration Assignment Log (Form 000.509.F01101) and record other data required by this log.
Page 2 of 8
History of Use The end user shall maintain a history of use for IMTE to enable an assessment of the validity of previous calibrations, inspections, measurements and test results when calibration as-found data reveals out-oftolerance data points. The history shall be documented using IMTE Sign In/Out-History of Use Log (Form 000.509.F01102) and keep current to record each usage of the IMTE. If out of tolerance conditions are found, a Nonconformance Report shall be prepared in accordance with 000.509.0130. If out-of-tolerance conditions are found during recalibrations an evaluation shall be conducted to determine if inspection, measurement, test or calibration results obtained with the out-of-tolerance instrument are still valid. Evaluations shall be documented, and where required, repetitions of readings shall be compared to original results. It is the responsibility of the end user to use calibrated equipment within the environmental operating range(s) or restrictions/limitations specified by the instrument manufacturer. NOTE: Temperature or other compensating calculations shall be applied to any inspection, measurement, test or calibration results when such compensations are specified by the instrument manufacturer and/or when they can affect the basis of the results obtained. Upon satisfactory completion of calibrations, and after the recalibration due date has been determined (calculated), the end user shall make entries on the "Calibrations Tickler File" (Form 000.509.F01103) to aid in the tracking and recall of items for scheduled recalibration. DOCUMENTATION Electronic recording of the information that is required by the documentation in this procedure is permissible. All documents (except labels) generated in accordance with this procedure should be maintained in appropriate protected files throughout the construction phase of the project, and for the period of time there after specified (if any) or turned over to the Client if required.
Page 3 of 8
FORMS Quality Support Forms: 000.509.F01101 000.509.F01102 000.509.F01103 000.509.F01104 Calibration Assignment Log and Record IMTE Sign In/Out-History of Use Log Calibration Tickler File Calibration Data Sheet
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 1 Attachment 2 Attachment 3 Criteria for the Selection of Inspection, Measuring and Test Equipment (IMTE) Criteria for Procuring Calibration Services IM & TE Calibration Requirements List
Page 4 of 8
Attachment 1 Criteria for the Selection of Inspection, Measuring and Test Equipment (IMTE) 1. IMTE includes inspection, measurement and/or testing equipment used to determine final acceptance. IMTE shall have a manufacturer's stated accuracy (and precision, where applicable) that exceeds the construction installation inspection, measurement and/or testing tolerance(s). IMTE shall have the durability, stability and appropriate measurement ranges consistent with the intended use(s). Calibration standards that will be required for the initial and subsequent recalibrations shall be identified when selecting IMTE. Such calibration standards shall be requisitioned or the services of a calibration facility with the calibration standards shall be contracted. NOTE: Obtaining calibration standards or services can usually require more time to procure than the time required to select and procure the needed IMTE. 5. Purchase requisitions for IMTE, calibration standards, and calibration facility services should clearly state the requirements for accuracy, precision (where applicable), range, durability and/or stability, environmental, handling, other applicable technical requirements.
2.
3.
4.
Page 5 of 8
Attachment 2 -
Criteria for Procuring Calibration Services
The following are recommended guidelines for preparing a purchase order for obtaining the services of a calibration supplier to calibrate Inspection, Measuring and Test Equipment (IM&TE). 1. The following information should be provided to the supplier: a) b) c) d) description and unique identification of each piece of IM&TE; assigned calibration interval; calibration accuracy required; any relevant environmental requirements of use or calibration.
2. The calibration supplier must provide the following information as part of their calibration records: a) source of calibration equipment used and current certificate(s) of traceability to a recognized national standard; b) identification of the calibration procedure(s) used (if the procedure is produced by the calibration supplier, a copy must be furnished, if a recognizable standard i.e. ASTM, ANSI/ASME, is used no copy is needed). 3. The calibration records supplied by the calibration supplier for each item of IM&TE calibrated must include: a) item identification number; b) date of calibration; c) the records of the "before", "as received" or "as found" condition including actual values and the "as calibrated" or "as left" values; d) identification of the calibration procedure used; e) limits of permissible error; f) calibration standard used (including serial numbers and certificates) and traceability; g) details of any maintenance, servicing, adjustment, repairs or modifications carried out; h) identification of person performing the calibration; i) identification of person responsible for the correctness of the information provided. 4. The calibration supplier shall seal, using a unique, tamper-resistant system, all adjustment access points after calibration, where practical. The system used shall provide visual evidence of tampering. 5. The calibration supplier shall immediately notify the purchaser of any IM&TE discovered to be out of calibration by more than the stated accuracy tolerance or any piece of IM&TE that shows indication of tampering. The purchaser shall determine if the calibration process should continue. 6. The calibration supplier shall package and ship each piece of IM&TE in such a manner to preclude damage and to preserve the calibrated condition.
Page 6 of 8
Attachment 3 END USER Surveyor Surveyor Surveyor Surveyor Surveyor Mechanical Mechanical Electrical Electrical Electrical Millwrights Millwrights Millwrights Welding
IM & TE Calibration Requirements List DESCRIPTION Chain Level Transit Tape Distamat Pressure Gauges Torque Wrenches Meggars Simpson Mulit-Meter Digital Mulit-Meter Calipers Dial Indicators Micrometers Rod Oven Thermostat FREQUENCY Initial Conformance 6 Months 6 Months Initial Conformance 6 Months 6 Months 6 Months 6 Months 6 Months 6 Months 3 Months 3 Months 3 Months 6 Months PROCEDURE Visual* TOLERANCES 1/8 (0.32cm) (2) Per Procedure Per Procedure 1/8 (0.32cm) (2) Per Procedure 5% (2) 5% (2) 3% (2) 3% (2) 3% (2) .02MM (2) .02MM (2) .02MM (2) 5F (15C) (2)
Visual*
Notes: 1) ALL WORN AND/OR DEFECTIVE MEASURING EQUIPMENT IS REMOVED FROM THE SYSTEM AND DISPOSED OF. RECORDS INDICATING REMOVAL/DISPOSAL DATE ARE MAINTAINED. THESE TOLERANCES ARE LISTED FOR SITUATIONS WHERE NO OTHER RECOMMENDED TOLERANCES ARE PROVIDED.
2)
Page 7 of 8
Page 8 of 8
CALIBRATION ASSIGNMENT LOG AND RECORD

Equipment/Instrument Identification No. Item Description Size-Range Manufacturer Model No. Manufacturer Serial No Calibration Frequency Calibration Tolerance
ID A01101
Date Calibrated Calibration Due Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F01101 Rev 0 Calibration Assignment Log.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F01101 Rev 0 Calibration Assignment Log.doc
Page 2 of 2
I M T E SIGN IN/OUT HISTORY OF USE LOG

I M T E Description: Name Badge No. Date Out I M T E No.: Date In
ID A01102
Area/System/PKG No.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F01102 Rev 0 IMTE sign in out history Log.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F01102 Rev 0 IMTE sign in out history Log.doc
Page 2 of 2
CALIBRATIONS TICKLER FILE Month Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Year Thursday Friday
ID A01103
Saturday
Sunday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F01103 Rev 0 Calibrations Tickler File.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F01103 Rev 0 Calibrations Tickler File.doc
Page 2 of 2
CALIBRATION DATA SHEET

Area/Location Tag No. Model No. Direct Calibration Range Calibration Procedure Manufacturer Serial No. Reserve Unit No. Project Description Type Size Action
ID A01104
Job No.
Fail Position
As Found
Calibration
Input 0% 25% 75% 100%
Output
Input 0% 25% 75% 100%
Output
Mounted Accessories
Remarks
Calibrated By
Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F01104 Rev 0 Calibration Data Sheet.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F01104 Rev 0 Calibration Data Sheet.doc
Page 2 of 2
CONTROL OF NONCONFORMANCES
SCOPE This procedure describes the methods and responsibilities for controlling nonconforming items to prevent their inadvertent use or installation when other control methods, inspection reports, surveillance reports (000.509.0220), etc. are considered inadequate. This procedure provides for the identification, documentation, evaluation, disposition, notification, segregation (prevention of inadvertent use/installation), and reinspection of these nonconforming items (excluding ASME Code items). GENERAL Types of NCRs Nonconformances are classified as: Use as Is- Permission to use an item that does not conform to specified requirements. Rework- Action taken on a nonconforming item to make it conform to specified requirements. Repair- Action taken on a nonconforming item to make it acceptable for use. Items Requiring an NCR Nonconformance Reports are issued when there are: Deficiencies in materials, finished work or work processes that result in a condition that does not conform to the specifications and for which there are no existing procedures or standard trade practices which describe methods of correction and therefore require engineering disposition. Deficiencies of a serious or repetitive nonconforming nature as determined by the Site Quality Manager Construction damage has occurred to existing or turned over plant property.
Nonconformances shall be documented using Form 000.509.F01301
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0130 Rev 0 Control of Nonconformances.doc
Page 1 of 6
Responsibility for Identifying Nonconformances Fluor will issue Nonconformance Reports on self-perform work, when applicable. The Construction Subcontractors have the first responsibility for the identification, control, and disposition of nonconforming items within their Scope of Work. Fluor will issue a Nonconformance Report when the Construction Subcontractor has not issued one. It is not necessary to have more than one Nonconformance Report active on the identical nonconforming condition. Inspection personnel usually initiate Nonconformance Reports; however, anyone may initiate an NCR.
Control of Nonconforming Items The Construction Manager will take measures to provide holding areas or other methods for segregating nonconforming items to prevent unauthorized use, mixing with conforming items or incorporating into future construction. Where physical segregation is not practical, tagging, marking or other positive means of identification is acceptable. The Site Quality Manager may elect to use "HOLD" tags/stickers (Form 000.509.F01303) for additional assurance.
PROCEDURE Documentation of Nonconformance For materials and equipment identified as nonconforming (per the descriptions in the "General" section of this procedure), generate a Nonconformance Report (Form 000.509.F01301) to document the nonconforming item(s). The report is to be processed as follows: Initiator Enter the date the nonconformance is documented. Enter either Fluor, the name of the Subcontractor or Vendor to identify organization responsible for the nonconforming work. Use the entries in the header of the form to provide unique traceability and identification to the nonconforming item.
Page 2 of 6
Enter a complete description of the nonconforming condition. The initiator may propose a disposition, but it is not required. Enter the root cause of the nonconforming condition. The initiator provides the NCR completed as noted above to the Site Quality Manager.
Site Quality Manager NOTE: Evaluate the report to determine that the described condition is a valid nonconformance. It is not necessary to have more than one Nonconformance Report active on the identical nonconforming condition. If a Construction Subcontractor has issued the NCR, it should not be duplicated by Fluor. Assign a unique number to the report and enter the number on the report and on the "Nonconformance Report Log" (Form 000.509.F01302). If a hold tag is needed, enter the hold tag number and have the hold tag installed on the item. The hold tag number should be the same as the NCR number. If a hold tag is not to be used, enter NA. The Site Quality Manager provides the NCR completed as noted above to the Construction Engineering Manager. Also send a copy to the Fluor Shop Inspection Coordinator for nonconformances attributed to a vendor.
Construction Engineering Manager Evaluate the proposed disposition, modify if necessary, or enter the disposition. If the nonconforming condition will not be corrected in full conformance with the applicable specification, the Project Design Engineer shall accept the disposition. In this case, check "yes" and obtain the Project Design Engineer approval. Any documentation provided by the Design Engineer that supports the disposition should be attached to the NCR original. For subcontractor NCR's, this approval is obtained through the Fluor Construction Engineering Manager.
Page 3 of 6
If the disposition corrects the nonconformance to full compliance with the applicable specification, check "no". After completing the disposition instructions and obtaining the required approvals, sign and date. Send the original NCR to the Site Quality Manager and copy to the Site Manager. Site Manager Upon receipt of the approved NCR disposition, perform the applicable construction actions specified in the NCR disposition. (Request removal of QC hold tag prior to performing work, if one has been applied.) Site Quality Manager (or Inspector) NOTE: The Site Quality Manager or Fluor Subcontractors or subtier subcontractor initiating NCR's that require Project Design Engineer approval should send a copy of the approved NCR to the Fluor Site Quality Manager (prior to performing the actions specified in the NCR disposition, if possible). DOCUMENTATION The Site Quality Manager shall retain all NCRs and the NCR log in the Quality Files. FORMS Quality Forms: 000.509.F01301 - Nonconformance Report 000.509.F01302 - Nonconformance Report Log 000.509.F01303 - Hold Tag/Sticker Attachment Attachment 1 Attachment 2 - Instruction for completion of Non-Conformance Report - Nonconformance Routing Chart Upon verification of satisfactory completion of the disposition, sign and date. Obtain other required approvals as required.
Page 4 of 6
Attachment 1 - Instruction for completion of Non-Conformance Report (NCR) 1 Description of Non-conformance: The initiator shall describe the requirements that were not met and a detailed description of the Non-conformance. Root Cause: The underlying reason(s) for the occurrence of the reported nonconformity will be evaluated and the cause code(s) including and explanation will be stated. Cause Code C01 C02 C03 C04 C05 C06 C07 C08 C08a C08b C08c C08d C08e C08f C09 C10 C11 C99 Description Client Driven Communication Driven Equipment or Material External Phenomenon Location Driven Management Driven Procedure (except procedure not followed) Procedure/Work Process not followed - select from below Not Aware of Procedure (includes not trained) Ignored Procedure (includes no time / low priority / not important) Misapplied Procedure (includes not understood / thought not to apply) Not Effective (needs update / improvement / is inappropriate) / incorrect Incorrect Reference to Procedure (includes incorrectly specified) Procedure Not in Native Language People Driven Systems Driven Work Environment Other
NOTE: If codes 7 or 8 are used, list the procedure(s) identified as the root cause. Refer to 000.042.1000 Att. 2 in KOL for a definition of each cause code. 3 Disposition Use-as-is Re-work Repair
Requires design Engineer and Client approval. Restore to original Specification, does not require Design Engineer or Client approved. Does not meet original specification, correct (repair) for fit-for-use condition. Requires approval from design engineer and may require approval of client. Provide instructions for implementation or justification of the selected disposition. IMPLEMENTATION Once implementation is satisfactorily implemented, sign the Disposition Completed block. 4 Action verified and Non-Conformance Closed The Fluor inspector shall indicate the method used for verification of corrective action. Sign the signature block indicating acceptance of corrective action. 5 The Fluor Site Quality Manager shall review the NCR for completeness and acceptance of the corrective action.
Page 5 of 6
Attachment 2 - Nonconformance Routing Chart

Site Quality Manager Review/Confirm s/ Signs Lead Field Engineer Recomm ended Disposition/ Signature
Nonconform ance Discovered
NCR Initiated
Site Quality Manager Assigns Num ber
Site Quality Manager for Routing
Corrective Action: 1) Remove/Replace Rework to Full Design Intent Corrective Action Approved
Corrective Action
NOTE 1
2) Repair Applicable Design Authority Review Disposition Approve or Disapprove NOTE 2
3) Use As Is
Reject
Execution of Corrective Action
Quality Manager Verifies
Accepts
Quality Manager Closes NCR
Distribution: Quality Manager Distributes Closed NCR
Note 1: If corrective action is 2 or 3, distribution to be same as that shown when NCR closed. If corrective action is 1, exclude area EPCM from distribution until NCR is closed. Note 2: For NCRs on Activities within Regulating Authority Scope, they need to Review/Accept
Page 6 of 6
NONCONFORMANCE REPORT
Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Initiated by: Area/Location DWG. No./Rev. Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor Date: Unit/Equip No. Spec./Rev. Tag No.: Turnover System: Client Other Hold Tag Yes
ID A01301A

Sub System: Location: NCR No. No Discipline/Responsibility: Audit No. (If Applicable)
DESCRIPTION OF NONCONFORMANCE
ROOT CAUSE
CAUSE CODE(S)
DISPOSITION
Use as is
Rework
Repair
Other
DISPOSITION BY
Design Eng. Approval Req. Construction Engineer Date
Yes
No
DISPOSITION COMPLETED BY
Contractor
Date Design Engineer Date
ACTION VERIFIED AND NON-CONFORMANCE CLOSED

VERIFICATION METHOD DOC REVIEW FLUOR INSPECTOR INSPECTION OTHER DATE
FLUOR-VERIFIED DISPOSITION AND RECOMMENDED CLOSURE OF NCR

FLUOR SITE QUALITY MANAGER DATE
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F01301 Rev 0 Non Conformance Repor.doc
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
NONCONFORMANCE REPORT LOG

Page _______of _______ NCR No. Discipline Hold Tag Date Opened Date Closed
ID A01302
Description of Nonconformance
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F01302 Rev 0 Non Conformance Report Log.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F01302 Rev 0 Non Conformance Report Log.doc
Page 2 of 2
HOLD TAG/STICKER
ID A01303
HOLD
Hold Tag No._____________________ DO NOT USE NCR Number_____________________ (DO NOT REMOVE THIS TAG)
(Recommended Color: Red with Green Letters)
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F01303 Rev 0 Hold Tag-Sticker.doc
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
CORRECTIVE ACTION SCOPE This procedure establishes the method of obtaining and documenting corrective actions for significant conditions which are adverse to quality, such as failure to properly implement procedures, programmatic failure due to inadequate procedures or failure to correct repetitive problems. The corrective action process involves: Reviewing nonconformities Determining their cause Evaluating the action necessary to ensure that nonconformities do not recur Determining and implementing the action needed Recording the results of actions taken Reviewing corrective action taken
GENERAL Definitions Nonconformity The non-fulfillment of specified requirements. Also referred to as a nonconformance. Correction The correction (fixing) of a nonconforming item to make it acceptable. When correcting an item, consideration should be given to whether other work is also affected. Corrective Action The action taken to eliminate the cause(s) of nonconformities. Corrective Action should be appropriate to the magnitude of the problem and commensurate with the risks encountered. Root Cause Underlying reason(s) for occurrence of a nonconformitynonconformity. A root cause is determined by through analysis, (e.g. asking the question why? until the underlying reason has been revealed). Responsible Person The individual responsible for the group of system where a nonconformitynonconformity is identified. They would be responsible for ensuring its timely correction. Significant Condition operating system and/or procedural deficiencies evaluated by management (as to the magnitude of the problem and commensurate to the risks encountered) and judged to warrant a Corrective Action Report (CAR). This may also include where a trend is noted (ie the same nonconforming condition occurs three or more times). The need for a Corrective Action Report is usually identified by the Site Quality Manager or inspection personnel; however, any one may identify the need for a CAR.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0140 Rev 0 Corrective Action.doc
Page 1 of 6
PROCEDURE A nonconformity may be identified through activities such as internal audit, surveillance, management review, or external audit finding. A nonconformity is evaluated (based on severity) to determine the appropriate level of corrective action needed to prevent recurrence. Consideration is given to the impact of the nonconformity on project cost, schedule or quality issues. Not all nonconformities require root cause analysis and/or corrective action. It is acceptable for management to determine that only correction is necessary. Root cause analysis and corrective action are applied where the reward is greater than the effort. Corrective action is documented on the CAR (Corrective Action Report) form: 000.509.F01401 Coordination of CARs is the responsibility of the Site Quality Manager. The Site Quality Manager reviews identified nonconformities to determine if a CAR is appropriate. If so, Sections 1 and 2 of the CAR form are completed and the CAR is recorded on a status log (000.509.F01402). Equivalent forms and logs are permitted providing the essential elements of the example form and log are addressed. The CAR is transmitted to the Responsible Person for further action. The Responsible Person completes Section 3 and 4 of the CAR form (refer to Attachment 01 Corrective Action Response Instructions) and returns it to the Site Quality Manager. Should it become necessary to void or cancel a CAR during the initiation cycle (upon discovery that no nonconformity actually exists, or a CAR covering this condition already exists), and explanation will be written on the original report. The report will be signed and dated by the responsible person and copies provided to appropriate distribution including the person who identified the deficiency/condition. The Site Quality Manager is responsible for ensuring that the nonconformity has been corrected and that the corrective action taken to eliminate the cause of nonconformity is effective. The Site Quality Manger will also ensure completion of Section 5 of the CAR form and update the Status Log. A completed copy of the CAR form will be retained. In cases where an activity (that is the subject of CAR) occurs infrequently, or where root cause analysis is determined to be not necessary, the CAR may be closed following correction of the nonconformity without verifying effectiveness of the corrective action.
Page 2 of 6
DOCUMENTATION The Corrective Action Report and associated attachments shall be retained in the Quality Control Files by the Site Quality Manager. The status of open CARs will be reviewed with Site Management on a periodic basis to ensure timely close out of the CARs.
REFERENCES Quality Control Forms: 000.509.F01401 000.509.F01402 Corrective Action Report Corrective Action Report Log
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 1 - Corrective Action Response Instructions
Page 3 of 6
Attachment 1
- Corrective Action Response Instructions
Corrective Action Report (CAR) The Responsible Person is required to respond to each CAR within a target of 30 days after the issue of the CAR. Responses may be provided on the CAR form, or by other written means. Responses are required to address the following points: CAR Section 3 Correction of Nonconformity Provide a detailed explanation of the action that will be taken to resolve the specific problem identified on the CAR and state when the action has been or will be completed. Identify other work affected and if additional actions or controls are needed. CAR Section 4 Corrective Action Section In addition to correcting the nonconformity, the Responsible Person needs to assess its severity/impact to see if further analysis is warranted (i.e. determine the root cause and develop a plan to prevent recurrence). When evaluating the severity of the nonconformity consideration should be given to its impact on project cost, schedule or quality issues (e.g. resulting in excessive rework). This decision is indicated by marking yes or no in Section 4 or the CAR. Root Cause: The underlying reason(s) for the occurrence of the reported nonconformity will be evaluated and the cause code(s) including an explanation will be stated.
Cause Code C01 C02 C03 C04 C05 C06 C07 C08 C08a C08b C08c C08d C08e Client Driven Communication Driven Equipment or Material External Phenomenon Location Driven Management Driven Procedure (except procedure not followed) Procedure/Work Process not followed - select from below Not Aware of Procedure (includes not trained) Ignored Procedure (includes no time / low priority / not important) Misapplied Procedure (includes not understood / thought not to apply) Not Effective (needs update / improvement / is inappropriate) / incorrect Incorrect Reference to Procedure (includes incorrectly specified) Description
Page 4 of 6
Cause Code C08f C09 C10 C11 C99
Description Procedure Not in Native Language People Driven Systems Driven Work Environment Other
Refer to 000.042.1000 Att. 2 in KOL for a definition of each cause code

Plan To Prevent Recurrence: Provide details of corrective actions that have been taken or will be taken to prevent recurrence of the condition (root cause) that led to the reported Nonconformity and state when the corrective actions to prevent recurrence have been or will be completed. Upon completion, sign and date. If issued electronically, name and date may be typed. Response Coordination and Processing Upon completion of sections 3 & 4 of the above reports, route to the Site Quality Manager. The Site Quality Manager, upon receipt of all responses, provides for follow-up and close-out where applicable. Closed out CARs (Section 5 Completed) are to be copied to the Construction Technology Quality Manager.
Page 5 of 6
Page 6 of 6
CORRECTIVE ACTION REPORT 1 - Identification Supplier Name: CAR Number: Personnel contracted: 2 - Nonconformity Contract/P.O. No.: Originator: Discipline: Date:
ID A01401A
Reference:
Requirement: Description: Contributing Cause(s): [List code number(s) see Att. 1 of 000 509 0140] 3 Correction of Nonconformity (By Responsible Person) Plan to address the Nonconformity (e.g. correct/repair/waiver) Estimated Completion Date:
4 Corrective Action Section (By Responsible Person) In the judgement of the Responsible Person, is an analysis of the root cause(s) of this nonconformity required (including determining a plan to prevent recurrence) in light of the magnitude of the problem and the risk involved? (If Yes, continue: if no, mark N/A below). Yes / No Root Cause(s): List code number(s) see 000.509.0140.att. 1, and explain underlying reason why nonconformity occurred Plan to Prevent Recurrence: Responsible Person: 5 Closeout Verification Correction of Nonconformity: Verifier: Date: Estimated Completion Date: Date:
Corrective Action Implemented and Effective: (only completed when a root cause was determined see 4 above) Evaluator: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F01401 Rev 0 Corrective Action Report.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F01401 Rev 0 Corrective Action Report.doc
Page 2 of 2
CORRECTIVE ACTION STATUS LOG

CAR No. Date Initiated Description of CAR Contractor/Supplier Contract/P.O. No. Responsible Person
ID A01402A
Response Received Date Date Closed
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F01402 Rev 0 Corrective Action Status Log.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F01402 Rev 0 Corrective Action Status Log.doc
Page 2 of 2
PREVENTIVE ACTION SCOPE This procedure provides guidance on methods to identify conditions (or circumstances) which have the potential to cause nonconformities
GENERAL Definitions Preventive Action: The action taken to eliminate the cause of potential nonconformities. Preventive action will be appropriate to the magnitude of the potential nonconformity and commensurate with the potential risks that may be encountered. Nonconformities: The non-fulfillment of specified requirements. Preventive action involves the detection and elimination or modification of work performance conditions (or circumstances) which have a potential to cause nonconformities. Each employee should continually evaluate his/her work process to identify potential nonconformities.
PROCEDURE Project Personnel Review appropriate sources of information that may be used to identify potential nonconformities such as: Surveillance Reports Internal Quality Audits Client Feedback Lessons Learned Analysis and improvement of work process and operations Value Awareness Suggestion Monthly Project Reviews Employee Suggestions Registrar Feedback
The Site Quality Manager is aware of the various sources of potential nonconformities listed above and, as appropriate, will determine if an identified item should be considered for preventive action. Consideration should be based on the items potential impact on project cost, schedule or quality. NOTE: Note all potential nonconformities require preventive action.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0150 Rev 0 Preventive Action.doc
Page 1 of 6
Potential nonconformities that could adversely affect the Project will have the following steps performed: Determine cause of the potential nonconformity and record it on the log. Refer to cause codes listed below. Determine what action is required to prevent occurrence of nonconformity (i.e. issue surveillance or audit observations, revision of a work process or procedure) and add the appropriate Elimination Code number to the log (See Attachment 1). Confirm that action was taken to prevent the potential nonconformity from occurring and record this information in the preventive action log.
Preventive Actions that eliminate potential nonconformities will be submitted for management review. A log is to be maintained that records a description of the potential nonconformity, the contributing cause (see Cause Code table below), the action determine necessary to eliminate the cause (see Elimination Code table below). NOTE: Any log is permitted provided it contains the same basic information as Attachment 1. CAUSE CODES
Code Description C01 Client Driven C02 Communication Driven C03 Equipment or Material C04 External Phenomenon C05 Location Driven C06 Management Driven C07 Procedure (except procedure not followed) C08 Procedure/Work Process not followed - select from below C08a Not Aware of Procedure (includes not trained) C08b Ignored Procedure (includes no time / low priority / not important) C08c Misapplied Procedure (includes not understood / thought not to apply) C08d Not Effective (needs update / improvement / is inappropriate) / incorrect C08e Incorrect Reference to Procedure (includes incorrectly specified) C08f Procedure Not in Native Language C09 People Driven C10 Systems Driven C11 Work Environment C99 Other Refer to 000.042.1000 Att. 2 in KOL for a definition of each cause code
Page 2 of 6
Code E01 E02 E03 E04 E05 E99
ELIMINATION CODES Description Revision/modification of work process/document Issuance of QA/QC report to affected personnel Issuance of document/procedure Training/orientation of affected personnel Verbally advising affected personnel Other
FORMS Quality Control Forms: 000.509.F02201 - Surveillance Report 000.509.F01501 - Preventive Action log 000.509.F01701 - Audit Finding 000.509.F01702 - Audit Summary
Page 3 of 6
Page 4 of 6
PREVENTIVE ACTION LOG Project Number: PA No. Issue Date Source Description Project Name: Cause Code Elimination Code Confirmation of Action Verified by Date Closed
Cause Code C01 C02 C03 C04 C05 C06
Description Client Driven Communication Driven Equipment or Material External Phenomenon Location Driven Management Driven
Description Procedure (except procedure not followed) Procedure/Work Process not followed People Driven Systems Driven Work Environment Other
Elimination Code E01 E02 E03 E04 E05 E99
Description Revision/modification of work process/document Issuance of QA/QC report to affected personnel Issuance of document/procedure Training/orientation of affected personnel Verbally advising affected personnel Other
Page 5 of 6
Page 6 of 6
SURVEILLANCE REPORT
Location Subcontractor/Activity Date Completed Work Yes No
ID A02201
Report No.
Inspection Checklist, Specification, Or Drawing Used As Reference:
RESULTS: Follow-up Required Description Of Item/Work Inspected/Observed:
Satisfactory
Observations/Deficiency:
Surveillance Personnel/Date
Site Quality Manger/Date
Person Notified Of Deficiency Name Recommended Corrective Action: Title
Corrective Actions Implemented/Accepted:
Site Quality Manager/Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02201 Rev 0 Surveillance Report.doc
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
PREVENTIVE ACTION LOG Project Name : PA No. Issue Date Source Description Project Number: Cause Code Elimination Code Confirmation of Action
ID A01501A
Verified by
Date Closed
Description Client Driven Communication Driven Equipment or Material External Phenomenon Location Driven Management Driven
Description Procedure (except procedure not followed) Procedure/Work Process not followed People Driven Systems Driven Work Environment Other
Elimination Code E01 E02 E03 E04 E05 E99
Description Revision/modification of work process/document Issuance of QA/QC report to affected personnel Issuance of document/procedure Training/orientation of affected personnel Verbally advising affected personnel Other
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F01501 Rev 0 Preventive Action Log.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F01501 Rev 0 Preventive Action Log.doc
Page 2 of 2
AUDIT FINDING
1)
ID A01701
Finding Number: Audit Date:
Project/Contract Number:
Project Name: Auditor(s): Auditee Personnel Contacted:

2)
A. Reference:
B. Requirement: Continued on back

3)
Deficiency: Continued on back
4)
Proposed Disposition:
Expected Completion Date:

5)
Corrective Action Evaluation, and Response:
Disposition (Action taken to correct deficiency)
Completion Date:
6)
Auditee Signature: Auditor Concurrence with disposition:
Date: Date:
7)
Continued on back
8)
Auditor Follow-up and Close-out Verification:
Auditor Signature:
Date Deficiency closed:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F01701 Rev 0 Audit Finding.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F01701 Rev 0 Audit Finding.doc
Page 2 of 2
AUDIT SUMMARY
Project: Client: Project Number: Audit Location: Audit Scope: Construction Audit Number: Audit Dates: Report Date:
ID A01702
Summary of Audit Results:
Entry Meeting Date: The entry & exit meeting were conducted with: A summary of the audit results is as follows:
Exit Meeting Date:
Quality Manual Principles assessed. Deficiencies reported.
Quality Manual Principles found to be satisfactory. Observations for improvement.
Previous Findings and Action Follow-up: Finding Number Status (Open or Closed) Date Closed
Lead Auditor Signature:
Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F01702 Rev 0 Audit Summary.doc
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
QUALITY RECORDS
SCOPE This procedure describes maintenance of Quality Records generated for and/or by construction. GENERAL Quality Records are documented evidence that construction conformed to requirements of the Design Specifications. Quality Records include: Test and inspection reports Radiographs Material and equipment certificates required by specification Equipment maintenance/preservation records As-built drawings
Designated construction staff arestaff is responsible for the preparation of Quality Records and are usually responsible for maintenance and retrievability of the records. Records that are identified as Confidential in any confidentiality agreement shall be controlled in accordance with specific procedures established by that agreement. PROCEDURE Site Quality Manager In coordination with the Construction Engineering Manager and any other group manager who receives or generates quality records, identify the quality records that will be retained during construction and identify the record custodian by job title. Record this information on Form 000.509.F01601 (Quality Records Control). Reference the Project File Index and Record Retention Schedule Practice 000.037.1182. In coordination with the client and other record custodians, define the Quality Records that are to be submitted to the client upon completion of work and identify this on the Quality Records Control form. The Fluor Site Quality Manager in coordination with the Site Manager will identify all Quality Records (or copies of records) that will be retained in the Records Retention Center. Identify this on the Quality Records Control form.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0160 Rev 0 Quality Records.doc
Page 1 of 20
NOTE:
Reference Attachment 1 for a sample of Site Specific Quality Records Control form. [:: Attachment 1 should be made site specific ::] Maintain the Quality Records Control form current and, if possible, before records are received on site or generated.
Custodian Establish and maintain a filing system for inspection, testing, and other Quality Control records. The system shall ensure that records are readily retrievable and protected. The system shall allow the records required for turnover to be easily separated by turnover packages. The system is to be identified on the Quality Records Control Form. Prior to filing the record the custodian shall review the documents to verify the following: Documents are appropriate Documents are complete Entries are correct Documents are legible Documents signed/initialed by authorized person Review vendor generated documents to verify the records are complete and legible.
The custodian shall resolve any discrepancies noted during the document review with the originator or originator's supervisor. Resolve any discrepancies with vendor documents through the Fluor purchasing department. Corrections to records are accomplished by authorized personnel (i.e. record originator or originator's supervisor) by striking a single line through the erroneous entry, entering the correct information and initialing and dating the change. Turnover Maintain the records until they are requested by project turnover and/or assigned to the Records Retention Center. NOTE: Subcontractors will retain their records until they are requested by Fluor.
Page 2 of 20
The Site Quality Manager will generate a checklist and verify that all required quality records have been completed and those designated for turnover are included in the Turnover Package. All supporting documentation relating to mechanical completion/system turnover will be retained by Fluor until system acceptance by Client. After system acceptance by Client, this documentation will be transferred to Client under separate correspondence.
FORMS Quality Control Form: 000.509.F01601- Quality Records Control ATTACHMENT Attachment 1 - Sample of Site Specific Quality Records Control Form Note: List all forms and designate if they are to be turned over.
Page 3 of 20
Attachment 1 - Sample of Site Specific Quality Records Control Form
Record Identification Form # 000 509 F00501 000 509 F00502 000 509 F01101 000 509 F01102 000 509 F01103 000 509 F01104 000 509 F01301 000 509 F01302 000 509 F01303 000 509 F01401 000 509 F01402 000 509 F01501 000 509 F01601 000 509 F01701 000 509 F01702 000 509 F01801 000 509 F02001 000 509 F02002 000 509 F02003 000 509 F02004 000 509 F02005 000 509 F02006 000 509 F02201 000 509 F02202 000 509 F02301 000 509 F02401 000 509 F02402 000 509 F02403 000 509 F02404 000 509 F02405 000 509 F02406 000 509 F02407 Title Request For Information Request For Information Log Calibration Assignment Log and Record I.M.T.E. Sign In/Out History of Use Log Calibrations Tickler File Calibration Data Sheet Nonconformance Report Nonconformance Report Log Hold Tag/Sticker Corrective Action Report Corrective Action Status Log Preventive Action Log Quality Records Control Audit Finding Audit Summary Project Specific Quality Training Site Subcontractor Qualification Soil Testing Laboratory Evaluation Record Asphalt Testing Laboratory Evaluation Record Concrete Batch Plant Evaluation Record Concrete Testing Laboratory Evaluation Record NDE Subcontractor Evaluation Record Surveillance Report Surveillance Report Log Receiving Inspection Checklist Transfer of Care, Custody and Control (Turnover Notice) System Walkdown Notice Mechanical Completion Civil Checklist Mechanical Completion Electrical/Instrumentation Checklist Mechanical Completion/Mechanical Checklist Mechanical Completion/Quality Control Checklist Master Punch List Record
Custodian Job Title or Sub Name CEM CEM CEM CEM CEM CEM SQM SQM SQM SQM SQM SQM SQM SQM SQM SQM SQM SQM SQM SQM SQM SQM SQM SQM SQM COMM CEM CEM CEM CEM CEM CEM
System Turnover Package Y = Yes N = No N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Records Retention Center Y = Yes N = No
Records Retention Center Retention (Years)
File Locator Code
Page 4 of 20
Record Identification Form # 000 509 F02408 000 509 F02409 000 509 F02501 000 509 F02502 000 509 F70001 000 509 F70002 000 509 F70101 000 509 F70102 000 509 F70103 000 509 F70104 000 509 F70105 000 509 F70201 000 509 F70202 000 509 F70204000 509 F70203 000 509 F70301000 509 F70204 000 509 F70302000 509 F70301 000 509 F70303000 509 F70302 000 509 F70801000 509 F70303 000 509 F70901000 509 F70801 000 509 F71001000 509 F70901 000 509 F71002000 509 F71001 000 509 F71003000 509 F71002 000 509 F71004000 509 F71003 000 509 F71005000 509 F71004 Title Interim Turnover Notice Mechanical Completion Certificate Storage Inspection Checklist Equipment Protection Preservation and Inspection Record Inspection and Test Plan Inspection and Test Plan Soil Inspection Checklist Field Compaction Test Record Density of Soil Place by the Sand-Cone Method ASTM D-1566 AASHTO-T-191 Nuclear Moisture-Density Test Report Soil Density Test Log Bituminous Concrete Paving Inspection Checklist Bulk Specific Gravity Nuclear Density Test Report Bituminous ConcreteBituminous Concrete Compaction Pile Driving Inspection RecordNuclear Density Test Report Bituminous Concrete Pile Driving RecordPile Driving Inspection Record
Custodian Job Title or Sub Name CEM CEM MM MM SQM SQM CEM CEM CEM CEM CEM CEM CEM CEM
System Turnover Package Y = Yes N = No Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
File Locator Code
CEM
CEM
Record of Pile DrivingPile Driving Record
CEM
Caisson Inspection RecordRecord of Pile Driving Augered Cast-In-Place Pile RecordCaisson Inspection Record Pre-Concrete Inspection ChecklistAugered Cast-InPlace Pile Record Concrete Inspection RecordPre-Concrete Inspection Checklist Y Concrete Pour CardConcrete Inspection Record Cementitious Grout Inspection RecordConcrete Pour Card Cementitious Grout Testing RecordCementitious Grout Inspection Record CEM Y CEM Y CEM
CEM
CEM
Page 5 of 20
Record Identification Form # 000 509 F71006000 509 F71005 000 509 F71007000 509 F71006 000 509 F71008000 509 F71007 000 509 F71009000 509 F71008 000 509 F71010000 509 F71009 000 509 F72002000 509 F71010 000 509 F72003000 509 F72002 000 509 F73001000 509 F72003 000 509 F73002000 509 F73001 000 509 F73003000 509 F73002 000 509 F73004000 509 F73003 000 509 F73005000 509 F73004 000 509 F73006000 509 F73005 000 509 F73007000 509 F73006 000 509 F73008000 509 F73007 000 509 F73009000 509 F73008 000 509 F73010000 509 F73009 Title Epoxy Resin Grout Inspection RecordCementitious Grout Testing Record Concrete Compression Strength Test RecordEpoxy Resin Grout Inspection Record Concrete Placement LogConcrete Compression Strength Test Record Grout Placement LogConcrete Placement Log Concrete Batch Plant Inspection RecordGrout Placement Log Structural Steel InspectionConcrete Batch Plant Inspection Record Torque Wrench Calibration LogStructural Steel Inspection Building Inspection and Test ChecklistTorque Wrench Calibration Log Final Building Inspection SummaryBuilding Inspection and Test Checklist Carpentry ChecklistFinal Building Inspection Summary Painting ChecklistCarpentry Checklist
Custodian Job Title or Sub Name CEM
System Turnover Package Y = Yes N = No Y
File Locator Code
Y CEM Y CEM Y CEM
SQM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
Plumbing ChecklistPainting Checklist
CEM
Ceramic Tile ChecklistPlumbing Checklist
CEM
Concrete ChecklistCeramic Tile Checklist
CEM
Structural Steel ChecklistConcrete Checklist Masonry (Brickwork) ChecklistStructural Steel Checklist Plaster ChecklistMasonry (Brickwork) Checklist
CEM
CEM
CEM
Page 6 of 20
Record Identification Form # 000 509 F73011000 509 F73010 000 509 F73012000 509 F73011 000 509 F73013000 509 F73012 000 509 F73014000 509 F73013 000 509 F73015000 509 F73014 000 509 F73016000 509 F73015 000 509 F73101000 509 F73016 000 509 F73102000 509 F73101 000 509 F73201000 509 F73102 000 509 F74001000 509 F73201 000 509 F74002000 509 F74001 000 509 F74003000 509 F74002 000 509 F74004000 509 F74003 000 509 F74005000 509 F74004 000 509 F74006000 509 F74005 000 509 F74007000 509 F74006 000 509 F74008000 509 F74007 Title Doors, Windows, Hardware, Glazing ChecklistPlaster Checklist Computer (Raised) Floors ChecklistDoors, Windows, Hardware, Glazing Checklist Prefab Wall Element Systems ChecklistComputer (Raised) Floors Checklist Building Metal Siding And Roofing ChecklistPrefab Wall Element Systems Checklist Buildings Water Proofing And Damp Proofing ChecklistBuilding Metal Siding And Roofing Checklist Suspended Ceiling ChecklistBuildings Water Proofing And Damp Proofing Checklist HVAC Inspection RecordSuspended Ceiling Checklist Buildings Air Conditioning ChecklistHVAC Inspection Record Roofing Inspection ChecklistBuildings Air Conditioning Checklist Equipment Installation ChecklistRoofing Inspection Checklist Heat Exchangers & Reboilers Installation RecordEquipment Installation Checklist Electrostatic Precipitator ChecklistHeat Exchangers & Reboilers Installation Record Inspection Record Static EquipmentElectrostatic Precipitator Checklist Tray Installation Inspection RecordInspection Record Static Equipment Air Cooled Heat Exchanger Inspection ChecklistTray Installation Inspection Record Air Cooler Run In Test ReportAir Cooled Heat Exchanger Inspection Checklist Reciprocating Compressor Inspection RecordAir Cooler Run In Test Report
File Locator Code
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
Page 7 of 20
Record Identification Form # 000 509 F74009000 509 F74008 000 509 F74010000 509 F74009 000 509 F74011000 509 F74010 000 509 F74012000 509 F74011 000 509 F74013000 509 F74012 000 509 F74014000 509 F74013 000 509 F74015000 509 F74014 000 509 F74016000 509 F74015 000 509 F74017000 509 F74016 000 509 F74018000 509 F74017 000 509 F74019000 509 F74018 000 509 F74020000 509 F74019 000 509 F74021000 509 F74020 000 509 F74022000 509 F74021 000 509 F74024000 509 F74022 000 509 F74025000 509 F74024 000 509 F74026000 509 F74025 Title Fan Installation Inspection ChecklistReciprocating Compressor Inspection Record Furnaces Inspection RecordFan Installation Inspection Checklist Fuel Gas Steam Generator Inspection ChecklistFurnaces Inspection Record Steam Turbine Inspection ChecklistFuel Gas Steam Generator Inspection Checklist Agitators/Mixers Inspection ChecklistSteam Turbine Inspection Checklist Equipment/Piping Strain and Alignment Inspection FormAgitators/Mixers Inspection Checklist Installation Checklist Travelling CranesEquipment/Piping Strain and Alignment Inspection Form Package Equipment Installation ChecklistInstallation Checklist Travelling Cranes Desuperheaters/Ejectors Inspection ChecklistPackage Equipment Installation Checklist Filters/Strainers Installation RecordDesuperheaters/Ejectors Inspection Checklist Centrifugal Compressor Inspection RecordFilters/Strainers Installation Record Rotating Equipment Inspection RecordCentrifugal Compressor Inspection Record Rotating Equipment Alignment RecordRotating Equipment Inspection Record Belt Driven Equipment Alignment RecordRotating Equipment Alignment Record Inspection Record For Draw Off Tray Leak Test ReportBelt Driven Equipment Alignment Record Inspection Record For Air CoolersInspection Record For Draw Off Tray Leak Test Report Final Closing Authorization RecordInspection Record For Air Coolers
File Locator Code
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
Page 8 of 20
Record Identification Form # 000 509 F74027000 509 F74026 000 509 F74028000 509 F74027 000 509 F74029000 509 F74028 000 509 F74030000 509 F74029 000 509 F74031000 509 F74030 000 509 F74032000 509 F74031 000 509 F74033000 509 F74032 000 509 F74101000 509 F74033 000 509 F74102000 509 F74101 000 509 F74103000 509 F74102 000 509 F74104000 509 F74103 000 509 F74105000 509 F74104 000 509 F74106000 509 F74105 000 509 F74201000 509 F74106 000 509 F74301000 509 F74201 000 509 F74401000 509 F74301 000 509 F74402000 509 F74401 Title API 686 Baseplate Installation Checklist (Prior to Grouting)Final Closing Authorization Record API 686 Equipment Grouting ChecklistAPI 686 Baseplate Installation Checklist (Prior to Grouting) API 686 Alignment Check SheetAPI 686 Equipment Grouting Checklist Baseplate Leveling RecordAPI 686 Alignment Check Sheet Reverse Dial Alignment RecordBaseplate Leveling Record Piping Alignment Data SheetReverse Dial Alignment Record Rotating Equipment (Face-Rim) Alignment RecordPiping Alignment Data Sheet Tank Elevation Tolerances RecordRotating Equipment (Face-Rim) Alignment Record Inspection Record Field Erected TankTank Elevation Tolerances Record Tank Plate Dimensional Control Record Field Erected TankInspection Record Field Erected Tank Water Filling And Settlement Record Field Erected TankTank Plate Dimensional Control Record Field Erected Tank Tank Leak Test RecordWater Filling And Settlement Record Field Erected Tank Tank Test CertificateTank Leak Test Record Inspection Record Cooling TowerTank Test Certificate Field Installed Refactory RecordInspection Record Cooling Tower Gas Turbine/Generator Gear Inspection ChecklistField Installed Refactory Record Gas Turbine Inspection RecordGas Turbine/Generator Gear Inspection Checklist
File Locator Code
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
Page 9 of 20
Record Identification Form # 000 509 F74405000 509 F74402 000 509 F74406000 509 F74405 000 509 F74407000 509 F74406 000 509F74408000 509 F74407 000 509 F74601000 509F74408 000 509 F74602000 509 F74601 000 509 F74603000 509 F74602 000 509 F74604000 509 F74603 000 509 F74605000 509 F74604 000 509 F74606000 509 F74605 000 509 F74607000 509 F74606 000 509 F74608000 509 F74607 000 509 F74609000 509 F74608 000 509 F74701000 509 F74609 000 509 F74702000 509 F74701 000 509 F75001000 509 F74702 000 509 F75002000 509 F75001 Title Shop-Fabricated Field-Erected Stack Inspection RecordGas Turbine Inspection Record Heat Recovery Steam Generator Inspection RecordShop-Fabricated Field-Erected Stack Inspection Record Breeching And Duct Work Inspection RecordHeat Recovery Steam Generator Inspection Record Equipment Protection Activities Record Gas TurbinesBreeching And Duct Work Inspection Record Site Daily Activities LogEquipment Protection Activities Record Gas Turbines Stg Foundation Settlement RecordSite Daily Activities Log Stg FixatorsStg Foundation Settlement Record
Custodian Job Title or Sub Name
System Turnover Package Y = Yes N = No
File Locator Code
Stg Sole PlatesStg Fixators Stg Front Standard Base Plate AssemblyStg Sole Plates Exhaust Hood Horizontal Joint LevelnessStg Front Standard Base Plate Assembly Stg Shell/Casing Load TestExhaust Hood Horizontal Joint Levelness Stg Piping AttachmentStg Shell/Casing Load Test Stg Foundation Top of Concrete ElevationsStg Piping Attachment Generator Test ChecklistStg Foundation Top of Concrete Elevations Generator Cold Resistance Test RecordGenerator Test Checklist Underground Pipe Inspection RecordGenerator Cold Resistance Test Record Insulation Resistance (Insulated FlangesUnderground Piping) Test RecordUnderground Pipe Inspection Record CEM Y
CEM
Page 10 of 20
Record Identification Form # 000 509 F75003000 509 F75002 000 509 F75101000 509 F75003 000 509 F75102000 509 F75101 000 509 F75103000 509 F75102 000 509 F75201000 509 F75103 000 509 F75501000 509 F75201 000 509 F75502000 509 F75501 000 509 F75503000 509 F75502 000 509 F75504000 509 F75503 000 509 F75505000 509 F75504 000 509 F75506000 509 F75505 000 509 F75507000 509 F75506 000 509 F75508000 509 F75507 000 509 F75509000 509 F75508 000 509 F75601000 509 F75509 000 509 F75701000 509 F75601 000 509 F76001000 509 F75701 Title Holiday (Spark) Test RecordInsulation Resistance (Insulated Flanges-Underground Piping) Test Record Aboveground Pipe Inspection RecordHoliday (Spark) Test Record Visual Inspection of Flanges, Gaskets and BoltingAboveground Pipe Inspection Record Weld Map RecordVisual Inspection of Flanges, Gaskets and Bolting Pressure Test ReportWeld Map Record Hygienic Drawing Revision LogPressure Test Report Hygienic Material Receiving LogHygienic Drawing Revision Log Hygienic Valve Receiving Inspection ReportHygienic Material Receiving Log Hygienic Vessel Nozzle Receiving Inspection ReportHygienic Valve Receiving Inspection Report Hygienic Tube/Fitting Receiving Inspection ReportHygienic Vessel Nozzle Receiving Inspection Report Hygienic Pre-weld Inspection ChecklistHygienic Tube/Fitting Receiving Inspection Report Hygienic Welder Qualification ReportHygienic Pre-weld Inspection Checklist Hygienic Orbital Weld LogHygienic Welder Qualification Report Hygienic Post Installation ChecklistHygienic Orbital Weld Log Pipe Cleaning and Verification ChecklistHygienic Post Installation Checklist Mechanical Heat Tracing Inspection RecordPipe Cleaning and Verification Checklist Conduit And Cable Tray ChecklistMechanical Heat Tracing Inspection Record
File Locator Code
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
Page 11 of 20
Record Identification Form # 000 509 F76002000 509 F76001 000 509 F76003000 509 F76002 000 509 F76004000 509 F76003 000 509 F76005000 509 F76004 000 509 F76006000 509 F76005 000 509 F76007000 509 F76006 000 509 F76008000 509 F76007 000 509 F76009000 509 F76008 000 509 F76010000 509 F76009 000 509 F76011000 509 F76010 000 509 F76012000 509 F76011 000 509 F76013000 509 F76012 000 509 F76014000 509 F76013 000 509 F76101000 509 F76014 000 509 F76102000 509 F76101 000 509 F76103000 509 F76102 000 509 F76104000 509 F76103 Title Electrical Manhole Inspection ChecklistConduit And Cable Tray Checklist Medium & High Voltage Underground Cable Splice Inspection RecordElectrical Manhole Inspection Checklist Medium and High Voltage Cable Termination ChecklistMedium & High Voltage Underground Cable Splice Inspection Record Cable Pulling Inspection ChecklistMedium and High Voltage Cable Termination Checklist Fan/Speed Reducer/Motor Inspection ChecklistCable Pulling Inspection Checklist Switch House Inspection ChecklistFan/Speed Reducer/Motor Inspection Checklist Lighting Receptacle, Instrument Distribution Panels Inspection ChecklistSwitch House Inspection Checklist Electrical Motor Inspection ChecklistLighting Receptacle, Instrument Distribution Panels Inspection Checklist Aboveground Conduit Inspection ChecklistElectrical Motor Inspection Checklist Lighting Panelboard Inspection RecordAboveground Conduit Inspection Checklist Underground Conduit (Duct Bank) InspectionLighting Panelboard Inspection Record Grounding/Earthing System (Grid or Loop) Inspection RecordUnderground Conduit (Duct Bank) Inspection Cable Termination ChecklistGrounding/Earthing System (Grid or Loop) Inspection Record Grounding/Earthing Resistance Reading (Resistance-to-Earth and Loop Continuity) Test RecordCable Termination Checklist Insulation Resistance (Power, Control Wire And Cable) Test RecordGrounding/Earthing Resistance Reading (Resistance-to-Earth and Loop Continuity) Test Record Insulation Resistance (Instrument Wire And Cable) Test RecordInsulation Resistance (Power, Control Wire And Cable) Test Record DC High Potential Test (Medium Voltage Cable) RecordInsulation Resistance (Instrument Wire And Cable) Test Record
File Locator Code
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
Page 12 of 20
Record Identification Form # 000 509 F76105000 509 F76104 000 509 F76106000 509 F76105 000 509 F76107000 509 F76106 000 509 F76108000 509 F76107 000 509 F76109000 509 F76108 000 509 F76109 000 509 F76110 000 509 F76111000 509 F76110 000 509 F76112000 509 F76111 000 509 F76113000 509 F76112 000 509 F76114000 509 F76113 000 509 F76115000 509 F76114 000 509 F76116000 509 F76115 000 509 F76117000 509 F76116 000 509 F76118000 509 F76117 000 509 F76119000 509 F76118 000 509 F76120000 509 F76119 000 509 F76121000 509 F76120 Title Current Transformer (And Ammeter) Test RecordDC High Potential Test (Medium Voltage Cable) Record LV Over-current And Earth/Ground-Fault Protection Relay TestCurrent Transformer (And Ammeter) Test Record Over-current/Ground Fault Protection Relay (Induction Type) TestLV Over-current And Earth/Ground-Fault Protection Relay Test Over-current/Ground Fault Protection Relay (Thermal Type) TestOver-current/Ground Fault Protection Relay (Induction Type) Test Switching Units HV Switchgear Inspection And Test RecordOver-current/Ground Fault Protection Relay (Thermal Type) Test Switching Units HV Switchgear Inspection And Test Record Ground Electrode Resistance Inspection Test Record Ground Fault Protection Relay Induction Inspection and Test RecordGround Electrode Resistance Inspection Test Record Grounding Continuity Inspection and Test RecordGround Fault Protection Relay Induction Inspection and Test Record Grounding Rod Inspection and Test RecordGrounding Continuity Inspection and Test Record Bus Bar Assemblies LV Switchgear Test RecordGrounding Rod Inspection and Test Record Neutral Grounding/Earthing Resistor Test RecordBus Bar Assemblies LV Switchgear Test Record Ground Continuity (Non Electrical) Equipment/Structures Test RecordNeutral Grounding/Earthing Resistor Test Record Ground Continuity (Electrical Equipment and Ground Test Bars) Test RecordGround Continuity (Non Electrical) Equipment/Structures Test Record Insulation Resistance (Equipment) Test RecordGround Continuity (Electrical Equipment and Ground Test Bars) Test Record Insulation Resistance (Transformer) Test RecordInsulation Resistance (Equipment) Test Record Liquid Dielectric Strength Test RecordInsulation Resistance (Transformer) Test Record DC Proof Test Record for MotorsLiquid Dielectric Strength Test Record
File Locator Code
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM CEM
Y Y
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
Page 13 of 20
Record Identification Form # 000 509 F76122000 509 F76121 000 509 F76123000 509 F76122 000 509 F76124000 509 F76123 000 509 F76125000 509 F76124 000 509 F76126000 509 F76125 000 509 F76127000 509 F76126 000 509 F76128000 509 F76127 000 509 F76129000 509 F76128 000 509 F76130000 509 F76129 000 509 F76131000 509 F76130 000 509 F76132000 509 F76131 000 509 F76133000 509 F76132 000 509 F76134000 509 F76133 000 509 F76135000 509 F76134 000 509 F76201000 509 F76135 000 509 F76202000 509 F76201 000 509 F76203000 509 F76202 Title Feeder Breaker (480V MCC) Test RecordDC Proof Test Record for Motors Breaker/Contractor (480V MCC) Test RecordFeeder Breaker (480V MCC) Test Record 460V Motor Circuit (480V MCC) Test RecordBreaker/Contractor (480V MCC) Test Record Medium Voltage Motor Circuit Test Record460V Motor Circuit (480V MCC) Test Record Equipment Absorption Ration and Polarization Index Test Record (Megger)Medium Voltage Motor Circuit Test Record Insulation Resistance (Medium Voltage Power Cables) Test RecordEquipment Absorption Ration and Polarization Index Test Record (Megger) Bus Throat Insulation and Ductor ReportsInsulation Resistance (Medium Voltage Power Cables) Test Record Circuit Breaker Contract Timing Test ReportBus Throat Insulation and Ductor Reports Vacuum Circuit Breaker Ductor Insulation ReportCircuit Breaker Contract Timing Test Report Drawout Vacuum Breaker Inspection TestVacuum Circuit Breaker Ductor Insulation Report Main Bus Insulation and Ductor ReportDrawout Vacuum Breaker Inspection Test Electric Motor Run-In Test RecordMain Bus Insulation and Ductor Report Drawout Air Circuit Breaker Inspection RecordElectric Motor Run-In Test Record Insulation Resistance (Rotating Equipment) Test RecordDrawout Air Circuit Breaker Inspection Record Emergency Generators Inspection ChecklistInsulation Resistance (Rotating Equipment) Test Record Inspection of Switchgear Bus-Bar Continuity (Including Incoming and Sectionalizer Units)Emergency Generators Inspection Checklist Inspection LV Switchgear (Including Incoming and Sectionalizer Units)Inspection of Switchgear BusBar Continuity (Including Incoming and Sectionalizer Units)
File Locator Code
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
Page 14 of 20
Record Identification Form # 000 509 F76204000 509 F76203 000 509 F76205000 509 F76204 000 509 F76206000 509 F76205 000 509 F76207000 509 F76206 000 509 F76208000 509 F76207 000 509 F76209000 509 F76208 000 509 F76210000 509 F76209 000 509 F76211000 509 F76210 000 509 F76212000 509 F76211 000 509 F76213000 509 F76212 000 509 F76214000 509 F76213 000 509 F76215000 509 F76214 000 509 F76216000 509 F76215 000 509 F76217000 509 F76216 000 509 F76218000 509 F76217 000 509 F76219000 509 F76218 000 509 F76220000 509 F76219 Title Inspection of Outgoing LV SwitchgearInspection LV Switchgear (Including Incoming and Sectionalizer Units) Inspection of Static Supply Unit (UPS)Inspection of Outgoing LV Switchgear Motor Control Centers Inspection ChecklistInspection of Static Supply Unit (UPS) Motor Control Centers (Motors and Starters) Inspection RecordMotor Control Centers Inspection Checklist High Voltage Motors and StartersMotor Control Centers (Motors and Starters) Inspection Record Motors ChecklistHigh Voltage Motors and Starters Control and Relay Panels Inspection ChecklistMotors Checklist Electronic Equipment Inspection ChecklistControl and Relay Panels Inspection Checklist Power Panel Inspection ChecklistElectronic Equipment Inspection Checklist Switchgear Inspection ChecklistPower Panel Inspection Checklist Low Voltage Feeders Inspection RecordSwitchgear Inspection Checklist High Voltage Cable Inspection and Test RecordLow Voltage Feeders Inspection Record Electrical Equipment Inspection RecordHigh Voltage Cable Inspection and Test Record Control Scheme Inspection ChecklistElectrical Equipment Inspection Record Power Transformer Inspection ChecklistControl Scheme Inspection Checklist Switching Units HV Switchgear Inspection and Test RecordPower Transformer Inspection Checklist Switching Units HV Switchgear Inspection ChecklistSwitching Units HV Switchgear Inspection and Test Record
File Locator Code
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
Page 15 of 20
Record Identification Form # 000 509 F76221000 509 F76220 000 509 F76222000 509 F76221 000 509 F76223000 509 F76222 000 509 F76224000 509 F76223 000 509 F76225000 509 F76224 000 509 F76226000 509 F76225 000 509 F76227000 509 F76226 000 509 F76228000 509 F76227 000 509 F76229000 509 F76228 000 509 F76230000 509 F76229 000 509 F76231000 509 F76230 000 509 F76232000 509 F76231 000 509 F76233000 509 F76232 000 509 F76401000 509 F76233 000 509 F76402000 509 F76401 000 509 F77001000 509 F76402 000 509 F77002000 509 F77001 Title Liquid Filled Transformer Inspection RecordSwitching Units HV Switchgear Inspection Checklist Busway Inspection RecordLiquid Filled Transformer Inspection Record Switchgear Inspection RecordBusway Inspection Record Motor Control Center Inspection RecordSwitchgear Inspection Record Battery and Battery Charger Inspection RecordMotor Control Center Inspection Record Liquid Immersed Medium Voltage Disconnect Switch Inspection RecordBattery and Battery Charger Inspection Record Electric Motor Electrical Activities Inspection RecordLiquid Immersed Medium Voltage Disconnect Switch Inspection Record Electric Motor Mechanical Activities Inspection RecordElectric Motor Electrical Activities Inspection Record Electric Motor for Compressor Installation ChecklistElectric Motor Mechanical Activities Inspection Record Compressor Vibration ChecklistElectric Motor for Compressor Installation Checklist Vibration Probe RecordCompressor Vibration Checklist Dry Type Lighting, Receptacle & Instrument Transformers ChecklistVibration Probe Record Instrument Wire and Cables Continuity Checks >50VDCDry Type Lighting, Receptacle & Instrument Transformers Checklist Heat Trace Test LogInstrument Wire and Cables Continuity Checks >50VDC Electrical Heat Trace Inspection RecordHeat Trace Test Log Instrumentation Inspection ChecklistElectrical Heat Trace Inspection Record Instrument Loop Checklist InspectionInstrumentation Inspection Checklist
File Locator Code
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
Page 16 of 20
Record Identification Form # 000 509 F77003000 509 F77002 000 509 F77004000 509 F77003 000 509 F77005000 509 F77004 000 509 F77006000 509 F77005 000 509 F77007000 509 F77006 000 509 F77008000 509 F77007 000 509 F77101000 509 F77008 000 509 F77102000 509 F77101 000 509 F77103000 509 F77102 000 509 F77104000 509 F77103 000 509 F77105000 509 F77104 000 509 F77106000 509 F77105 000 509 F77107000 509 F77106 000 509 F78001000 509 F77107 000 509 F78002000 509 F78001 000 509 F78101000 509 F78002 000 509 F78102000 509 F78101 Title Impulse Line Pressure Test SheetInstrument Loop Checklist Inspection Instrument Grounding System Check SheetImpulse Line Pressure Test Sheet Installation Check Sheet (Local Instruments)Instrument Grounding System Check Sheet Orifice Plate Specification Check ReportInstallation Check Sheet (Local Instruments) Control Systems Quality Control indexOrifice Plate Specification Check Report Loop Check RecordControl Systems Quality
File Locator Code
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
Instrument Calibration SheetLoop Check Record Safety Valve Tracking SheetInstrument Calibration Sheet Relief Valve Inspection and Final AcceptanceSafety Valve Tracking Sheet Switch Calibration Data RecordRelief Valve Inspection and Final Acceptance Valve Calibration Data RecordSwitch Calibration Data Record Control System Test Equipment Calibration LogValve Calibration Data Record Loop Mechanical Completions and Acceptance RecordControl System Test Equipment Calibration Log Coating Inspection RecordLoop Mechanical Completions and Acceptance Record Lining Inspection RecordCoating Inspection Record Equipment Thermal Insulation InspectionLining Inspection Record Piping Thermal Insulation RecordEquipment Thermal Insulation Inspection
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
Page 17 of 20
Record Identification Form # 000 509 F78201000 509 F78102 000 509 F78202000 509 F78201 000 509 F78301000 509 F78202 000 509 F79001000 509 F78301 000 509 F79002000 509 F79001 000 509 F79201000 509 F79002 000 509 F79202000 509 F79201 000 509 F79203000 509 F79202 000 509 F79204000 509 F79203 000 509 F79205000 509 F79204 000 509 F79206000 509 F79205 000 509 F79301000 509 F79206 000 509 F79302000 509 F79301 000 509 F79303000 509 F79302 000 509 F79304000 509 F79303 000 509 F79501000 509 F79304 000 509 F79502000 509 F79501 Title Release For Application/Inspection Of Fireproofing ChecklistPiping Thermal Insulation Record Fireproofing Inspection Preconstruction ChecklistRelease For Application/Inspection Of Fireproofing Checklist Cathodic Protection Inspection ReportFireproofing Inspection Preconstruction Checklist Daily Welding ReportCathodic Protection Inspection Report Post Weld Heat Treatment LogDaily Welding Report Welder B31.3 Random Radiography Control LogPost Weld Heat Treatment Log Nondestructive Examination Request/RecordWelder B31.3 Random Radiography Control Log Radiographic Rejectable Defects StatisticsNondestructive Examination Request/Record Welding/NDE Status LogRadiographic Rejectable Defects Statistics Ferrite Test ReportWelding/NDE Status Log Welding/NDE Double Joints Status LogFerrite Test Report PMI Inspection RecordWelding/NDE Double Joints Status Log Bulk Material Positive Material Identification RecordPMI Inspection Record Pipe Spool Positive Material Identification Record Point SheetBulk Material Positive Material Identification Record Weekly PMI LogPipe Spool Positive Material Identification Record Point Sheet Verification Of Training For Hardness TestingWeekly PMI Log Report Of Vision TestVerification Of Training For Hardness Testing
File Locator Code
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
CEM
SQM
SQM
SQM
Page 18 of 20
Record Identification Form # Title
File Locator Code
000 509 F79503000 509 Hardness Testing ReportReport Of Vision Test F79502 000 509 F79503 Hardness Testing Report GENERAL NOTES: Note #1 Note #2 Note #3
If NDE Reports contain data on more than one line, copies of the report shall be placed in each line file to which applies If radiographs are turned over to the Client, maintain the transmittal letter. A copy of the radiographic rejectable defects statistics are to be sent to the applicable Construction Technology Regional Welding Engineer as they are generated. Note #4 Reference the Project File Index for Fluor file numbers and retention periods.GENERAL NOTES: Note #1 Note #2 Note #3 If the NDE Reports contain data on more than one line, copies of the report shall be placed in each line file to which it applies. If radiographs are turned over to the Client, maintain the transmittal letter. A copy of the radiographic rejectable defects statistics are to be sent to the applicable Construction Technology Regional Welding Engineer as they are generated. Note #4 Reference the Project File Index for Fluor file numbers and retention periods. FILE LOCATOR CODES FILE LOCATOR CODES: R1 System No. R2 Form No. (by date of completion or alphabetical) R3R1 R5R3 R7R5 R7 ACRONYMS: ACRONYMS: CEM CACEM NDECCA NDEC Construction Engineering Manager Contracts AdministratorConstruction Engineering Manager NDE CoordinatorContracts Administrator NDE Coordinator SQM DESQ M RRCD E RRC Site Quality Control Manager Discipline EngineerSite Quality Control Manager Record Retention CenterDiscipline Engineer Record Retention Center Equipment No.System No. By FCR No.Equipment No. Line and SheetBy FCR No. Line and Sheet R4R2 R6R4 R6 Pour No.Form No. (by date of completion or alphabetical) Drawing No.Pour No. Drawing No.
Page 19 of 20
Page 20 of 20
QUALITY RECORDS CONTROL

Record Identification Form # Title Custodian Job Title or Sub Name Turnover Y = Yes N = No
ID A01601
Records Retention Center Retention Period File Locator Code
GENERAL NOTES: Note #1 Note #2 Note #3 Note #4 Note #5 If the NDE Reports contain data on more than one line, copies of the report shall be placed in each line file to which it applies. If radiographs are turned over to the client, maintain the transmittal letter. Copies of these records are to be sent to the applicable Construction Technology Welding Engineer as they are generated. Reference the Project File Index for Fluor Daniel files numbers. Maintain by Equip. Tag. Number.
FILE LOCATOR CODES: R1 R3 R5 R7 = = = = System No. Equipment No. By FDCR No. Line and Sheet R2 R4 R6 = Form No. (by date of completion or alphabetical) = Pour No. = Drawing No.
ACRONYMS: CEM CA NDEC = Construction Engineering Manager = Contracts Administrator = NDE Coordinator CQM DE RRC = Site Quality Control Manager = Discipline Engineer = Records Retention Center
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F01601 Rev 0 Quality Records Control.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F01601 Rev 0 Quality Records Control.doc
Page 2 of 2
QUALITY AUDITS
SCOPE This procedure describes the responsibilities and activities for performing quality audits of construction quality-related activities. Audits are performed to determine the effectiveness of the Fluor Site Quality Manual implementation as well as verifying compliance with established requirements. GENERAL Audits described by this procedure are directed at Fluor self-perform and subcontractor quality impacting activities that are not under the direct control of the Site Quality Manager. This procedure requires that audits be documented and tracked using the Quality Management System (QMS) tool. This is an established program used by Fluor across the company for management of quality audits. The program is Lotus Notes based. It can be found by going in to FDNet and typing http://www.fdglobal.com/fdglobal/workgrps/qa/qms.nsf in the URL bar at the top of the screen. Projects that do not have access to FDNet or projects that are experiencing connectivity issues with the Fluor network may be allowed to use the alternative forms noted in this procedure. The Site Quality Manager is responsible for performing these audits. He may self-perform or designate others to perform or assist him. The procedure section below is based on the audit being performed by an auditor designated by the Site Quality Manager. An audit is a planned and documented activity performed to determine, by evaluation of objective evidence, compliance with established requirements. These requirements can include the Site Quality Manual, drawings, specifications, codes, standards, plans and procedures PROCEDURE Site Quality Manager Ensure, if using QMS, that at least one person has been qualified as a lead auditor. This person will be responsible for all audits entered in to the QMS program. Qualification as a lead auditor will be in accordance with Section 2 of the QA Procedures Manual 000.042.1000 which is available in Knowledge On Line. Establish a schedule for conducting Quality Audits. Refer to Attachments I for schedule examples. It is preferred that the schedule in QMS be used, however other formats may be used. The schedule should show the audit dates for all subcontractors or internal activities to be assessed. Performance on previous audits should influence re-audit schedule. Request a copy of the QA Project Audit schedule to see when site audits are planned from the engineering office.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0170 Rev 0 Quality Audits.doc
Page 1 of 6
Ensure that personnel performing audits using QMS have obtained access rights and have taken the necessary training to be able to work in QMS. Access rights can be obtained from Barry Rittberg. His e-mail address is Barry.Rittberg@Fluor.com. His phone number is 949-349-2356. QMS and auditor training material are available and can be found in the Quality knowledge community in Knowledge On Line (KOL). The courses required to be taken for auditing are: QA020 Training For Discipline Auditors (this is available in Fluor University) QA025 How To Use Discipline Audit Checklists (this is available in Fluor University)
Personnel who wish to become certified as lead auditors will be required to take the above training, perform three audits (as required by the QA Procedures Manual), and take a test. The test is to be coordinated with Barry Rittberg once the person has obtain certificates from Fluor University attesting that the above training courses have been successfully completed. The following training material is recommended if the above does not provide enough information to perform audits.
QA004 Using QMS (this is considered required reading) QA021 Internal Auditing Basics (this is a video to be watched)
Develop an audit plan by reviewing the Quality Program (contractor's and/or Fluors) and identifying the items to be verified. This may be done by marking up an uncontrolled copy of the procedures, development of a checklist or other methods. This audit does not need to include activities that are subjected to surveillance (reference 000 509 0220). Previous audit results should be considered. It is recommended that personnel review the on-line training class QA-031 How To Create A Project Audit Plan if they are looking for guidance on how to develop an audit plan. This class is available in the quality community in Knowledge On Line. Review and concur with the plan, checklist, marked up procedures or other acceptable method of identifying items to be verified. Provide a copy of the audit log to the regional quality manager on a monthly basis if the project is not using QMS.
Auditor Ensure that the required QMS and auditor training, as detailed above, have been taken prior to starting an audit. Execute the audit in accordance with the established checklist. There is a detailed procedure 000.042.1000 in the quality knowledge community that describes the Fluor audit process. Personnel conducting construction audits are advised to review this document. Audit findings are to be created, issued and tracked in the QMS program. For projects that are not able to use QMS then a nonconformance or corrective action report (see procedures 000.509.0130 & 000.509.0140) is to be issued when an activity or action is found to
Page 2 of 6
not comply with a written requirement. Recommendations are to be treated as observations and will be noted in the narrative audit report. An audit summary report from QMS will summarize the audit results and can be used to manage the audit work process on the project. The audit report, and any associated findings, is to be issued to the Site Quality Manager (SQM) for processing (unless this task has been delegated by the SQM to another person) Projects that are not able to use QMS are to ensure that audits, nonconformances and corrective actions are logged. Sample log formats for nonconformances and corrective actions are referenced in procedures 000.509.0130 & 000.509.0140.
Root Cause Analysis
Identify significant findings and conduct and document a root cause analysis of each. The root cause analysis method that may be used that includes the following steps: 1. Identify the problem 2. Determine the significance of the problem 3. Identify the causes (conditions or actions) immediately preceding and surrounding the problem. 4. Identify the reasons why the causes in the preceding step existed, working back to the root cause (the fundamental reason which, if corrected, will prevent recurrence of these and similar occurrences throughout the facility). The primary objective is to determine the direct, contributing and root causes so that effective corrective actions can be taken that will prevent recurrence.
Site Quality Manager Review and, upon concurrence, sign the audit summary report (and any associated audit findings) and issue to the Site Manager. Review results of the audit with the Site Manager. A copy of the report is to be sent to the Construction Technology's Regional Quality Manager. Additional distribution should be as requested by the Site Manager. Maintain files of all audits. These files should include:

Audit Summary with attached Audit Finding Reports and checklist/marked up procedure. Copies of objective evidence obtained during the Audit. Copies of Audit Finding Reports closed upon completion of disposition and verification and acceptance by an auditor.
Keep track of outstanding audit findings and report this to the Site Manager on a regular basis. Frequency of reports is to be agreed between the Site Manager and the Site Quality Manager.
Page 3 of 6
Site Quality Manager / Auditee Assign responsibility for disposition of deficiency and record in QMS. Findings raised in QMS are then e-mailed to the person responsible for correcting the finding. For projects that are not using QMS the person responsible for disposition is to be given a copy of the nonconformance report, along with follow-up reminders, via e-mail until the deficiency has been properly dispositioned.
Auditor Assist the Site Quality Manager with identifying any required root causes and following up on close out of findings. DOCUMENTATION QMS Audit summary with attached Audit Findings. Note, for projects not using QMS the audit report and summary are to be maintained by audit number in a file system Copy of closed audit findings Root Cause Analysis if required
FORMS Quality Control Forms: 000 509 F01702 - Audit Summary (if not using QMS)
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 1 - Audit Schedule (Fluor) if not using schedule in QMS Attachment 2 -Audit Schedule (Subcontractor(s)) if not using schedule in QMS
Page 4 of 6
AUDIT SCHEDULE (Fluor Activities) Jan. Fluor Activities (1) (3) (2) Feb. Mar. April May June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR AUDIT SCHEDULE (SUBCONTRACTOR ) 1. Enter the name of all site subcontractors. 2. Draw a bar between the dates the subcontractor is expected to be on site. 3. Draw a box at the date an audit is anticipated and write the scheduled audit date in the box.
Page 5 of 6
AUDIT SCHEDULE (Subcontractors) Subcontractors Jan. | Feb. | March | April | May | June | July | Aug. | Sept. | Oct. | Nov. | Dec. |
(1)
(3)
(2)
INSTRUCTIONS FOR AUDIT SCHEDULE (SUBCONTRACTOR) 1. Enter the name of all site subcontractors. 2. Draw a bar between the dates the subcontractor is expected to be on site. 3. Draw a box at the date an audit is anticipated and write the scheduled audit date in the box.
Page 6 of 6
AUDIT SUMMARY
Project: Client: Project Number: Audit Location: Audit Scope: Construction Audit Number: Audit Dates: Report Date:
ID A01702
Summary of Audit Results:
Entry Meeting Date: The entry & exit meeting were conducted with: A summary of the audit results is as follows:
Exit Meeting Date:
Quality Manual Principles assessed. Deficiencies reported.
Quality Manual Principles found to be satisfactory. Observations for improvement.
Previous Findings and Action Follow-up: Finding Number Status (Open or Closed) Date Closed
Lead Auditor Signature:
Date:
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
PERSONNEL TRAINING AND QUALIFICATION
SCOPE This procedure identifies training in the field quality system requirements for personnel performing construction activities affecting quality. It covers the methods used for the analysis of supplemental training needs. The procedure also makes provisions for subsequent qualifications and certification (when required). GENERAL Training and orientation are important due to the need for clear definition, communication and understanding of work requirements that are essential to all construction work processes. This training is in addition to the routine orientation of quality requirements provided through daily contact and periodic meetings such as construction planning/review meetings. PROCEDURE Project Training Plans: Site Quality Manager Coordinate training targeted at site management personnel for orientation to this site quality program. This target group should include the Site Manager, the Construction Manager, the Construction Engineering Manager, Site Discipline Engineers, Area Managers, Superintendents and others as determined by the Site Manager. The Site Manager may elect to invite Client representatives, especially those having a direct interface with the site quality program. Training for the site management group should provide an overview of Inspection and Testing Procedures for all disciplines and in depth training in all other sections of this Site Quality Manual. Coordinate training by discipline, targeted at craft personnel for orientation to this site quality program.
Notes:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0180 Rev 0 Personnel Training and Qualification.doc
Page 1 of 4
Notes:
The target group should include the craftsmen, Foremen, General Foremen, and Superintendents. Training for the group should provide in depth training in the Inspection and Testing procedures. It should provide an overview of the other sections of this Site Quality Manual. Determine the training needed for site personnel requiring certifications. Note: Construction Technology provides training and certification of NDE personnel and inspection personnel needing certification to ASME B31.1 and ASME B31.3.
Site Quality Manager/Technical Supervisor Coordinate training, when needed, for special processes identified in Procedure 000.509.0090. Note: The target group should include the individuals responsible for performing the special processes and their foremen.
Site Quality Manager/Construction Engineering Manager Coordinate training when training needs are identified by procedure 000.509.0140 "Corrective Action, and 000.509.0150 Preventive Action".
PROJECT TRAINING SCHEDULES: Site Quality Manager Coordinate site training schedule Ensure Site Managers approval of training schedule. Reschedule training session, as needed, as additional personnel are assigned to the project. Provide for instructor, facilities and equipment support.
Note: Instructors will usually be the Site Quality Manager, the Construction Engineering Manager and/or discipline engineers. Training needed for certification will usually be provided by Construction Technology.
Page 2 of 4
Instructor Document the personnel receiving training on Form 000 509 F01801, or other suitable method.
FORM
Quality Control Form: 000.509.F01801 - Project Specific Quality Training
Page 3 of 4
Page 4 of 4
PROJECT SPECIFIC QUALITY TRAINING

Training Subject: Instructor(s): Duration: Date: Attendees Member Number
ID A01801
Job Title
Note: Attach Training Outline
Instructor Signature:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F01801 Rev 0 Project Quality Training.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F01801 Rev 0 Project Quality Training.doc
Page 2 of 2
SITE SUBCONTRACTOR QUALIFICATION
SCOPE This procedure describes the initial qualification of site subcontractors. This procedure does not apply to subcontractors that have been previously approved by Fluor or the Owner. GENERAL When qualifications of site subcontractors include an evaluation of the Quality capabilities of the subcontractor, the evaluation shall be done in accordance with this procedure. PROCEDURE Qualification of Subcontractors Contracts Administrator Upon selection of a proposed subcontractor, the Contracts Administrator shall notify the Site Quality Manager and request a subcontractor qualification be performed. When construction has designated someone to technically supervise the proposed subcontractor, he shall also be notified. NOTE: The Contracts Administrator shall contact the subcontractor relative to the obtaining of documents, arranging of communication or establishment of meetings and/or visits. Site Quality Manager/Technical Supervisor Upon notification (including receipt of subcontractor quality programs), review the qualifications of the proposed subcontractor based upon the quality requirements to be included in the Fluor subcontract. This review may include meetings and/or visits with the subcontractor candidate. The Site Quality Manager may use the "Site Subcontractor Qualification" guidelines (Form 000.509.F02001); however, this guide does not necessarily represent the quality requirements to the subcontractor and therefore should be used only as an aid to the evaluation. The Technical Supervisor should use the applicable "Evaluation Record" (Forms 000.509.F02002 and 000.509.F02006). Upon completion of the subcontractor qualification review, notify the Contracts Administrator of the results of the review and perform the actions stated below (as appropriate): If the subcontractor is not qualified, write a memo to the Contracts Administrator fully explaining the exact deficiencies that are required to be corrected along with the specific recommendations.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0200 Rev 0 Site Subcontractor Qualification.doc
Page 1 of 2
If the subcontractor is qualified, complete the "Site Subcontractor Qualification" form and evaluation record and forward to the Contracts Administrator. If the subcontractor is "conditionally" qualified, complete and forward the "Site Subcontractor Qualification" form as above, however include the specific limitations and/or actions that will be required.
Site Quality Manager/Technical Supervisor Process contractor qualification documents in accordance with the Document Control Section in the SPM and procedure 000.509.0160 (Quality Records).
FORMS Quality Control Forms: 000.509.F02001 000.509.F02002 000.509.F02003 000.509.F02004 000.509.F02005 000.509.F02006 Site Subcontractor Qualification Soil Testing Laboratory Evaluation Record Asphalt Testing Laboratory Evaluation Record Concrete Batch Plant Evaluation Record Concrete Testing Laboratory Evaluation Record NDE Subcontractor Evaluation Record
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0200 Rev 0 Site Subcontractor Qualification.doc
Page 2 of 2
SITE SUBCONTRACTOR QUALIFICATION

Project Name Subcontractor Address City, State, Zip PO Number Project Number RFP Number
ID A02001
Scope of subcontracted work
Subcontractor Quality Representative (1st in charge) Subcontractor Quality Representative (2nd in charge) Quality Management Reports To
Title
Phone Email
Title
Phone Email Title
Qualification Approval
Approved
Required additional actions
Conditionally Approved
Not Approved
Explain Conditional Approval here. Consider especially the additional cost if the subcontractor will need assistance in operation of the quality program.
Site Quality Manager
Date
Site Contracts Administrator
Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02001 Rev 0 Site Subcontractor Qualification.doc
Page 1 of 8
1.0
Organization 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 Does the subcontractor have a quality control organization: Is an organization chart available: Does inspection have sufficient authority within the overall organization? Is inspection adequately organized and staffed to exercise its responsibilities: Are inspection reporting channels adequate: Does the subcontractor have a quality manual? Is the quality manual approved and signed by management? Does the subcontractors management periodically review their Quality program for effectiveness? Are the written procedures or instructions other than the Quality Manual? Does the subcontractor have an established and adequate training program for their personnel? Is the program compliant with international quality standards? Does the subcontractor have a design plan or procedure that: 1. 2. 3. 3.2 Provides for consideration of the design criteria and requirements? Lists all design document required, e.g., drawings and specifications? Identifies design responsibilities?
2.0
Quality Program 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6
3.0
Design Control 3.1
4. Provides for the inclusion of acceptance criteria? Does the subcontractor have a procedure for the review and control of design documents that: 1. 2. 3. Designates responsibility for design review? Provides a method of design change control? Provides for the review of design changes and field changes by responsible personnel?
3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 3.10
Is design reviewed for suitability of material and processes? Are the current revisions of the design documents known and available to engineering? Is the results of the design verification resolved according to a controlled and operative plan? Do design changes and corresponding document changes receive an adequate design verification. Is there a mechanism to incorporate field operations and requirement changes into the design documents? Is the design document release to purchasing and/or construction/manufacturing, controlled and adequate? Are required subcontractor documents clearly identified? Is the review of required subcontractor documents formalized as a procedure?
Page 2 of 8
4.0
Procurement Document Control 4.1 Does the subcontractor have an adequate procedure in use for Procurement Document Control? 4.2 Is each procurement document reviewed for the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Subcontractors Quality requirements to their vendors? Customers Quality requirements to contractors vendors? A check for latest revision of drawings, specification, codes, etc.? Special packaging and preservation requirements? Special tests or certifications? Provisions for audits by subcontractor and/or customer? A check for the inclusion of design criteria of basis? Source Inspection requirements?
5.0
Instructions, Procedures and Drawings 5.1 5.2 5.3 Does subcontractor have a documented system of instructions, procedures and drawings? Do instructions, procedures and drawings identify all documents necessary to perform the work, i.e., codes, standards, etc.? What is the approval plan for deviations? Describe
5.4 5.5 6.0 6.1 6.2
Do instructions and procedures provide hold points where the documentation of conformance is provided? Do instructions, procedures and drawings exist at work locations? Does subcontractor have a procedure for approval and issue? Does document control include: 1. 2. 3. 4. Drawings? Specifications? Instructions? Procedures?
Document Control
6.3 6.4 6.5 7.0 7.1 7.2 7.3
Is distribution of documents controlled by procedures? Are revisions to documents controlled by procedures? Are mark-up documents used? Does subcontractor evaluate sub-tier suppliers? 1. Are there adequate procedures in use to define sub-tier supplier requirements? Is a survey performed before qualifying a new supplier? Does the system provide for audits of suppliers inspection program?
Control or Purchased Material, Equipment and Services
Page 3 of 8
7.4 7.5 7.6 8.0
Is there an approved suppliers list? Does subcontractor require his sub-tier suppliers to furnish material certification and/or inspection reports? Does subcontractor perform receiving inspection activity?
Identification and Control of Materials, Parts and Components 8.1 Does the subcontractor have procedures for identification of materials, parts and components? 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 Does the program provide controls to prevent mix of materials? Are materials in process traceable to manufacturers heat treatment number, lot number or other material where required? Does the program provide for specific traceability to piece, part or component? Is the inspection status of material, part of component easily identified?
9.0
Control or Special Processes 9.1 Does subcontractor have an adequate procedure in use to control qualification of special processes? 9.2 Are procedures available and adequate for the qualification of special process personnel? 9.3 Do procedures identify methods by which measurements will be made, e.g., current, temperature, etc.? 9.4 9.5 Do procedures provide for documentation of parameters? Are the procedures available at work locations for special processes? Does subcontractor have general procedures written for: 1. 2. 3. 10.2 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 10.3 10.4 10.5 10.6 10.7 Receiving Inspection? In-Process Inspection? Final Inspection? Measuring equipment required? Parameters to be inspected? Criteria for determining quality conformance or rejection? Specification of the environment for the inspections (E.g., temperature controlled, etc.)? Identification of inspection holds points?
10.0
Inspection 10.1
Do written inspection instructions provide inspection personnel with:
Are purchase orders, drawings, specifications, etc. available to inspection personnel? Is inspection documented by work order, shop traveler, history record, etc.? Is nonconforming material properly identified and segregated to prevent unauthorized use? Are provisions adequate to permit the customer to designate hold points for inspections? Do source and receiving inspection procedures provide for the proper handling, storage and preservation of materials and equipment?
Page 4 of 8
10.8 10.9 10.10 11.0
Is adequate inspection and test equipment available? Are inspection procedures and/or instructions reviewed and approved by higher authority than initiator prior to release? Are personnel performing inspections different than those that performed the activity being inspected? Does subcontractor have written test procedures in existence and used? Are accept-reject criteria specified in the test procedure? Does procedure provide a list of test instruments to be used? Are test results documented and maintained? Does inspection perform testing? Are there provisions in procedures to permit customer to witness test? Does the subcontractor have a program for calibration of inspection and test instruments? Does subcontractor have a calibration laboratory or approved source for calibration of inspection and test instruments? Are all inspection and test instruments uniquely identified? Are calibration dates and re-calibration due dates marked on tools and instruments? Are tool and instrument record cards maintained? Are calibration standards traceable to the N.I.S.T.? Does the program assure removal from service of equipment that has exceeded calibration period? Are inspection equipment and calibration standards properly handled and protected? Does subcontractor have written procedures that describe proper handling of material? Are their written procedures that describe proper storage of materials? 1. Do the procedures specify preservation and environmental conditions to be maintained during storage? 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Are materials stored in such a manner as to prevent damage? Are storage facilities adequate for the type of materials stored? Is material, having service life, properly dated, stored and rotated in stock for control of shelf life? Are obsolete items purged from the stock area periodically? Are corrosive, toxic or flammable materials properly stored and segregated?
Test Control 11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 11.6
12.0
Control of Measuring and Test Equipment 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 12.6 12.7 12.8
13.0
Handling Storage and Shipping 13.1 13.2
13.3 14.0 14.1 14.2 14.3 14.4 14.5
Is their adequate procedure in use, which controls shipping activity? Does subcontractor have controls that permit determination of inspection and test status? Are shop travelers or tags used to show status of inspection or tests? Do shop travelers or tags have sign offs at each inspection station? Are inspection stamps used? Does inspection and test status information become part of final quality documentation?
Inspection and Test Status
Page 5 of 8
15.0
Nonconforming Materials, Parts or Components 15.1 Does subcontractor have written procedure(s) available for the identification and control of nonconforming items? 15.2 15.3 15.4 Does procedure(s) specify the identification to be used on item? Are nonconforming items segregated and adequately controlled to prevent their use? Is there a procedure for advising customer of all nonconformances that are applicable to the customers orders?
16.0
Corrective Action 16.1 Does subcontractor have an adequate procedure in use for control of the corrective action program? 16.2 16.3 16.4 16.5 16.6 16.7 Are causes of deficiencies identified? Is there approved documentation for the disposition of the item, scrap, repair acceptance, etc.? Is there a follow-up system to assure expedient response to corrective action requests? Are corrective action summaries reported to management? Are records of nonconformity and approved disposition traceable to the item? Are provisions made for the prompt action on customers comments resulting from inspections and audits?
17.0
Quality Records 17.1 Does subcontractor have a procedure/system identifying what records are to be maintained? 17.2 Are records maintained covering: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 17.3 17.4 Supplier Surveys? Inspection (Receiving, In-Process, Final)? Material (plus certification)? Audits? Inspection Reports? Inspection Instructions? Test Records? Test Logs? Failure Reports? Special Process Certification? Procedure Qualifications? Personnel Qualification (NDE, etc.)? Personnel Qualification Welding?
14. Other Does the system provide for review of final data packages prior to shipment of equipment? Are record locations defined?
Page 6 of 8
17.5 17.6 17.7 17.8 18.0 Audits 18.1 18.2 18.3 18.4 18.5 18.6
Are retention periods defined? Is disposition of records defined? Does the system provide for storage of radiograph film to prevent deterioration and loss? Is customer release obtained before Quality records are destroyed? Does subcontractor have an adequate procedure/system defining the audit program? Is there a planned schedule? Is there a checklist provided for each audit? Is there a detailed report required for each audit? Is follow-up action prescribed (i.e., re-audit or deficient areas)? Are there internal quality system audits of: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Receiving Inspection? In-Process Inspections? Final Inspections? Quality Control Records? Nonconforming Material Control? Corrective Action Systems? Calibration of Inspection Tools and Instruments? Materials Control? Drawing and Procedure Control? Design Control? Special Processes? Packaging and Shipping Inspections? Other
18.7
Does management review audit reports?
Page 7 of 8
Page 8 of 8
SOIL TESTING LABORATORY EVALUATION RECORD
ID A02002
INDEX
1.0 INSTRUCTIONS 2.0 EQUIPMENT FOR SOILS INSPECTION AND TESTING 2.1 LABORATORY TESTING EQUIPMENT 2.2 FIELD TESTING EQUIPMENT 3.0 MANAGEMENT SUPERVISION 4.0 CONCLUSION AND REMARKS 5.0 RECOMMENDATIONS
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02002 Rev 0 Soil Testing Laboratory Evaluation Record.doc
Page 1 of 6
1.0 INSTRUCTIONS 1.1 This evaluation can only be made by the assigned Construction Engineer or others qualified to review soil testing laboratories. 1.2 The space to the right of each statement in this document should be completed with one, two, or three word answers, such as: Yes, No, Satisfactory, Unsatisfactory or, Does Not Apply, etc. 1.3 If any part of the testing laboratory has not been inspected, indicate to the right of the appropriate statement by N.R. (Not Reviewed). 1.4 If additional comments are necessary, use the space available under each individual statement. 1.5 The conclusions drawn by the Inspector should be based only upon observations and documentation noted in the body of the report.
Page 2 of 6
2.0 EQUIPMENT FOR SOILS INSPECTION AND TESTING 2.1 Laboratory Testing Equipment 2.1.1 Is equipment available to satisfy ASTM D 1140-54 "Amount of Material In Soils Finer Than The No. 200 Sieve?" 2.1.2 Is equipment available to satisfy ASTM D 1883-73 "Bearing Ratio of Laboratory-Compacted Soils?" 2.1.3 Is equipment available to satisfy ASTM D 423-66 "Liquid Limit of Soils?" 2.1.4 Is equipment available to satisfy ASTM D 3017-78 "Moisture Content of Soils, and Soil Aggregate in Place By Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)?" 2.1.5 Is equipment available to satisfy ASTM D 2216-80 "Moisture Content of Soil, Laboratory?" 2.1.6 Is equipment available to satisfy ASTM D 698-78 "Moisture-Density Relations of Soils, Using 5.5 LB. (2.5kg) Rammer, and 12-inch (304.8 mm) Drop?" 2.1.7 Is equipment available to satisfy ASTM D 1557-78 "MoistureDensity Relations of Soils Using 10-LB (4.5kg) Rammer, and 18inch (457.8 mm) Drop?" 2.1.8 Is equipment available to satisfy ASTM D 424-59 "Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils?" 2.1.9 Is equipment available to satisfy ASTM D 2049-69 "Relative Density of Cohesion-less Soils?" 2.1.10 Is equipment available to satisfy ASTM D 2166-66 "Unconfined Compressive Strength of Cohesive Soils?" 2.1.11 Is there and additional equipment required for this contract?
Page 3 of 6
2.0 EQUIPMENT FOR SOILS INSPECTION AND TESTING (Contd) 2.2 Field Testing Equipment 2.2.1 Is equipment available to satisfy ASTM D 2922-78 "Density of Soil and Soil Aggregates in Place of Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)?" 2.2.2 Is equipment available to satisfy ASTM D 2937-71 "Density of soil in Place By The Drive-Cylinder Method?" 2.2.3 Is equipment available to satisfy ASTM D 2167-66 "Density of Soil in Place By The Rubber Balloon Method?" 2.2.4 Is equipment available to satisfy ASTM D 1556-64 "Density of Soil in Place By The Sand-Cone Method?" 2.2.5 Is equipment available to satisfy ASTM D 1194-72 "Bearing Capacity of soils for Static Load on Spread Footings?"
Page 4 of 6
3.0 MANAGEMENT SUPERVISION 3.1 Is the Agency under the direction of a person charged with engineering managerial responsibility? 3.2 Does that peson have a Masters Degree in Soils from an accredited College or University, and is he/she a full time employee of the Agency? 3.3 Does he/she have at least five years of engineering experience in inspection and testing of soils? 3.4 Does the Supervising Laboratory Technician have at least five years experience performing tests on soils? 3.5 Does he/she demonstrate an ability to perform the tests normally required in the manner stipulated under ASTM or other governing procedures? 3.6 Does the Supervising Field Technician have at least five years experience in the kind of work involved on construction projects? 3.7 Does that person demonstrate either by oral or written examination, or both, the ability to perform correctly the duties required?
Page 5 of 6
4.0 CONCLUSIONS AND REMARKS The Agency does have adequate facilities and qualified personnel to perform the work required by Fluor in accordance with contract specifications:
5.0 RECOMMENDATIONS
Page 6 of 6
ASPHALT TESTING LABORATORY EVALUATION RECORD
ID A02003
INDEX
1.0 INSTRUCTIONS 2.0 EQUIPMENT FOR ASPHALT INSPECTION AND TESTING 3.0 MANAGEMENT SUPERVISION 4.0 CONCLUSION AND REMARKS 5.0 RECOMMENDATIONS
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02003 Rev 0 Asphalt Testing Laboratory Evaluation Record.doc
Page 1 of 6
1.0 INSTRUCTIONS 1.1 This evaluation can only be made by the assigned Construction Engineer or others qualified to inspect Asphalt Testing Laboratories. 1.2 The space to the right of each statement in this document should be completed with one, two, or three word answers, such as: Yes, No, Satisfactory, Unsatisfactory or, Does Not Apply, etc. 1.3 If any part of the testing laboratory has not been inspected, indicate to the right of the appropriate statement by N.R. (Not Reviewed). 1.4 If additional comments are necessary, use the space available under each individual statement. 1.5 The conclusions drawn by the Inspector should be based only upon observations and documentation noted in the body of the report.
Page 2 of 6
2.0 EQUIPMENT FOR ASPHALT INSPECTION AND TESTING 2.1 Is equipment available to satisfy ASTM D-5 test for penetration of bituminous materials? 2.2 Is equipment available to satisfy ASTM D-92 test for flash and fire points by Cleveland open cup? 2.3 Is equipment available to satisfy ASTM D-113 test for ductility of bituminous materials? 2.4 Is equipment available to satisfy ASTM D-1754 test for effect of heat and air on asphalt materials (thin film oven test)? 2.5 Is equipment available to satisfy ASTM D 2042 test for solubility of asphalt materials in trichlorethylene? 2.6 Is equipment available to satisfy ASTM C-127 test for specific gravity and absorption of coarse aggregate? 2.7 Is equipment available to satisfy ASTM C-128 test for specific gravity and absorption of fine aggregate? 2.8 Is equipment available to satisfy ASTM C-136 test for sieve or screen analysis of fine and coarse aggregates? 2.9 Is equipment available to satisfy ASTM D 2172 test for quantitative extraction of bitumen form bituminous paving mixtures? 2.10 Is equipment available to satisfy ASTM D 1559 test for resistance to plastic flow of bituminous mixture using Marshall apparatus? 2.11 Is there any additional equipment required for this contract?
Page 3 of 6
3.0 MANAGEMENT SUPERVISION 3.1 Is the Agency under the direction of a person charged with engineering managerial responsibility? 3.2 Does that person a Bachelors Degree of Science or Engineering from an accredited College or University, and is he/she a full time employee of the Agency? 3.3 Does he/she have at least five years of engineering experience in inspection and testing of asphalt? 3.4 Does the Supervising Laboratory Technician have at least five years experience performing tests on asphalt? 3.5 Does he/she demonstrate an ability to perform the tests normally required in the manner stipulated under ASTM or other governing procedures? 3.6 Does the Supervising Field Technician have at least five years experience in the kind of work involved on construction projects? 3.7 Does he/she demonstrate either by oral or written examination, or both, the ability to perform correctly the duties required?
Page 4 of 6
5.0 RECOMMENDATIONS
Page 5 of 6
Page 6 of 6
CONCRETE BATCH PLANT EVALUATION RECORD
ID A02004
INDEX
1.0 INSTRUCTIONS 2.0 MATERIALS AND STORAGE HANDLING 3.0 BATCHING EQUIPMENT 4.0 CENTRAL MIXER 5.0 TICKETING SYSTEM 6.0 DELIVERY FLEET 7.0 QUALITY CONTROL 8.0 CONCLUSIONS AND REMARKS 9.0 RECOMMENDATIONS
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02004 Rev 0 Concrete Batch Plant Evaluation Record.doc
Page 1 of 14
ID A02004
1.0 INSTRUCTIONS 1.1 This evaluation can only be made by the assigned Construction Engineer or others qualified to inspect Batch Plants. 1.2 The space to the right of each statement in this document should be completed with one, two, or three word answers, such as: Yes, No, Satisfactory, Unsatisfactory or, Does Not Apply, etc. 1.3 If any part of the testing laboratory has not been inspected, indicate to the right of the appropriate statement by N.R. (Not Reviewed). 1.4 If additional comments are necessary, use the space available under each individual statement. 1.5 If additional test equipment is required for a specific contract, other than that listed in this form, add to the list. 1.6 The conclusions drawn by the Inspector should be based only upon observations and documentation noted in the body of the report.
NOTE:
Is this plant certified to ASTM specification C94-80 (or equivalent international standard)?
Is the plant National Ready Mix Certified?
Page 2 of 14
CONCRETE BATCH PLANT EVALUATION RECORD 2.0 MATERIALS AND STORAGE HANDLING 2.1 Cement 2.1.1 Suitability of silos: water tight and constructed to allow free movement to discharge openings.
ID A02004
2.1.2 Are facilities adequate to provide for separation of different cement and cementious materials required for the project.
2.2 Aggregates 2.2.1 Is the unloading of transports and the building of stockpiles adequate to prevent segregation.
2.2.2 Will stockpile areas prevent contamination and allow for free draining?
2.3 Water 2.3.1 Is an adequate clean supply of water available? 2.3.2 Are cold weather and hot weather facilities adequate? 2.4 Admixtures 2.4.1 Are storage and handling systems for admixtures sufficient to prevent freezing?
2.4.2 Are the automatic measurement devices in working order? 2.4.3 Are measuring devices in plain view of the operator?
Page 3 of 14
CONCRETE BATCH PLANT EVALUATION RECORD 3.0 BATCHING EQUIPMENT 3.1 Scales 3.1.1 Is there a sticker on face of scales indicating date of the latest calibration?
ID A02004
3.1.2 Are test weights available for checking scale accuracy? 3.2 Weight Batchers 3.2.1 Are the batchers for weighing materials freely suspended from a scale, and equipped with necessary charging and discharging mechanisms?
3.2.2 Is the cement weighed on scales or in weigh hoppers not used for weighing other concrete materials?
3.2.3 Are batchers large enough to receive the rated load with our making contact with the charging mechanism? 3.2.4 Are provisions made for removal of overload from batchers? 3.2.5 Are cement batchers provided with dust seals between charging mechanism hopper?
3.2.6 Is the weigh hopper vented to permit escape of air? 3.2.7 Is the hopper self-cleaning and fitted with means to assure complete discharge?
3.2.8 Are vibrators or other appurtenances installed in such a way as not to affect accuracy of weighing?
3.2.9 Is wind protection sufficient to prevent interference with weighing accuracy?
Page 4 of 14
ID A02004
3.0 BATCHING EQUIPMENT (Contd) 3.3 Water Meters 3.3.1 Are the meters equipped with a cut off device capable of stopping the flow within specified tolerance? 3.3.2 Does the operator have a visual indication of the volume of water used, at any time during the batching operation? 3.4 Dispensers for Liquid Admixture 3.4.1 Is there a separate dispenser for each liquid admixture in regular use? 3.4.2 Is the piping free of leaks and properly valved to prevent backflow or siphoning to insure that the measured amount is discharged? 3.4.3 Is each volumetric dispenser provided with an accurately calibrated container in which the admixture may be collected when it is desired to check the accuracy of measurement? 3.4.4 Do the volumetric admixture dispensers provide visual indication, or interlock cut off, when liquid admixture supply is not available to the dispenser? (This is to prevent the dispensing of air instead of admixture.) 3.5 Accuracy of Plant Batching 3.5.1 Have the cement and aggregate scale been calibrated, and is the calibration documentation on file? 3.5.2 Have the water meters been calibrated, and is the calibration documentation on file? 3.5.3 Have the admixture dispensers been calibrated, and is the calibration documentation on file? 3.5.4 Does the producer have compensation control for the free moisture on aggregate?
Page 5 of 14
ID A02004
3.0 BATCHING EQUIPMENT (Contd) 3.6 Batching Systems 3.6.1 Weight Batcher Controls 3.6.1.1 Manual Control: Are the batching devices actuated by hand, hydraulic, pneumatic, or electrical power assists? (circle one) 3.6.1.2 Semiautomatic Control:: Doe the semiautomatic weigh batcher control start the weighing operation of the material, and stop the flow automatically when the designated weight has been reached? 3.6.1.3 Does the semiautomatic interlocked weigh batcher control start the weighing operation of the material, and stop the flow automatically when the designated mass has been reached? 3.6.1.4 Is the system interlocked to assure that the discharge mechanism cannot be opened until the mass is within the allowable tolerance? 3.6.1.5 Automatic Control: Does the automatic weigh batcher control start the weighing operation of cement, aggregate, water or admixture, then stop the flow automatically when the designated mass has been reached? 3.6.1.6 Is the system interlocked to assure that: (a) The charging gate or valve cannot be opened until the scale has returned to zero balance; (b) The charging gate or valve cannot be opened if the discharge mechanism is open; (c) The discharge mechanism cannot be actuated until the mass of materials is within the allowable tolerance.
Page 6 of 14
ID A02004
3.0 BATCHING EQUIPMENT (Contd) 3.6 Batching Systems (Contd) 3.6.2 Volumetric Batching Device Controls 3.6.2.1 Manual Control: Manual volumetric control for or admixture exists when the volumetric measuring device is actuated manually with the accuracy of the measuring operation being dependent on the operator's visual observation of a volumetric indicator (such as, a digital meter display or a sight gage and his manual cut off of the flow at the desired volume.) Is the flow of water or admixture controlled by hand, pneumatic, hydraulic, or electrical power assists? (circle one) 3.6.2.2 Automatic Control: When actuated by a single starting signal, does an automatic volumetric control start the measuring operation and stop the flow automatically when the designated volume has been reached?
Page 7 of 14
CONCRETE BATCH PLANT EVALUATION RECORD 3.7 Recorders 3.7.1 Are permanent records of the quantity of cement, aggregate and water measured into a particular batch of concrete provided? 3.7.2 Are the recorders properly protected and capable of being locked? 3.7.3 Are provisions made for identifying the particular batch with the corresponding delivery ticket? 3.7.4 Do the recorders register empty balance? 3.7.5 Are the batched quantities of ingredients recorded?
ID A02004
3.7.6 Do the recorders register the scale readings within the limits specified by ASTM-C 94-80? 3.7.7 Are the recorders used for all ingredients?
Page 8 of 14
ID A02004
4.0 CENTRAL MIXER 4.1 Is the plant capable of producing uniform concrete in the mixing time designated in ASTM specification C-94-80 for ready mixed concrete? 4.2 Is the plant equipped with timing devices that will not permit batches to be discharged before the predetermined mixing time has elapsed?
Page 9 of 14
ID A02004
5.0 TICKETING SYSTEM 5.1 Does the delivery ticket provide the following information? (Attach a sample of the ticket to this report.) 5.1.1 Name of Ready Mixed Concrete Company. 5.1.2 Ready mixed plant designation if more than one plant is used. 5.1.3 Serial number of ticket. 5.1.4 Truck number of designation. 5.1.5 Name of purchaser. 5.1.6 Name and Location of job. 5.1.7 Specific class or designation of concrete in conformance with job specifications. 5.1.8 Volume of concrete. 5.1.9 Date. 5.1.10 Time when batch was loaded. 5.1.11 Extra water added at the request of the receiver of the concrete, and his signature or initials. 5.1.12 Type and name of admixture and amount batched.
Page 10 of 14
CONCRETE BATCH PLANT EVALUATION RECORD 6.0 DELIVERY FLEET 6.1 Truck Mixers 6.1.1 Is the interior condition satisfactory with no appreciable accumulation of hardened concrete, or blades with excessive wear?
ID A02004
(Blade wear shall be checked at the point of maximum drum diameter nearest to the drum head. When the height of the blade at this point, measured from the drum shell, is less than 90 percent of the original radial height, the blade is considered excessively worn. The manufacturer of the mixer will furnish original blade dimensions on request.) 6.1.2 Are the charging, discharge openings and chute is good condition; free from appreciable accumulations of cement or concrete; with surface clean and smooth? 6.1.3 Is the drum or container of such size, that the rating as a mixer (in volume of mixed concrete) does not exceed 63 percent of the gross volume of the mixer, disregarding blades? (This requirement is met by all mixers carrying a rating plate of the Truck Mixer Manufacturers Bureau.) 6.1.4 Is the mixer provided with a plate showing the manufacturers recommended operating speed for mixing? (The range must not be less than four or more than 18 r/min. to operate satisfactorily at recommended speed.) 6.1.5 Is the mixer provided with a counter to indicate the number of revolutions of the drum or blades? 6.1.6 On units equipped to batch the mixing water, is the equipment in proper working condition with gage glasses or water meters clean and legibly graduated; water pump or injection system in good working order with nozzles unobstructed, and without leakage into mixer?
Page 11 of 14
ID A02004
6.0 DELIVERY FLEET (Contd) 6.2 Summary of Fleet Conditions Total number of units available for use: Number of units checked and found acceptable: Number of units checked and found unacceptable:
TRUCK NO. OR DESIGNATION OF INDIVIDUAL UNIT EXAMINED:

ACCEPTABLE TRUCK MIXERS UNITS UNACCEPTABLE GIVE REASON
AGITATOR UNITS
NON-AGITATING UNITS
Page 12 of 14
ID A02004
7.0 QUALITY CONTROL 7.1 Are the Quality Control personnel independent of plant line personnel, and do they report directly to top management? 7.2 Do the Quality Control personnel have adequate experience and training to supervise concrete production of plant being inspected? 7.3 Are the test facilities adequate to perform physical tests of cement? 7.4 Are the test facilities adequate to perform physical test of aggregates? 7.5 Has the plant and/or trucks been approved for use by any inspecting bodies of governmental agencies or private institutions? 7.6 Are these inspection records on record?
Page 13 of 14
ID A02004
9.0 RECOMMENDATIONS
Page 14 of 14
CONCRETE TESTING LABORATORY EVALUATION RECORD
ID A02005
INDEX
1.0 INSTRUCTIONS 2.0 EQUIPMENT FOR CONCRETE INSPECTION AND TESTING 2.1 LABORATORY EQUIPMENT 2.2 FIELD INSPECTION EQUIPMENT 3.0 DOCUMENTATION OF QUALIFICATIONS 4.0 MANAGEMENT SUPERVISION 5.0 CONCLUSION AND REMARKS 6.0 RECOMMENDATIONS
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02005 Rev 0 Concrete Testing Laboratory Evaluation Record.doc
Page 1 of 8
ID A02005
1.0 INSTRUCTIONS 1.1 This evaluation can only be made by the assigned Construction Engineer or others qualified to inspect Concrete Testing Laboratories. 1.2 The space to the right of each statement in this document should be completed with one, two, or three word answers, such as: Yes, No, Satisfactory, Unsatisfactory or, Does Not Apply, etc. 1.3 If any part of the testing laboratory has not been inspected, indicate to the right of the appropriate statement by N.R. (Not Reviewed). 1.4 If additional comments are necessary, use the space available under each individual statement. 1.5 The conclusions drawn by the Inspector should be based only upon observations and documentation noted in the body of the report.
Page 2 of 8
CONCRETE TESTING LABORATORY EVALUATION RECORD 2.0 EQUIPMENT FOR CONCRETE INSPECTION AND TESTING 2.1 Laboratory Equipment 2.1.1 Does the compression testing machine perform to ASTM E4-79 "Verification of Testing Machines", and ASTM C39-80 "Test for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical concrete Specimens?"
ID A02005
2.1.2 Has the testing machine been calibrated and is the calibration documentation on file?
2.1.3 Are the facilities for preparing concrete test specimens in accordance with ASTM C192-81 "Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory?"
2.1.4 Are the facilities for curing concrete specimens in accordance with ASTM C511-76.
2.1.5 Are the facilities for capping concrete specimens in accordance with ASTM C617-76.
2.1.6 Does the equipment for testing concreting materials conforming to the following ASTM methods? 2.1.6.1 C136-81 Test for sieve or screen analysis of fine and coarse aggregate.
2.1.6.2 C127-80 Test for specific gravity absorption of fire aggregate.
2.1.6.3 C128-79 Test for specific gravity and absorption of fine aggregate. 2.1.6.4 C566-78 Test for total moisture content aggregate by drying. 2.1.6.5 C29-78 Test for unit weight of aggregate.
Page 3 of 8
ID A02005
2.0 EQUIPMENT FOR CONCRETE INSPECTION AND TESTING (Contd) 2.1 Laboratory Equipment (Contd) 2.1.7 Are the facilities for physical and chemical analysis of cement in accordance with ASTM C150-81? 2.1.8 Are the facilities for testing admixtures and related materials in accordance with ASTM? 2.1.9 Is there any additional equipment required for this contract? 2.2 Field Inspection Equipment 2.2.1 Are pocket thermometers available? 2.2.2 Is the equipment required by C231-81 "Test for Air Content of freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method," available? 2.2.3 Is the equipment required by C31-69, "Making and Curing concrete Compressive and Flexural Strength Test Specimens, in the field"? 2.2.4 Is the equipment required by ASTM C143-78 "Sampling Fresh Concrete," available? 2.2.5 Is the equipment required by ASTM C143-78, "Test for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete," available? 2.2.6 Is the equipment required by ASTM C138-77 "Test for Unit Weight, Yield and Air Content of Concrete," available? 2.2.7 Is there any additional equipment required for this contract?
Page 4 of 8
ID A02005
3.0 DOCUMENT OF QUALIFICATIONS 3.1 Has the Agency had its laboratory equipment and procedures inspected at intervals of not more than three years by a qualified national authority, as evidence of its competence to perform the required tests? 3.2 Has the Agency had its laboratory equipment and procedures inspected at intervals of not more than three years by a local jurisdictional body as evidence of its competence to perform the required test? 3.3 Are the Field Technicians certified to ACI 301 or other acceptable international recognized standard.
Page 5 of 8
CONCRETE TESTING LABORATORY EVALUATION RECORD 4.0 MANAGEMENT SUPERVISION 4.1 Is the Agency under the direction of a person charged with engineering managerial responsibility?
ID A02005
4.2 Is that person a registered professional engineer and a full time employee of that Agency? 4.3 Does he/she have at least five years of engineering experience in inspection and testing of construction materials? 4.4 Does the Supervising Laboratory Technician have at least five years experience performing tests on construction materials? (He/she shall be able to perform the tests normally required in the manner stipulated under ASTM or other governing procedures.) 4.5 Does the supervising Field Technician have at least five years inspection experience in the kind of work involved on construction projects? (He/she shall be able to demonstrate either by written or oral examination, or both, the ability to perform correctly the duties required.)
Page 6 of 8
ID A02005
6.0 RECOMMENDATIONS
Page 7 of 8
Page 8 of 8
NDE SUBCONTRACTOR EVALUATION RECORD
ID A02006
INDEX
1.0 INSTRUCTIONS 2.0 GENERAL 2.1 NDE METHODS 2.2 PERSONNEL TRAINING AND CERTIFICATION 2.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM 2.4 MANAGEMENT 2.5 NDE PROCEDURES 2.6 RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS LICENSE 2.7 EXPERIENCE HISTORY 3.0 SPECIFIC 3.1 NDE METHOD ____________________________________ 4.0 CONCLUSION AND REMARKS 5.0 RECOMMENDATIONS
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02006 Rev 0 NDE Subcontractor Evaluation Record.doc
Page 1 of 10
NDE SUBCONTRACTOR EVALUATION RECORD 1.0 INSTRUCTIONS
ID A02006
1.1 This evaluation may only be made by the site nondestructure examination coordinator, or others qualified to review nondestructive examination contractors. 1.2 The space to the right of each statement in this document should be completed with one, two, or three word answers, such as: Yes, No, Satisfactory, Unsatisfactory or, Does Not Apply, etc. 1.3 If any function of the NDE contractor has not been inspected, indicate to the right of the appropriate statement by N.R. (Not Reviewed). 1.4 If additional comments are necessary, use the space available under each individual statement. 1.5 The conclusions drawn by the examiner should be based only upon observations and documentation noted in the body of the report.
Page 2 of 10
ID A02006
2.0 GENERAL 2.1 NDE Method Capabilities

Radiography Ultrasonics Liquid Penetrant Magnetic Particle Visual (CW) Eddy Current PMI Time of Flight UT Other
2.2 Personnel Training and Certification 2.2.1 Does subcontractor have a written practice for the qualification and certification of NDE personnel?
2.2.2 Does written practice utilize SNT-TC-1A as the basis for the program?
2.2.3 Does written practice properly address examinations required for each level of certification?
2.2.4 Does initial experience fulfill the requirements of SNT-TC-1A? 2.2.5 Does initial training fulfill the requirements of SNT-TC-1A?
Page 3 of 10
NDE SUBCONTRACTOR EVALUATION RECORD 2.0 GENERAL (Contd) 2.3 Management 2.3.1 List key management/supervisory personnel and areas of responsibility.
ID A02006
2.3.2 List NDE Level III personnel certified by examination. Add ASNT certificate number if applicable.
2.3.3 Does subcontractor have records of specific examinations administered to level III personnel certified on the basis of ASNT examinations?
Page 4 of 10
NDE SUBCONTRACTOR EVALUATION RECORD 2.0 GENERAL (Contd) 2.4 NDE Procedures
ID A02006
2.4.1 Does subcontractor have written procedures for all NDE methods which he performs?
2.4.2 How does subcontractor ensure that procedures are updated to reflect the latest code requirements?
2.4.3 Do procedures allow interpretation for acceptance by Level I personnel?
2.4.4 List codes/standards that subcontractor's procedures reference.
2.4.5 Will subcontractor agree to submit all applicable NDE procedures and report forms to Fluor for review and authorization?
Page 5 of 10
NDE SUBCONTRACTOR EVALUATION RECORD 2.0 GENERAL (Contd) 2.5 Experience History 2.5.1 List all past and present work in NDE (include summary of methods performed).
ID A02006
2.5.1a Nuclear:
2.5.1b Non-Nuclear:
Page 6 of 10
NDE SUBCONTRACTOR EVALUATION RECORD 3.0 SPECIFIC 3.1 Indicate NDE Method: ______________________________________________ 3.1.1 Indicate number of Certified Level II Personnel:_____________________ 3.1.2 Indicate number of Certified Level I Personnel:_____________________ 3.1.3 List all applicable equipment (Type, MFG and QTY) used to perform examinations, obtain results and verify adequacy of test methods.
ID A02006
Page 7 of 10
NDE SUBCONTRACTOR EVALUATION RECORD 3.0 SPECIFIC (Contd) 3.1 NDE Method: ____________________________________________ (Contd) 3.1.4 Describe general condition of test equipment.
ID A02006
3.1.5 Additional Comments:
Page 8 of 10
ID A02006
5.0 RECOMMENDATIONS
Page 9 of 10
Page 10 of 10
CONTRACTOR QUALITY REQUIREMENTS SCOPE This procedure establishes the quality requirements for Site Contractors and is to be used for all site contracts that involve engineering, procurement and/or construction activities. APPLICATION This procedure is to be applied in preparation of the RFP (Request for Proposal) when documented test results and/or in-process inspection results of Contractor's Work are required, as determined by the Site Manager or representative. It utilizes the standard Attachment E (form 000.430.F0176) which is available in the Contract Management knowledge community in Knowledge On Line (KOL). GENERAL Contractor is responsible for providing services and performing work in accordance with the design and quality requirements as required by their contract. Companys approach to construction management contracting normally requires each Contractor to staff and perform the inspection activities, with Company performing surveillance over the Contractor activities. Based on the capability of Contractor, information obtained during pre-qualifications of Bidders, and project management preference, Company may elect to either provide the QC procedures to the Contractor or require the Contractor to provide the procedures for Company approval. However, since Fluor utilizes a turnover software program, it is ideal if the Contractors use Fluors forms. This allows for consistency between Contractors in how they document their inspection and testing activities and it makes it easier to manage the turnover completion process. In some rare instances, the Company may also elect to perform the inspection but this is not the preferred method when dealing with a construction contractor. The Contracts Management group has a Standard Contract Attachment E - Quality Management Requirements form 000 430 F0176 that is available in Knowledge On Line. This Attachment E is to be developed so that it is scope-specific for the contract RFP package it is to be included in. It needs to be scope specific so that it excludes requirements and references to forms that are not applicable to the contractors scope of work. The Site Quality Manager is to contact the Project Contracts Manager to request input to the contract RFP packages. This duty can be performed by the Regional Construction Quality Manager (RCQM) if a Site Quality Manager is not yet assigned to the project. The Construction Technical Services group can advise who the RCQM is for a particular area. Contractor quality requirements are to be monitored by either performing quality audits (refer to 000 509 0170) or by performing quality surveillances (refer to 000 509 0220.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0210 Rev 0 Contractor Quality Requirements.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0210 Rev 0 Contractor Quality Requirements.doc
Page 2 of 2
SURVEILLANCE OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES
SCOPE This procedure describes the responsibilities and activities for quality surveillance of construction activities. GENERAL The Site Quality Manager is responsible for the quality program at the construction/installation site is responsible for implementing and managing a program of quality surveillance. This procedure requires that surveillances be documented and tracked using the Quality Management System (QMS) tool. This is an established program used by Fluor across the company for management of quality audits and surveillances. The program is Lotus Notes based. Go in to FDNet and type http://www.fdglobal.com/fdglobal/workgrps/qa/qms.nsf in the URL bar at the top of the screen to access the QMS program. Projects that do not have access to FDNet or are experiencing connectivity issues with the Fluor network may be allowed to use the alternative forms noted in this procedure. Surveillance is the monitoring by witnessing and observation of the Quality Program implementation during construction/installation work activities. This can involve verifying that a work process or procedure is being performed in accordance with a written requirement. Surveillance is performed to the extent necessary to provide adequate confidence that appropriate measures are taken to control and achieve quality. The responsible Construction Engineering Manager shall be contacted for final resolution/interpretation of design specifications or drawing requirements, when a conflict develops between interpretation of requirements and that of Quality Surveillance personnel. PROCEDURE Site Quality Manager Will assign surveillance responsibilities to inspection personnel. Ensure that personnel performing surveillances using QMS have obtained access rights and have taken the necessary training to be able to work in QMS. Access rights can be obtained from Barry Rittberg. His e-mail address is Barry.Rittberg@Fluor.com. His phone number is 949-349-2356. QMS for Contractor Surveillance training is available in the Quality knowledge community in Knowledge On Line (KOL). The course required to be taken for performing surveillances is: QA012 QMS For Contractor Surveillance
Reading material on using QMS is available (course QA-004) in the Quality community for those who want more information on using the QMS program.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0220 Rev 0 Surveillance of Construction Activities.doc
Page 1 of 4
NOTE: Scope, duration, and intensity of surveillance activities shall be determined by the Site Quality Manager through an evaluation of the scope of the activities being performed and the quality history of the workers or contractors.
Surveillance Personnel Ensure that the required QMS training has been taken as described above. Perform periodic surveillance of work activities. NOTE: Surveillance personnel should refer to the applicable inspection/test plans (ITPs) or procedures and use them for determining surveillance activities. When surveillance is performed on self-performed or subcontracted activities not addressed by inspection/test procedures; the work process instructions (usually drawings and specifications) should be used to guide the inspector. Indicate the results of the surveillance verification activity in the QMS program. Projects that are not able to use QMS can use Form 000 509 F02201.
Record on the Surveillance Report those areas or items monitored or reviewed. If no deficiencies are found during this surveillance, so state (satisfactory) and forward to the Site Quality Manager for his review. NOTE: The Inspector may recommend a nonconformance or corrective action to be taken to correct the condition or deficiency. Refer to procedures 000.509.0130 and 000.509.0140.
When a deficiency is found and will need a follow-up inspection to verify conformity, identify it in the QMS program. For projects that are not able to use QMS the deficiency will be noted on the Surveillance Report in the Observation / Deficiency section. Notify the responsible person of the deficiency and record the action being taken. For projects that are not able to use QMS the surveillance report is to be signed and forward to the Site Quality Manager for his review. The Inspector shall follow-up the deficiency to ensure the corrective action is completed. Corrective action should then be recorded in QMS for close out. For projects that are not able to use QMS the corrective action space in the surveillance report is to have the corrective action recorded and the Inspector shall then sign and date to indicate acceptance / completion and the report is considered closed. QMS will automatically log all surveillance reports raised within the QMS program. For projects that are not able to use QMS the Surveillance Report information is to be recorded on the log provided. The log will serve as a record of site surveillance reports as well as to status the reports as Open or Closed.
Page 2 of 4
If corrective action is not initiated to resolve the deficiency within fourteen (14) calendar days, notify the Site Quality Manager. The Site Quality Manager may initiate and process a nonconformance or corrective action report if needed.
Nonconformance Reports are issued when there are: Deficiencies in materials, finished work or work processes that result in a condition that does not conform to the specifications and for which there are no existing procedures or standard trade practices which describe methods of correction and therefore require engineering disposition. Deficiencies of a serious or repetitive nonconforming nature as determined by the Site Quality Manager Construction damage has occurred to existing or turned over plant property.
Nonconformances shall be documented by recording them within the QMS program. For projects that are not able to use QMS nonconformances are to be documented using Form 000 509 F01301. Site Quality Manager Review the results of the surveillance and/or verification activities recorded in QMS or on the Surveillance Report (if project is unable to use QMS). Signify review and concurrence by signing and dating the surveillance report (only if project is unable to use QMS). Advise the Site Manager of serious quality problems.
DOCUMENTATION All Surveillance Reports shall be retained in the QMS program. Projects that are not able to use QMS are to retain copies in the Quality Control files. FORMS Quality Control Form: 000 509 F02201 Surveillance Report (only used if project is unable to use QMS) 000 509 F02202 Surveillance Report Log (only used if project is unable to use QMS)
Page 3 of 4
Page 4 of 4
SURVEILLANCE REPORT
ID A02201
Report No.
Satisfactory
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
SURVEILLANCE REPORT LOG

REPORT NO. INITIATOR CONTRACTOR SUBJECT
ID A02202A
OPEN CLOSED BY / DATE
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02202 Rev 0 Surveillance Report Log.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02202 Rev 0 Surveillance Report Log.doc
Page 2 of 2
FIELD RECEIVING AND INSPECTION SCOPE This procedure describes the practice and methods to perform receiving inspection of permanent plant material and equipment. RESPONSIBILITIES - Self-Perform FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY Per shipment received As project progresses As required by project
ACTIVITY Warehouse receipt of material/items Determine inspection and storage level requirements Perform quality receipt inspection
RESPONSIBILITY Warehouse Personnel Construction Engineer Site Quality Manager
DOCUMENTATION O, S, and D (000 509 0230) Attachment 1 000.509.F02301
Responsibilities - Subcontracted Work FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY Per shipment received As project progresses As required by project Per Procedure 000.509.0220
ACTIVITY Warehouse receipt of material/items Determine inspection and storage level requirements Perform quality receipt inspection Surveillance PROCEDURE
RESPONSIBILITY Subcontractor Subcontractor Subcontractor Site Quality Manager
DOCUMENTATION O, S, and D (000 509 0230) Attachment 1 000.509.F02301 Form 000.509.F02201
Receipt of Material/Items: Warehouse personnel shall perform the initial visual inspection of the materials/items for obvious shipping damage. If there has been shipping damage, initiate an O, S, and D Report in accordance with Warehouse Procedures. Forward a copy of the O, S, and D Report to the Site Quality Manager for information. The warehouse staff shall notify the Quality Manager upon receipt of items listed on the Permanent Plant Material and Equipment Inspection List or items where receipt inspection by the Quality Inspector is indicated on the ITP.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0230 Rev 0 Field Receiving and Inspection.doc
Page 1 of 4
Determine Inspection and Storage Requirements: Early in the project and continuing throughout the life of the project, the Construction Engineering Manager shall determine which items of permanent plant material and equipment that will require quality receiving inspection. The list shall be provided to the Site Quality Manager with a list of items to be inspected, along with any specific inspection and storage requirements. A typical list is provided as Attachment 2. Permanent Plant Material and Equipment Inspection List.
Quality Receipt Inspection: Prior to receipt of materials/equipment, the quality inspector shall research the purchase order, change orders, and specifications to determine the inspections and/or verifications to be performed. Prepare a Receiving Inspection Checklist, (000.509.F02301) for each item with the attributes to be inspected or verified, Reference Attachment 1 for attributes of inspection. Upon receipt of material/equipment, perform receipt inspection prior to unloading of the material/equipment, if possible. If material cannot be inspected prior to unloading, material should be unloaded and segregated from other material until receiving inspection can be performed. Inspect the material/equipment and associated vendor documentation for compliance with the requirements and document the results on the receiving inspection checklist (000.509.F02301). If the material/equipment is found to be nonconforming, attach a Hold Tag (000.509.F01303) and initiate a Non-conformance Report (000.509.F01301).
FORMS Quality Control Forms: 000.509.F01301 - Nonconformance Report 000.509.F01303 - Hold Tag 000.509.F02301 - Receiving Inspection Checklist ATTACHMENTS Attachment 1 Attachment 2 Attributes for Receiving Inspection Typical Permanent Plant Material and Equipment Inspection List
Page 2 of 4
Attachment 1
Attributes for Receiving Inspection
INSTRUCTIONS: Field Receiving Inspection Reference This inspection is to be performed after Receiving Operations performed by the Material Manager which have already confirmed identification of item per Purchase Order, identification of parts shipped separately, quantity and size of item, condition of shipping protection and damage.
ANCHOR BOLTS Damage Corrosion Fit of Nut & Bolt Size Check REINFORCING STEEL Damage Corrosion Deformations Mill Markings Mill Certifications STRUCTURAL STEEL Damage Corrosion Welding Piece Marking Connectors Dimensional Checks FIELD FABRICATED TANKS Damage Corrosion Edges Prepared for Welding Mill Certifications Dimensional Checks SHOP FABRICATED TANKS & VESSELS Damage Corrosion Accessories Flange & Opening Protection Temporary Supports Dessicants Shop Coatings Dimensional Checks Name Plate Data MACHINERY Damage Corrosion Accessories Shipping Protection Temporary Supports Vendor Instructions Flange & Opening Protection Name Plate Data Shaft Rotation Welding EXCHANGERS/PRESSURE VESSELS Damage Cleanliness Corrosion Flange & Opening Protection Shipping Protection Temporary Supports Fan Blades Motors Gears Dessicants Vendor Instructions Name Plate Data Shaft Rotation FIRED HEATERS & BOILERS Damage Corrosion Flange & Opening Protection Edges Prepared for Welding Mill Certifications Dimensional Checks Name Plate Data Welding Accessories Refractory SPECIALITY EQUIPMENT Damage Corrosion Flange & Opening Protection Edges Prepared for Welding Dimensional Checks Name Plate Data Welding Accessories PIPE Cleanliness Shipping Prep Damage Corrosion Shop Coatings Pipe Markings Color Coding and/or PMI if applicable VALVES Identification Tags appropriately affixed and marked Damage Corrosion Flange & Opening Protections Moving Parts Valve Markings Positive Material Identification, if required FITTINGS, Alloy Damage Corrosion Piece Markings Positive Material Identification ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT Damage Corrosion Name Plate Data Accessories Dimensional Checks Shipping Protection Temporary Supports ELECTRICAL MATERIAL Damage Corrosion Item Markings INSTRUMENTS Damage Corrosion Shipping Protection Item Markings Accessories COATINGS Damage Deterioration Cap Markings WELD FILLER MATERIAL Damage Properly Identified Mill Certifications
Page 3 of 4
Attachment 2 I. CIVIL
Typical Permanent Plant Material and Equipment Inspection List
Civil materials such as: Structural steel components Load indicating bolts/washers II. MECHANICAL/PIPING MATERIALS All mechanical equipment that has an equipment tag number, such as: Pumps Heat Exchangers Vessels (Including Filters & Scrubbers) Trays Piping materials such as: Alloy Pipe Specialty piping components Weld Rod III. ELECTRICAL All electrical equipment that has an equipment tag number, such as: Motors Control Centers Switchgear Circuit Breakers Wire & Cable rated 5kV and higher (Hi-pot test prior to storage) IV. HYGIENIC TUBING SYSTEMS All Hygienic equipment and materials such as: Tubing Valves Nozzles V. APPROVALS Construction Engineering Manager__________________________________ Date: Quality Manager__________________________________ Date: Vessels Fittings Weld Rod Cyclones Flares Boilers API Tanks Protective coatings Specialty grouts
Page 4 of 4
NONCONFORMANCE REPORT
Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Initiated by: Area/Location DWG. No./Rev. Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor Date: Unit/Equip No. Spec./Rev. Tag No.: Turnover System: Client Other Hold Tag Yes
ID A01301A

Sub System: Location: NCR No. No Discipline/Responsibility: Audit No. (If Applicable)
DESCRIPTION OF NONCONFORMANCE
ROOT CAUSE
CAUSE CODE(S)
DISPOSITION
Use as is
Rework
Repair
Other
DISPOSITION BY
Design Eng. Approval Req. Construction Engineer Date
Yes
No
DISPOSITION COMPLETED BY
Contractor
Date Design Engineer Date
ACTION VERIFIED AND NON-CONFORMANCE CLOSED

VERIFICATION METHOD DOC REVIEW FLUOR INSPECTOR INSPECTION OTHER DATE
FLUOR-VERIFIED DISPOSITION AND RECOMMENDED CLOSURE OF NCR

FLUOR SITE QUALITY MANAGER DATE
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
HOLD TAG/STICKER
ID A01303
HOLD
Hold Tag No._____________________ DO NOT USE NCR Number_____________________ (DO NOT REMOVE THIS TAG)
(Recommended Color: Red with Green Letters)
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
RECEIVING INSPECTION CHECKLIST

P.O. Number Supplier Mark No. Heat No. Date Received
ID A02301
Project Number
Receiving Hold Tag Attached Yes No Description Of Material/Equipment
Material Test Reports Required Yes No Item #'S _______
Item No.
Inspection Attributes*
Quantity
Accept
Reject
Hold Tag No.
Nonconformance Report Number(s)
Storage Requirements
Remarks
* Inspection Attributes are identified in Attachment 1 for certain items
Prepared By/Date
Inspector/Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02301 Rev 0 Receiving Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02301 Rev 0 Receiving Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
TURNOVER SCOPE This procedure establishes the sequence of events leading up to the transfer of care, custody and control of completed systems or areas from Fluor to The Client. Fluor will request The Client's acceptance of buildings, systems or areas for care, custody, and control. RESPONSIBILITIES - Self-Performed
ACTIVITY Determine scope of system Establish alphanumeric number and brief scope Establish mechanical completion dates Issue walk-down notice Generate master punchlist Generate exceptions list Generate discipline checklist Generate care, custody, and control package RESPONSIBILITY Turnover Engineer Turnover Engineer Commissioning/Start-up, engineering, construction management, and The Client Turnover Coordinator / Complete It Administrator Turnover Coordinator / Complete It Administrator Turnover Coordinator / Complete It Administrator Turnover Coordinator/ Complete It Administrator Turnover Coordinator / Complete It Administrator DOCUMENTATION Scoped drawings and Form 000 509 FXXXX Turnover master listing Form 000.509.F02401 FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY Prior to start of work Prior to start of work Three weeks before mechanical completion date Two weeks before mechanical completion date Prior to mechanical completion date
Form 000.509.F02402 Form 000.509.F02407 Exceptions list format site specific Form 000.509.F02403 Form 000.509.F02404 Form 000.509.F02405 Form 000.509.F02406 Transfer of care custody and control letter Form 000.509.F02401 Form 000.509.F02402 Form 000.509.F02403 Form 000.509.F02404 Form 000.509.F02405 Form 000.509.F02406 System scoping drawings, elementary or one line diagram. Hydro test report. Equipment list. Instrument list. Exceptions list. Loop list. Form 000.509.F02201
Prior to mechanical completion Prior to turnover of system or area
Surveillance
QC Inspector
Per Procedure 000.509.0220
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0240 Rev 0 Turnover.doc
Page 1 of 6
Responsibilities - Subcontracted Work

ACTIVITY RESPONSIBILITY DOCUMENTATION FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY
Determine scope of system Establish alphanumeric number and brief scope Establish mechanical completion dates
Turnover Engineer / Subcontractor Turnover Engineer / Subcontractor Commissioning/Startup/ Engineering / Construction Management / and The Client Turnover Coordinator/ Complete It Administrator / Subcontractor Subcontractor/ Turnover Coordinator / Complete It Administrator Subcontractor/ Turnover Coordinator / Complete It Administrator
Scoped drawings Turnover master listing
Prior to start of work Prior to start of work Three weeks before mechanical completion date Two weeks before mechanical date Prior to mechanical completion date Prior to mechanical completion
Form 000.509.F02401
Issue walk-down notice
Form 000.509.F02402
Generate master punchlist Generate discipline checklist
Form 000.509.F02407 Form 000.509.F02403 Form 000.509.F02404 Form 000.509.F02405 Form 000.509.F02406 Transfer of care, custody, and control letter Form 000.509.F02401 Form 000.509.F02402 Form 000.509.F02403 Form 000.509.F02404 Form 000.509.F02405 Form 000.509.F02406 System scoping drawings, elementary or one line diagrams Hydrotest Report Equipment List Instrument List Exceptions List Loop List Form 000.509.F02201
Generate care, custody, and control package
Subcontractor/ Turnover Coordinator / Complete It Administrator
Surveillance
QC Inspector
Per Procedure 000.509.0220
Page 2 of 6
PROCEDURE Determine Scope of System: - Determine the areas and process units that make up a system scope boundary. - Once system scoping has been determined, each system will be assigned a name and an alphanumeric number. A brief description of scope boundary will be generated. This information will be compiled into a master list and distribution made. Scoped drawing will be prepared to indicate system boundaries. Identify content of turnover package and initiate package index. Establish Mechanical Completion dates: - Mechanical completion dates for systems will be established with input from The Client Management and Fluor Commissioning / Startup, Construction, and Engineering. These dates will be used for tracking and scheduling. Issue Walkdown Notice: - Approximately three (3) weeks before the established mechanical completion date for a system, a walkdown notice for Fluor will be issued (Form 000.509.F02402) Generate Discipline Checklist: - Each discipline Manager will generate a checklist to verify all work has been completed as required by drawings and specifications. The Commissioning / Startup Administrator will generate a checklist to verify that all required quality records have been completed and those designated for turnover are included in the Turnover Package. Generate Master Punchlist: - When the Fluor walkdown has been completed, a master punchlist will be compiled (Form 000.509.F02407). Complete It will be used to track and status the master punchlist. - The master punchlist will identify any incomplete items of work and/or errors in design or installation. The master punchlist will be issued to construction and engineering for corrective action. - Approximately two (2) weeks before the established mechanical completion date, the turnover coordinator will notify The Client that the system is ready for their walkdown. A copy of the open items from the master punchlist will be attached to the walkdown notice.
Page 3 of 6
Generate the Exception List: - After The Client walkdown has been completed, the CompleteIt Administrator will schedule a joint meeting between The Client and Fluor. The purpose of this meeting will be to reconcile the punch list. Any items that will impede pre-commissioning/commissioning or cannot be completed after commissioning/start-up shall be completed prior to the mechanical completion date. These items will be coded Category 1. Any remaining incomplete items will become items on the exceptions list and be included as part of the transfer of care, custody, and control package. - The items on the exceptions list will be categorized as 2, 3, 4 or 5. Category 2 items may be completed anytime with the approval of The Client. Category 3 items are generated by the client/operations. Category 4 items are added scope. Category 5 items are other issues. Generate Care, Custody, and Control Package: - The turnover coordinator will assemble the transfer of care, custody, and control package. The package will contain, as applicable, the following documents: a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) i) Transfer of Care, Custody, and Control Letter Discipline Managers Checklist System Scoping Drawings Elementary or One-Line Diagrams Hydrostatic Test Report Equipment List Instrument List Exceptions List Loop List
- The Client management has ten (10) calendar days to respond to the transfer of care, custody, and control letter. At time of acceptance, The Client should tag equipment to indicate their control of that system. - The Client shall install lockout-type devices on all isolation equipment such as breakers, valves, etc. Fluor may also install lockout devices on system boundary isolation equipment. This action will be necessary to make safe any equipment or system that has not been completed and custody transferred to The Client. - All supporting documentation relating to mechanical completion/system turnover will be retained by Fluor until system acceptance by The Client. After system acceptance by The Client, this documentation will be transferred to The Client under separate correspondence.
Page 4 of 6
FORMS Quality Control Forms: 000.509.F02401 000.509.F02402 000.509.F02403 000.509.F02404 000.509.F02405 000.509.F02406 000.509.F02407 000.509.F02408 000.509.F02409 Transfer of Care, Custody and Control (Turnover Notice) System Walkdown Notice Mechanical Completion Civil Checklist Mechanical Completion Electrical/Instrumentation Checklist Mechanical Completion/Mechanical Checklist Mechanical Completion/Quality Control Checklist Master Punch List Record Interim Turnover Notice Mechanical Completion Certificate
Page 5 of 6
Page 6 of 6
TURNOVER NOTICE This letter is to advise you that except as set forth below all work is essentially complete as of _____________and is ready for commissioning and start-up operations on this system. The respective equipment has been tested and operation will be under supervision of your representative upon your acceptance. Upon the date of your acceptance hereof, it is provided that mechanical completion and care, custody and control of the facilities described, hereby excepting those items on the attached Exception List, will be passed to The Client. Responsibility for loss or damage, excepting those items on the attached Exceptions List, is assumed by The Client and subrogation waived against Fluor under which The Client may hereafter carry in force on the facilities herewith transferred. Nothing herein contained shall be construed as relieving Fluor of any of its guarantees under the contract covering the facilities hereby transferred, except that the guarantee period with respect to the workmanship of Fluor subject to this Transfer shall commence to run upon your signed acceptance. Kindly acknowledge your acceptance and approval of the foregoing by signing and returning two of the enclosed copies of this letter, or advise in what respect the above described facilities are not ready for commissioning and initial start-up operations.
Sincerely,
Fluor Site Manager
Accepted by: ____________________________________

CLIENT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER
Date: ______________________
Accepted by: __________________________________ _

CLIENT START-UP LEADER
Date: _____________________
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02401 Rev 0 Transfer of Care Custody and Control.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02401 Rev 0 Transfer of Care Custody and Control.doc
Page 2 of 2
SYSTEM WALKDOWN NOTICE The Client: SYSTEM NUMBER: SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: Fluor
ID A02402A
The Client
Participation in this system walkdown is required by these persons or their designee. The others are notified for information only.
The system is scheduled for a joint Fluor/The Client walkdown on ______________. The walkdown and punchlist must be complete within two (2) days. Punchlist items will be entered into MCPlus by designated punch entrants to produce the Master System Punchlist (MSP) to assist Fluor and The Client in establishing Category 2, 3, 4 & 5 items and tracing their acceptance and closure. Please notify me if your discipline can not perform the walkdown as scheduled.
Systems Coordinator ____________________________________ Ext. ___________
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02402 Rev 0 System Walkdown Notice.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02402 Rev 0 System Walkdown Notice.doc
Page 2 of 2
MECHANICAL COMPLETION CIVIL CHECKLIST The Client: SYSTEM NUMBER: SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. All paving is installed and properly sealed in accordance with the drawings and specifications. All structural steel, stairs, and grating is installed in accordance with the drawings and specifications. All structural steel base plates are grouted in accordance with the drawings and specifications.
ID A02403A
All structural steel requiring concrete fire proofing is installed in accordance with drawings and specifications. All approved gates and other safety devices are installed in accordance with drawings and specifications. All bollard posts are installed in appropriate locations in accordance with drawings and specifications. All construction debris are removed and the area is in a broom clean condition. All architectural work, which includes but is not limited to roofing, windows, and doors, etc., is in accordance with drawings and specifications. All structural steel, pipes, equipment, and other structures are painted in accordance with drawings and specifications.
7. 8. 9.
10. All civil related NCRs that affect this system have been closed.
Subcontractor
Name: Signature: Date: Name: Signature: Date:
Fluor Commissioning
Name: Signature: Date:
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02403 Rev 0 Mechanical Completion Civil Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02403 Rev 0 Mechanical Completion Civil Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
MECHANICAL COMPLETION ELECTRICAL / INSTRUMENTATION CHECKLIST The Client: SYSTEM NUMBER: SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: Contract No.:
ID A02404A
1.
All electrical/instrumentation installations have been installed in accordance with design and vendor documents. All electrical cables have been meggered (and DC hi-pot tested if over 1000v rating) All associated switchgear, breakers, transformers, relays, busway, and distribution equipment has been inspected and/or tested in accordance with project specifications. All motors and air cooler fans have been meggered and bumped to check direction of rotation. All associated instruments have been calibrated, function tested and/or loop tested as required by project specifications . Instruments are calibrated and installed in accordance with design documents. Instruments and instrumentation tubing are tested as required by code and specifications. All electrical/instrumentation related NCRs that affect his system have been closed.
2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7.
8.
Subcontractor
Name: Signature: Date: Name:
Fluor Commissioning
Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02404 Rev 0 Mechanical Completion Electrical Instrumentation Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02404 Rev 0 Mechanical Completion Electrical Instrumentation Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
MECHANICAL COMPLETION / MECHANICAL CHECKLIST The Client: SYSTEM NUMBER: SYSTEM DESCRIPTION:
ID A02405A
1.
Piping is installed in accordance with design documents. Hydrotests have been completed. Pipe supports; hangers, guides, anchors, spring cans, etc., have been installed in accordance with design documents. Travel stops on spring hangers for water filled piping are to be removed after the applicable piping system has been filled with water. At this time "cold load setting" shall be verified. Travel stops on spring hangers for steam or gas filled piping have been removed by construction and cold load settings have been verified. Rotating equipment is installed in compliance with vendor and specification requirements. Cold alignment has been performed and base plates are grouted. Maintenance on applicable equipment has been performed. Temporary lubricants and rust inhibitors have been removed and initial lubrication is complete . All vessel internals, packing and desiccants are installed and Fluor's final closures are completed. Mechanical related NCRs that affect this system have been closed. Coatings; paint and insulation complete.
2.
3.
4. 5.
6.
7. 8.
Subcontractor
Fluor Commissioning
Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02405 Rev 0 Mechanical Completion Mechanical Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02405 Rev 0 Mechanical Completion Mechanical Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
MECHANICAL COMPLETION / QUALITY CONTROL CHECKLIST

The Client: SYSTEM NUMBER: SYSTEM DESCRIPTION:
ID A02406A
1. 2.
Turnover notice and the supporting documentation has been received. Hydrostatic test packages for this system are complete, accepted, and are included in this system package. Quality control records for this system are complete and are included in this system package as required. All NCRs, that affect this system, are closed and are on file.
3.
4.
Subcontractor
Fluor Commissioning
Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02406 Rev 0 Mechanical Completion Quality Control Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02406 Rev 0 Mechanical Completion Quality Control Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
Page:
of
Punch List
TO System Description:
Priority 1 Items to be completed before handover of the Package to the next phase Priority 2 Items may be completed anytime at the approval of Client Priority 3 Items generated by the client/operations Priority 4 Added scope PL No. Tag/Line/Cable Raised By/On Pri Status PL Item Description & Comments Priority 5 Other Issues
TO System: Print Date:

Groups: VE Vendor CC Construction CM Commissioning SU Start Up Cleared Mat Eng Reqd by Date By Date By Date Verified
Group Resp. (Disc)
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02407 Rev 0 Master Punch List Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02407 Rev 0 Master Punch List Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
MECHANICAL COMPLETION CERTIFICATE Project No. MCC No. Date
This documents the turnover to and acceptance by The Client for equipment and/or systems listed below as being mechanically complete in accordance with the established system boundaries. Component, System or Subsystem Number Description
Exceptions to the above scope See Attached Punchlist
Process Consistency Check By The Client SIGNATURES Date Accepted by The Client Mechanical Coordinator
Released By Fluor
Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02409 Rev 0 Mechanical Completion Certificate.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02409 Rev 0 Mechanical Completion Certificate.doc
Page 2 of 2
INTERIM TURNOVER NOTICE ___________________
As The Client's Project Manager and duly authorized representative, I hereby issue in accordance with Article 19 - Completion and Acceptance - of the Principal Document, this INTERIM TURNOVER NOTICE for: _________________. Interim Turnover Package _________________ Under the terms and conditions of: Contract Number ___________ Dated _________ Between The Client and Fluor, Inc.
and certify that Mechanical Completion of the above portion of Work was achieved on __________________. A Master Punchlist is attached indicating items which are still incomplete or known to be deficient and the dates such items are to be finished or corrected. It shall remain as Fluor's responsibility to finish and correct this work by the dates so indicated, as well as correcting any deficiencies which are uncovered during the startup operations. The issuance of this TURNOVER NOTICE does not in any way denote The Client's concurrence that the Facility, or any part thereof, fully conforms to Job Specification nor relieve Fluor from its obligations under Article 20 - Warranties and Guarantees. It does constitute The Client's assumption of care, custody, control and responsibility for the above mentioned portion of the work. Notwithstanding, all conditions and terms of Contract No. _________ (Amended) are still valid.
The Client/Date
Fluor/Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02408 Rev 0 Interim Turnover Notice.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02408 Rev 0 Interim Turnover Notice.doc
Page 2 of 2
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT STORAGE AND MAINTENANCE
SCOPE This procedure defines the requirements for periodic inspection of the storage and maintenance of designated materials and equipment. RESPONSIBILITIES - Self-Perform / Subcontracted ACTIVITY Develop a material/equipment storage requirement list Generate the storage inspection checklist Inspect storage & maintenance Perform Preservation Activities Resolve discrepancies as appropriate Surveillance *Note 1: RESPONSIBILITY Subcontractor/ Construction Engineer or Project Engineer Subcontractor/Site Quality Manager Subcontractor/Site Quality Manager Subcontractor/Site Quality Manager Subcontractor/Site Quality Manager Site Quality Manager (*Note 1) DOCUMENTATION See Attachment 1 for "Sample" list Form: 000.509.F02501 Form: 000.509.F02501 Form: 000.509.F02502 Form: 000.509.F02501 Form: 000.509.F02501 FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY Prior to receipt of material & equipment Prior to receipt of material & equipment Monthly during the life of the activity Each Item As required to resolve discrepancies Per procedure 000.509.0220
Surveillance is not required if the Fluor Quality Representative is performing the inspections.
PROCEDURE Storage Requirement List Develop a material/equipment storage requirement list (see Attachment 1 for a sample list) consisting of protective measures to prevent damage, deterioration, or contamination of material and equipment.
Storage Inspection Checklist Using the material/equipment storage requirement list as a guide, generate a storage inspection checklist (refer to Form 000.509.F02501for a sample of the storage inspection checklist).
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0250 Rev 0 Material and Equipment Storage and Maintenance.doc
Page 1 of 6
Inspection of Storage and Maintenance Perform inspections of storage areas, including items stored "In-Place", on a monthly basis. Document any discrepancies noted during inspections.
Discrepancy Resolution Resolve any noted discrepancies with the appropriate parties. Perform re-inspection(s) to verify that the noted discrepancies have been corrected.
FORMS Quality Control Form: 000.509.F02501 - Storage Inspection Checklist 000.509.F02502 - Equipment Protection Preservation and Inspection Record ATTACHMENTS Attachment 1 - Material/Equipment Storage Requirement List (Sample)
Page 2 of 6
Attachment 1 - Material/Equipment Storage Requirement List The requirements for storage are divided into four levels with respect to protective measures to prevent damage, deterioration or contamination of items and materials based upon important physical characteristics, the ambient conditions during construction installation and operation of the item or material. Level A - Items classified to Level A are those that are exceptionally sensitive to environmental conditions and require special measures for protection from one or more of the following effects: temperatures outside required limits; sudden temperature changes; humidity and vapors; gravitational (g) forces; physical damage and air-borne contamination (e.g., rain, snow, dust, slat spray, fumes). The following shall be used as a guide for classifying items intended for Level A classification: a. b. c. Special electronic equipment and instrumentation. Special materials, such as chemicals that are sensitive to environment. Computers
Level B - Items classified to Level B are those that are sensitive to environmental conditions and require measures for protection from the damaging effects of one or more of the following: temperature extremes, humidity and vapors, gravitational forces, physical damage and airborne contamination but do not require the special protection required for Level A items. The following shall be used as a guide for classifying items intended for Level B classification: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. Instrumentation Electrical penetrations Batteries Welding electrode and wire Motor control centers, switchgear, and control panels Motors and generators Precision-machined parts Erection spares, such as gaskets, "O" rings Air-handling filters
Level C - Items classified to Level C are those that require protection from exposure to the environment, air-borne contaminants, gravitational forces, and physical damage. Protection from water vapor and condensation is not so important as that for Level B items.
Page 3 of 6
The following shall be used as a guide for classifying items intended for Level C classification: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. Pumps Valves Fluid Filters Compressors Turbines Instrument cable Thermal insulation Fans and blowers
Level D - Items classified to Level D are those that are less sensitive to the environment than Level C. These items require protection against the elements, air-borne contamination, and physical damage. The following shall be used as a guide for classifying items intended for Level D classification: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. Tanks Heat exchangers and parts Accumulators Demineralizers Evaporators Piping Electrical cable Structural items Reinforcing steel
Page 4 of 6
STORAGE REQUIREMENTS Items assigned a level of storage shall be maintained at this level of storage until they are removed from storage. Items removed from storage and installed, but not operating, shall have the assigned level of storage maintained. Levels of Storage Environmental conditions for items classified as levels A, B, C, and D described in this procedure shall meet the following requirements: Level A - Items shall be stored under those conditions described for Level B items but with any additional requirements detailed by the manufacturer and/or engineering representative. Level B - Items shall be stored within a fire-resistant, tear-resistant, weathertight, and well-ventilated building or equivalent enclosure. Precautions shall be taken against vandalism. This area shall be situated and constructed so that it will not be subjected to flooding; the floor shall be paved, or equal, and well-drained. Items shall be placed on pallets or shoring to permit air circulation. The area shall be provided with uniform heating and temperature control, or its equivalent, to prevent condensation and corrosion. Minimum temperature shall be 40F (4C) and maximum shall be 140F (60C) or less if so stipulated by the manufacturer. Level C - Items shall be stored indoors, or equivalent, with all provisions and requirements as set forth in Level B items except that heat and temperature control is not required. Level D - Items may be stored outdoors in well-drained areas marked and designated for storage, preferable gravel-covered or paved, and reasonable removed from the actual construction and traffic so that possibility of damage from construction equipment is minimized. Items shall be stored in 4-inch (100mm) cribbing or equivalent to allow for air circulation and to avoid trapping water. Care of Stored Items Care of items in storage shall be exercised in accordance with the following: a. Items in storage shall have all covers, caps, plugs, or other closures intact. When it is necessary to remove a cover for access purposes, it shall be immediately replaced and properly resealed thereafter. Temporary preservatives shall be left intact during storage. Should reapplication of preservatives be required at the site, only those previously approved shall be used. Desiccant humidity indicators shall also be monitored, and desiccants shall be changed or reprocessed when specified. Instrumentation racks shall be energized as specified by the manufacturer. Space heaters enclosed in electrical items shall be energized.
b.
c.
d. e.
Page 5 of 6
f. g.
Rotating electrical equipment shall be given insulation resistance tests on a scheduled basis. The shafts of rotating equipment shall be rotated on a periodic basis. The degree of turn shall be 1 1/4 turn so that the parts receive a coating of lubrication where applicable, and so that the shaft does not come to rest in a previous position. Implement special instructions issued by the vendor or manufacturer for a particular piece of equipment.
h.
Page 6 of 6
STORAGE INSPECTION CHECKLIST

Storage Area/Item Storage Level YES 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Are identifications and markings intact? Are covers, plugs, and caps intact? Are temporary preservatives and coatings intact? Is desiccant saturated? Any evidence of physical damage? Is proper cleanliness being maintained? Are instrument racks energized as specified? Are space heaters energized as specified? Has rotating equipment been rotated as specified? Date
ID A02501
NO
N/A
10. Has rotating equipment been tested as specified? 11. Evidence of damage to items hit by a forklift or truck? 12. Any water damage? 13. Is dust and dirt excessive? 14. Are items and materials on cribbing as specified? 15. Any container items broken or leaking? 16. Has storage level been maintained? Is Reinspection Required? Discrepancies:
Yes
No
Remarks:
Inspector/ Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02501 Rev 0 Storage Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02501 Rev 0 Storage Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
EQUIPMENT PROTECTION PRESERVATION AND INSPECTION RECORD

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor Client Other Tag No.: Turnover System: Sub System: Location:
ID A02502
Initial Preservation Upon Receipt: Store on free draining ground or foundations. Inspect equipment protection by vendor. Tag and store accessory items.
Reference Section For Additional Details
Manufacturer:
Corrosion Inhibitors/Lubricants (Note Type And Where Used):
Date Performed Initials Frequency Indicate One: Days Weeks

Months
STD. Preservation Operations: Rotate Shaft 2-1/4 turns.

Date Performed Initials Date Performed Initials Frequency Date Performed Initials Date Performed Initials Frequency
Describe:
STD. Preservation Operations: Storage Conditions Damage Corrosion Flange Protection Accessory Conditions
Indicate One: Days Weeks

Months
Indicate: Days Weeks

Months
Special Instruction: (Project/Spec/Vendor) Date Performed Initials Date Performed Initial Remarks:
Subcontractor
Fluor Field Engineering

Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02502 Rev 0 Equipment Protection Preservation Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F02502 Rev 0 Equipment Protection Preservation Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
ACTIVITY PLAN FOR CONSTRUCTION
SCOPE This practice establishes instructions for the preparation of a project specific Activity Plan for Construction (inclusive of Construction Management and Maintenance). REFERENCES GENERAL The Activity Plan is intended to: List the main activities to be performed in order to meet quality system requirements. Identify the work instructions for performing these activities. Assign responsibility for verification, and authorization of listed activities. Identify deviations from established minimum requirement work instructions provided by the Construction Operating Company. Provide for Operating Company acceptance of those deviations. N/A
The Activity Plan - Construction - Reference Guide (Appendix I), is intended to provide guidance for development of a project specific Activity Plan - Construction. The following guidance is provided by the Reference Guide: Activity Description - This is a listing of primary activities performed on a construction project, except those activities for which Construction is not responsible (i.e., Project Management, Project Controls, Procurement, etc.). Work Instruction - This identifies the work instruction, procedure, practice, specification, or other guidance provided or referred to by Construction for performing the work activity. Basis of Check - This identifies either the checklist(s) or procedure used as a guide for checking the work. Inter-discipline Review - The individual(s) normally responsible for ensuring no conflicts between disciplines/departments exist. Independent Verification - This block is reserved for the entry of third party verification, (i.e., Testing Laboratory, Client, etc.), when applicable. Performed By - The title of the individual who is normally responsible for performing the work activity.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-5100 Rev 0 Activity Plan for Construction.doc
Page 1 of 10
Checked By - The title of the individual responsible for checking and documenting activity compliance to work instructions, utilizing appropriate basis of check as required. This is normally someone other than the individual performing or directing the work. Approved by Construction - The title of the individual responsible for approving from a construction standpoint, that the work is accomplished and acceptable. Approved by Project - Usually reserved for project manager review and approval that the work performance and verification meets project and contract requirements. Approved by Client - to be used when the work performed requires the Clients approval (usually specified by contract). NOTE: For subcontracted work, refer to the Subcontractor Control Section 1 of Appendix I for typical "Go-By".
PROCEDURE AND RESPONSIBILITIES Site Manager or Designee Refer to Appendix I and revise as follows to develop the project specific AP - Construction. NOTE: The project specific "AP - Construction" may be developed by marking up the "AP - Construction - Reference Guide" (Appendix I) to indicate changes. Activity Description - Delete and add primary project specific activities as required. This should include activities Fluor is responsible for even though they may be performed by a Sub-contractor. Activities for which Fluor has no responsibility should not be listed on AP. Work instruction - Identify the work instruction, procedure, practice or specification for performing the Work Activity. If the work instruction is to be used without deviation from the Fluor Corporate Standard, the Fluor Corporate Descriptor as listed in the Reference Guide will be used. If a deviation to the Corporate Standard is made by project personnel, indicate the deviation by dropping the first three zero's of the Corporate Descriptor (e.g. 509 7031). If the work instruction is from a source outside Fluor (e.g., Client procedure or specifications), list the source document description.
NOTE: Title descriptors noted in blocks of the Activity Plan - Construction may differ from those used in locations other than United States. Where this situation exists, use the Descriptors common to the location.
Page 2 of 10
Basis of check - Enter the checklist number or designation used as a guide for checking the work. Interdisciplinary Review - Specify the person responsible for reviewing and ensuring, thru crossdiscipline review, that no discipline or department conflicts exist. Independent Verification - enter a designator for any third party verification authority. This can apply to a Quality Control sub-contractor, testing subcontractor, Client, etc. Performed by - Enter the title of the person responsible for performing the activity. Checked By - Enter the title of the person responsible for checking and documenting activity compliance to work instruction utilizing appropriate basis of check as required.
NOTE: "Checked By" in certain locations other than the United States will be performed by others disciplines that perform the Quality Control function and shall be so indicated as applicable. Approved by Construction - Enter the responsible individual (e.g., "CM" for Construction Manager) signifying that the work, has been accomplished and accepted per the listed instructions. Approved by Project - Enter the responsible individual (e.g., "PM" - for Project Manager or "OM" for Operations Manager) that has project function responsibility for approving the work. Usually involves contractual, administrative, engineering, and construction activities overview and responsibility. Intended to be the highest level of project activity approval. Approved by Client - Enter the Client representative (e.g., "Client PM"), when required by project contract or Project Procedures Manual that the work be approved.
Site Manager Sign and print name to indicate approval.
Operating Company Representative Sign and print name to indicate approval.
Page 3 of 10
Site Manager After approval by the Operating Company Representative, if there are changes to the Work Instruction that result in deviations or if activities are added, notify the Operating Company Representative of these changes in writing.
DOCUMENTATION Approved "Activity Plan - Construction" shall be maintained by the Site Manager until project completion. ATTACHMENTS Appendix I - Activity Plan - Construction (Reference Guide)
Page 4 of 10
Appendix I - Activity Plan Construction Client Name Project Name Project Number
PREPARATION
ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION WORK INSTRUCTION BASIS OF CHECK
INTER DISCIPLIN E REVIEW
VERIFICATION
INDEPENDENT VERIFICATION PERFORMED BY CHECKED BY
AUTHORIZATION
APPROVED BY CONSTR. APPROVED BY PROJECT APPROVED BY CLIENT
Project Const. Plan Const. Org.
Constructability
000.506.1300 000.506.1201 000.506.1100 000.506.1200 000.506.1300 000.506.1400 000.506.1500 000.506.1600 000.505.1601 000.505.2701 000.505.3201 Project Safety Plan in Compliance with FD-APS 000.505.2801
N/A N/A
N/A N/A
SM SM
N/A N/A
N/A N/A
PM PM
N/A
PM
PM
N/A
N/A
PM
Construction Engineering Human Resource Staffing Construction Turnover Project Safety Program Industrial Relations Program Construction Quality Control Plan Administrative Services ASME Code Work Document Control Personnel Training and Qualification Field Design Change Control Construction Process Control Site Preparation Geotechnical Investigation Excavation and Backfill Shotcrete Fireproofing Pile Installation Concrete Installation Grout Installation Structural Steel Installation Coatings and Wrapping of Steel Pipe Hot Insulation
N/A N/A 000 509 0240
CEM N/A SM
DCE FHRM CM
N/A N/A SQM
SM SM N/A
N/A N/A PM
N/A
N/A
RSM
N/A
PM
N/A Corporate QC Manual 000 509 xxxx N/A FD-B-PV Code Manual 000 510 xxxx 000.509.0050 000.509.0160 N/A 000.509.0150 000.509.0090 000.509.7010 000.509.7010 000.509.7820 000.509.7080 000.509.7100 000.509.7100 000.509.7200 000.509.7800 000.509.7810 Contract
N/A
SM
IRRM
N/A
PM
000.505.1701 000.505.2401 Fluor-B-PV Code Manual 000 510 xxxx 000.509.0050 000.505.1601 000.509.0180 000.505.1400 000.509.0090 000.210.02010 000.210.02222 000.210.02224 000.215.03360 000.215.02370 000.215.02380 000.215.03300 000.215.03600A 000.215.03600B 000.215.05120 000.215.05130 000.285.86410 000.285.86210 000.285.86110
SQM CEM DQW CEM CEM CEM CEM DCE DCE DCE DCE DCE DCE DCE DCE DCE
DCE SVM CEM SM CM DCE DCE CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
CEM N/A SQM SQM SQM SQM SQM SQM SQM SQM SQM SQM SQM SQM SQM SQM
CM N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A CM SM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
N/A PM PM PM PM PM N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Page 5 of 10
PREPARATION
INTER DISCIPLINE REVIEW
VERIFICATION
AUTHORIZATION
Internal Linings Raceway and Supports Installation Cable Installation
000.285.86310 000.265.65051 000.265.65052 000.265.65123 000.265.65126 000.265.65003 000.265.65301 000.265.65303 000.265.65313 000.265.65320 000.265.65382 000.265.65400 000.265.65480 000.265.65610 000.265.65630 000.265.65053 000.265.65053 000.265.65640 000.265.16111 000.265.65053 000.270.01851 000.270.70952 000.270.70001 000.270.70002 000.270.70003 000.270.70007 000.270.15121 000.265.65053 000.250.31003 000.250.31004 000.250.50026 000.250.50200 000.255.03161 000.250.03713 000.250.03711 000.250.03717 000.250.05360 000.250.17131 000.255.03161 000.250.50008 000.256.56001 000.256.56002 000.256.56003 000.256.56004 000.258.58001 000.258.58004 000.258.58010 000.258.58040 000.258.58050 000.259.59073 000.258.58061 000.258.58140 000.257.07041 000.257.18032 000.257.19033 000.257.57011 000.257.57020 000.257.57035 000.257.57103
000.270.70002 000.270.70950 000.270.70951
000.509.7800 Contract 000.509.7600 000.509.7600 000.509.7610
DCE DCE DCE
CM CM CM
SQM SQM SQM
CM CM CM N/A N/A
Equipment Installation
000.509.7400 000.509.7620
DCE
CM
SQM
CM
N/A
Meggering and HiPot Testing Grounding Meggering and Maintenance of Electric Motors Electrical Heat Trace Receiving and warehousing of Instruments Electrical Instrument Installation Construction Testing Piping, Cement Lined Plastic and Plastic Lined Pipe
000.509.7600 000.509.7610 000.509.7620 000.509.7600 000.509.7610 000.509.7620 000.509.7600 000.509.7610 000.509.7620 000.509.7610 000.509.0230 000.509.0250 000.509.7600 000.509.7610 000.509.7620 * 000.509.7510 000.509.7500 111.509.7510
DCE
CM
SQM
CM
N/A
DCE
CM
SQM
CM
N/A
DCE DCE DCE
CM CM WM
SQM SQM SQM
CM CM SM
N/A N/A
DCE
CM
SQM
CM
N/A
DCE DCE DCE
CM CM CM
SQM SQM SQM
CM CM CM
N/A
Mechanical Piping Installation
000.509.7500 000.509.7510
DCE
CM
SQM
CM
N/A
Flanged Joints, Gaskets and Bolting Pipe Winterization Installation of Rotating Equipment
000.509.7500 000.509.7510 000.509.7500 000.509.7510 000.509.7400
DCE DCE
CM CM
SQM SQM
CM CM
N/A N/A
DCE
CM
SQM
CM
N/A
Installation of Tanks, Vessels - Heat Exchangers, Flares
000.509.7610 000.509.7500 000.509.7510
DCE
CM
SQM
CM
N/A
Mechanical Instrument Installation
000.509.7700 000.509.7710
DCE
CM
SQM
CM
N/A
Page 6 of 10
PREPARATION
VERIFICATION
AUTHORIZATION
Pipe Cleaning Piping Heat Tracing Firewater Systems Fireproofing Sewer Systems Maintaining Quality Records Material Equipment Identification, Traceability and Inspection Test Status Nonconformance Reporting Corrective Action Site Supplier Quality Control System, Requirement Qualification and Surveillance Material and Equipment Receipt Inspection Material and Equipment Storage Handling Maintenance Inspection Measuring Test Equipment Surveillance of Construction Activities
000.250.18801 000.250.50300 000.245.00323 000.245.01431 000.250.50007 000.509.0160
000.509.7560 * 000.509.7610 000.509.7500 000.509.7510 000.509.7820 000.509.0220 000.509.0160 FD Inspection & Test Procedures 000 509 7xxx 000.509.0130 000.509.0140 000.509.0200 000.509.0210 000.509.0220
DCE DCE DCE DCE DCE SQM
CM CM CM CM CM CM
SQM SQM SQM SQM SQM SQM
CM CM CM CM CM CM
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
000.509.7000 000.509.0230
SQM
WM CM
SQM
CM
N/A
000.509.0130 000.509.0140 000.509.0210 000.509.0200 000.509.0220
SQM SQM
SQM CEM
SQM CM
SM SM
N/A N/A
SQM
CEM
SQM
SM
N/A
000.509.0230
000.509.0230
SQM
WM CEM WM CEM
SQM
CM
N/A
000.509.0250
000.509.0250
SQM
SQM
CM
N/A
000.509.0110
000.509.0110
SQM
CEM
SQM
CM
N/A
000.509.0220 000.285.18034 000.285.18041 000.285.18101 000.285.19021 000.285.85001 000.285.85002 000.285.85010 000.285.85050 Subcontractors NDE Procedures 000.245.01431 000.215.02380 000.215.02370 000.285.86210 000.285.86310 000.285.86110 000.258.58001 000.258.58004 000.258.58010 000.258.58040 000.258.58050 000.258.58061 000.258.58140 000.257.07041 000.257.18032 000.257.19033 000.257.57103 API 650 Appendix H 000.257.57011 000.250.50027
000.509.0220 000.509.7910 000.509.7920 000.509.7930 000.509.7950 Fluor Welding Manual 000.512.xxxx
SQM
SQM
SQM
CM
N/A
Welding Metallurgy
CEM
CM
SQM
CM
N/A
SUBCONTRACTOR CONTROL
Nondestructive Testing Fireproofing Drilled Piers, Caissons Auger Cast Piles Painting & Linings Hot Insulation 000.509.0220 000.509.7920 000.509.7820 Contract 000.509.7080 Contract 000.509.7080 Contract 000.509.7800 Contract 000.509.7810 Contract MNDT CEM CEM CEM CEM CEM SQM SUB SUB SUB SUB SUB SUB SQM DCE DCE DCE DCE DCE SM CM CM CM CM CM N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
ASME Section VIII Vessel Work
Contract
CEM
SUB
SQM
CM
N/A
Fired Heaters Field Fabricated Tank Retrofit (TK 806) Cool Tower Installation Piping Tie-ins
000.509.7400 Contract 000.509.7400 Contract 000.509 Contract
CEM
SUB
SQM DCE SQM DCE DCE DCE
CM
N/A
CEM CEM CEM Client
SUB SUB SUB
CM CM CM
N/A N/A N/A
Page 7 of 10
PREPARATION
VERIFICATION
AUTHORIZATION
Fire Protection/Sprinkler Systems Substation Equipment Modification Electrical Equipment Testing Hi-Pot and Acceptance Testing Electrical Heat Tracing Reactor Flex-R Instrumentation Installation Field Machining Geotechnical Investigation Mechanical/ Chemical Cleaning Post-Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) Soil & Concrete Testing Underground Piping
000.245.00323 000.245.65301 000.265.65303 000.265.65320 000.265.65053 000.265.50300 000.270.01851 000.270.01511 Contract 000.210.02010 000.250.18801 000.250.50026 000.285.18041 Fluor Welding Manual 000.210.02222 000.210.02224 000.215.03300 000.245.00323
Contract
CEM
SUB
DCE
CM
N/A
Contract 000.509.7600 000.509.7610 000.509.7620 Contract Contract Contract Contract Contract 000.509.7560 000.509.0220 000.509.7920 000.509.7010 000.509.7100 000.509.7500
CEM
SUB
DCE
CM
N/A
CEM
SUB
DCE
CM
N/A
CEM CEM CEM CEM CEM CEM SQM
SUB SUB SUB SUB SUB SUB
DCE DCE SQC DCE DCE/SQM SQM DCE SQM SQM DCE
CM CM CM CM CM CM
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
CEM CEM
SQM
SUB SUB
CM CM
N/A N/A
Page 8 of 10
PQ CS CEM FL CM DCE DQW FHRM NDE IRRM LDE MWT N/A PD PM RSM SC SUB SVM SQM SM S WM CTM
AEASSIGNED PROJECT QA ENGINEER CODE SPECIALIST/GREENVILLE CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING MANAGER CONSTRUCTION FUNCTIONAL LEADER CONSTRUCTION MANAGER DISCIPLINE CONSTRUCTION ENGINEER DIRECTOR QUALITY CONTROL AND WELDING TECHNOLOGY FIELD HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGER FLUOR DANIEL NDE LEVEL III INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS REGIONAL MANAGER LEAD DISCIPLINE ENGINEER MANAGER WELDING TECHNOLOGY/GREENVILLE NOT APPLICABLE PROJECT DIRECTOR/PROJECT MANAGER PROJECT MANAGER REGIONAL SAFETY MANAGER SELF CHECK ONLY SUBCONTRACTOR SERVICE MANAGER SITE QC MANAGER SITE MANAGER SITE SAFETY MANAGER WAREHOUSE MANAGER CONTRACTS MANAGER _________________________________________ Print Signature ______________________________________ Print Signature _________________________________________ Signature ______________________________________ Signature FLUOR SITE MANAGER FLUOR OPERATING COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE
These checklists are provided in the "Discipline QC Functions" section (000.509.7xxx).
Page 9 of 10
Page 10 of 10
INSPECTION AND TESTING Definitions Inspection and tests are defined as follows: "Inspection" being visual checks of a qualitative nature but also including dimensional measurements. "Tests" being measured verifications of one or more characteristics or of performance, both being carried out to ascertain whether or not the specified requirements have been met.
Inspection and Testing Procedures Inspection and test measures to be applied are presented in this section (7XXX). These procedures provide for the inspections and tests necessary to determine that the product is acceptable and for the documentation to record compliance with the established acceptance criteria. The inspection scope and frequency will be determined on a case-by-case basis with guidance provided in the "Responsibilities" section of each procedure. If specifications, vendor manuals, test procedures, codes/standards, or other such documents required by specifications to be used as acceptance criteria are not readily available to inspection personnel, the Site Quality Manager may include this information as attachments to these procedures. Attachments may also be used to list the source documents providing acceptance criteria for tests and inspections within the scope of each procedure. Inspection and Test Plans An Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) is a document used to list the quality related activities that pertain to a distinct scope of work or process. The ITP shall consist of the following features: a list of the inspection and test points presented in sequence in the order in which they are to be performed for each activity, reference to a document stating the acceptance criteria; for each activity, the "verification document" i.e. the document to be checked or the one used to record the result of the inspection or test; for each activity for both Contractor and FLUOR, where required, an indication of the scope of inspection as follows: I - Inspect T - Test W - Witness Point
This indicates an Inspection/Text Activity on the ITP that requires a request for the presence of the Fluor Representative.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7000 Rev 0 Inspection and Testing.doc
Page 1 of 4
R - Review H - Hold Point
This indicates an inspection or test which is considered vital to the quality, integrity and safe functioning of the material or services and which can only be achieved at this point. It is an Inspection/Test Activity on the ITP that requires the presence of the Fluor Representative. The Production/Erection Process cannot proceed beyond this point until it has been cleared by the Inspection Fluor Representative.
ITPs may be used to record completion of activities, indicated by sign-off (acceptance). This is normally applicable to scopes of work encompassing a relatively self-contained unit such as a steam turbine or cooling tower. When this is the case ITP form 000.509.F70002shall be used. Otherwise for processes such as concrete placement or piping installation, Inspection and Test Plans shall be documented on form 000.509.F70001. ITPs may be used in lieu of or in conjunction with Inspection and Test Procedures. Inspection Cycles Adequate inspection will be performed to cover required construction operations. The inspection cycle normally includes preparatory, initial, follow-up and final inspection. This cycle is described below: Preparatory - Performed prior to beginning work to ensure the prerequisites are satisfied and requirements understood by those who perform the work. It includes a review of requirements; a check to assure that all materials and/or equipment are on hand and are approved and that all preliminary work has been completed. Initial - Performed at the outset of segments of work to get the work off to a proper start in full compliance with contract requirements. Follow-up - Performed daily or as frequently as necessary to assure continuing compliance with contract requirements. Final - Inspections that verify the acceptance of completed items. This occurs throughout fabrication and installation. Acceptance is indicated by use of the inspection checklist referenced by procedures of this section.
The inspection status of constructed or installed items is normally determined by reference to the inspection or test reports/checklists included as referenced forms to these procedures. These forms are completed concurrently with the construction /installation activities. Deficiencies that are found during inspection, and cannot be corrected at that time, are to be documented on Surveillance Reports (000.509.F02201), so that they can be tracked to closure. In special cases that are described by 000.509.0130where a NCR is needed, that documentation does not need to be duplicated by a Surveillance Report.
Page 2 of 4
FORMS Quality Control Form: 000.509.F70001 - Inspection and Test Plan Form 000.509.F70002 - Inspection and Test Plan/Activity Completion From ATTACHMENTS Attachment 1 - Instructions for completion of the ITP form
Page 3 of 4
Attachment 1 Field Name Activity Description
- Instructions for completion of the ITP form Description Identify the general activity or scope of work for the ITP Identify the specific activity that applies to the ITP Enter project name and number Enter Client name Enter contractor name (if subcontracted) Enter contract or subcontract number as applicable Uniquely Identify the ITP, ITP 509 7XXXX
Project Name/Number Client Contractor Contract Number ITP Number
Issue Date/Revision Number Enter the current issue date and revision Item Number Quality-Related Activity Requirement and Acceptance Criteria Used to identify the sequence of the quality-related activity Enter a description of the quality-related activity
Enter the acceptance criteria or reference to the specification or other standard where the acceptance criteria may be found. Enter the Fluor position primarily responsible for executing Fluors participation in the activity. Use the code legend on the bottom of the ITP form to represent the entities. Use these fields to specify the level of participation required by the various entities. If an inspection record is to be used to document the inspection results, enter the form or record number. If the activity is recorded in CompleteIt indicate with a Yes Indicate if Fluor and/or Client signatures are required.
Responsibility
Scope of Inspection
Inspection Record
CompleteIt Input Completion Sign-off
Page 4 of 4
Inspection and Test Plan

Description Client Project Name Contractor Project Location Contract Number
Activity Project Number
Item
Inspection/Test Stage
Requirement and Acceptance Criteria
Document Number Issue Date ITP 509 7XXXX Revision X Scope of Inspection Inspection Responsibility Record Sub Fluor Client
CompleteIT Input
Inspection Legend: P = Perform I = Inspection T = Test R = Review and Approve W = Witness (Notification of authorized inspection personnel required) H = Hold (Mandatory, do not proceed without presence of authorized inspection personnel or signed waiver)
Responsibility Legend: CS = Fluor Construction Supervision CEM = Fluor Construction Engineering Manager QI = Fluor Quality Inspector CWI = Fluor Certified Welding Inspector RI = Fluor Receiving Inspector NDE = Certified NDE Examiner
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F70001 Rev 0 Inspection and Test Plan 1.doc
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
Inspection and Test Plan

Description Client Project Name Contractor Project Location Contract Number Document Number ITP 509 FXXXX Revision 0
Activity Project Number Issue Date
Item
Inspection/Test Stage
Requirement and Acceptance Criteria
Scope of Inspection Responsibility Sub Fluor Client
Inspection/Test Record
Completion Sign-Off Fluor Client
Inspection Legend: P = Perform I = Inspection T = Test R = Review and Approve W = Witness (Notification of authorized inspection personnel required) H = Hold (Mandatory, do not proceed without presence of authorized inspection personnel or signed waiver)
Responsibility Legend: CS = Fluor Construction Supervision CEM = Fluor Construction Engineering Manager QI = Fluor Quality Inspector CWI = Fluor Certified Welding Inspector RI = Fluor Receiving Inspector NDE = Certified NDE Examiner
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
SOILS SCOPE This procedure applies to inspection and testing of soils work. RESPONSIBILITIES - Self-Perform ACTIVITY Perform soils work Inspect in-process soils work RESPONSIBILITY Self-Perform QC Inspector 000.509.F70101 000.509.F70102 000.509.F70103 000.509.F70104 (Note 1) 000.509.F70105 Daily during life of activity DOCUMENTATION FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY
Test Soils Work
Test Lab contracted to Fluor Civil Construction Engineer QC Inspection (Note 2)
As Directed
Technically Supervise Test Agency Surveillance NOTE 1:
Daily during life of activity 000.509.F02201 Per Procedure 000.509.0220
Approved test agency reports on their letterhead is preferred over the use of forms for documenting soils tests, but it must contain at least the information provided by Forms 000.509.F70102, 000.509.F70103, 000.509.F70104. Fluor QC Surveillance is required for construction activities not being documented on other Inspection forms by Fluor Quality.
NOTE 2:
RESPONSIBILITIES - Subcontracted Work ACTIVITY Perform soils work Inspect in-process soils work RESPONSIBILITY Subcontractor Subcontractor 000.509.F70101 000.509.F70102 000.509.F70103 000.509.F70104 (Note 1) 000.509.F70105 Daily during life of activity DOCUMENTATION FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY
Test Soils Work
Test Lab contracted to subcontractor
As directed
Technically Supervise Test Agency Surveillance NOTE 1:
Subcontractor QC Inspector Form 000.509.F02201
Daily during life of activity Per Procedure 000.509.0220
Approved test agency reports on their letterhead is preferred over the use of forms for documenting soils tests, but it must contain at least the information provided by Forms 000.509.F70102, 000.509.F70103, 000.509.F70104.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7010 Rev 0 Soils.doc
Page 1 of 2
NOTE 2: GENERAL
Fluor QC Surveillance is required for construction activities not being documented on other Inspection forms by the Fluor Quality.
Inspection Inspection will include the items on the Soil Inspection Checklist Inspection Reference (Form 000.509.F70101). As a minimum, there will be a Soils Inspection Checklist for each location represented by the Field Compaction Test Record (Form 000.509.F70102). Monitor on-site testing for compliance to approved test procedures and schedule. The soil density test shall be given unique numbers starting with number 1 and running consecutively until the last test.
Technical supervision of the test agency will include: Establishing that the test agency is qualified to perform the testing required. Schedule soils testing with the testing laboratory as required by the specifications. Review of personnel qualifications, procedures, test equipment, and job performance. Keeping the Contracts Manager informed on the laboratory's performance. Verify that results and test frequency conform to specification requirements and are traceable to work. Failing tests are to be backed up by acceptable tests or a NCR. Maintaining soils test and/or inspection records received from the test agency. This includes retention of failed tests. Retests shall be the same test number as the failed test using suffix R1, R2, etc.
Refer to Attachment I for test and inspection acceptance criteria. FORMS Quality Control Forms: 000.509.F70101000.509.F70102000.509.F70103000.509.F70104000.509.F70105Soil Inspection Checklist Field Compaction Test Record Density of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method Nuclear Moisture - Density Test Report Soil Density Test Log
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01 - Acceptance Criteria [::This appendix is optional. It may list test procedures and specifications for soils work. It may also contain the detailed criteria from these documents that will be needed by the inspector for determining acceptability.::]N/A
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7010 Rev 0 Soils.doc
Page 2 of 2
SOIL INSPECTION CHECKLIST

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor Tag No.: Turnover System:
ID C70101A

Client Other

Sub System: Location:
Drawing No.: Specification No.: Inspection Reference 1. Excavation cleared of foreign and loose material. 2. Slopes shored or correctly stepped. 3. Fill Material cleans and conforms to requirements. 4. Lift thickness and compaction procedures in accordance with specifications. 5. Final elevation in accordance to drawings. 6. Moisture control acceptable. 7. Compaction Method and Equipment. 8. Soil Density Test Reports filed. Remarks: Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F70101 Rev 0 Soil Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F70101 Rev 0 Soil Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
FIELD COMPACTION TEST RECORD

ID C70102A

Client Other

Drawing No. Type of Subgrade Type Fill Laboratory Standard: Type Field Test Equip: Type Location Sketch S/N Date
Specification No. Type Compactor Lift Thickness
Test Date
Min. Compaction Required:
Max. Density
Optimum Moisture
Correction Factor
Test No. Elevation/ Depth Moisture % Dry Density Compaction % Acc/ Rej
Comments:
Tested By
Approved By
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F70102 Rev 0 Field Compaction Test Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F70102 Rev 0 Field Compaction Test Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
DENSITY OF SOIL IN PLACE BY THE SAND-CONE METHOD ASTM D-1566 - AASHTO-T-191

Date: Standard Sand Density ___________ kg/m Minimum Compaction Required (Standard Proctor) _____________% Fill Material Identification Location of Sample Maximum Dry Density kg/m Optimum Moisture __________ % Method of Test Original Weight Sand + Container Final Weight Sand + Container Total Weight Sand Used Sand Contained in Cone Total Sand in Volume of Hole Weight Wet Soil + Tare Weight Dry Soil + Tare Weight Water Weight Tare Weight Dry Soil Moisture Content % Weight Wet Soil + Tare Weight Tare Weight Wet Soil Weight Dry Soil Dry Density kg/m Percent Compaction
ID C70103A
Inspector: Reviewed by:
Date: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F70103 Rev 0 Sand Cone Soil Density.doc
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
NUCLEAR MOISTURE - DENSITY TEST REPORT

Test Number Location Average Elevation: From To Mode & Depth Proctor Number Maximum Dry Density Optimum Moisture Density Count Density Count Ratio Wet Density PCF Moisture Count Moisture Count Ratio Moisture PCF Dry Density % Moisture % Compaction Required Minimum Compaction Standard Count Machine Number Density Moisture
ID C70104A
Remarks :
Date: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F70104 Rev 0 Nuclear Soil Density.doc
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
SOIL DENSITY TEST LOG

DENSITY TEST NO. DATE Comp % W % PLACEMENT REPRESENTED ACC REJ Comp %
ID C70105A
RE TEST RESULTS W ACC REJ ACC % REC
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F70105 Rev 0 Soil Density Test Log.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F70105 Rev 0 Soil Density Test Log.doc
Page 2 of 2
BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVING
SCOPE The purpose of this procedure is to establish and define the inspection and testing necessary to verify conformance to design requirements for bituminous concrete paving. RESPONSIBILITIES - Self-Perform ACTIVITY Verify Subgrade acceptable Accept base and paving material qualification Inspect in-process base preparation and paving activities Perform test for base RESPONSIBILITY QC Inspector DOCUMENTATION 000 509 F70201 and 000 509 F70103 or 000 509 F70104 _____ FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY Prior to installing base Prior to start of base and paving work Daily during activity
Construction Engineer
QC Inspector
000 509 F70201 000 509 F70201 and 000 509 F70103 or 000 509 F70104 (Note 1) 000 509 F70202 and 000 509 F70204 (Note 1) _____ Form 000 509 F02201
Testing Agency
As required by project specifications As required by project specifications Daily during activity Per Procedure 000 509 0220
Perform test for paving Technically supervise Test Agency Surveillance
Testing Agency Construction Engineer QC Inspection (Note 2)
NOTE (1): An approved test agency reports on their letterhead is preferred for documenting tests but they must contain at least the information provided by these forms. NOTE (2): Fluor QC Surveillance is required for construction activities not being documented on other inspection forms by Fluor Quality.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7020 Rev 0 Bituminous Concrete Paving.doc
Page 1 of 6
RESPONSIBILITIES - Subcontracted Work ACTIVITY Install base and paving Verify Subgrade acceptable Accept base and paving material qualifications Inspect in-process base preparation and paving activities Perform testing for base RESPONSIBILITY Subcontractor DOCUMENTATION _____ Form 000 509 F70201 and 000 509 F70103 or 000 509 F70104 _____ Form 000 509 F70201 Form 000 509 F70201 and 000 509 F70103 or 000 509 F70104 (Note 1) Form 000 509 F70202 and 000 509 F70204 (Note 1) _____ 000 509 F02201 FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY _____ Prior to installing base Prior to start of base and paving work Daily during activity
Subcontractor Subcontractor/ Construction Engineer Subcontractor
Subcontractor
As required by project specifications
Perform testing for paving Technically supervise test agency Surveillance
Subcontractor Subcontractor QC Inspector
As required by project specifications Daily during activity Per Procedure 000 509 0220
NOTE (1): Fluor approved test agency reports on their letterhead is preferred for documenting tests but they must contain at least the information provided by these forms. PROCEDURE Accept Base and Paving Materials Qualification: Prior to placing any bituminous paving, perform necessary tests to assure material compliance to project requirements. a) b) Verify that material qualification tests for the subgrade have been performed. Verify that material qualification test for the bituminous concrete paving have been performed and approved. Verify that proposed mix formulas have been tested and approved for use.
c)
Page 2 of 6
Verify Subgrade Is Acceptable: a) That soft unstable or unsuitable material is removed and replaced with suitable material. b) That the subgrade conforms to the lines, grades and cross sections shown on the drawings. c) That the specified compaction has been obtained.
Document these inspections on the "Bituminous Concrete Paving Inspection Checklist" 000 509 F70201 on a daily basis. Inspect In-process Base Preparation and Paving Activities: Prior to and during base preparation and paving operations, perform the following verifications and inspections. Document findings on 000 509 F70201. a) Verify that paving and compaction equipment is in good working condition and is of the type and size specified by design. Verify that layer thickness and total thickness of base and paving is as specified. Verify that smoothness of base and paving is as specified. Verify that the prime coat is spread at the specified rate on the compacted base and allowed to cure and dry. Verify that no bituminous paving is placed during periods of unsuitable weather conditions. Verify the temperature of the bituminous concrete mix at time of spreading to assure conformance to specification requirements. Verify that the mix is placed to specified thickness for the surface course. Verify that paving mix is placed to specified width, overlapping strips at edges. Verify that pavement is periodically checked for proper line and grade and conforms to specified tolerances. Verify that construction joints between old and new pavements or between successive day's work have a continuous bond between adjoining work with same texture, density, and smoothness as other sections of bituminous paving. Verify that rolling is accomplished in accordance with requirements and continued until required density is obtained and no roller marks remain.
b) c) d)
e)
f)
g) h) i)
j)
k)
Page 3 of 6
l)
Verify that defective areas in new pavement are removed and replaced with fresh mix material and compacted to required density and smoothness.
m) Verify that base course has been cleared of loose material and dust, and that a tack coat has been applied at the specified rate. Prior to paving over existing bituminous surfaces, perform the following inspections and document the results on 000 509 F70201. a) Verify that the surface to receive paving is patched, broomed, and free from dust and foreign material. Verify that the tack coat is applied to contact surfaces of previously constructed bituminous paving or surfaces abutting or projecting into pavement area at the specified rate of application.
b)
Perform Test: Perform applicable test at frequency required in specifications, and record results on applicable forms. Appropriate testing standards are: a) Density of soil-in-place by the Sand Cone Method - ASTM-D-1556, AASHTO-T-191. (F70103) Density of soil and soil-aggregate in place by Nuclear Method - ASTM-D-2922. (F70104) Bulk specific gravity of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures - AASHTO-T166. (F70202) Bulk specific gravity of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures using Paraffin - Coated Specimens - ASTM-D-1188. Bulk specific gravity of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures using Saturated Surface Dry Specimens - ASTM-D-2726. Degree of pavement compaction of Bituminous Aggregate Mixtures - AASHTO-T230. Density of bituminous concrete in place by Nuclear Method - ASTM-D-2950. ::]
[::
b)
c) d)
e)
f)
g) -
Report failing or unsatisfactory test results to the paving contractor immediately for rework or corrective action.
Page 4 of 6
FORMS Quality Control Forms: 000 509 F70103 - Density Of Soil In Place By The Sand Cone Method ASTM D-1556ASHTO-T-191 000 509 F70104 - Nuclear Moisture - Density Test Report 000 509 F70201 - Bituminous Concrete Paving Inspection Checklist 000 509 F70202 - Bulk Specific Gravity 000 509 F70204 - Nuclear Density - Bituminous Concrete ATTACHMENTS Attachment 1 - Acceptance Criteria [::This appendix is optional. It may list test procedures and specifications for soils work. It may also contain the detailed criteria from these documents that will be needed by the inspector for determining acceptability.::]N/A
Page 5 of 6
Page 6 of 6
DENSITY OF SOIL IN PLACE BY THE SAND-CONE METHOD ASTM D-1566 - AASHTO-T-191

Date: Standard Sand Density ___________ kg/m Minimum Compaction Required (Standard Proctor) _____________% Fill Material Identification Location of Sample Maximum Dry Density kg/m Optimum Moisture __________ % Method of Test Original Weight Sand + Container Final Weight Sand + Container Total Weight Sand Used Sand Contained in Cone Total Sand in Volume of Hole Weight Wet Soil + Tare Weight Dry Soil + Tare Weight Water Weight Tare Weight Dry Soil Moisture Content % Weight Wet Soil + Tare Weight Tare Weight Wet Soil Weight Dry Soil Dry Density kg/m Percent Compaction
ID C70103A
Date: Date:
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
NUCLEAR MOISTURE - DENSITY TEST REPORT

Test Number Location Average Elevation: From To Mode & Depth Proctor Number Maximum Dry Density Optimum Moisture Density Count Density Count Ratio Wet Density PCF Moisture Count Moisture Count Ratio Moisture PCF Dry Density % Moisture % Compaction Required Minimum Compaction Standard Count Machine Number Density Moisture
ID C70104A
Remarks :
Date: Date:
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVING INSPECTION CHECKLIST

ID C70201A

Client Other

Subcontractor Location Sta. 1. Subgrade acceptable Compaction Preparation Line/grade per drawing Base Preparation acceptable Equipment Layer thickness/total thickness Compaction Smoothness Material Paving acceptable Weather conditions Mix temperature Layer thickness/total thickness Overlaps/joints Rolling Tack coat Prime coat Repairs Finish surface smoothness Line/grade 4. Testing complete and acceptable
Date To
QC Inspector/Eng.
2.
QC Inspector/Eng.
3.
QC Inspector/Eng.
Const. Eng. Remarks:
Inspector/Eng.: Reviewed by:
Date: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F70201 Rev 0 Bituminous Concrete Paving Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F70201 Rev 0 Bituminous Concrete Paving Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
BULK SPECIFIC GRAVITY

ID C70202A

Client Other

Date Location of Sample Subcontractor
Type Mixture Sample #
PARAFFIN COATED SPECIMENS Bulk SP gr. = A D-E - (D-A) F = = SP gr.
A = Mass of dry specimen in air, g, D = Mass of dry specimen plus paraffin coating in air, g, E = Mass of dry specimen plus paraffin coating in water, g, F = Specific gravity of the paraffin at 25oC (77oF) + 2oF Method Used: AASHTO T 166 ASTM D 1188 UNCOATED SPECIMENS A B-C = = SP gr.
Bulk SP gr. =
A = Mass in grams of sample in air. B = Mass in grams of surface dry specimen in air. C = Mass in grams of sample in water. Method Used: Inspector: Reviewed by: AASHTO T 166 ASTM D 2726 Date: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F70202 Rev 0 Bulk Specific Gravity.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F70202 Rev 0 Bulk Specific Gravity.doc
Page 2 of 2
NUCLEAR DENSITY TEST REPORT - BITUMINOUS CONCRETE

ID C70204A

Client Other

Test Number Location Drawing Number Mode & Depth Marshell Test Number Maximum Density Density Count Density Count Ratio Wet Density % Compaction Specified Minimum Compaction Standard Count Machine Number Density Remarks:
Draw Sketch
Date: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F70204 Rev 0 Nuclear Bituminous Concrete Density .doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F70204 Rev 0 Nuclear Bituminous Concrete Density .doc
Page 2 of 2
STEEL H PILES
SCOPE This procedure prescribes the installation, inspection, and testing of Steel H Piles. RESPONSIBILITIES - Self-Perform ACTIVITY Monitor pile load test Inspect in-process pile driving Check final pile locations/installation Surveillance RESPONSIBILITY Civil Construction Engineer Civil Construction Engineer Civil Construction Engineer QC Inspection (Note 2) DOCUMENTATION _____ 000.509.F70301 000.509.F70302 000.509.F70303 Survey field books 000.509.F02201 FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY As required Daily during life of activity As required As required
RESPONSIBILITIES - Subcontracted Work ACTIVITY Perform pile load test (See Note 1) Monitor pile load test Inspect in-process pile driving (See Note 1) Check final pile installation NOTE 1: RESPONSIBILITY Subcontractor Civil Construction Engineer Subcontractor Subcontractor/ Civil Construction Engineer DOCUMENTATION _____ _____ 000.509.F70301 000.509.F70302 000.509.F70303 Survey Field Books FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY As required by project specification As required Daily during life of activity As required
Approved testing agency reports on their letterhead is acceptable for documenting pile information, but it must contain at least the information provided by Form(s) 000.509.F70301, 000.509.F70302, and 000.509.F70303 Fluor QC Surveillance is required for construction activities not being documented on other inspection forms by Fluor Quality.
NOTE 2:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7030 Rev 0 Steel H Piles.doc
Page 1 of 4
PROCEDURE Monitor Pile Load Tests: Conduct tests under the direct supervision of the Civil Construction Engineer or their representative. The engineer or their representative is responsible for the following: a) b) c) d) e) Approve the general plan and equipment to be used for the test. Observe the driving of test and reaction piles. Observe the application of loading apparatus. Record test data. Prepare reports in accordance with ASTM D 1143, D 3689, or D 3966 as applicable.
Drive test piles in accordance with design specifications, using the same equipment to be used for production piles. Locate cribbing or reaction piles in accordance with ASTM D 1143, D 3698, or D 3966 as applicable. Install reaction and test piles at least seven (7) days prior to commencing load tests. Provide test piles from the same manufacturer as production piles.
Axial Compression Conduct test in accordance with ASTM D 1143. Apply loads by employing both calibrated hydraulic jacks and load cells. Do not leave loaded jacks unattended. Use two (2) dial gages mounted independently on supported reference beams as primary system for measuring movement. Do not cross-connect reference beams. Use surveyor's level as a secondary measurement system. Use cyclic loading procedure in accordance with ASTM D 1143, Section 5.2. Take and record readings of time, load, and pile movement immediately before and after the application of each load increment or the removal of a load decrement. Take and record additional readings after each increase in load at the following intervals: 2, 4, 8, 15, 30, 45, 60, 80, 100, and 120 minutes. During periods, when the load is held constant for more than 120 minutes, take and record reading at 60 minute intervals after the first 120 minutes. During unloading, take and record readings at 10 minute intervals between decrease in loads. Take final rebound readings at 1, 2, and 12 hours after all load has been removed.
Page 2 of 4
Axial Tension Load Test Conduct test in accordance with ASTM D 3689 except as modified below. Apply loads by employing both calibrated hydraulic jack and load cell. Do not leave loaded jack unattended. Use two (2) dial gages mounted on independently supported reference beams as primary system for measuring movement. Do not cross connect reference beams. Use surveyor's level as secondary system. Use cyclic loading procedure in accordance with ASTM D 3689, Section 7.3. Take and record reading of time, load and pile movement immediately before and after the application of each load increment or the removal of a load decrement. Take and record additional readings after each increase in load at the following intervals: 2, 4, 8, 15, 30, 45, 60, 80, 100, and 120 minutes. During periods when the load is held constant for more than 120 minutes, take and record readings at 60 minute intervals after the first 120 minutes. During unloading, take and record readings at 10 minute intervals between decrease in loads. Take final rebound readings at 1, 2, and 12 hours after all load has been removed.
Lateral Load Tests Conduct test in accordance with ASTM D 3966 except as modified below. Apply loads employing both calibrated hydraulic jack and load cell. Do not leave loaded jacks unattended. Use a dial gage mounted on independently supported reference beams as primary system for measuring movement. Use surveyor's transit and scale as secondary system. Use cyclic loading procedure in accordance with ASTM D 3966 standard measuring procedures.
Inspect in-process pile driving: Drive each pile continuously and without interruption, to refusal or until the required penetration and driving resistance as determined by load test is attained. Defined refusal as ____ blows per foot. Contact the engineer if driving is interrupted or driving resistance has not been attained before the pile reaches final penetration.
Page 3 of 4
Use one specific model of pile driving hammer for driving all Steel H Piles. Operate pile driving hammer at the speed and conditions recommended by the manufacturer. Protect piles during driving with cushioned caps that do not absorb hammer energy. Use leads to secure the piles against lateral movement during driving. Drive piles in such an order as to prevent distortion or damage to existing structures and previously driven piles. Make observations to check for any uplift of previously driven piles. Redrive uplifted piles to at least the original final driving resistance and tip elevation. The center of the pile at the cutoff elevation shall not deviate more than ___ inches from the location on the design drawings. Plumb pile alignment shall not deviate more than ___ inches per foot of pile length from the batter line on design drawings. Splice piles as detailed on design drawings. Cut tops of piles off and level within inches of the elevation shown on drawings.
Provide uplift connection at locations and as described on design drawings. Prebored pilot holes are prohibited.
Check Final Pile Location/Installation: Reject piles that do not meet all the requirements of design specifications including those that are damaged, cracked, misplaced, or driven out of alignment tolerances.
FORMS
Quality Control Forms: 000.509.F70301 - Pile Driving Inspection Record 000.509.F70302 - Pile Driving Record 000.509.F70303 - Record of Pile Driving
Page 4 of 4
PILE DRIVING INSPECTION RECORD

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor Driving Formula Weight Of Hammer Foundation Number
Depth in m Blows Per m Depth in m Blows Per m Depth in m Blows Per m
ID C70301A
Tag No.: Turnover System:

Client Other

Date Drop
Type Of Hammer
Pile Data Pile Number Dia: Tip Head Length of
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52
53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78
Cut Off Bottom of Pile Overburden Design Length
Kind of Pile Starting Time Stopping Time
Subcontractor
Name Signature Date Name Signature Date

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F70301 Rev 0 Pile Drivig Inspection Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
PILE DRIVING RECORD

ID C70302A

Client Other

Project: Location: Pile Capacity: Pile Size: Weather Condition:

Pile Number Length Date Driven
Driver Type: Ramweight: Freefall Height: Pile Type: Pile Manufacturer:

Horizontal 7,5 cm Maximum Point Elevation Cut-Off Elevation Blowcount Last m/cm
Redriven Record:
General Remarks:
Subcontractor
Name Signature Date Name

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
Signature Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F70302 Rev 0 Pile Driving Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
RECORD OF PILE DRIVING

ID C70303A

Client Other

General Information
Job Number: Pile Type: Specified Capacity:
Required Blows: Pile Size:
Pile Number Orig. Length Date Driven Pile Data Jetting Depth Surface Elev. Driving Time Cut-Off Elev. Tip Elevation Cut-Off Length
Blows Per cm. Blows Per cm. Blows Per cm. Blows Per cm. Blows Per cm. Blows Per cm.
Hammer Data Make: Model: Stroke: Ram Weight: Rated Energy: Type: Action: Remarks:
Depth
Depth
Depth
Depth
Depth
Depth
Subcontractor
Penetration Resistance

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
Signature Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F70303 Rev 0 Record of Pile Driving.doc
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
PRECAST CONCRETE PILES
SCOPE This procedure prescribes the installation, inspection and testing of precast prestressed concrete piles. RESPONSIBILITIES - Self-Perform ACTIVITY Monitor pile load test Inspect in-process piling installation Check final pile location/installation Surveillance RESPONSIBILITY Civil Construction Engineer Civil Construction Engineer Senior Field Engineer QC Inspection (Note 2) DOCUMENTATION _____ 000.509.F70301 000.509.F70302 000.509.F70303 Survey Field Books 000.509.F02201 FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY As required Daily during life of activity As required Per Procedure 000 509 0220
RESPONSIBILITIES - Subcontracted Work ACTIVITY Perform pile load test (See Note 1) Monitor pile load test Inspect in-process pile driving (See Note 1) Check final pile installation NOTE 1: RESPONSIBILITY Subcontractor Civil Construction Engineer DOCUMENTATION _____ _____ 000.509.F70301 000.509.F70302 000.509.F70303 Survey Field Books FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY As required by project specification As required
Subcontractor Subcontractor/ Civil Construction Engineer
Daily during life of activity
As required
Approved testing agency reports on their letterhead is acceptable for documenting pile information, but it must contain at least the information provided by Form(s) 000.509.F70301, 000.509.F70302, and 000.509.F70303
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7040 Rev 0 Precast Concrete Piles.doc
Page 1 of 4
NOTE 2:
Fluor QC Surveillance is required for construction activities not being documented on other inspection forms by Fluor Quality.
PROCEDURE
Monitor Pile Load Tests: Conduct tests under the direct supervision of the Senior Field Engineer or their representative. The Engineer or their representative is responsible for the following: a) b) c) d) e) Approve the general plan and equipment to be used for the test. Observe the driving of test and reaction piles. Observe the application of loading apparatus. Record test data Prepare reports in accordance with ASTM D1143, D3689 or D3966 as applicable.
Drive test piles in accordance with design specifications, using the same equipment to be used for production piles. Locate cribbing on reaction piles in accordance with ASTM D1143, D3698 or D 3966 as applicable. Install reaction and test piles at least (7) days prior to commencing load tests. Provide test piles from the same manufacturer as production piles. Axial Compression - Conduct test in accordance with ASTM D1143. Apply loads by employing both calibrated hydraulic jacks and load cells. Do not leave loaded jacks unattended. Use two dial gages mounted independently on supported reference beams as primary system for measuring movement. Do not cross connect reference beams. Use surveyor's level as a secondary measurement system. Use cyclic loading procedure in accordance with ASTM D1143, Section 5.2. Take and record readings of time, load and pile movement immediately before and after the application of each load increment or the removal of a load decrement. Take and record additional readings after each increase in load at the following intervals: 2, 4, 8, 15, 30, 45, 60, 80, 100 and 120 minutes. During periods when the load is held constant for more than 120 minutes, take and record readings at 60 minute intervals after the first 120 minutes. During unloading, take and record reading at 10 minute intervals between decrease in loads. Take final rebound readings at 1, 2 and 12 hours after all load has been removed. Axial Tension Load Test - Conduct test in accordance with ASTM D3689 except as modified below.
Page 2 of 4
Apply loads by employing both calibrated hydraulic jack and load cell. Do not leave loaded jack unattended. Use 2 dial gages mounted on independently supported reference beams as primary system for measuring movement. Do not cross connect reference beams. Use surveyor's level as secondary system. Use cyclic loading procedure in accordance with ASTM D3689, Section 7.3.
Take and record reading of time, load and pile movement immediately before and after the application of each load increment or the removal of a load decrement. Take and record additional readings after each increase in load at the following intervals: 2, 4, 8, 15, 30, 45, 60, 80, 100 and 120 minutes. During periods when the load is held constant for more than 120 minutes, take and record readings at 60 minute intervals after the first 120 minutes. During unloading, take and record readings at 10 minute intervals between decrease in loads. Take final rebound readings at 1, 2, and 12 hours after all load has been removed. Lateral Load Tests - Conduct test in accordance with ASTM D3966 except as modified below. Apply loads employing both calibrated hydraulic jack and load cell. Do not leave loaded jacks unattended. Use a dial gage mounted on independently supported reference beam as primary system for measuring movement. Use surveyor's transit and scale as secondary system. Use cyclic loading procedure in accordance with ASTM D3966, Section 6.3. Take and record readings to time, load, and pile movement in accordance with ASTM D3966 Standard Measuring Procedures.
Inspect In-process Pile Driving: Prebored pilot holes are prohibited unless specified on the design drawings or approved by the Engineer. Do no drive piles prior to attainment of the minimum 28 day strength. Drive each pile continuously and without interruption, to refusal or until the required penetration and driving resistance as determined by load test is attained. Defined refusal as _____ blows per foot. Contact the Engineer if driving is interrupted or driving resistance has not been attained before the pile reaches final penetration. Use one specific model of pile driving hammer for driving all precast concrete piles.
Page 3 of 4
Operate pile driving hammer at the speed and conditions recommended by the manufacturer. Protect piles during driving with cushioned caps that does not absorb hammer energy. Use loads to secure the piles against lateral movement during driving. Drive piles in such an order as to prevent distortion or damage to existing structures and previously driven piles. Make observations to check for any uplift of previously driven piles. Redrive uplifted piles to at least the original final driving resistance and tip elevation. The center of the pile at the cutoff elevation shall not deviate more than _____ inches from the location on the design drawings. Plumb pile alignment shall not deviate more than _____ inch per foot of pile length from the batter line on design drawings. Drive top of piles to within _____ inch of the elevation on drawings. Provide uplift connection at locations and as described on design drawings.
Check Final Pile Location/Installation: Retest piles that do not meet all the requirements of design specifications including those that are damaged, cracked, misplaced, or driven out of alignment tolerances.
FORMS Quality Control Forms: 000.509.F70301 - Pile Driving Inspection Record 000.509.F70302 - Pile Driving Record 000.509.F70303 - Record of Pile Driving
Page 4 of 4
PILE DRIVING INSPECTION RECORD

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor Driving Formula Weight Of Hammer Foundation Number
Depth in m Blows Per m Depth in m Blows Per m Depth in m Blows Per m
ID C70301A

Client Other

Date Drop
Type Of Hammer
Pile Data Pile Number Dia: Tip Head Length of
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52
53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78
Cut Off Bottom of Pile Overburden Design Length
Kind of Pile Starting Time Stopping Time
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
PILE DRIVING RECORD

ID C70302A

Client Other

Project: Location: Pile Capacity: Pile Size: Weather Condition:

Pile Number Length Date Driven
Driver Type: Ramweight: Freefall Height: Pile Type: Pile Manufacturer:

Horizontal 7,5 cm Maximum Point Elevation Cut-Off Elevation Blowcount Last m/cm
Redriven Record:
General Remarks:
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
Signature Date
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
RECORD OF PILE DRIVING

ID C70303A

Client Other

General Information
Job Number: Pile Type: Specified Capacity:
Required Blows: Pile Size:
Pile Number Orig. Length Date Driven Pile Data Jetting Depth Surface Elev. Driving Time Cut-Off Elev. Tip Elevation Cut-Off Length
Blows Per cm. Blows Per cm. Blows Per cm. Blows Per cm. Blows Per cm. Blows Per cm.
Hammer Data Make: Model: Stroke: Ram Weight: Rated Energy: Type: Action: Remarks:
Depth
Depth
Depth
Depth
Depth
Depth
Subcontractor
Penetration Resistance

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
Signature Date
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
AUGERED CAST-IN-PLACE PILES SCOPE This procedure prescribes the inspection and testing of Augered Cast-In-Place Piles. RESPONSIBILITIES Subcontractor Work ACTIVITY Install Pile Grouting Install Reinforcing Steel Sonic Logging PVC Spoils Removal Inspect Pile Installation PROCEDURE Subcontractor shall use instrumentation to monitor pile installation, and shall make an electronic recording of acquired data. Data shall include grout pressure and grout volume vs. both depth and time, and angle of pile installation. A readout device shall be supplied so data may be monitored by Subcontractor and Fluor during installation of each pile. Data shall also be stored in an electronic format and both a printed and electronic copy shall be provided to Fluor for documentation of each piles installation record. RESPONSIBILITY Subcontractor Subcontractor Subcontractor Subcontractor Subcontractor Quality Control Inspector DOCUMENTATION 000.509.F70901 000.509.F70901 000.509.F70901 000.509.F70901 FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY Each Pile Each Pile Each Pile Each Pile or as required in Project Specification Each Pile Per 000.509.0220
General All Subcontractor supplied materials and proprietary items shall be subject to Fluors approval and shall be installed in accordance with the Contract Documents. All chemical admixtures which contain chloride are prohibited for use on this project.
Materials Portland Cement Portland cement shall conform to ASTM C 150, type of cement as specified in the Contract Documents.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7090 Rev 0 Augered Cast in Place Piles.doc
Page 1 of 4
Mineral Admixture Mineral admixtures, if used, shall conform to ASTM C618 Class C or Class F, as specified in the Contract Documents. Fluidifier Fluidifier shall conform to ASTM C937 Water Water shall meet requirements of ASTM C94. Fine Aggregates Fine aggregate shall conform to ASTM C33. Reinforcing Bars Reinforcing bars shall conform to ASTME A615. High strength reinforcing bars shall conform to requirements of ASTM A722 Grade 150. Methods acceptable to Fluor shall be provided to facilitate proper centering of any steel cores or tension reinforcing installed in the piles. Grout Mixes The grout shall be a mixture of Portland cement, fine aggregate, pozzolanic material (when used), Fluidifier, and water, proportioned and mixed to produce a grout capable of being pumped. The grout shall be capable of maintaining the solids in suspension. The grout shall have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 4000 psi unless noted other wise in the Contract Documents. Grout materials shall be accurately measured to meet design proportions. Grout shall be accurately measured to meet design proportions. Grout shall be mixed at the site for a minimum of 2 minutes. Maximum holding time in the mixer shall be as follows: Temperature of Grout oF Less than 70 (21oC) From 70 to 90 (70-90oC) Greater than 90 (90oC) Maximum Holding Time Hours 2.5 2.0 Shall not be used
Grout shall be protected from low temperatures in accordance with ACI 306R and from high temperatures in accordance with ACI 305R.
Page 2 of 4
Grout test cubes shall be made, cured and tested in accordance with ASTM C942. At least six 2-inch cubes shall be made for each 4 hours (or portion thereof) during which piles are placed, for each pile rig. Test each set of 6 cubes as follows: 2 cubes at 7 days, 2 cubes at 28 days and 2 cubes held in reserve. Test the flow of grout each time cubes are made and any time inconsistencies are observed per ASTM C939, except that the cone shall be modified to provide a - inch (19 mm) opening. Flow rates shall be between 10 and 25 seconds. The flow cone shall be provided by the Subcontractor. Construction Tolerances
Pile centers shall be located within a tolerance of +/- 3 inches (75 mm) of the locations shown in the Contract Documents, unless directed otherwise by the Fluor or otherwise specified. Vertical piles shall be plumb within 2%. Adjacent Piles
No piles shall be placed within 5 pile diameters, center to center, of adjacent piles containing grout that has set for less then 12 hours.
Installation Procedures The length, drilling criteria, and installation procedures of production piles may be modified by Fluor from information obtained during the installation of the probe piles, reaction piles, test piles and the pile load test. Production piles shall be installed with the same equipment and identical procedures used for installation of probe piles and test piles, unless modified by Fluor. Drill at a continuous rate appropriate for the soil conditions until the required depth or refusal is reached. If refusal is reach prior to the required depth, notify Fluor immediately. Auger refusal is defined as a rate of auger penetration of less than 1 foot (30 cm) per minute of drilling with maximum torque and weight applied to the auger. Provide a plug in the bottom of the auger during drilling to prevent entry of soil or water into the hollow stem of the auger. When the auger reaches its specified depth, raise the auger 6 to 12 inches (15 to 30 cm) and begin grout pumping. Re-drill the auger to the previously established tip elevation before commencing auger withdrawal, after the grout pressure builds up. Continuously maintain a grout head of a least 5 feet (1.5 m) above the injection point during raising of the auger. If the auger jumps upward during withdrawal, if there is a decreased grout pressure, or if grouting is interrupted for any reason, reinsert the auger to 5 (1.5 m) feet below the tip of the auger when the interruption occurred or to the bottom of the pile, whichever is less and decrease the rate of withdrawal to prevent further jumping or pressure decreases. Rotate
Page 3 of 4
the auger slowly during withdrawal. Counter clockwise rotation shall not be allowed at any time. After grout is flowing at the ground surface from the auger flighting, the rate of grout injection and auger withdrawal shall be coordinated so that there is a constant grout flow at the surface. Place at least 115% of the theoretical grout volume in each 5-foot (1.5 m) increment of pile. If any 5-foot (1.5 m) increment is deficient, reinstall the pile by advancing the auger 10 feet (3 m) below the deficient grout interval or to the bottom of the pile, whichever is less and re-grout pile with a reduced rate of auger withdrawal. No pile shall be left partially completed overnight. All piles must be completely grouted and protected at the termination of each days operation. Reinforcing steel shall conform to the Contract Documents, shall be placed while the grout is still fluid and shall have centering fins, spacers or other devices to assure minimum grout cover as shown on the drawings or if not shown, at least 3 inches (7.5 cm) of cover. If the reinforcing steel cannot be placed to design elevation, the reinforcing steel shall be removed and the pile reinstalled. The cost for reinstalling the pile shall be borne by the subcontractor. Promptly clear the spoil that accumulates around the auger during augering and injection of the grout. Dispose of spoils as directed by Fluor. Obstructions If obstructions causing auger refusal are encountered above the desired tip elevation, complete the pile to the refusal depth in accordance with the specifications, unless directed otherwise by Fluor. Install additional adjacent piles as required by Fluor. Cutting Off Piles shall be cut off by removing fresh grout from the top of the pile or by cutting off hardened grout down to the final cut-off point. Adding grout after the pile has reached its initial set in order to raise the pile cut-off elevation shall not be permitted. Sleeves or casings shall be placed around the pile top when the pile cut-off elevations are above the surrounding ground surface elevation. FORMS Quality Control Forms: 000.509.F70901 000.509.F71005 Augered Cast-In-Place Pile Record Cementitious Grout Testing Record
Page 4 of 4
AUGERED CAST-IN-PLACE PILE RECORD

ID C70901A

Client Other

Contract No. Project: Owner: Engineer: Contractor:

Grout Truck No Arrival Time Load (m)
Pile No. Meets Specs. Observed By: Date Installed: Weather:

Water Added On Site (1) Grout Sampling/Testing Time Sampled Time Initial Set Flowcone Grout Cube Data Time Made Set No.
Ticket No.
Batch Time
DWG No. Pile No Ground Elev. (cm) Alignment Auger Dia. (mm) Start: Augering Finish: Depth (cm) Pile Tip Elev. (cm) Theor. Grout Vol. (cm) Start: Grouting Finish: Avg. Pump Pres. (kg/cm) Grout Return (cm) Total Pump Strokes Before: After: Initial Installation ReGrout Depth
Grouting Summary Pump Strokes Grout Factor Pump Pres.
Re-Grouting Summary Depth (cm) Pump Strokes Grout factor
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F70901 Rev 0 Augered Cast In Place Pile Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
AUGERED CAST-IN-PLACE PILE RECORD

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor
DWG No. Initial Installation
ID C70901A

Client Other


Re-Grouting Summary
Grouting Summary ReGrout Depth Pump Strokes Grout Factor Pump Pres. Depth (cm)
Pile No
Pump Strokes
Grout factor
Total Grout Vol. (cm) Overall Grout Factor Tension Steel Placed Lap Splice Centralizers Sonic Logging PVC Cage Steel Piaced Lap Splice Centralizers: Grout Loss Drilling Adjacent Pile
Remarks
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F70901 Rev 0 Augered Cast In Place Pile Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
CEMENTITIOUS GROUT TESTING RECORD

ID C71005A

Client Other

Subcontractor
1. Grout consistency as measured by Corps of Engineers flow cone (CRD-79) was Grout consistency is: Fluid Flowable Plastic Stiff
Fluor FE/QA
2.
Temperature was measured and is in accordance with manufacturers recommendation for materials, mixing, placing and curing. Outside Ambient Inside Ambient Equipment Plates Mixed Grout C C C C Mixing Water Grout Bags Foundations In-Place (1 Hr.) C C C
3.
Test cubes were sampled for this placement location. Test cubes sampled: Number Tag No. to
Remarks
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F71005 Rev 0 Cementitious Grout Testing Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
CONCRETE AND GROUT SCOPE This procedure applies to inspection and testing of structural concrete and grouting. RESPONSIBILITIES - Self-Perform ACTIVITY Supply Concrete Perform Concrete Placement Batch Plant Technical Supervision RESPONSIBILITY Supplier Civil Superintendent Civil Construction Engineer DOCUMENTATION Batch Ticket 000.509.F71003 000.509.F02004 (Concrete Batch Plant Evaluation Record) and 000.509.F71010 000.509.F71001 & 000.509.F71002 for Structural Concrete 000.509.F71004 for Cementitious Grout 000.509.F71006 for Epoxy Resin Grout 000.509.F71007, 000.509.F71008 000.509.F71010 for Batch Plant 000.509.F71003 (Concrete Pour Card) F71007 (Note 1) (plus 000.509.F71005 for cementitiousCementitious grout) 000.509.F02201 FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY As required As required Initially then random For individual placements as required by specification. Each placement Each set of cylinders/cubes as required by specification. Per Procedure 000.509.0220
Concrete Inspection
Civil Construction Engineer
Coordination of Placement Test Concrete Surveillance NOTE 1:
Civil Construction Engineer Test Agency (Note 1) QC Inspection (Note 2)
Approved Test Agency Reports on their letterhead is preferred over the use of Form 000.509.F71007 and 000.509.F71005 for documenting concrete tests, but it must contain at least the information provided by these forms. Fluor QC Surveillance is required for construction activities not being documented on other inspection forms by Fluor Quality.
NOTE 2:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7100 Rev 0 Concrete and Grout.doc
Page 1 of 4
RESPONSIBILITIES - Subcontracted Work ACTIVITY Supply Concrete Perform Concrete Placement Batch Plant Technical Supervision RESPONSIBILITY Supplier Subcontractor Civil Construction Engineer DOCUMENTATION Batch Ticket 000.509.F71003 000.509.F02004 000.509.F71010 000.509.F71001 000.509.F71002 000.509.F71004 000.509.F71006 000.509.F71007 000.509.F71008 000.509.F71003 Approved test agency form in compliance with 000.509.F71007 and 000.509.F71005 000.509.F02005 000.509.F02201 FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY As required As required Initially then random
Concrete Inspection
Subcontractor
Each placement
Coordination of Placement Test Concrete Technically Supervise Test Lab Surveillance NOTE 1:
Civil Construction Engineer/ Subcontractor Test Lab Site Quality Manager QC Inspection (Note 2)
As required As required by specification Initially then random Per Procedure 000.509.0220
GENERAL Concrete Inspection: Inspection will include the items on the applicable checklist (Forms 000.509.F71001 and 000.509.F71002, 000.509.F71004 or 000.509.F71006) depending on the type of concrete. Form 000.509.F71001 is completed before ordering concrete. Inspection is performed continuously during placement. Batch plant inspection is performed for individual placements in excess of 200 cubic yards and periodically. These inspections are recorded on Form 000.509.F71010.
Page 2 of 4
Monitoring of water addition to assure maximum allowable is not exceeded and verify that an additional minimum of 30 revolutions at mixing speed has been applied to the load. Monitoring on site inspection/testing for compliance to approved test procedures and schedule.
Batch Plant Technical Supervision Establishing that the concrete supplier is capable of performing the contracted scope. Review and acceptance of the concrete suppliers mix design and retain copy on site. Schedule the concrete testing, with the Testing Agency, as required by specifications. Keeping the Contracts Manager informed of the batch plants performance.
Coordination of the placement will include: Obtaining agreement among the disciplines and/or subcontractors that concrete placement is ready to be performed. This agreement is documented on Form 000.509.F71003. Concrete placement shall not commence until all "sign offs" have been made.
Technical supervision of the Test Agency will include: Establishing that the Testing Agency is qualified to perform the work required. Schedule testing as required by specification. Schedule the Testing Agency to periodically sample the concrete materials at the batch plant and verify compliance with specification. Review of personnel qualifications, procedures, test equipment and job performance. Keeping the Contracts Manager informed of the Test Agency's performance. Verify that results and test frequency conform to specification requirements and are traceable to work. Failing tests are to be backed up by acceptable tests or an NCR. Maintain compression test summary on the "Concrete Placement Log" Form 000.509.F71008. Maintain test and/or inspection records received from the Test Agency.
Refer to Attachment I for test and inspection acceptance criteria.
Page 3 of 4
FORMS Quality Support Forms: 000.509.F71010 - Batch Plant Inspection 000.509.F71001 - Pre-Concrete Inspection 000.509.F71003 - Concrete Pour Card 000.509.F71004 - Cementitious Grout Inspection Record 000.509.F71005 - Cementitious Grout Testing Record 000.509.F71006 - Epoxy Resin Grout Inspection Record 000.509.F71007 - Concrete Compression Strength Test Record 000.509.F71008 - Concrete Placement Log 000.509.F71009 - Grout Placement Log ATTACHMENTS Attachment I - Acceptance Criteria N/A [::This appendix is optional. It may list the test procedures and specifications for concrete work including grouting of structural steel and equipment base plates. It may also contain the detailed criteria from these documents that will be needed by the inspector for determining acceptability. For grout, when the specifications invoke the grout material manufacturer's instructions, and/or the supplier equipment installation instructions and specifications, the requirements from these documents will be stated in this appendix.::]
Page 4 of 4
CONCRETE BATCH PLANT INSPECTION RECORD

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor Concrete Supplier To: QC Department Tag No.: Turnover System:
ID C71010

Client Other

Sub System: Location: Class Of Concrete
Batch Plant Operator Contract No.:
From: Report Date: CC: Construction Contractor(s) Construction Manager(s) QC Supervisor(s) Civil Supervisor(s) Description 1. Cement silos are watertight and adequate to provide separate types of cement. 2. Aggregate stockpiles are free draining and adequate to provide separate types of aggregates. 3. Water supply is clean and adequate for all weather conditions. 4. Admixtures storage is prevented from freezing and suitable for separate types of admixtures. 5. On batching equipment the latest calibration is indicated and calibration documents are available. 6. Batching system: 7. Recording system: 8. Quality control: 9. Approved Material Used 10. Approved Mix Design Used Conclusion /Recommendations: Location: Remarks Contracts: Report No.

Manual Control Visual Control Manual Manual

Semi-Automatic Control Automatic Control Computer Print-Out Computer Print-Out
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F71010 Rev 0 Concrete Batch Plant Inspection Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F71010 Rev 0 Concrete Batch Plant Inspection Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
PRE-CONCRETE INSPECTION CHECKLIST

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor
Concrete Structure/Location: Referenced Drawings: Concrete Rebar & Embed. Drawings No. 1. Forms Survey Checked Orientation Location (Coord) Size Elevation Clean And Oiled Chamfer Straight, Level, Plumb Adequate Bracing 2. Re-Bar Grade Size Splices Spacing Clearance Cleanliness 3. Sub-Foundation Piles Compaction Cleanliness Moisture Blinding Layer Elevation U/G Mech. & Elect 4. Embedments Anchor Bolts (Diameter, Length, Type) Anchor Bolts (Location, Projection) Per Survey Book Anchor Bolt Sleeves Anchor Bolt Grounding Thread Projection Weld Pads Angle Iron Inserts
ID C71001A

Client Other

Equipment/Structural Steel Drawing No. U/G Electrical Drawing No. U/G Mechanical Drawing No. Conduits Ground Wire/Earthing Water Stop 5. Misc. Keyways Blockouts Surface Roughened Bonding Agent Type Of Finish Sets/Test Specimen Hot/Cold Weather Protection Joints Special Placing Equip. Required (Tremies, Pumps, Form Vibrators Screeds) Leakage System In Place Finished Slope
Adequate Support Pipes 6. Order Concrete To The Following Specifications: Mix Design Max. Aggregate Size Slump Admixtures Remarks Quantity Delivery Per Hour No. Of Test Cylinders/Set No. Sets Required
SUBCONTRACTOR
Fluor Concrete Pour Release

Civil Superintendant Date Electrical FE Date Mechanical FE Date Civil FE Date Fluor QA Date
Fluor QA
Name:
Name:
Signature:
Signature:
Date:
Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F71001 Rev 0 Pre Concrete Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F71001 Rev 0 Pre Concrete Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
CONCRETE POUR CARD

ID C71003A

Client Other

Planning Information Originator Pour Number Location Design Mix Required Finish/Curing Special Instructions Pre Pour Release Civil Mechanical Electrical Survey Quality Control Pour Weather Placement Started Placement Completed Cu. Yards Placed Remarks Date Date Time Time Date Date Date Date Date Date Quantity Elevation Placing Temperature Air Content Slump m
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F71003 Rev 0 Concrete Pour Card.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F71003 Rev 0 Concrete Pour Card.doc
Page 2 of 2
CEMENTITIOUS GROUT INSPECTION CHECKLIST

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor:
ID C71004A
Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor

Client Other

Sub System: Location: Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
GROUTING (Indicate Type):
TYPE A - Cement Based Non-shrink
1.0 PRE-GROUTING INSPECTION

1.1 Shimplates installed according to specification, not protruding baseplate. 1.2 Base concrete was cleaned, roughened and pre-saturated for __________ hours. 1.3 Baseplate Size:_____________ Horizontal Clear:___________ 1.4 Vent holes in baseplates checked and are sufficient or additional holes were drilled. 1.5 Hold point for rotating equipment. Name:__________________________________ Date:________________ Vertical Clear: ____________
Signature:____________________________________________
2.0 GROUTING INSPECTION

2.1 Specified materials did not exceed shelf life recommended by vendor. Grout Brand:______________________________________ 2.2 The mix procedure used was in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. Mixer Type:___________________________ Capacity:________________ Mix Time/Batch:_______________________ Parts of Water/Bag:_____________________ Bags/Batch:_____________
2.3 Curing according to manufacturers recommended _____________ hours. 2.4
Temperature measured, see manufacturers recommendations. Outside ambient: ____________ C Mixing water: ____________ C Inside ambient:____________ C Mixed grout: ____________ C
3.0 POST-GROUTING INSPECTION

3.1 Grout formwork removed. 3.2 Grout fixed to concrete base. 3.3 Grout finishing according to specification. 3.4 Grout coating applied.
REMARKS:
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F71004 Rev 0 Cementitious Grout inspection Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F71004 Rev 0 Cementitious Grout inspection Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
CEMENTITIOUS GROUT TESTING RECORD

ID C71005A

Client Other

Subcontractor
1. Grout consistency as measured by Corps of Engineers flow cone (CRD-79) was Grout consistency is: Fluid Flowable Plastic Stiff
Fluor FE/QA
2.
Temperature was measured and is in accordance with manufacturers recommendation for materials, mixing, placing and curing. Outside Ambient Inside Ambient Equipment Plates Mixed Grout C C C C Mixing Water Grout Bags Foundations In-Place (1 Hr.) C C C
3.
Test cubes were sampled for this placement location. Test cubes sampled: Number Tag No. to
Remarks
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
EPOXY RESIN GROUT INSPECTION RECORD

ID C71006A

Client Other

Subcontractor 1. Specified materials did not exceed shelf life recommended by vendor. 2. The materials were temperature stabilized 24 hours prior to mixing, and the aggregate was dry prior to mixing. (Indicate: ) Resin brand_________________ Catalyst brand_________________ 3. The mix procedure is in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 4. The concrete is at least 14 days old prior to grouting. 5. The concrete bond surface is clean, roughened and dry. 6. Metal surfaces to be embedded in grout are clean. 7. Metal surfaces to be kept free of grout are caulked or covered with plastic tape. 8. Formwork sealed, watertight and coated to prevent bonding. 9. Anchor bolt holes sealed (if not to be grouted) or dried. 10. Foundation adequately protected against sunlight, rain or sudden temperature changes during grout placement. 11. Final cleaning of metal surfaces completed just prior to grouting. 12. Formwork checked for leaks during placement. 13. Placement complete within manufacturer's recommended time. 14. Foundation adequately protected against sunlight, rain or sudden temperature changes during grout curing. 15. Curing of grout was in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 16. The temperature was measured and is in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for mixing, placing and curing. Outside Ambient: Aggregate: Inside Ambient: Resin: Catalyst: Remarks: Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Mixed Grout: Equipment Plates: Foundation:

Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F71006 Rev 0 Epoxy Resin Grout Inspection Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F71006 Rev 0 Epoxy Resin Grout Inspection Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
CONCRETE COMPRESSION STRENGTH TEST RECORD

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor Mix Design No.: Contractor: Mix Proportions Cement, brand and type Fine agg., source Course agg., source Water, source Admixture, brand Admixture, brand Admixture, brand Identity Batch Wt. Contract No.: Date: Weather: Required Strength Unit Weight Slump Range Air Content Range Tag No.: Turnover System:
ID C71007A

Client Other

Concrete Supplier:
Air Temp.:
kg/m
Test Data
Specimen Identity Location and Volume Presented Truck No. Slump (cm) WT. (kg) Air % Temp. (C) Test Days Test Strength (kg/cm)
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
Signature Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F71007 Rev 0 Concrete Compression Strength Test Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F71007 Rev 0 Concrete Compression Strength Test Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
CONCRETE PLACEMENT LOG

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor Tag No.: Turnover System: Client Other
ID C71008

Other Results
Date Placed
Location of Pour Represented
Pour Number
7 Day Results
28 Day Results
ACC.
REJ.
en m
Placed
en m Placed
To Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F71008 Rev 0 Concrete Placement Log.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F71008 Rev 0 Concrete Placement Log.doc
Page 2 of 2
GROUT PLACEMENT LOG

ID C71009

7 Day Results

Date Placed
Placement Represented
Placement Number
28 Day Results
Other Results
ACC.
REJ.
En m Placed
En m Placed To Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F71009 Rev 0 Grout Placement Log.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F71009 Rev 0 Grout Placement Log.doc
Page 2 of 2
STRUCTURAL STEEL
SCOPE This procedure describes the functions to be performed in the inspection of the erection of structural steel. RESPONSIBILITIES - Self-Perform ACTIVITY
Verify acceptability of Interface Structures Erect Structural Steel Inspect In-process Structural Steel Erection Perform Final Inspection
RESPONSIBILITY
Civil Construction Engineer Civil Superintendent Civil Construction Engineer Civil Construction Engineer
DOCUMENTATION
000.509.F72002 _____ 000.509.F72002 000.509.F72002
FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY
Once for each structure _____ Daily during life of activity Once per structure
RESPONSIBILITIES - Subcontracted Work ACTIVITY

Verify acceptability of Interface Structures Erect Structural Steel Inspect In-process Structural Steel Erection Perform Final Inspection Surveillance
RESPONSIBILITY
Civil Construction Engineer Subcontractor Subcontractor Subcontractor / Civil Construction Engineer Site Quality Manager
DOCUMENTATION
000.509.F72002 _____ 000.509.F72002
Once for each structure _____ Daily during life of activity Once per structure Per Procedure 000.509.0220
000.509.F72002 000.509.F02201
PROCEDURE Verify Interface Structures: Prior to structural steel being erected, verify that all interface work such as foundation elevations, and size and location of anchor bolts conform to the applicable drawings. Verify that concrete has attained adequate compressive strength before loading.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7200 Rev 0 Structural Steel.doc
Page 1 of 4
Erection of Structural Steel: Structural steel shall be erected in accordance with the applicable project specifications. Assure structures are not loaded prior to sufficient progression of erection and completed boltup has been accepted. Welding shall be performed by AWS (or other approved recognized standards) qualified welders in accordance with weld procedure specifications approved by Fluor Manager Welding Technology or his representative. Modifications to steel member shall only take place upon issuance of direction from Construction Engineering.
In-Process Inspection of Structural Steel Erection: Inspect the in-process steel erection to verify that fabrication is correct and erection is in accordance with the drawings. Inspection shall include checking for plumbness, rectangularity, field welds, bolt tensioning and touch-up painting. Visual weld examination shall be performed in accordance with 000.509.7910, Welding Inspection. Document inspections on Form 000.509.F72002, Structural Steel Inspection Checklist. Highlighted steel erection drawings may be used in conjunction with checklist to provide a clear picture of sequence of events with dates of when areas, floors, and buildings have been accepted for workmanship. When a calibrated impact wrench is used for erection, the calibration shall be verify by the Civil Construction Engineer or QC Inspector and documented on Form 000.509.F72003, Torque Wrench Calibration Log. When bolting inspection by impact is required, it shall be performed with a separate calibrated inspection wrench. When twist-off type tension control structural bolt/nut/washer assemblies are specified they shall conform to ASTM F1852-98 and shall be, installed in accordance with the manufacturer' published specifications. When load indicating washers (LIW) are specified, installation inspection will be performed in accordance with the sample rate specified. Inspect bolts installed by turn-of-nut method in accordance with AISC Section 6, Specification or other approved recognized standard for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 or A490 bolts.
Page 2 of 4
The number of checklist completed should be a sufficient number to clearly indicate full coverage of all portions of the work on the project as work progresses. Each checklist generated should represent a well defined piece of work, i.e., building line, floor, run of pipe rack, etc.
Perform Final Inspection: Perform final inspection, in part, or on the total structure. Document on Form 000.509.F72002, Structural Steel Inspection. Document deficiencies, for tracking purposes, on Form 000.509.F02201, Surveillance Report.
FORMS Quality Control Forms: 000.509.F72002 - Structural Steel Inspection Checklist 000.509.F72003 - Torque Wrench Calibration Log
Page 3 of 4
Page 4 of 4
STRUCTURAL STEEL INSPECTION CHECKLIST Tag Description:

P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Work Package: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor
ID S72002A Tag No.:

Area/Unit: Client Other

Turnover System: Sub System:
Drawing No.:
Item
01 02
Specification No.:
Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
Description of Check
Foundation inspections and tests complete. Piles Soils Concrete Leveling plate or billet plate grouting complete and checked.
FOUNDATIONS
ANCHOR BOLTS 03 04 05 06 07 FIT-UP 08 09 10 11 12 BOLTS 13 14 15 16 17 18 Correct grade Correct length Correct size All bolts visually inspected to verify evidence of tightening Connections marked indicating statues Bolt tightening method used: Calibrated Wrench Load Indicating Washers Turn-of-Nut Snap-Off Fasteners Correct numbers location, and size Survey Group checks alignment, plumbness, spacing, and elevation for conformance to erection tolerances Match of member Members free of distortion Mating surfaces free of paint Grade and elevation Anchor bolts condition Base plate condition Bearings surface cleaned and protected Shimming of base plates
WELDING 19 20 21 22 Welds approved by welding inspector Field coatings checked Fireproofing inspections and tests complete Final inspection complete
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F72002 Rev 0 Structural Steel Inspection.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F72002 Rev 0 Structural Steel Inspection.doc
Page 2 of 2
TORQUE WRENCH CALIBRATION LOG

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Work Package: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor Tag No.: Area/Unit:
ID S72003Ar

Client Other

Minimum Fastener Tension (Kips) for: Dia. inches A325 Bolts 1/2 12.6 Kips 5/8 20.0 Kips 3/4 29.4 Kips 7/8 41.0 Kips 1 53.6 Kips 1 1/8 58.8 Kips 1 1/4 74.6 Kips 1 3/8 89.3 Kips 1 1/2 108.2 Kips Date Bolt Size Tension Reading* Before Adjustment
A490 Bolts 15.8 Kips 26.2 Kips 36.8 Kips 51.5 Kips 67.2 Kips 84.0 Kips 107.1 Kips 127.1 Kips 165.4 Kips Tension Reading* After Adjustment
Bolt Tightening Equipment Used:
Calibrated Equipment Used:
Signature
* Each tension reading shall be the average of three bolts.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F72003 Rev 0 Torque Wrench Calibration Log.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F72003 Rev 0 Torque Wrench Calibration Log.doc
Page 2 of 2
BUILDINGS SCOPE This procedure describes the inspection and testing activities to be performed for buildings that are constructed by Fluor. RESPONSIBILITIES - Self-Perform
ACTIVITY Verify foundations complete Review structural steel documents Monitor in-process building construction Inspect completed work Verify building complete Surveillance NOTE 1: RESPONSIBILITY Civil Construction Engineer Civil Construction Engineer Civil Construction Engineer Civil Construction Engineer Civil Construction Engineer QC Inspection (Note 1) DOCUMENTATION 000.509.F73001 _____ 000.509.F02201 000.509.F73003 000.509.F73016 Procedure 000.509.7300 000.509.F02201 FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY Daily during life of activity Prior to steel erection Daily during life of activity Each Item Once per building Per Procedure 000.509.0220
Surveillance is not required if the Fluor Quality representative is performing inspections.
RESPONSIBILITIES - Subcontracted Work

ACTIVITY Inspect in-process foundations Inspect in-process building superstructure Witness HVAC Test Inspect completed building Coordinate resolution of deficiencies Surveillance RESPONSIBILITY Subcontractor Subcontractor Civil Construction Engineer/ Site Quality Manager Subcontractor Discipline Engineer Site Quality Manager Subcontractor/ Civil Construction Engineer/ Site Quality Manager QC Inspection DOCUMENTATION 000.509.F73001 000.509.F02201 000.509.F73101 FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY Daily during life of activity Daily during life of activity Each test
000.509.F73002
Once per building
000.509.F73002
As required to close open items Per Procedure 000.509.0220
000.509.F02201
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7300 Rev 0 Buildings.doc
Page 1 of 12
PROCEDURE Attachments 1 through 9 are provided as inspection references to aid the inspector. Verify Foundations are Complete: Check the elevations and locations of foundations, floor slabs, inserts and interior partitions. Document these checks on Form 000.509.F73001, Building Inspection Record. When tests and inspection activities are complete, document using Form 000.509.F73001, Building Inspection Record.
Review of Structural Steel Documents: Verify structural steel certified mill test reports and certificates of compliance have been received have been reviewed. If applicable, verify the subcontractors have submitted required shop drawings, diagrams, schedules, etc., and are marked as authorized to proceed.
Monitor In-Process Building Construction: The attachments contained in this procedure are intended to be used as guidelines for implementing this procedure. Using the applicable design drawings, inspect the in-process building superstructure construction activities to verify acceptability of work. Inspect membrane roofing system construction for strict compliance with drawings and specifications to include materials, substrate preparation, membrane installation and splicing, perimeter nailing, flashing and roof walkways. Verify completion of applicable tests, performance tests and test data records as required by specifications: electrical, plumbing system, fire protection system. Monitor subcontractor's HVAC duct, duct insulation, and equipment installation for compliance with drawings and specifications.
Witness HVAC Tests: Witness HVAC testing is performed in accordance with the requirements of Form 000.509.F73101.
Page 2 of 12
Verify Building Complete: Verify the proper operations of the specific keying systems is demonstrated satisfactorily. Inspect the building when construction is complete. Deficiencies shall be documented on Form 000.509.F02407, Master Punch List.
FORMS Quality Control Form: 000.509.F73001 - Building Inspection and Test Checklist 000.509.F73002 - Final Building Inspection Summary 000.509.F73003 - Carpentry Checklist 000.509.F73004 - Painting Checklist 000.509.F73005 - Plumbing Checklist 000.509.F73006 - Ceramic Tile Checklist 000.509.F73007 - Concrete Checklist 000.509.F73008 - Structural Steel Checklist 000.509.F73009 - Masonry (Brickwork) Checklist 000.509.F73010 - Plaster Checklist 000.509.F73011 - Doors, Windows, Hardware, Glazing Checklist 000.509.F73012 - Computer (Raised) Floors, Checklist 000.509.F73013 - Prefab Wall Element Systems Checklist 000.509.F73014 - Building Metal Siding and Roofing Checklist 000.509.F73015 - Buildings Water Proofing and Damp Proofing Checklist 000.509.F73016 - Suspended Ceiling Checklist ATTACHMENTS Attachment 1 - Buildings Masonry Inspection Reference Attachment 2 - Buildings Waterproofing and Dampproofing Inspection Reference Attachment 3 - Buildings Plaster Inspection Reference Attachment 4 - Buildings, Metal Doors and Windows Inspection Reference Attachment 5 - Buildings Drywall Construction Inspection Reference Attachment 6 - Buildings Resilient Floor Covering Inspection Reference Attachment 7 - Buildings Carpentry Inspection Reference Attachment 8 - Buildings Built-up Roofing Inspection Reference Attachment 9 - Buildings Ceramic Tile Inspection Reference
Page 3 of 12
Attachment 1 BUILDINGS MASONRY INSPECTION REFERENCE VERIFY USE CORRECT MATERIALS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Approved panels and/or material samples Materials certifications Masonry units, color, texture, grade, size, defect tolerance Masonry mortar, cement, aggregate, lime, water Mortar cube tests, if required Anchors, ties, flashing - type, size, shape and material Ambient temperature above minimum Masonry layout fits structural framing Embedded items Control joint type and location Caulked joints Openings framed, anchored, filled with mortar Weep holes Anchors, ties, joint reinforcing Flashing installation Foundation waterproofing or damp proofing Bond pattern, visual appearance Mortar joints, visual appearance Brick work plumb and true, all in one plane Pointing Cleaning
INSPECT MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
ASCERTAIN WORKMANSHIP
Page 4 of 12
Attachment 2 BUILDINGS WATERPROOFING AND DAMPPROOFING INSPECTION REFERENCE VERIFY USE CORRECT MATERIALS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Bitumen roofing felt Tar or asphalt damp proofing Mastic asphalt Hot application asphalt Bituminous adhesives Bituminous roofing Polyethylene sheet
INSPECT APPLICATION OF DAMPPROOFING/WATERPROOFING 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Surface preparation for cleanliness, smoothness, dryness Ambient temperature above 40F (4C) Material temperatures Prime coat Coats, laps, and thicknesses Waterproofing details at flashing or wall penetrations Waterproofing membrane type, application, reinforcing strips Waterproofing membrane protection against backfill Waterproofing reinforcing plies where required
ASCERTAIN WORKMANSHIP 1. 2. Damp proof coating free of breaks, surface air voids in monolithic concrete Waterproof coating free of wrinkles and buckles
Page 5 of 12
Attachment 3 BUILDINGS PLASTER INSPECTION REFERENCE VERIFY USE OF CORRECT MATERIALS 1. 2. 3. 4. Approved material samples Metal stud partitions Metal lath Plaster materials
INSPECT PLASTER WALL CONSTRUCTION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. Stud spacing and anchorage Studs properly anchored to adjoining walls Studs galvanized or protectively coated Studs attachment at openings as detailed on drawings Lath type, lapping, joints Lath screeds and grounds have a true, level and plane surface. Lath corner beads provided for external corners Lath installed at internal corners, where required Lath properly secured to studs Plaster area ambient temperature maintained above 55F (13oC) Plaster mix proportions, set characteristics as specified Plaster base surfaces properly prepared Plaster coats checked for thickness, density, uniformity Plaster base coat moistened before applying finish coats Plaster curing adequate
ASCERTAIN WORKMANSHIP 1. 2. Each plaster coat, smooth, plumb, true, all in one plane White plaster coat free from cracks, crazing, blisters, pits, checks, discoloration
Page 6 of 12
Attachment 4 BUILDINGS, METAL DOORS AND WINDOWS INSPECTION REFERENCE VERIFY THE USE OF CORRECT MATERIALS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Approved material samples Guarantees, for electric power operators Doors, door bucks Window sashes and liners Hardware Window glass and glazing Caulking materials Electrical components for power operated doors Guides and panel sections for telescoping doors
INSPECT INSTALLATION OF DOORS AND WINDOWS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Frames anchored, plumb, square and level All clearances adequate Caulking provided where required Weather stripping installed where required Hardware properly adjusted Glazing installation adequate Lubricants provided where needed
ASCERTAIN WORKMANSHIP 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Each unit operates smoothly and easily Doors, flush and snug with jams Window frames, flush and snug with sashes Units with tension adjustment mechanisms are in proper adjustment Painted surfaces cosmetically pleasing Clean up is satisfactory
Page 7 of 12
Attachment 5 BUILDINGS DRYWALL CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION REFERENCE VERIFY USE OF CORRECT MATERIALS 1. Gypsum board 2. Joint cement 3. Joint tape 4. Nails INSPECT INSTALLATION OF DRYWALL 1. Gypsum board is stored in a dry, ventilated, enclosed building. 2. Ambient temperature is above freezing at time of joint cement application. 3. Surfaces to receive drywall conform to line and grade. 4. Gypsum board held tight against supports with nailing starting at center and progressing toward perimeter. 5. Paper surface torn around nail head has additional nail driven two inches away. 6. Cut and fit gypsum board is not forced into place. 7. Thin coats of cement applied immediately after taping. 8. Coats of cement on joint and nail depressions have 24 hours between applications. 9. Final cement coat feathered 12" to 16" (30-40 cm) each side of joint and is sanded smooth. ASCERTAIN WORKMANSHIP 1. Installed gypsum board free from damage. 2. All cemented joints and nail depressions will present smooth and uniform appearance when wall is painted.
Page 8 of 12
Attachment 6 BUILDINGS RESILIENT FLOOR COVERING INSPECTION REFERENCE VERIFY CORRECT MATERIALS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Approved material samples Tile color, type, size, thickness Molding color, type, size Primer Adhesive or cement
INSPECT LAYING OF TILE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Sub-floor preparation Felt lining or under-layment Temperature of stored material and laying area Layout pattern of cut tiles at wall line and wall openings Application of adhesives
ASCERTAIN WORKMANSHIP 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Tiles laid point to point Tile joints tight Tile pattern as specified Tile cuts at wall base or wall opening correct Tiles cleaned and waxed after completion Tiles protected after waxing with construction paper
*Includes asphalt, vinyl-asbestos, vinyl and rubber tile and floor covering.
Page 9 of 12
Attachment 7 BUILDINGS CARPENTRY INSPECTION REFERENCE VERIFY USE OF CORRECT MATERIALS 1. 2. Specifies, grade, grade stamp Defect tolerance for checks, splits, shakes, pockets, decay, grain structure, knots, % heart wood or sapwood, bark, warp Moisture content checks Storage conditions Preservative treatment
3. 4. 5.
INSPECT CARPENTRY CONSTRUCTION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Stud spacing Double of top plates, when required Horizontal blocking Continuous blocking between joints and studs, for fastening wall materials Stud to plate nailing adequate Diagonal wind bracing, when required Solid blocking for fixtures and attachments Doubling of studs at openings Headers as detailed on drawings Soundproof partitions as required Vertical alignment of studs to form one plane for wall surface Framing fabrication line, level and fit Anchorage to concrete and masonry
Page 10 of 12
Attachment 8 BUILDINGS BUILT-UP ROOFING INSPECTION REFERENCE VERIFY THE USE OF CORRECT MATERIALS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Asphalt Nails and fasteners Insulation Vapor barrier Roofing felt Flashing Aggregate Installed roof samples, if required Roof guarantees, if specified
INSPECT BUILT-UP ROOFING INSTALLATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Surface to be roofed is dry, smooth, firm and dirt free Vapor barrier installation, provides complete seal of deck If insulation required, place by specified method immediately preceding placing of roofing felt - avoid wetting Maintain roofing felts above 50F (10C) for 24 hours prior to use Ambient temperature is 40F (4C) and rising for hot mopping of felt Felt is laid immediately behind mopping Temperature of bitumen is as required Extra plies installed where required, such as at eaves, rakes and flashing Roofing aggregates are as specified
ASCERTAIN WORKMANSHIP 1. 2. 3. 4. Roofing felt plies free of air pockets, wrinkles and buckles Roofing felt laps are uniform and even Aggregate distribution is uniform Flashing detailing acceptable
Page 11 of 12
Attachment 9 BUILDINGS CERAMIC TILE INSPECTION REFERENCE VERIFY THE USE OF CORRECT MATERIALS 1. 2. 3. Approved material samples Tile type, size and color pattern Mortar type and color
INSPECT APPLICATION OF TILE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. Wall tile, location and anchorage of studs or furring Wall tile lath, placement, lap and support Wall tile scratch coat and float coat applied and cured properly Wall tile soaked and free water removed prior to application Wall tile accessories are as required Wall tile firmly set Wall tile wetted before grouting Wall tile grout, placing, tooling, curing and cleaning Floor tile installed after wall tile Floor tile setting bed preparation as specified Floor tile setting bed mix satisfactory Floor tile solidly bedded Floor tile layout acceptable Floor tile waterproofing and reinforcement when required Floor tile cuts as wall base and openings acceptable
ASCERTAIN WORKMANSHIP 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Tiles free of chips or cracks Grout joints uniformly tooled Grout tiles all in one plane Tile pattern uniform and consistent Tile cuts at baseline, corners or openings are satisfactory
Page 12 of 12
BUILDING INSPECTION AND TEST CHECKLIST

ID B73001A

Client Other

Building Description __________________________________
Bldg. No._________ Initials/Date
1. Receiving operations/inspections performed on the following building materials and/or equipment.
2. Equipment and material protection program performed on the following materials or equipment.
3. Foundation inspections and tests complete. Piles Soils Concrete
4. Foundation checked for location, elevation and orientation prior to starting superstructure. 5. Superstructure inspections complete. 6. Building tests complete. Building tests performed for this building: Electrical Air Conditioning 7. Final inspection complete. Remarks Heating Ventilation Plumbing Other
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73001 Rev 0 Building Inspection and Test Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73001 Rev 0 Building Inspection and Test Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
FINAL BUILDING INSPECTION SUMMARY

ID B73002B

Client Other

Receiving: Inspection Performed (See Attached List) 1. Separate completion packages: Structural Steel Piling Civil / Concrete HVAC 2. Masonry Checklist 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Roof Metal Sliding and Roofing Checklist Plaster Checklist Doors/Windows/Hardware/Glazing/Keyplan Checklist Insulation Checklist Ceiling Checklist Plumbing Checklist Ceramic Tiles Checklist
Subcontractor Electrical
Fluor FE/QA
10. Computer (Raised) Floors Checklist 11. Fire-Fighting System Checklist 12. Automatic Operated Components Checklist 13. Furniture / Kitchen Checklist 14. Surface Preparation / Finish Concrete Checklist 15. Sheeting / Cladding Checklist 16. Structural Steel Checklist 17. Carpentry Checklist 18. Painting Checklist 19. Pre Fab Wall Element Systems Checklist 20. Building Inspection and Test Checklist 21. Building water proofing and damp proofing Checklist Remarks:
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73002 Rev 0 Final Building Inspection Summary.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73002 Rev 0 Final Building Inspection Summary.doc
Page 2 of 2
CARPENTRY CHECKLIST
ID A73003A

Client Other

Item 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10
Description of Check Verify correct grade of materials used for all timber. Verify correct species of timber used. Verify use of correct preservative treatment. Verify compliance with priming requirements. Inspect timber construction dimensions. Inspect fabrication quality. Inspect joints. Inspect blocking. Studs aligned. Door lintels and frames per design requirements.
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Notes:
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73003 Rev 0 Carpentry Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73003 Rev 0 Carpentry Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
PAINTING CHECKLIST
ID X73004A

Client Other

Item
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Verify use of correct painting materials: 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 Notes: Trade name and manufacturer Grade Manufacturer's data sheets Protection for applied paint Guarantees Pot or shelf life Correct colors Surface preparation Method of application Number of coats Thickness of dry film Evenness of applied coat Brush marks, sags, runs, etc. Cleanliness of area upon completion
Inspect painting application:
Ascertain workmanship:
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73004 Rev 0 Painting Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73004 Rev 0 Painting Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
PLUMBING CHECKLIST
ID C73005A

Client Other

Item
Description of check
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Verify the use of correct plumbing materials 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 Notes: Sanitary waste and vent system Acid waste and vent system Potable water system Instrument air system Plumbing fixtures and equipment Hangers and supports Piping Joints Valves Fixtures Hydrotesting Correctness to codes, regulations
Verify plumbing installation per design documents
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73005 Rev 0 Plumbing Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73005 Rev 0 Plumbing Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
CERAMIC TILE CHECKLIST

ID A73006A

Client Other

Item 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 Notes:
Description of Check Type and color of tile per design documents Type and color of mortar per design documents Inspection of substrate Proportioning of mortar mixtures per design Application procedures acceptable per specifications Subsurface preparation per design Grout procedure, pointing acceptable per specifications Tile face plumb and in place, dividing over floor and wall surface Inspect for cracks, misalignment Grout joints uniform
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73006 Rev 0 Ceramic Tile Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73006 Rev 0 Ceramic Tile Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
CONCRETE CHECKLIST
ID C73007A

Client Other

Item
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
General: 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 Notes: Concrete test specimen reports filed Concrete mix designs approved Patching and repairs complete Embedments in place and correct location Floated Trowelled Floor slab hardener Material sources Material proportions Application method Workmanship
Verify correct floor finishes:
Verify correct use of granolithic concrete topping:
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73007 Rev 0 Concrete Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73007 Rev 0 Concrete Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
STRUCTURAL STEEL CHECKLIST

ID S73008A

Client Other

Item 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 Notes:
Description of Check Structural elements (main structure, bulkheads, decks, platforms/ walkways, grating, roof)- installed and checked against drawings Structural elements - plumb, level, aligned All structural supports installed per design and all temporary aids/ brackets removed All temporary aids/ brackets/ steel removed Anchor bolt nuts tight Column base grouted Bolted connections checked Welded connections checked Stairs, handrails, ladders, floor plates in place and per design All penetrations installed, with sleeves/ kick plates of specified size complete with drain holes as required All welding and NDT work completed and cleared Coatings applied, touch-up complete
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73008 Rev 0 Structural Steel Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73008 Rev 0 Structural Steel Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
MASONRY (BRICKWORK) CHECKLIST

ID C73009A

Client Other

Item Verify use of correct materials: 01 02 03
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Engineering brick, face brick, common brick Cement, fine aggregate, water Wall ties, reinforcing, flashing
Inspect construction of brickwork: 04 05 06 07 Coursing and wythes Application of mortar Inserts Tie-ins and anchoring
Ascertain workmanship: 08 09 10 11 12 13 Notes: Alignment of bond Brickwork is plumb and true Mortar joints uniformly struck or tooled Cleanliness upon completion Pointing to masonry work Expansion joints in masonry work
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73009 Rev 0 Masonry Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73009 Rev 0 Masonry Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
PLASTER CHECKLIST
ID A73010A

Client Other

Item
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Verify the correct use of plaster materials: 01 02 03 04 Cement Lime Sand Water
Inspect application of plaster: 05 06 07 08 09 Proportioning of plaster mixtures per design Application technique per design Subsurface preparation per design Thickness of application per design Installations of accessories like corner beads, etc. per design
Ascertain workmanship: 10 11 12 13 Notes: Plaster face plumb and in one plane Plaster flush with inserts Troweled surface uniform No defects, such as cracks and blisters
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73010 Rev 0 Plaster Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73010 Rev 0 Plaster Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
DOORS, WINDOWS, HARDWARE, GLAZING CHECKLIST

ID A73011A

Client Other

Item 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 Notes:
Description of Check Correct materials used for doors, door bucks Correct materials used for window sash and liners Correct materials used for hardware Correct materials used for window glass and putty Correct materials used for electrical components for power operated doors Correct materials used for guides and panel sections for telescoping doors Verify the general operation of the doors Frames anchored plumb and level Doors and sashes not inhibited or bound from normal movement Hardware in good mechanical operation Glass well bedded and putty neatly trimmed Operation of overhead or telescoping doors (controls, smoothness and speed) Telescoping door guides installed, secured and aligned Installation hardware is correct
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73011 Rev 0 Doors Windows Hardware Glazing Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73011 Rev 0 Doors Windows Hardware Glazing Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
COMPUTER (RAISED) FLOORS CHECKLIST

ID A73012A

Client Other

Item 01 02 03 04 05 06 Notes:
Description of Check Correct materials used for floor panels/elements. Correct materials used for floor supports. Correct materials used for floor finishing. Verify completion of installation per design. Verify system level and square. Floor system clean and free of damage.
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73012 Rev 0 Raised Floors Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73012 Rev 0 Raised Floors Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
PREFAB WALL ELEMENT SYSTEMS CHECKLIST

ID A73013A

Client Other

Item
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Verify the use of correct materials: 01 02 03 04 Frames Panels Glass Doors
Inspect per design: 05 06 07 08 09 General operation Hardware Installation of panels and glass Wall finishing/paint system Wall panels anchored in accordance with design documents
Ascertain workmanship: 10 Notes: Systems free of damage
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73013 Rev 0 Prefab Wall Element Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73013 Rev 0 Prefab Wall Element Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
BUILDING METAL SIDING AND ROOFING CHECKLIST

ID A73014A

Client Other

Item
Verify the use of correct materials: 01 02 03 04 Correct siding profile Correct roofing profile Fasteners, flashing, closer strips and caulking Wall insulation
Inspect installation of siding and roof panels per design: 05 06 07 08 09 Correct spacing of fasteners Insulation Supports for roof insulation Placement of closer strips Flashing
Ascertain workmanship: 10 11 12 13 14 15 Notes: Alignment of seams and fasteners Tightness of joints Repair of damage to panels or finish Cleanliness upon completion Manufacturers warranty intact Systems free of damage
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73014 Rev 0 Building Metal Roofing and Siding Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73014 Rev 0 Building Metal Roofing and Siding Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
BUILDINGS WATER PROOFING AND DAMP PROOFING CHECKLIST

ID A73015A

Client Other

Item
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Verify use of correct asphalt material: 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 Bitumen roofing felt Horizontal damp proofing Mastic asphalt Hot application asphalt Bituminous adhesives Bituminous roofing Polyethylene sheet Insulation material Roof slope falls to roof drains
Inspect application of asphaltic materials per design: 10 11 12 13 14 Notes: Surface preparation Coats, laps and thickness Methods of application Temperature of material and surface Manufacturers warranty intact
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73015 Rev 0 Buildings Waterproofing and Dampproofing Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73015 Rev 0 Buildings Waterproofing and Dampproofing Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
SUSPENDED CEILING CHECKLIST

ID A73016A

Client Other

Item
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Verify correct materials per design: 01 02 03 04 Ceiling board Joint cover strips Suspension system / exposed metal "T" system Timber brandering
Inspect suspended ceiling construction: 05 06 07 08 Completion of all work above the ceiling, prior to start of work Suspension system (e.g., set level and square, prior to installation of ceiling board) Ceiling board fixed correctly to timber brandering Adoption for recessed lighting fixtures
Ascertain workmanship: 09 10 11 Notes: Tightness of joints Cut boards at ceiling line Boards free of discoloration or damage
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73016 Rev 0 Suspended Ceiling Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73016 Rev 0 Suspended Ceiling Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING DUCTWORK (HVAC) SCOPE This procedure establishes the method for inspection and verification that construction work on HVAC ductwork systems and sub-systems are acceptable. RESPONSIBILITIES - Self-Perform ACTIVITY Verify ductwork configuration Verify ductwork integrity Verify leak testing performed Verify connections to equipment Surveillance NOTE 1: RESPONSIBILITY Construction Engineer Construction Engineer Construction Engineer Electrical/Mechanical Engineer QC Inspector (Note 1) DOCUMENTATION 000.509.F73001 000.509.F73002 000.509.F73001 000.509.F73002 000.509.F73001 000.509.F73002 000.509.F73001 000.509.F73002 000.509.F02201 FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY Upon completion of work Prior to turnover of system Prior to turnover of system Prior to turnover of system Per Procedure 000.509.0220
Surveillance is not required if the Fluor quality representative is performing inspections.
RESPONSIBILITIES - Subcontracted Work ACTIVITY Verify ductwork configuration Verify ductwork integrity Perform leak test Connect duct to equipment Surveillance RESPONSIBILITY Subcontractor Subcontractor Subcontractor Subcontractor QC Inspector DOCUMENTATION 000.509.F73101 000.509.F73102 000.509.F73101 000.509.F73102 000.509.F73101 000.509.F73102 000.509.F73101 000.509.F73102 000.509.F02201 FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY Upon completion of work Prior to turnover of system Prior to turnover of system Prior to turnover of system Per Procedure 000.509.0220
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7310 Rev 0 Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Ductwork.doc
Page 1 of 2
PROCEDURE Verify Ductwork Configuration: Identify the specific limits of the system/sub-system to be inspected. Obtain the latest approved revision of the drawings of the system/sub-system for verification of the work to be inspected. Verify that the installed configuration of the ductwork and hangers conforms to the drawings. Hangers and supports should be observed to assure the presence of all members. Ductwork should be observed to assure installation is within allowable tolerances for line and elevation. If there are any field "trim joints" that have not been previously inspected for acceptable completion and welding, they should be checked at this time.
Verify Ductwork Integrity: Ductwork should be checked internally by means of the access doors to assure that it is free of obstructions such as construction debris, scrap, etc. which is to include the checking of fire dampers for obstruction. When this has been determined, the door shall be closed and sealed with an acceptance tag, in a manner that will require the tag to be broken to gain access. Use of the tag seal is intended to provide protection against unauthorized access to the ducts. Verify that any internal field-installed accessories, such as dampers, are in place. Inspections prior to release for testing shall verify that openings in the ductwork are closed or fitted with temporary blank-offs as required to establish the pressure boundaries for leak testing.
Verify Leak Testing Performed: Verify that leak testing has been performed and that leakage rates are within allowable limits. The integrity of duct joints shall be confirmed via leak testing. After leak testing, verify that all temporary blank-offs are removed.
Verify Connections to Equipment: Verify that all external field-installed accessories, such as registers, grills and diffusers are in place. Verify that any required connections to equipment are complete and in accordance with the drawings.
FORMS Quality Control Forms 000.509.F73101 - HVAC Inspection Checklist 000.509.F73102 - Buildings Air Conditioning Checklist
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7310 Rev 0 Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Ductwork.doc
Page 2 of 2
HVAC INSPECTION RECORD

ID B73101B

Client Other

Drawing No.:
Subcontractor Inspection/Verification Checkpoints: 1. Materials are in accordance with Design Documents. 2. Air conditioning checklist complete. 3. Internal accessories complete. 4. Leak testing complete. 5. Temporary blank-offs removed. 6. Connections between duct and equipment complete/acceptable. 7. All Non-conformance Reports are closed. 8. Walkdown is complete. 9. Test/Performance runs according to specification: Type of Run Date
Fluor FE/ QA
10. Other Inspection/Verification Activities performed as follows: Remarks
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73101 Rev 0 HVAC Inspection Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
BUILDINGS AIR CONDITIONING CHECKLIST

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor 1.0 Equipment 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.1 3.2 3.3 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 Remarks: Subcontractor
ID B73102A

Client Other

Specified equipment installed in accordance with manufacturers drawings and specifications. Coolers. Blowers/Ventilators. Filters. Heaters. Dryers. Duct supports installed per specifications. Joints airtight. Insulation installed per drawings. Volume extractors or balancing dampers installed. Sheet metal closing angles installed. Dampers installed. Ceiling diffusers checked. Ductwork interior clean of debris. Check for rattles and excessive noise. Punched and tested. Insulation installed as per drawings and specifications. Valve director furnished. Systems checked for completeness. Clean filters installed. Fan rotation checked. Balancing completed and controls systems adjusted. Balance position of balancing dampers marked. Test data recorded and verified.
2.0 Ductwork
3.0 Piping
4.0 Control Systems

Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73102 Rev 0 Buildings Air Conditioning Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
ROOFING INSPECTION
SCOPE This procedure prescribes the roofing system inspection activities to be performed. RESPONSIBILITIES - Subcontracted ACTIVITY Install Roofing Roofing Installation General Requirements Inspect Roofing Installation of Adhered Membrane GENERAL Inspect Roofing installation Develop plan for frequency of roofing installation inspections to be performed. Document results using Quality Control Form 000.509.F73201. Inform contractor daily of problems encountered to avoid rework or cover-up. Coordinate manufacturer representative inspections and respond to his findings. Notify appropriate craft supervision when his work, overhead or adjacent to roofing contractors work, impacts the quality aspect of the roofing system. RESPONSIBILITY Subcontractor Civil Construction Engineer Civil Construction Engineer 000.509.F73201 Daily during activity DOCUMENTATION FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY
000.509.F73201
Daily during activity
FORMS Quality Control Form: 000.509.F73201 - Roofing Daily Inspection Checklist
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7320 Rev 0 Roofing Inspection.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7320 Rev 0 Roofing Inspection.doc
Page 2 of 2
ROOFING INSPECTION CHECKLIST

AREA: DATE: WEATHER: TEMPERATURE: Inspection Attribute General Requirements 1. Decking in the field of the roof, secured through ribs to supports at 30,5 cm on center. 2. Decking at corners (0,92 m) and perimeters (1,8 width, or two deck panels, what ever is less) secured through ribs to supports at 15,24 cm on center. 3. Decking side laps attached to supports, and secured between supports at 91,4 cm on center maximum. 4. All penetrating elements, nailers, parapets and curbs installed. 5. All receiving surfaces free of splinters and protruberant fasteners. 6. Deck is free of moisture and debris.
Inspector Date
ID C73201A
BUILDING: TIME: Sunny C Cloudy DEWPOINT: Rainy C Acceptable Remarks Foggy
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
7. Verify drains are unblocked.

Inspector Date
Adhered Membrane 8. Insulation boards are not crushed. 9. Install tapered edge strips to form crickets. 10. Insulation boards to be half width or greater. 11. Insulation boards with 1,9 cm minimum edge bearing along upper flanges of the metal deck. 12. Insulation boards butted together.
Inspector Date Inspector Date
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
13. Fill insulation joints greater than 0.6 cm.
Inspector
Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F73201 Rev 0 Roofing Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 6

14. Isocyanurate boards are glass faced. 15. Insulation boards are FM approved with membrane. 16. Insulation fasteners installed every 0,18 m. 17. Insulation fasteners through metal deck upper flanges. 18. Sumps formed about drain.
Inspector Date
ID C73201A
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
19. Insulation fasteners driven flush to the top of the insulation without crushing or breaking the insulation surface. 20. Along perimeters and corners, insulation fasteners increased by 50 percent. 21. Loose lay sheet without stretching.
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
22. Sheets allowed to relax 30 minutes minimum. 23. Sheet seams 10,15 cm minimum.
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
24. Temperature of liquid adhesives and sealants 15,5C minimum. 25. Fold EPDM sheet back 3 m without wrinkles or buckles. 26. Bonding adhesive stirred 5 minutes minimum (scrapping sides and bottom). 27. Surfaces to be bonded are clean and dry. 28. Bonding adhesives applied evenly without globs or puddles with mechanical roller dispenser. Bonding adhesive applied to both insulation and sheet at 11,15 m to each surface. (Do not apply to seam surfaces). 29. Operation discontinued if condensation forms on adhesives. 30. Roll coated sheet on to coated substrate without wrinkles.
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Page 2 of 6

31. Bonded half of sheet brushed with a soft bristle broom. 32. Fold back unbonded half of sheet and repeat bonding process. 33. Install adjoining sheets in the same manner, edges overlapped 10/15 cm minimum, and formed with the flow of water. 34. Seams formed outside of sump.
Inspector Date
ID C73201A
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
35. Splice area cleaned by scrubbing with Sure-Seal HP splice wipe or clean natural rags saturated with Sure-Seal splice cleaner. Extra cleaning required at factory seams. 36. Cleaned material solid black in color with no streaking. 37. Top sheet held back during cleaning process. 38. Splicing cement stirred for 5 minutes minimum, scrapping sides and bottom. 39. Splicing cement applied to both mating surfaces with 11,5 cm medium nap roller. Adhesive applied smoothly, continuously, and uniformly to achieve a heavy coat. Adhesive not allowed to glob or puddle. 40. At corners and angles, splicing cement applied with 1,25 cm thick paint brush to achieve a smooth surface without brush marks. 41. Splicing cement applied at the rate of 9,29 m/ per gallon. 42. Splicing cement allowed to dry until it is tacky, but will not stick or string to a dry finger touch and will not be moved when pushed with a dry finger. 43. If splicing cement over dried, fresh coat of splicing cement applied at half the rate. 44. Just before closing splice, bead of In-Seam Sealant between 0,3 and 0,6 cm applied a minimum of 1,2 cm from the inside edge of bottom sheet and a minimum of 5 cm from the lead edge of the top sheet.
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date Page 3 of 6

45. Sure-Seal HP splice wipes or Natural cloths contaminated by InSeam Sealant not reused for application of splice cleaner. 46. Top sheet rolled onto mating surfaces without stretching or buckling. 47. Seam wiped with hand toward edge. 48. Splice immediately rolled with a 5 cm wide steel roller with positive pressure toward outer edge. Roller not run parallel to seam. In-Seam Sealant remains evident and sensitive to the touch. 49. Wait two hours minimum, but before end of work day, probe seam. 50. Sure-Seal HP splice wipe or clean cloth dampened with splice cleaner used to clean the dry splice edge at least 0,02 cm beyond both sides of seam edge. 51. 0,7 cm bead of lap sealant applied to completely cover splice edge. 52. Lap sealant feathered with Carlisle tool. 53. RUSS (EPDM 0,11 cm minimum wide reinforced 15,24 cm EPDM) installed along perimeter, sections, expansion joints, curbs, and rising walls with gaps between strips not exceeding 2,5 cm. 54. RUSS fastened with Carlisle fasteners - through seam fastening plates to metal deck at 30 cm on center maximum, and pre-drilled holes in 15,2 to 22,8 cm from corners. 55. RUSS cleaned in accordance with membrane splices. 56. Membrane spliced to RUSS in accordance to membrane splices. 57. Vertical field seams at curbs and walls overlaid with 15,2 cm wide uncured Elastoform flashing.
Inspector Date
ID C73201A
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Inspector
Date
Page 4 of 6
ID C73201A
Remarks:
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
Page 5 of 6
Page 6 of 6
EQUIPMENT SCOPE This procedure defines the inspection, testing and documentation requirements for installation activities for equipment erection and installation. RESPONSIBILITIES - Self-Perform
ACTIVITY Implement storage, handling and maintenance requirement Check anchor bolt surveying Check level, alignment and plumbness Install/Erect equipment Monitor In-process Installation Activities Witness final alignment of rotating equipment Coordinate vendor activities Review guarantee requirements Perform final inspection of installed equipment Resolve any discrepancies identified NOTE 1: RESPONSIBILITY Construction Engineer/ Craft Supervision Construction Engineer Construction Engineer Mechanical Superintendent Site Quality Manager Millwright Superintendent Construction Engineer Construction Engineer Site Quality Manager Construction Engineer/ Site Quality Manager DOCUMENTATION _____ Survey Field Books Survey Field Books 000 509 F740XX 000 509 F740XX 000.509.F02201 000 509 F740XX Vendor Reports _____ 000 509 F740XX 000 509 F740XX FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY As required by the controlling documents Prior to setting equipment Prior to setting equipment Once for each piece of equipment Daily during the life of the activity Once during final alignment As required by purchase order As required by purchase order Once after installation completed As required to resolve discrepancies
Surveillance is not required is not required if the Fluor Quality representative is performing inspections.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7400 Rev 0 Equipment.doc
Page 1 of 8
RESPONSIBILITIES - Subcontracted Work

ACTIVITY Implement storage, handling and maintenance requirement Check anchor bolt surveying Check level, alignment and plumbness Install/Erect equipment Monitor In-process Installation Activities Witness final alignment of rotating equipment Coordinate vendor activities Review guarantee requirements Coordinate discipline inspections Perform final inspection of installed equipment Resolve any discrepancies identified Surveillance RESPONSIBILITY Subcontractor Subcontractor Subcontractor Subcontractor Subcontractor/ Site Quality Manager Subcontractor/ Site Quality Manager Discipline Engineer Subcontractor/ Discipline Engineer Subcontractor Subcontractor/ Site Quality Manager Subcontractor Discipline Engineer Site Quality Manager Site Quality Manager DOCUMENTATION _____ Survey Field Books Survey Field Books 000 509 F740XX 000 509 F740XX 000 509 F740XX Vendor Reports _____ _____ 000 509 F740XX 000 509 F740XX 000.509.F02201 FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY As required by the controlling documents Prior to setting equipment Prior to setting equipment Once for each piece of equipment Daily during the life of the activity Once during final alignment As required by purchase order As required by purchase order As required by specifications/ procedures Once after installation completed As required to resolve discrepancies Per Procedure 000.509.0220
PROCEDURE Client involvement in the witnessing of key aspects of erection, installation and checkout shall be carefully adhered to and documented by Client signature and date. Client notification of upcoming witness points will be given in writing a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours prior to the event. If required, notify the Client's Representative that final alignment is scheduled.
Page 2 of 8
Implementation of Storage, Handling and Maintenance Requirements: The Construction Engineering Manager shall define the storage, handling and maintenance requirements for each type of equipment for implementation by site personnel. These requirements apply from receipt until turnover whether in lay down storage or set in place. Inspect/monitor prescribed equipment preservation activities. Document on Form 000.509.F02502. Verify that storage, handling and maintenance requirements are defined and implemented for each piece of equipment. Monitor these activities on a periodic basis or as required by specifications.
Verification of Anchor Bolts, Level, Alignment and Plumbness: Verify/check the anchor bolt locations and elevation, prior to setting the equipment on the foundation.
Installation/Erection of Equipment: The Mechanical Superintendent shall install/erect the equipment in accordance with the applicable drawings and specifications. Verify/check the plumb, alignment and orientation of equipment as well as the openings for elevation and location, immediately after installation.
Monitor In-process Equipment Installation Activities: Initiate on Equipment Installation Checklist, Form 000 509 F740XX for each piece of equipment. Document the applicable in-process inspections as they are acceptably completed. Monitor/inspect the in-process installation of each equipment unit. Document inspection as it is completed on the applicable Equipment Inspection Record. Inspect for grouting of equipment as required by specification and drawings.
Final Alignment of Rotating Equipment Witness the final alignment process and complete Form 000 509 F740XX to document this activity.
Page 3 of 8
Coordination of Vendor Activities: The Construction Engineering Manager shall coordinate activities involving site vendors. Vendor schedules and purpose for site visits should be shared with site personnel for planning. Quality control will interface with the Vendor's Representative on matters of inspection and testing. Vendor checklists and acceptance records should be obtained for inclusion in turnover packages as project quality records.
Review Guarantee Requirements: Inspect the equipment for guarantee requirements, when requirements are a part of the purchase order.
Final Inspection of Installed Equipment: Perform final equipment inspection at the completion of installation activities.
Resolve Discrepancies: Resolve exceptions and correct, deficiencies, with Client in-put as required. Perform/coordinate reinspections.
FORMS Quality Control Forms: 000.509.F74001 000.509.F74002 000.509.F74003 000.509.F74004 000.509.F74005 000.509.F74006 000.509.F74007 000.509.F74008 000.509.F74009 000.509.F74010 000.509.F74011 000.509.F74012 000.509.F74013 000.509.F74014 000.509.F74015 000.509.F74016 Equipment Installation Checklist Heat Exchangers & Reboilers Installation Record Electrostatic Precipitator Checklist Inspection Record Static Equipment Tray Installation Inspection Record Air Cooled Heat Exchanger Inspection Checklist Air Cooler Run In Test Report Reciprocating Compressor Inspection Record Fan Installation Inspection Checklist Furnaces Inspection Record Fuel Gas Steam Generator Inspection Checklist Steam Turbine Inspection Checklist Agitators/Mixers Inspection Checklist Equipment/Piping Strain and Alignment Inspection Form Installation Checklist Travelling Cranes Package Equipment Installation Checklist
Page 4 of 8
000.509.F74017 000.509.F74018 000.509.F74019 000.509.F74020 000.509.F74021 000.509.F74022 000.509.F74024 000.509.F74025 000.509.F74026 000.509.F74027 000.509.F74028 000.509.F74029 000.509.F74030 000.509.F74031 000.509.F74032 000.509.F74033
Desuperheaters/Ejectors Inspection Checklist Filters/Strainers Installation Record Centrifugal Compressor Inspection Record Rotating Equipment Inspection Record Rotating Equipment Alignment Record Belt Driven Equipment Alignment Record Inspection Record For Draw Off Tray Leak Test Report Inspection Record For Air Coolers Final Closing Authorization Record API 686 Baseplate Installation Checklist (Prior to Grouting) API 686 Equipment Grouting Checklist API 686 Alignment Check Sheet Baseplate Leveling Record Reverse Dial Alignment Record Piping Alignment Data Sheet Rotating Equipment (Face-Rim) Alignment Record
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 1 - Equipment Inspection Reference
Page 5 of 8
Attachment 1
EQUIPMENT INSPECTION REFERENCE

General Requirements Name plate data correct. Equipment protection program in place and documented. Anchor bolts checked for location, elevation and orientation. Jackscrews removed and anchor bolt nuts tightened. Pressure test documented. Baseplate grouting complete and documented. Field coatings checked. Correct gaskets installed. Correct stud bolts installed. Final inspection performed and punch list items cleared. Final closing authorization complete. Steam Turbines Alignment checked and documented. Freedom of movement and direction of rotation checked. Bearing housing flushed and relubricated. Carbon seals checked. Governor mechanism free, set and operable. Overspeed mechanism checked and tripout verified. Fired Heaters Welding to tubes is complete and accepted. Burner, snuffing steam and soot blower piping installed and accepted. Convection sections team coil installed. Ductwork installed. Stack erected. Refractory installed and documented. Vendor representative provided service, and reports are on file. Shell & Tube Heat Exchangers Slide plates installed and lubricated. Nipples in re-pads of insulated exchangers. Ladders and platforms installed. Air-cooled heat exchangers Fan shaft centered and plumbed. Fan blades installed, set to proper angle, and clearance checked. Fan & driver checked for freedom of movement. Belts installed or coupling lubricated. Vibration switches checked. Final alignment checked. Belt or coupling guard in place. Electrical driver checks complete. Compressors Lube and seal oil system flushed. Suction piping cleaned as per spec. Alignment checked and documented. Temporary suction screen installed. Coupling lubricated and closed. Pulsation dampening system checked. Driver activities complete. Vendor representative provided service, and reports are on file.
Page 6 of 8
EQUIPMENT INSPECTION REFERENCE
Pumps Bearing housing flushed and lubricated. Temporary suction screen installed. Driver activities complete. Coupling lubricated and closed. Packing installed. Vendor representative provided service, and reports are on file. Alignment checked and documented. Vessels: Slideplates installed and lubricated. Ladders and platforms erected. Internal shipping braces removed. Tray installation and orientation checked. Downcomers installation checked. Demisters checked. Packing and filter medium checked. Tray leak and level test complete. Refractory checked. Catalyst installed.
Page 7 of 8
Page 8 of 8
EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION CHECKLIST

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor Tag No.: Area/Unit:
ID M74001A

Other

Equipment Description: Drawing No. Specification No. Vendor Drawing No. Subcontractor Assembly Orientation Elevation Shimming and Grouting Final Alignment and Rotation Bolting and Anchoring Instrumentation Vessel Closure Permit (Attach Closure Permit) Insulation Rigging and Handling (Attach Rigging Plan) Protection Cleaning, Lubrication, Adjustment, Packings
Horizontal & Plumb Vessel Internals Check All Parts Cleanliness Operable
Fluor FE/QA
Item No.
Tightness
Remarks
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74001 Rev 0 Equipment Insptallation Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74001 Rev 0 Equipment Insptallation Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
INSPECTION RECORD STATIC EQUIPMENT

ID M74004A

Other

Subject 1. Verify nameplate data meets description. 2. Verify preservation integrity (if applicable). 3. Verify foundation and foundation bolts meet specified requirements. 4. Verify installation tolerances have been met. 5. Verify grouting meet specifications. 6. Verify all internals are correctly installed. 7. Verify all shipping devices have been removed. 8. Verify all vents, drains, and instruments con. etc. are installed in ACC. with equipment trim isometrics. 9. Verify alignments of piping connections are correct. 10. Verify coating system meets specified requirements. 11. Verify insulation meets specified equipment. 12. Verify prior to final closing for internal cleanliness. 13. Verify all ladders, platforms, stairways and walkways on correctly installed. 14. Orientation correct 15. Correct shimming installed 16. Tightness of anchor bolts nuts 17. Grouting completed 18. Sliding plate free (for horizontal vessels only ) & lubricated 19. Trays/down comers/support rings 20. Davits installed (Where applicable ) 21. Ready for closure 22. Closure certificate signed Subcontractor
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74004 Rev 0 Inspection Record Static Equipment.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74004 Rev 0 Inspection Record Static Equipment.doc
Page 2 of 2
TRAY INSTALLATION INSPECTION RECORD

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Work Package: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor Tag No.: Area/Unit: Client Other
ID M74005AR

Turnover System: Sub System: TRAY No.
A B
A B C
3 4
3 A 4 B F E D A B C F E D
TRAY No.
Tray No.
Design Dims Below Overflow
Actual Dimensions C D
Horizontally
Working Value
Contractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74005 Rev 0 Tray Installation Inspection Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74005 Rev 0 Tray Installation Inspection Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
RECIPROCATING COMPRESSOR INSPECTION RECORD

ID M74008A

Client Other

Subcontractor 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. Receive operations/inspection complete Equipment protection program instituted and documented Anchor bolts checked for location, elevation and orientation, prior to setting equipment. Equipment set: checked for location, elevation and orientation Nameplate data verified Preliminary alignment completed and documented. (Belt sheave alignment requires no documentation). Jackscrews removed and anchor bolt nuts tightened. Base grouting completed and documented Lube oil system flushed. Lubricant: Suction piping cleaned in accordance with specifications and documented. Final cold alignment set to manufacturers tolerances and documented (belt sheave alignment requires no documentation). Temporary suction screen installed Compressor and driver checked for freedom of measurement Driver activities completed and documented. Pulsation dampening system checked Belts installed, or coupling lubricated and closed. Lubricant: Belt or coupling guard in place and secured. Compressor and driver dowelled (when specified). Field coatings/insulation checked. Vendor representative provided service/supervision for the equipment. Vendor reports attached to this inspection record. Equipment protection program completed and documented. Final inspection complete. Punch items cleared. Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA

Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74008 Rev 0 Reciprocating Compresor Inspection Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74008 Rev 0 Reciprocating Compresor Inspection Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
FAN INSTALLATION INSPECTION CHECKLIST

M74009A

Client Other

Item 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
Description of Check Verify baseplate level and correctly grouted. Verify jackscrews removed and anchor bolts tightened. Verify temporary shipping preservatives/oils removed. Verify lubrication applied (where required). Verify excess piping strain alleviated. Verify final alignment as per specification. Verify blower driver checked for rotation. Verify gear unit checked (where applicable). Verify bearing lube system cleaned, flushed and operable. Verify belts installed or coupling connected. Verify packing installed. Verify blower and driver dowelled (where applicable). Verify casing drained. Verify inlet vanes set correctly and operable. Verify air filtration system correct. Verify all controls, protection devices and auxiliary systems correct. Verify all pipe supports correctly supported.
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Notes:
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74009 Rev 0 Fan Installation Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74009 Rev 0 Fan Installation Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
AGITATORS/MIXERS INSPECTION CHECKLIST

ID M74013A

Client Other

Item Description of Check 01 02 03 04 05 06 Verify mounting flange level (or plumb). Verify driver direction of rotation. Verify shaft plumb (or level). Verify shaft straightness. Verify alignment of drive shafts end clearance. inch Verify concentric parallel 1/4 Turn 1/2 Turn 3/4 Turn Full Turn Verify mechanical seal or packing in coupling cleaned, closed and lubed. Verify shaft turns freely by hand. Verify bearing house flushed and relubed. Verify seal fluid system operable. Verify lubricator operable. Verify driver doweled in place. Verify coupling guard in place. Verify grounding strap installed.
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Remarks
07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14
Important: Do not start with dry mechanical seal.
Notes:
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74013 Rev 0 Agitators-Mixers Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74013 Rev 0 Agitators-Mixers Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
EQUIPMENT/PIPING FLANGE ALIGNMENT INSPECTION RECORD

ID M74014AR

Client Other

Report No.: Flange Misalignments: Vertical bolt hole offset Horizontal bolt hole offset Rotational offset Flange face parallelism Flange face separation Flange Misalignments: Vertical bolt hole offset Horizontal bolt hole offset Rotational offset Flange face parallelism Flange face separation Flange Misalignments: Vertical bolt hole offset Horizontal bolt hole offset Rotational offset Flange face parallelism Flange face separation Nozzle No.: cm cm cm cm cm Nozzle No.: cm cm cm cm cm Nozzle No.: cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA cm cm cm cm cm Subcontractor FluorFE/QA Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
IM & TE ID: Calibration Due Date:

Subcontractor

Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74014 Rev 0 Equipment-Pipe Strain and Alignment Inspection Form.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74014 Rev 0 Equipment-Pipe Strain and Alignment Inspection Form.doc
Page 2 of 2
INSTALLATION CHECKLIST TRAVELLING CRANES

ID M74015A

Client Other

Item Note:
Description of Check * Indicate Correct One
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Definition 01 02 03 Verify configuration: fixed monorail/underhung bridge/overhead bridge/other .................................. (*) Verify marking safe working load: Beam Verify marking safe working load: Crane
Verify type of drive 04 05 06 Hoist: Longitudinal: Transversal Type of lift: Verify fixed parts 07 i.e. runway beams, rails: Verify dimensions, positions, levels, fixing to structures, parallelism of rails / runway beams (if applicable), end stops, interlocks manual/electric/pneumatic (*) manual/electric/pneumatic (*) manual/electric/pneumatic (*) cable/chain (*)
Verify moving parts 08 09 Notes: i.e., bridge, end carriages, drives, hoists, etc., for conformity and correct mechanical assembly Verify certification is complete, if required
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74015 Rev 0 Installation Checklist Travelling Cranes.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74015 Rev 0 Installation Checklist Travelling Cranes.doc
Page 2 of 2
PACKAGED EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION CHECKLIST

ID M74016A

Client Other

Item 01 02
Description of Check All shipping stops, bracing and packaging removed. Unit installed according to vendor instructions, undamaged, with skid location and orientation correct, holding down arrangement complete and secure. Check vibration mountings are secure and set correctly. Check equipment is level and shim material is to the correct specification. Nameplate details correct and in accordance with the datasheet. Nameplate securely attached, readable not obscured. Purchased equipment release note available. All shipped loose knocked down items re-installed in accordance with vendors installation instructions. Where preservation materials are installed, equipment is suitably marked PRESERVATION INSIDE. Unit clean and free from external damage and all paint work in good condition.
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
03 04 05
06 07 08 09
Notes:
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74016 Rev 0 Package Equipment Intallation Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74016 Rev 0 Package Equipment Intallation Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
FILTERS/STRAINERS INSPECTION CHECKLIST

ID M74018A

Client Other

Item 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Notes:
Description of Check Nameplate details are in accordance with data sheet. Check location is correct. Check filter is level and supports are correct. Check holding down bolts are fitted and torque settings are correct. Check external condition of filter. Check external fittings are correctly installed on filter. Check earthing is correctly fitted and to specification. Check vent / drain valves are fitted correctly. Check crossover valve is fitted correctly. Check balance line is fitted correctly. Check filter is internally clean. Check all filter elements are fitted correctly. Check all filter elements condition. Check all filter element types are correct. Check filter access lid is fitted correctly. Check access lid securing bolts are fitted and torque settings are correct. Check inlet and outlet pipework supports are secured / adequate.
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74018 Rev 0 Filters Strainers Installation Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74018 Rev 0 Filters Strainers Installation Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
CENTRIFUGAL COMPRESSOR INSPECTION CHECKLIST

ID M74019A

Client Other

Item 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
Description of Check Verify receipt operations/inspection complete. Verify equipment protection program instituted and documented. Verify anchor bolts checked for location, elevation and orientation, prior to setting equipment. Verify equipment set; checked for location, elevation and orientation. Verify nameplate data. Verify preliminary alignment completed and documented. Verify jackscrews removed and anchor bolt nuts tightened. Verify base plate grouting completed and documented when manufactured grouts are required. Verify lube and seal oil systems flushed. Lubricant: Verify suction piping cleaned in accordance with specifications and documented. Verify final cold alignment set to manufacturer's tolerances and documented. Verify temporary suction screen installed. Verify compressor and driver checked for freedom of measurement. Verify driver activities completed and documented. Verify coupling lubricated and closed. Lubricant: Verify coupling guard in place and secured. Verify compressor and driver doweled. Verify field coatings/insulation checked. Verify vendor representative provided service/supervision for this equipment. Vendor reports attached to this inspection record. Verify equipment protection program completed and documented. Verify final inspection complete.
Subcontractor Fluor Field Engineering
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74019 Rev 0 Centrifugal Compressor Inspection Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74019 Rev 0 Centrifugal Compressor Inspection Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
ROTATING EQUIPMENT INSPECTION CHECKLIST

ID M74020A

Client Other

Item 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Notes:
Description of Check Verify nameplate data. Verify preservation integrity. Verify foundation and foundation bolts meet specified requirements. Verify installation tolerance have been met. Verify grouting meet specifications. Verify all internals are correctly installed. Verify all shipping devices have been removed. Verify all vents, drains, instrument connections, etc., are installed in accordance with equipment trim isometrics. Verify alignments of piping connections are correct. Verify coating system meets specified requirements. Verify insulation meets specified equipment. Verify prior to final closing for internal cleanliness. Verify all ladders, platforms, stairways, and walkways are correctly installed. Verify all shafts for freedom of movement. Verify coupling alignment and installation. Verify direction of rotation. Verify electric motor. Verify installed coupling guard gives adequate protection. Verify correct quality and quantities of lubricants have been installed.
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74020 Rev 0 Rotating Equipment Inspection Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74020 Rev 0 Rotating Equipment Inspection Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
ROTATING EQUIPMENT ALIGNMENT CERTIFICATE Tag Description:

P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Work Package: Subcontractor Fluor
ID M74021AR Tag No.:
Inspection Classification
Area/Unit:

Client Other

Manual No. : Platform :
Phase : Create Date : INFORMATION AND INSPECTION
Manufacturer Test Equipment Used Type
Type Serial No.
Serial No Calibration Expiry Date
Note : Indicate contents of completed report by the deletion of either Y of n/a as applicable. Page No. 2 of 6 3 of 6 4 of 6 5 of 6 6 of 6 Remarks: Flange Alignment Data Sheet Alignment Data Sheet - Uncoupled Alignment Data Sheet - Pipework Loose Alignment Data Sheet - Pipework Tight Uncoupled / Coupled Motor Run Data Sheet Record Sheet Description Y Y Y Y Y n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74021 Rev 0 Rotating Equipment Alignment Record.doc
Page 1 of 6
ROTATING EQUIPMENT ALIGNMENT CERTIFICATE

Manual No. : Phase : FLANGE ALIGNMENT Nozzle Alignment No. Description Line No. A B C Gasket Type 1
ID M74021Ar
Inner Ring Yes No
Remarks: (1) Spiral Wound / CAF / RTJ / Graylock
Page 2 of 6

Manual No. : Phase : COUPLING ALIGNMENT - UNCOUPLED
ID M74021Ar
DRIVER
DRIVEN
RIGID MOUNT
Fig 1
A DRIVER B DRIVEN
0 A B B
90
180 B A
270
A A Fig 2
DRIVER
DRIVEN
D Fig 3
For face and periphery use clock C only. For reverse alignment use clock C and D.
Page 3 of 6
RORATING EQUIPMENT ALIGNMENT CERTIFICATE

Manual No. : Phase : COUPLING ALIGNMENT - COUPLED : PIPEWORK LOOSE N.B. For instructions of method of alignment including completion of alignment data sheet. See section 2.9 of Code of Practice Mechanical Commissioning
METHOD OF ALIGNMENT EMPLOYED ........................................... LOOKING IN DIRECTION OF ............................................................ PIPEWORK FREE .............................................................................. LENGH OF COUPLER SPACER .......................................................
5
DRIVER 4
ID M74021Ar
3 DRIVEN
D.B.F.F.
7
RADIAL CONCENTRICITY OF EACH HALF COUPLING TO ITS OWN SHAFT (Use for face/periphery and reverse alignment.)
mm DRIVER GAUGE No. 1 mm DRIVEN GAUGE No. 2 mm mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
COUPLING GAP. FACE TO FACE. (AXIAL) (Use only for face/periphery method.)
mm CLOCK GAUGES 3 & 4
mm
mm
mm
RADIAL CONCENTRICITY COUPLING FLANGES TO EACH OTHER (Use only for face/periphery and reverse alignment.)
DRIVER GAUGE No. 5 mm DRIVEN GAUGE No. 6 mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
Page 4 of 6

Manual No. : Phase : COUPLING ALIGNMENT - COUPLED : PIPEWORK TIGHT N.B. For instructions of method of alignment including completion of alignment data sheet. See section 2.9 of Code of Practice Mechanical Commissioning
METHOD OF ALIGNMENT EMPLOYED ........................................... LOOKING IN DIRECTION OF ............................................................ PIPEWORK FREE .............................................................................. LENGH OF COUPLER SPACER .......................................................
5
DRIVER 4
ID M74021Ar
3 DRIVEN
D.B.F.F.
7
.1
RADIAL CONCENTRICITY OF EACH HALF COUPLING TO ITS OWN SHAFT (Use for face/periphery and reverse alignment.)
mm DRIVER GAUGE No. 1 mm DRIVEN GAUGE No. 2 mm mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
COUPLING GAP. FACE TO FACE. (AXIAL) (Use only for face/periphery method.)
mm CLOCK GAUGES 3 & 4
mm
mm
mm
RADIAL CONCENTRICITY COUPLING FLANGES TO EACH OTHER. (Use only for face/periphery and reverse alignment.)
DRIVER GAUGE No. 5 mm
mm
mm
DRIVEN GAUGE No. 6 mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
Page 5 of 6

Manual No. : Phase : UNCOUPLED / COUPLED MOTOR RUN DATA SHEET 1. Uncoupled Motor Run
Time (mins)
ID M74021Ar
LV HV
2 0
4 30
6 60
8 90
10 120
15 150
20 180
25 210
30 240
Amb Temp Fan Casing temp Bearing temp DE Bearing temp NDE
Vibration monitoring
C C C C
mm/s
Remarks :
2. Coupled Motor Run

Time (mins)
LV HV
2 0
4 30
6 60
8 90
10 120
15 150
20 180
25 210
30 240
Amb Temp Fan Casing temp Bearing temp DE Bearing temp NDE
Vibration monitoring
C C C C
mm/s
Remarks :
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Page 6 of 6
BELT DRIVEN EQUIPMENT ALIGNMENT RECORD

ID M74022AR

Client Other

Description of Check Pulley alignment Feeler gauge/straight edge on pulley faces.
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
A1
A2
A3
A4
View from top A1.............................................. A2.............................................. A3.............................................. A4.............................................. Belt tension C .000 cm .000 cm .000 cm .000 cm
Adjust C to vendors recommendation. C..cm Notes:

Subcontractor

Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74022 Rev 0 Belt Driven Equipment Alignment Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74022 Rev 0 Belt Driven Equipment Alignment Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
INSPECTION RECORD FOR DRAW OFF TRAY LEAK TEST REPORT

ID M74024A

Client Other

Subject 1.0 Number of trays to be tested 2.0 Gaskets installed 3.0 Volume of water in trays before test Depth cm
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
4.0 Volume of water in trays after 30 minutes. Depth 5.0 Test acceptable General Notes: cm
Reason for failure:
Corrective action required:
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74024 Rev 0 Inspection Record for Draw Off Tray Leak Test.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74024 Rev 0 Inspection Record for Draw Off Tray Leak Test.doc
Page 2 of 2
INSPECTION RECORD FOR AIR COOLERS

ID M74025A

Client Other

Subject 1.0 2.0 3.0 Verify motor rotation Install V-belts and adjust Auto variable pitch fan. Operation check: 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 4.0 Apply _______ psi air to diaphram & adjust blade for maximum blade angle of ________. Adjust for minimum blade pitch angle of Verify fan rotation Motor amps, fan pitch under load conditions Amps 4.1 5.0 Verify vibration
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Start fan & record motor ammeter reading:
4 hour test run: 5.1 5.2 5.3 Verify bearings Retighten belts Adjust blade pitch
6.0
Restart motor : 6.1 Verify motor amps if blade pitch changed Amps
7.0
Vibration switch test: 7.1 Trip simulation acceptable
Remarks
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74025 Rev 0 Inspection Record For Air Coolers.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74025 Rev 0 Inspection Record For Air Coolers.doc
Page 2 of 2
FINAL CLOSING AUTHORIZATION RECORD

ID M74026Ar

Client Other

1.
The above equipment has been supplied, erected and internally fitted in accordance with the applicable drawings, specifications and manufacturer's standard and is certified to be mechanically acceptable. Equipment has been inspected for cleanliness and is free of all debris.
Fluor/Date
2.
Authorization is hereby granted to effect final closing or sealing of this equipment.
Client/Date
3.
Final closing has been effected.
Fluor/Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74026 Rev 0 Final Closing Authorization Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
API 686 BASEPLATE INSTALLATION CHECKLIST (PRIOR TO GROUTING)

ID M74027A

Reference 3.5.2 3.5.3
Anchor bolts checked for: Clean and dry sleeves filled with a nonbonding moldable material such as spray foam Undamaged threads wrapped with duct tape for protection during chipping and grouting operation Foundation checked for: Breaks in aggregate to show that top of foundation has been chipped off to remove low-strength, high porosity concrete (laitance) Concrete grout areas clean and free of oil, dust and moisture Baseplate (or soleplate) checked for: (5 cm) minimum radiused corners Sufficient grout and air vent holes in each compartment Continuous welds that are free or cracks Stencil stating underside pre-coated with an epoxy primer Coupling guard bolts greased and installed to full depth. Elevation adjustment checked for:
Subcont
Fluor FE/QA
3.6.2 3.6.4 3.8.2 3.8.6 3.8.9
3.8.7 3.9.1.2 3.8.8 3.9.4.5 3.9.4.1 3.9.4.4
Adjustment nuts not used on anchor bolts Jackscrews liberally coated with paste wax or grease Jackscrews provided with stainless steel leveling pads Anchor bolts snug tight to hold baseplate in place Baseplate (or soleplate) raised to proper height per construction drawings Each machined mounting pads level to within 0,002 cm and centers are within 0,005 cm separation of each other (i.e., two pads three feet apart shall be a maximum of 0,015 cm from the correct elevation). Data Sheet for level record completed API 686 Chapter 5 paragraph number is referenced preceding each item. Proceed to Baseplate Grouting Checklist (000 509 F74028) when all of the above items have been accepted.
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
Signature Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74027 Rev 0 API 686 Pre- Grout Baseplate Installation Checklist .doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74027 Rev 0 API 686 Pre- Grout Baseplate Installation Checklist .doc
Page 2 of 2
API 686 EQUIPMENT GROUTING CHECKLIST

ID M74028A

Client Other

4.1
MACHINERY INSTALLATION PREGROUT SETUP CHECKLIST Anchor Bolt Preparation Anchor bolt sleeves are clean and dry and filled with a nonbonding moldable material Anchor bolts are not tilted or bolt-bond and are perpendicular with respect to the bottom of the baseplate/soleplate Foundation anchor bolt threads are undamaged. Foundation anchor bolt threads have been wrapped with duct tape for protection. All anchor bolt locations and projections have been verified. Foundation preparation Subcont Fluor FE/QA
Referenc e 3.5.2 3.5.2 3.5.3 3.5.3 3.5.4
3.6.1 3.6.2 3.6.2 3.6.2 3.6.3 3.6.4
An adequate weather-protective cover has been constructed over the areas to be grouted. Concrete foundation is roughened up and all laitance removed for a good grout bond. The minimum grout thickness under any portion of the baseplate/soleplate will be 2,5-5 cm. Foundation is free of structural cracks. All grout forms have been provided with 2,5 cm 45-degree chamfer strips at vertical corners and horizontal edges. Concrete grout areas are clean and free of oil, dust, and moisture. Grout Forms
3.7.1 3.7.3 3.7.4 3.7.5
Grout forms are of adequate strength to support the grout. Inside surfaces of grout have three coats of paste wax applied. Grout forms have been sealed to the foundation to prevent leaks. Grout forms have 2,5 cm, 45-degree chamfer strips at all vertical corners and at the horizontal surface of the grout. Mounting Plate Design Verification
3.8.2 3.8.3 3.8.4 3.8.5 3.8.6 3.8.7
Baseplate/soleplate has 5 cm minimum radiused corners. Anchor bolts have 0,3 cm annular clearance in baseplate or soleplate holes. All pump and other small baseplates have been provided with vertical leveling screws. Baseplates have been provided with one 5 cm minimum grout filling hole in the center of each bulkhead section and one 1,25 cm vent hole. Baseplates have sufficient grout and air vent holes in each compartment to allow for proper grouting. Elevation adjustment nuts will not be permanently grouted.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74028 Rev 0 API 686 Equipment Grouting Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 4

3.8.8 3.8.9 3.8.10 Baseplate leveling jackscrews have been provided with stainless steel leveling pads. Baseplate welds are continuous and free of cracks. All grout pour and vent holes are accessible. Mounting Plate Preparation 3.9.1.1 3.9.1.2 3.9.1.3 3.9.1.4 Baseplate/soleplate has been blasted and all grouting surfaces prepared in accordance with the grout manufacturers recommendations. Three coats of paste wax have been applied to all surfaces where grout bond is not desired. These surfaces include jackscrews, grout forms and coupling guard bolts. All miscellaneous mounting plate holes are plugged to prevent the entrance of grout. Equipment to be grouted is isolated and in a strain-free condition with all piping, conduit and so forth, disconnected. Expansion Joints 3.9.2.1 3.9.2.2 Expansion joints placed on 1,2 to 1,8 meter intervals. Expansion joints fixed into position such that they will not move when grout is poured. Soleplate Installation and Leveling 3.9.3.1 3.9.3.7 3.9.3.9 3.9.4.1 3.9.4.2 1.9.4.5 The elevation to the top of equipment baseplate or soleplate referenced to the civil benchmark is in agreement with the construction grout drawing. All shims used in sub soleplates are AISI Standard type 300 stainless steel. All machined baseplate or soleplate surfaces are level in accordance with the specification and signed-off Data Sheets for level record have been completed. All baseplate elevations set in accordance with the construction drawings. A preliminary equipment alignment check has been made. All baseplate surfaces are level in accordance with the specification and signedoff Data Sheets for level record have been completed. Pregrout Setup 3.12.1 3.12.2 3.12.3 3.12.3 3.12.4 3.12.8 3.12.9 3.12.10 3.12.11 3.12.12 All surfaces in contact with grout are clean, dry and oil free. Anchor bolt nuts have been snugged into position to prevent baseplate/soleplate floating. Anchor bolt sleeves have been filled with flexible mastic material. Top of anchor bolt sleeve has been packed with a soft moldable material. Grout form elevation agrees with the construction drawings. Grouting material is in clean, dry, unopened containers and has been stored at a temperature of approximately 23,8C for 48 hours prior to grouting. All foundation and metal surfaces are within the temperature range of 18,3-32,2C Sufficient quantity of grouting materials are on hand at the jobsite to complete the job (15-25 percent extra). Clean tools, mixing equipment and safety supplies are on hand at the jobsite. Material Safety Data Sheets and personnel protection requirements have been reviewed with all grouting personnel.
ID M74028A
Page 2 of 4

4.2 MACHINERY INSTALLATION GROUT PLACEMENT CHECKLIST Ambient temperature at beginning of grout pour _______C . Pre-grout meeting has been completed and all personnel understand the grout plan and individual responsibilities. Grout Mixing 3.13.2 3.13.3 3.13.3 3.13.4 Resin and hardener are mixed at 200-250 rpm for the specified time and no air entrainment is indicated. Full bags of aggregate are slowly added to blended resin/hardener liquid and mixed to completely wet-out the aggregate. No partial units of epoxy, resins, hardener or aggregate used. Grout mixed in a clean, slow-speed (15-20 r.p.m) portable mortar mixer (or in a wheelbarrow for small pours). Mounting Plate Grouting Grout is placed within its pot life. Time at beginning of pour: Time at end of pour: 3.14.2 3.14.2 3.14.3 3.14.4 3.14.5 3.14.7 3.14.9 No vibrator is used to facilitate grout placement. Grout pour rate is slow enough to permit air to escape. The grout volume used agrees with the estimated cavity volume. No grout leaks are observed. For special purpose equipment, a grout sample is obtained for each batch mixture (polystyrene cup full) for compressive strength testing. All samples are to be labeled and their batch placement location noted. All grout surface air bubbles are removed. Grout holes and vent holes filled with grout. Ambient temperature at end of grout pour _______ C 4.3 3.15.1 3.15.1 3.15.3 3.15.4 3.15.5 3.15.6 MACHINERY INSTALLATION POST-GROUTING CHECKLIST Grout is of sufficient hardness to remove forms. Grout forms remained in place after grouting for 48-36 hours. Mounting plate jackscrew holes are filled with a flexible material such as RTV silicone rubber. Grout is checked for softness with a dial indicator. Baseplate/soleplate checked for soft foot at each anchor bolt location with a magnetic base dial indicator as anchor bolts are torqued. Base movement does not exceed 0,025 mm. Expansion joints sealed with elastic epoxy seam sealant. Top of machinery foundation painted with a grout-compatible nonskid protective coating. (AM) (PM) (AM) (PM)
ID M74028A
Page 3 of 4

Lubricate all anchor bolt threads liberally and torque anchor bolts in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. 3.15.7 Anchor bolt size: Torque specification: Installed torque: 3.15.8 Ensure that all anchor bolts have full penetration of the anchor bolt nut and a minimum of 2 threads protrude above the anchor bolt nut. Filling Grout Voids 3.16.1 Baseplate sounded for voids and all voids repaired. Indicate number of voids found, their size and their location:
ID M74028A
3.16.2 3.16.3 3.16.3 3.16.4 3.16.5
Void areas have NPT 0,3 cm holes installed in opposite corners of void with grease fitting installed in one of the holes. Grout void fill and vent holes are in communication. Dial indicator used on mounting plate to monitor plate movement while filling grout void. All spilled grout is cleaned up with manufacturers approved solvent. Recheck baseplate to ensure that all voids are filled with grout.
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
Signature Date
Page 4 of 4
API 686 ALIGNMENT CHECK SHEET

ID M74029A
Reference 5.1.1 Prealignment meeting held Roles & Responsibilities Contract and Back up Phone Numbers Alignment Table complete and available Taper Gauges available for checking piping flange alignment Shims SSTL or better material, not laminated and flat to 1/1000. At least 0,3cm thick but not more than 1,2 cm under movable machine foot. No more than one 0,3 cm thick shim under any foot. Sag of alignment fixture recorded (<0.8 mm/m) Alignment Checklist 5.1.3 5.1.12 Equipment installed and fixed machine centered on holes Fixed and movable machines shafts free to turn Pump seal locking devices disengaged Packing or blocking material removed Lubrication provided for bearings Coupling hubs runout rim and face readings is 0,005cm or the manufacturers requirement, whichever is less. Check for Bolt-Bound condition All piping is disconnected Movable and fixed machine rotors DBSE or coupling spacer gap length acceptable when set to running position Minimize number of shims (Max 5 shims under any support) Shims are full bearing where practical (use largest pre-cut shim) Confirm Pump & Motor soft foot is not more than 0,005 cm Sag of alignment fixture recorded (<0.8 mm/m) Alignment within tolerance before pipes and conduit attached Pipe strain confirmed to be within 0.005 cm shaft end deflection Alignment within tolerance after pipes and conduit attached
Subcont
Fluor FE/QA
5.1.4 5.1.5 5.1.11 5.4.1 5.4.2.1 5.4.2.1 5.4.4 5.5.1.1 5.4.5 5.4.5. 5.4.5
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
Signature Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74029 Rev 0 API 686 Equipment Alignment Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74029 Rev 0 API 686 Equipment Alignment Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
BASEPLATE LEVELLING RECORD

ID M74030A
Z=____
Z=____
Z=____
Z=____
Z=____
Z=____
Limits: + Z Each pad level to within 0,002 cm/m (record reading and note direction with arrow) Slope between pads less than 0,005 cm/m (record reading and note direction with arrow) Soft foot less than 0,005 cm (record reading after grouting baseplate with equipment set)
Before/After Grout (circle one) Subcontractor


Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74030 Rev 0 Baseplate Leveling Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74030 Rev 0 Baseplate Leveling Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
REVERSE DIAL ALIGNMENT RECORD

ID M74031A
A Fixed Machine (Driven)
(0)
B
(90)
(0)
Looking (270) (90)
DBSE = _ _ _ _
(270) (180)
Movable Machine (Driver)

(180)
A
Fixed Machine (Driven) ______ Movable Machine (Driver) ______
Before/After Piping (circle one)

Thermal Growth (Motor) ______ Thermal Growth (Pump) ______ Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74031 Rev 0 Reverse Dial Alignment Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74031 Rev 0 Reverse Dial Alignment Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
PIPING ALIGNMENT DATA SHEET

ID M74032A
Machinery Installer:
Machinery Identification:
Feeler Gauge Readings Between Gasket Faces
Flange Size: ______________________ 1. _______ _______ 8.

Top or North
Flange Size: ______________________ 1. _______ _______ 8.

Top or North
2. _______
2. _______
_______ 7.
INLET
3. _______
_______ 7.
OUTLET
3. _______
_______ 6. _______ 5.
4. _______
_______ 6. _______ 5.
4. _______
Pipe Strain Measurement
Equipment nozzle and mating flange alignment tolerances shall be within the following maximum permissible limits: a. For steam turbines and compressors other than reciprocating types, 0,4mm (1/64 in. in.) for all alignment categories listed in Subpar. b. below. [For nozzles greater than NPS 24 (600 mm) (24 in.), the machinery vendor shall supply matting flanges.] b. For centrifugal pumps and other rotating machinery: Maximum Permissible Misalignment of Flanged Joints. In. Alignment Detail NPS 12 NPS 22 NPS 24 1. Vertical bolt hole offset 1/8 1/16 1/64 2. Horizontal bolt hole offset 1/8 1/16 1/64 3. Rotational offset 1/8 1/16 1/64 4. Flange face parallelism (across diameter) 1/64 1/64 1/64 5. Flange face separation, plus space required for gasket 1/8 1/16 1/64 Pipe Strain Readings Note: For horizontal machinery Dial indicator readings on coupling hub flange. For vertical machinery Dial indicator readings on driver-mount flange. Net Indicator Readings Inlet Flange Bolt-Up Outlet Flange Bolt-Up Horizontal Orientation (1) = or m. or cm. = or m. or cm. Vertical Orientation (2) = or m. or cm. = or m. or cm. (1) For vertical machinery, the horizontal orientation is perpendicular to pipe centerline when viewed from top. (2) For vertical machinery, the vertical orientation is parallel to pipe centerline when viewed from top. (3) Maximum shaft movement in either direction is 50 micrometers (0,005 cm). Subcontractor Fluor Field Engineering Fluor QA
Name Signature Date Name Signature Date Name Signature Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74032 Rev 0 Piping Alignment Datasheet.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74032 Rev 0 Piping Alignment Datasheet.doc
Page 2 of 2
ROTATING EQUIPMENT (FACE-RIM) ALIGNMENT RECORD

ID M74033A

Client Other

Equipment Tag No.: ______________
Piping Disconnected
Notes: For Face-Rim Alignment Method: Record Readings on either driver or driven hub. Use the inner lines for face readings for that hub. For Reverse Alignment Method: Record the rim readings on both driver and driven hubs.
Piping Connected
Nominal Coupling Gap: ________________
Subcontractor

Name: Signature: Date: Signature: Date:
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74033 Rev 0 Rotating Equipment Face-rim Alignment Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74033 Rev 0 Rotating Equipment Face-rim Alignment Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
FIELD FABRICATED TANKS
SCOPE This procedure defines the inspection, testing and documentation requirements for installation activities for field fabricated tanks. RESPONSIBILITIES - Self-Perform ACTIVITY Verify foundation surveying Inspect foundation construction Review and approve welding procedures Review and approve NDE procedures Monitor in-process welding and NDE activities Check dimensions of tank shell Inspect completed tank Witness testing Inspect tested tank prior to closing RESPONSIBILITY Construction Engineer DOCUMENTATION Survey Field Books FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY Prior to start of erection
Per 000.509.7100 Approval from Corporate Welding Engineering Approval from Corporate Level III Per 000.509.7910
Prior to start of erection Prior to start of welding activities Prior to start of NDE activities Daily during life of activity Periodically during life of activity Each tank Each tank
Welding Engineering
Corporate NDE Level III
Site Quality Manager Site Quality Manager Site Quality Manager Site Quality Manager
000.509.F74103 000.509.F74102
000.509.F74026
Each tank
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7410 Rev 0 Field Fabricated Tanks.doc
Page 1 of 4
RESPONSIBILITIES - Subcontracted ACTIVITY Verify foundation surveying Inspect foundation construction Review and approve contractor's welding procedures Review and approve contractor's NDE procedures Check dimensions of tank shell Surveillance of weld and NDE activities. Inspect completed tank Witness testing Inspect tested tank prior to closing PROCEDURE Foundation Surveying: Verify that the foundation surveying is complete. RESPONSIBILITY Construction Engineer Subcontractor Welding Engineering DOCUMENTATION Survey Field Books 000.509.F02201 Approval from Corporate Welding Engineering Approval from Corporate Level III 000.509.F74103 000.509.F02201 000.509.F02201 000.509.F74102 000.509.F74104 000.509.F74105 000.509.F74106 000.509.F74026 FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY Prior to start of erection Prior to start of erection Prior to start of welding activities Prior to start of NDE activities Periodically during life of activity Daily during life of activity Each tank Each tank Each tank
Corporate NDE Level III Subcontractor Site Quality Manager/ Subcontractor Site Quality Manager/ Subcontractor Site Quality Manager/ Subcontractor Site Quality Manager/ Subcontractor
Foundation Construction: Verify the foundation construction is complete and released for the tank erection. For subcontracted work ensure the erector has accepted the foundation prior to start of tank erection activities.
Review and Approval of Welding Procedure: Verify the welding procedures have been reviewed and approved by the Corporate Welding Manager or his representative.
Page 2 of 4
Review and Approval of NDE Procedures: Verify the NDE Procedures have been reviewed and approved by the Corporate NDE Level III.
Dimension Checks of Tank: Monitor the in-process fabrication activities. Utilize From 000.509.F74102 to document the dimension checks. Verify the first course shell plates have been surveyed for levelness, circularity, and plumbness prior to setting the second course. Contractor must submit the results immediately after each survey has been completed.
Completed tank Inspection: Verify that a final survey has been performed of the erected dimensions of the tank after all roof framing has been installed. Verify the tolerances for plumbness of roof columns and stilling wells, tank nozzles and modules are within those established by the specification.
Witness Testing of Tank: Witness the hydrostatic test on the completed tank in accordance with the project specifications and applicable code requirements. Check the settlement and rebound of the foundation during and after the hydrotest. Excessive settlement data shall be referred immediately to the Site Engineering Manager. Obtain a copy of the tank test for inclusion in the permanent file.
Inspection of Tested Tank Prior to Closing: Inspect the tested tank prior to closing, including final cleanup. Document the approval to close the tank using From 000.509.F74026. Verify that a nameplate according to code and the Manufacturer's Certification Letter and the as-built data has been provided as required by the specifications.
Page 3 of 4
FORMS Quality Control Forms: 000.509.F74101 000.509.F74102 000.509.F74103 000.509.F74104 000.509.F74105 000.509.F74106 000.509.F74026 000.509.F02201 Tank Elevation Tolerances Record Inspection Record Field Erected Tank Tank Plate Dimensional Control Record Field Erected Tank Water Filling And Settlement Record Field Erected Tank Tank Leak Test Record Tank Test Certificate Final Closing Authorization Record Surveillance Report
Page 4 of 4
TANK ELEVATION TOLERANCES RECORD

ID M74101AR

0 + 00
1 + 00
2 + 00
3 + 00 STATIONS
4 + 00
5 + 00
6 + 00
7+00
8+ 00
Note: Show vertical scale and units. TANK FOUNDATION DESIGN ELEV.____________________________ FOUNDATION DESIGN CROWN ELEV._________________________________________________ INSTRUCTIONS TANK FOUNDATION TOLERANCE Establish tank foundation tolerances and obtain tank fabricator acceptance before the start of tank erection. Starting at North Centerline with Station 0+00, and moving clockwise, establish stations at approximately half-sheet intervals around the tank. Do this by establishing the tank shell outline on the foundation and marking off the half-sheet intervals. Take level readings at each station and record on this form. Unless otherwise specified by the contract, the initial tolerance of foundations shall be in accordance with API-650. This exhibit may also be used to record shell and roof elevation tolerances, as well as settlement data, during and after signature of the Fabricator's Representative. Area Superintendent Date Foundation elevation tolerances in accordance with applicable specifications and drawings.
Senior Field Engineer Foundation elevation tolerances checked and accepted.
Date
Fabricator's Representative
Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74101 Rev 0 Tank Elevations Tolerance Report.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74101 Rev 0 Tank Elevations Tolerance Report.doc
Page 2 of 2
INSPECTION RECORD FIELD ERECTED TANK

Subject 1.0 2.0 Inspection-Bottom 1.1 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 4.0 Testing 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 5.0 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.7 Hydrotest water quality and temperature checked. Operation of vents and liquid gauges checked. Tank cleaned. Corner weld tested. Bottom seams vacuum tested. Foundation correct Dimension in accordance with design data Peaking/banding/Verticality & Roundness Nozzle Sizing, orientation & standouts Bottom drain location correct Arrangement traceability weld maps accepted Temporary attachments removed Bottom annulare plates level. Shell diameter checked at bottom, mid-height, top. Shell height checked. Shell banding checked. /Shell peaking checked. Wind girder erection checked. Location nozzles, manhole and stairway checked. Support columns for roof in place and plumb. Roof fittings locations checked. Roof seals installed and checked. Stairway and ladder locations checked. Fire extinguishing systems installed and checked. Internal spray and distributor piping and fittings checked. Inspection-Shell
ID M74102A
Inspection-Roof
Arrangement
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74102 Rev 0 Inspection Record Field Erected Tanks.doc
Page 1 of 2
INSPECTION RECORD FIELD ERECTED TANK

Subject 6.0 Testing 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 7.0 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7.6 8.0 8.1 8.2 9.0 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 Remarks All NDE completed and verified Floor Vacuum Test Nozzle reinforcing pad air test Fixed roof tightness test Hydrostatic Test Settlement under hydrotest recorded Ladders & platforms installed correctly Foam piping installed (where applicable) Sprinkler system installed (where applicable) Breather valves/Air vents installed Level gauges/ stilling wells installed Earthing Internal coatings External coatings Tank calibration carried out Nameplate data correct Tank cleaned out & ready for closure QC documentation reviewed & accepted Closure certificate signed
ID M74102A
Attachments
Surface Protection
Final Acceptance
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
Signature Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74102 Rev 0 Inspection Record Field Erected Tanks.doc
Page 2 of 2
TANK PLATE DIMENSIONAL CONTROL RECORD FIELD ERECTED TANK

ID M74103AR

cm.
Client Other

Type of Tank: Dimension check for: No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Notes: Weld/Plate No.
Diameter ( ) Roundness (HP)
Height: (
cm.
Volume: ) Verticality(HP)
m3
) Peaking/Banding(HP) ( No. 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Tolerance
Difference Acceptable
Weld/Plate Tolerance Difference Acceptable No.
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74103 Rev 0 Tank Plate Dimensional Control Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74103 Rev 0 Tank Plate Dimensional Control Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
WATER FILLING AND SETTLEMENT RECORD FIELD ERECTED TANK

ID M74104A

Client Other

Type of Tank:
Diameter:
cm
Height:
cm
Volume:
cm3
Water Filling No. 1 2 3 4 Full Increment Time From To Height cm cm cm cm Rate cm cm cm cm Holding Time .hrs .hrs .hrs .hrs Remarks
Tank Settlement Record Section to be checked (degrees ) No. 1 2 3 4 5 Full Empty HP HP Stage Before Fill 0 - 45 45 - 90 90 - 135 135 - 180 180 - 225 225 - 270 270 - 315 215 - 360 Remarks HP
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74104 Rev 0 Water Filling and Settlement Record Field Erected Tanks.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74104 Rev 0 Water Filling and Settlement Record Field Erected Tanks.doc
Page 2 of 2
TANK LEAK TEST RECORD

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Work Package:
Type of Tank: Leak Test for: No. Test Area / Portion Test Date
ID M74105AR
Tag No.: Area/Unit:
Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor

Diameter: ( ) Vacuum Box (HP) Result

Client Other
cm


cm Volume: ( Test date ) Air (HP) Result cm
3
Height:: ( No. ) Oil (HP) Test Area / Portion
Subcontractor
Fluor
Client
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74105 Rev 0 Tank Leak Test Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74105 Rev 0 Tank Leak Test Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
TANK TEST CERTIFICATE

ID M74106

Client Other

Subject Bottom - Vacuum Test Numbers
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Fittings - Air Test Numbers
Roof - Vacuum Test Numbers
Shell - Hydrostatic Test Numbers
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74106 Rev 0 Tank Test Certificate.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F74106 Rev 0 Tank Test Certificate.doc
Page 2 of 2
FINAL CLOSING AUTHORIZATION RECORD

ID M74026Ar

Client Other

1.
The above equipment has been supplied, erected and internally fitted in accordance with the applicable drawings, specifications and manufacturer's standard and is certified to be mechanically acceptable. Equipment has been inspected for cleanliness and is free of all debris.
Fluor/Date
2.
Authorization is hereby granted to effect final closing or sealing of this equipment.
Client/Date
3.
Final closing has been effected.
Fluor/Date
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
SURVEILLANCE REPORT
ID A02201
Report No.
Satisfactory
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
UNDERGROUND PIPING SCOPE This procedure applies to the activities associated with inspection and testing of underground piping. RESPONSIBILITY - Self-Perform Pipe Installation ACTIVITY
Request Excavation Coordinate Excavation Release Inspect Excavation Welding Inspection and Testing Inspect on-site pipe fabrication & installation Cleaning of Pipe Pressure Test Coordinate Backfill Request/Release Backfill Inspection Surveillance
RESPONSIBILITY
Mechanical Supt. Const. Engineer/ Mechanical Site Quality Manager Per 000.509.7910 Site Quality Manager Per 000.509.7560 Per 000.509.7520 Construction Engr./ Mechanical Site Quality Manager Site Quality Manager
DOCUMENTATION
000.509.F75001 000.509.F75001 000.509.F75001 Per 000.509.7910 000.509.F75001 Per 000.509.F75601 Per 000.509.F75201 000.509.F75001 000.509.F75001 000.509.F02201
Each excavation Each excavation Daily during life of activity and prior to laying pipe. Per 000.509.7910 Each installation Per 000.509.7560 Per 000.509.7520 Each backfill. Each backfill During life of activity
RESPONSIBILITY - Subcontracted Pipe Installation ACTIVITY

Request Excavation Coordinate Excavation Release Inspect Excavation Welding Inspection and Testing Inspect/Test On-Site Fabrication and Installation Cleaning of Pipe Pressure Test Inspect Coating, Wrapping, Cathodic Protection, Holiday Test, Insulation Resistance Backfill Request/Release Backfill Inspection Surveillance
RESPONSIBILITY
Subcontractor Const. Engineer/ Mechanical Subcontractor Subcontractor Subcontractor Subcontractor Subcontractor Subcontractor Subcontractor Subcontractor Mechanical Supt. Site Quality Manager
DOCUMENTATION
000.509.F75001 000.509.F75001 000.509.F75001 Per 000.509.7910 000.509.F75001 Per 000.509.F75601 Per 000.509.F75201 000.509.F75001 000.509.F75002 000.509.F75001 000.509.F75001 Not Required Form 000.509.F02201
Each excavation Each excavation Daily during life of activity and prior to laying pipe. Per 000.509.7910 During life of activity Per 000.509.7560 Per 000.509.7520 Daily during life of activity. Each backfill. Each installation. Daily during life of activity. Daily during life of activity.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7500 Rev 0 Underground Piping.doc
Page 1 of 6
PROCEDURE Excavation Excavation Release will be signed off prior to the excavation. At this time the location that has been laid out for excavation will be accepted by the Construction Engineer and the Superintendents. The Form 000.509.F75001 shall represent only the piping that the excavation release is approved for (or piping within a single pressure test boundary), whichever is more restrictive. Additional forms are used as needed so that all underground piping is documented. Use Attachment 1 as a guide in performing inspections for inspection attributes.
Welding Inspection and Testing Reference procedure 000.509.7910 for the welding inspection and testing requirements.
Pipe Fabrication and Installation Verify that pipe fabrication and installation activities are performed in accordance with the requirements documented in the applicable drawings and specifications. Use Attachment 1 (Underground Pipe Inspection Reference) as a guide in performing inspections. Use Form 000.509.F75001 to document inspection results.
Cleaning of Pipe Reference Procedure 000.509.7560 for the cleaning of pipe inspection and testing requirements.
Pressure Testing of Piping Systems Verify that required pressure testing has been performed and documented in accordance with Procedure 000.509.7520.
Insulated Flanges - Insulation Resistance Test Insulation resistance testing of insulated flanges, should be performed in accordance with manufacturer instructions and the specifications and this test is documented on form (000.509.F75002).
Page 2 of 6
Coating and Wrapping of Pipe Contact Quality Representative when coating and wrapping activities are to be performed so those activities can be monitored and required inspections and testing can be accomplished. Verify that piping fabrication meets all applicable requirements and that all installed pipe is ready for coating and wrapping. Coating and wrapping shall proceed only after completion of all NDE, successful pressure test, cathodic protection, and testing, including insulation resistance (insulated flanges) testing, Form 000.509.F75002. Monitor the coat and wrap work performance for compliance to specification. Identify, by marking on the surface of the wrapping, any areas found to be defective. Notify the pipe superintendent of any repair areas needing rework. Use Form 000.509.F75001 to document verification activities.
Holiday Testing Holiday testing should be performed in accordance with the equipment manufacturer instructions and the specifications, which may include: Testing of coated and wrapped pipe will be performed with an electric holiday detector, set at a maximum of 2400 volts D.C. for each 1/32" (0.8 cm) of coating thickness. Calibration and usage of the holiday detector instrument shall be in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Rework any areas identified as defective and reschedule inspection and test of repaired areas. Document holiday test results in the appropriate section of the Underground Pipe Inspection Record (000.509.F75001). Notify Piping Superintendent of the sections of accepted coated and wrapped piping which are ready for backfill.
Backfill Request/Release Backfill Release Form 000.509.F75001, will be signed off prior to backfilling. At this time, all work will be verified as complete, including punchlist items and holiday tests before filling over piping. Before filling over welded joints the pressure test must be complete. If the Backfill Release is for only a part of the piping represented by the Excavation Release, additional "Underground Pipe Inspection Records" should be prepared with the boundaries being released identified on the form. Inspection/Test acceptance and Backfill Release should be approved on the additional forms.
Page 3 of 6
FORMS Quality Control Forms: 000.509.F75001 - Underground Pipe Inspection Checklist 000.509.F75002 - Insulation Resistance (Insulated Flanges - Underground Piping) Test Record 000.509.F75003 - Holiday (Spark) Test Record 000.509.F75201 - Pressure Test Report
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 1 - Underground Pipe Inspection Reference
Page 4 of 6
Attachment 1
UNDERGROUND PIPE INSPECTION REFERENCE
Pipe Fabrication and Installation General Line size correct Material correct Line slopes per drawing Branches located correctly High point vents installed Reducers located correctly Reducer type correct Gouges, nicks, surface damage
Excavation Slope per drawing Dimensions per drawing Compaction test before laying pipe Bedding
Coating and Wrapping Surface preparation Application per specification Materials per specification Repairs per specification Holiday Testing
Valves Flow direction correct Item code number correct Bolts or studs correct Bypass installed (if required) Extensions installed
Cathodic Protection Electrical connections Flange insulating kit Insulated Flanges-Insulation Resistance Test Sacrificial material buried Rectification equipment installed
Flanged Connections Flange type, material, rating Flange face preparation and condition Gasket type and condition Bolting type, size, length Torque sequence and values
Pipe Supports Thrust blocks Sufficient supports Anchors installed
Page 5 of 6
Page 6 of 6
UNDERGROUND PIPE INSPECTION CHECKLIST

ID P75001A

Client Other

Drawing Number
Sheet
Drawing Number
Sheet
Item 01
Description of Check Excavation releases: Construction Engineer Mech. Mechanical Supt. Electrical Supt. Civil Supt.
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10
Location and excavation inspection completed Pipe fabrication and installation inspection completed Cleaning of pipe completed Pressure test satisfactory Insulation resistance (insulated flanges-underground piping) test satisfactory Coating and wrapping checked Holiday test satisfactory Cathodic protection completed Backfill request/release(s) obtained Construction Engineer Mech. Site Quality Manager Client
11 Notes:
Backfill inspection completed
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F75001 Rev 0 Underground Pipe Inspection Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F75001 Rev 0 Underground Pipe Inspection Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
INSULATION RESISTANCE (INSULATED FLANGES UNDERGROUND PIPING) TEST RECORD

ID P75002AR

Client Other

Reference Drawing Test equipment No. Notes: 1. Use multi-volt-ohm meter tester or a gas electronics insulation checker model 601. 2. Minimum acceptable value is 10,000 ohms or a suitable reading using the gas electronics insulation checker model 601. Flange location Resistance (ohms) Date Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
Line number
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F75002 Rev 0 Piping Flanges Insulation Resistance Test Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F75002 Rev 0 Piping Flanges Insulation Resistance Test Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
HOLIDAY (SPARK) TEST RECORD

ID P75003AR

Client Other

ISO-Sheet Number
Spool Number
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Voltage setting:
Subcontractor
kV
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F75003 Rev 0 Holiday Test Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F75003 Rev 0 Holiday Test Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
PRESSURE TEST REPORT

ID P75201A

Client Other

Test Package No.: ___________________ Description: _____________________________________________________ P. &I.D. No.(s) R P. &I.D. No.(s) Test Boundaries R P. &I.D. No.(s) R P. &I.D. No.(s) R
ISO No.(s)
Sht
ISO No.(s)
Sht
ISO No.(s)
Sht
Vessels or Equipment in test boundary: Test Conditions Test Medium _______________________________ Test Media/Metal Temp Min._____________ Ambient Temp. Min.____________________ Test Pressure Min.________________ Holding Time: Min. ______________ Test Gage Number: M.T.E.________ M.T.E.________ Date Last Calibrated: Max.______________ Chlorine Content __________________ Max.__________________ Actual_________________ Actual_____________ Actual_____________ ______________ ______________ Test Gage Range: Low_______ Low_______ High_______ High_______ Relief Valve Setting_______________ Actual______________
Pre-Test Inspections/Release Pre-Test Walkdown Complete: NDE, PWHT, PMI (if required) Complete/Accepted: Pipe Field Eng QA Inspector Date Date
Verification of Satisfactory Test Results
QC Inspector QA Inspector
Verification of Line Restoration
Date Date
Pipe Field Engineer QA Inspector Remarks:
Date Date
For coordinate boundaried system such as oil water sewer, test beginning and ending coordinates shall be indicated on the attached drawings.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F75201 Rev 0 Pressure Test Report.doc
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
ABOVEGROUND PIPING SCOPE This procedure applies to the activities associated with inspection and testing of aboveground piping. RESPONSIBILITIES - Self-Perform Pipe Installation ACTIVITY Welding Inspection and Testing Inspect on-site pipe fabrication and installation Cleaning of Pipe Inspect Insulation Pressure Test RESPONSIBILITY Per 000.509.7910 DOCUMENTATION Per 000.509.7910 000.509.F75101 000.509.F75102 000.509.F75103 000.509.F79001 Per 000.509.F75601 Per 000.509.F78102 Per 000.509.F75201 FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY Per 000.509.7910
Site Quality Manager Per 000.509.7560 Per 000.509.7810 Per 000.509.7520
Each installation Per 000.509.7560 Per 000.509.7810 Per 000.509.7520
Responsibilities - Subcontracted Pipe Installation FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY Per 000.509.7910 Each installation Per 000.509.7560 Per 000.509.7810 Per 000.509.7520 During life of activity
ACTIVITY Welding Inspection & Testing Inspect on-site pipe fabrication and installation Cleaning of Pipe Inspect Insulation Pressure Test Surveillances PROCEDURE
RESPONSIBILITY Subcontractor Subcontractor Subcontractor Subcontractor Subcontractor Site Quality Manager
DOCUMENTATION Per 000.509.7910 000.509.F75101 000.509.F75102 000.509.F75103 000.509.F79001 Per 000.509.F75601 Per 000.509.F78102 Per 000.509.F75201 Form 000.509.F02201
Welding Inspection and Testing Reference Procedure 000.509.7910 for the welding inspection and testing requirements. The Fluor Quality Control System Manual, Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Work shall be invoked for self-perform work that will require ASME or National Board Code stamping. If the work is subcontracted and will require code stamping by the subcontractor, the subcontractor's Code program shall be invoked. Prior to the start of any work that will require Code Stamping, contact Scott Fincher, Corporate Code Specialist at 864 -2816796.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7510 Rev 0 Above Ground Piping.doc
Page 1 of 4
Pipe Fabrication and Installation Verify that pipe fabrication and installation activities are performed in accordance with the requirements documented in the applicable drawings and specifications. Use Attachment 1 (Aboveground Pipe Inspection Reference) as a guide in performing inspections. Use Form(s) 000.509.F75101, 000.509.F75102, 000.509.F75103 and 000.509.F79001 to document inspection and examination results.
Cleaning of Pipe Reference Procedure 000.509.7560 for the cleaning of pipe inspection and testing requirements.
Insulation Inspection Reference Procedure 000.509.7810 for the insulation inspection requirements.
Pressure Testing of Piping Systems Verify that required pressure testing has been performed and documented in accordance with Procedure 000.509.7520.
FORMS Quality Control Form: 000.509.F75101 - Aboveground Pipe Inspection Checklist 000.509.F75102 - Visual Inspection of Flanges, Gaskets and Bolting 000.509.F75103 - Weld Map Record 000.509.F75201 - Pressure Test Report 000.509.F75601 - Pipe Cleaning and Verification Checklist 000.509.F79001 - Daily Welding Report ATTACHMENTS Attachment 1 - Aboveground Pipe Inspection References
Page 2 of 4
Attachment 1 ABOVEGROUND PIPE INSPECTION REFERENCE
GENERAL Line size correct. Material correct. Gouges, nicks, surface damage Installation straight and plumb. Line slopes per drawing. Branches located correctly. Branches reinforced. Weepholes in reinforcing pad. High point vents installed. Low point drains installed. Reducers located correctly. Reducer type correct Cold spring or prespring per drawing. Clearance for expansion. Exposure to contaminants. VALVES Flow direction correct. Item code number correct. Bolts or stud correct. Bypass installed (if required). Chain wheel installed. Extension installed. Stem oriented properly. Drain, flush, connections installed. FLANGED CONNECTIONS Flange material, type, and rating. Flange face preparation, condition, cleaning. Gasket type, thickness, condition, rating. Bolt type, size, length, lubrication. Torque sequence, values.
PIPE SUPPORTS Field supports installed. Sufficient supports. Anchors installed. Guides installed. Proper shoes installed and welded. Spring hangers properly installed.
INSTRUMENTS PSV's tested (correct item number). Correct control valves installed. Meter runs properly installed (jacking screws included). Valves at meter runs installed. Pressure gage valves installed. Pressure gages properly oriented. Temperature connections properly oriented. Sample connections installed.
Page 3 of 4
Page 4 of 4
ABOVE GROUND PIPE INSPECTION CHECKLIST

ID P75101A

Client Other

Item
General 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Notes:
System complies with P and ID's and isometric drawings. Piping fabrication ITR complete and accepted. All field weld inspection and NDE, traceability and history records complete and accepted. All NDT/stress relieving requirements performed in accordance with requirements and documented. Correct bolts and gaskets are installed at all mechanical joints. (Optional: Use form P75102A) All vents and drains are installed, including vents and drains for testing and are of correct pressure rating. Piping of correct material, schedule and type. Rating of all forged steel fittings is correct. Check valve materials - (use spec ref. in piping material specification, tags and nameplates. Branch reinforcements are correct. Compound on screwed connections in accordance with specifications. All pressure connections as per specification. Correct direction of flow through filters and strainers traps, check valves, globe valves and control valves. All instrument connections installed and any delicate instruments are isolated/ removed from test. All relief valves, bursting disks, and specified control valves have been removed. Check orifice valve tap orientation correct, taps and plugs have been seal welded and unused. Tapped holes are plugged and welded. Check orifice flanges have required upstream and downstream clearances, that bores have been ground and orifice plates have been removed. All thermowells are installed. All pipe supports installed according to drawings and specifications. Gags on spring supports and expansion joints are in position. Check that system is adequately supported such that no spring in pipework causes stress on pumps or vessel nozzles. All chainwheels and extended spindles installed. Subcontractor Fluor Field Engineering
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F75101 Rev 0 Aboveground Pipe Inpsection Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F75101 Rev 0 Aboveground Pipe Inpsection Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
VISUAL INSPECTION OF FLANGES, GASKETS, AND BOLTING

ID P75102A

Client Other

Line/Drawing No. Item 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 Notes: Description of Check Flange type and rating Flange preparation and cleaning Flange condition Gasket type Gasket condition and rating Bolting type Bolting size Lubrication Torque sequence correct Torque values verified Identification of torqued connection Rejected items flagged
Line Class
Sheet No. Subcontractor
Rev. No. Fluor FE/QA
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F75102 Rev 0 Visual Inspections of Flanges Gaskets and Bolting.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F75102 Rev 0 Visual Inspections of Flanges Gaskets and Bolting.doc
Page 2 of 2
WELD MAP RECORD Iso No.:

Weld No. Date Made Welder Stencil RT ACC REJ RT Report No. PMI PWHT Weld No. Date Made Welder Stencil RT ACC REJ
ID W75103
RT Report No.
PMI
PWHT
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F75103 Rev 0 Weld Map Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F75103 Rev 0 Weld Map Record.doc
Page 2 of 2

ID P75201A

Client Other

ISO No.(s)
Sht
ISO No.(s)
Sht
ISO No.(s)
Sht
Date Date
Date Date
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
PIPE CLEANING AND VERIFICATION CHECKLIST

Tag Description: P.O. No.: Subcontractor: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor Tag No.: Turnover System: Client Other
ID P75601A

Piping Services Group Identification No. Code Class Matl. System Cleanliness Level
Q.C. Remarks Verified By Date
Subcontractor Name: Signature: Date: Name: Signature: Date:
Fluor Field Engineering Name: Signature: Date:
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F75601 Rev 0 Pipe Cleaning and Verification Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
DAILY WELDING REPORT

Subcontractor Unit Line No. Line Class Sheet No. Weld No. Type Weld Area Size Wall Thick. Welder Symbol Process Root Bal Fit-Up Visual Inspected
ID W79001
Remarks
Foreman Welding Inspector
Date Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F79001 Rev 0 Daily Welding Report.doc
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
PRESSURE TESTING
SCOPE This procedure applies to pressure testing of installed piping systems. RESPONSIBILITIES - Self-Perform ACTIVITY Install Piping Define Test Boundaries Provide Preparation / Test Instructions Prepare the System for Testing Perform Pre-Test Inspections/Release Perform Test Verification of Satisfactory Test Results Provide Restoration Instructions Verify Completion of Restoration Surveillance of Testing and Restoration RESPONSIBILITY Self Perform Pipe Const. Engr. and Mech. Supt. Pipe Const. Engr. Mechanical Superintendent Pipe Const. Engr. Site Quality Manager Mechanical Superintendent Pipe Const. Engr. Site Quality Manager Pipe Const. Engr. Pipe Const. Engr. Site Quality Manager Site Quality Manager DOCUMENTATION _____ 000.509.F75201 000 509 F75201 _____ 000 509 F75201 000 509 F75201 _____ 000 509 F75201 000 509 F75201 _____ 000 509 F75201 000 509 F75201 000.509.F02201 FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY _____ Each Test Package Each Test Package _____ Prior to Test Prior to Test _____ Test Completion Test Completion _____ Each Test Each Test Daily
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7520 Rev 0 Pressure Testing.doc
Page 1 of 6
RESPONSIBILITIES - Subcontracted ACTIVITY Install Piping Define Test Boundaries Provide Preparation / Test Instructions Prepare the System for Testing Perform Pre-Test Inspections/Release Perform Test Verification of Satisfactory Test Results Provide Restoration Instructions Verify Completion of Restoration PROCEDURE Define Test Boundaries and Provide Preparation/Test Instructions: Boundaries and instructions in accordance with 000 250 3707 should be prepared and provided or made available to those responsible for Preparing the System for Testing, Performing Pre-test Inspection Release, Performing Test, and Verifying Satisfactory Test Results - Information should be included in pressure test packages. These packages are, as much as possible, to be assembled so that they comprise a portion or all of a piping system. This is required to facilitate system turnover at the end of the job. Each pressure test package shall contain the following: Marked up P&IDs indicating extent of test; location and type of blinds; and equipment or instrumentation to be included or excluded from test. Piping isometrics for lines included in the test. Isometrics are to indicate location of blinds, valves open or closed, fill point, vent locations, equipment or instrumentation excluded from test and locations of required temporary supports. RESPONSIBILITY Subcontractor Subcontractor Pipe Const. Engr. Subcontractor Subcontractor Site Quality Manager Subcontractor Subcontractor Site Quality Manager Pipe Const. Engr. Subcontractor Site Quality Manager DOCUMENTATION _____ 000.509.F75201 000 509 F75201 _____ 000 509 F75201 000 509 F75201 _____ 000 509 F75201 000 509 F75201 _____ 000 509 F75201 000 509 F75201 FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY _____ Each Test Package Each Test Package _____ Prior to Test Prior to Test _____ Test Completion Test Completion _____ Each Test Each Test
Instruction items are on Form 000.509.F75201. Initiate this form and complete the instructions through "Test Conditions".
Page 2 of 6
Notes for special test situations. Instructions for marking temporary test materials for verifying line restoration. Special instructions and safety precautions when the test medium is a gas or vapor. Instructions for preventing air entrapment. Venting instructions. Test gage location. Identify all required "witnesses" of test. Require all joints including welds to be uninsulated and exposed for examination during the pressure test. Provide retest instructions after repair of leaks detected by the pressure test.
Prepare the System for Testing: Make preparation for testing as required by test instructions, 000 250 3707 and 000 250 50050:
Perform Pre-test Inspections/Release: Verify completion (by walkdown) and acceptance of any required inspection, post-weld heat treatment, NDE, hardness testing, PMI, and any other required test/inspections. Verify piping system has been completely checked (punched out) and preparations for testing as required by test instructions are complete.
Perform Test: Perform the test in accordance with test instructions.
Verification of Satisfactory Test Results: Upon the attainment of the required hydrostatic test pressure, for at least the minimum specified time, an inspection shall be made of all joints and connections. The inspection shall be made while the system is at the required test pressure.
Page 3 of 6
Following the application of the pneumatic test pressure and reduction to the design pressure the entire line should be walked to determine if there is any audible evidence of leakage. Any leaks found at the time shall be marked and repaired after first depressuring the line. After this walkdown, all joints and welds shall be covered with a soap solution in order to detect any leakage. Soap shall be commercial preparation specifically for leak detection.
If leaks are found by pressure testing, mark their locations. Complete the Pressure Test Report actual test conditions for Test Media/Metal temperature, Test Pressure Test Gage Number and Calibration information.
Provide Restoration Instructions: Instructions to comply with restoration requirements of 000 250 50050 should be provided or made available to those responsible for restoring the system after pressure testing and for verifying completion of restoration. Information should include: Instructions for removal of temporary test material (blanks, blinds). Positioning of operating blinds. Draining instructions. Installation of equipment excluded from field test (valves, orifice plates, expansion joints, short pieces of pipe, new gaskets, bolts, vessel internals, etc.). Instructions for removal of temporary supports. Resetting spring hangers. Drying of instruments. Treatment of vent and drain connections. Cleaning of strainers. Painting and insulation.
Page 4 of 6
Verification of Line Restoration: Verify that all restoration activities have been completed and the system(s) or partial system represented by this pressure test report is complete.
FORMS Quality Control Form: 000.509.F75201 Pressure Test Record
Page 5 of 6
Page 6 of 6

ID P75201A

Client Other

ISO No.(s)
Sht
ISO No.(s)
Sht
ISO No.(s)
Sht
Date Date
Date Date
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
CHEMICAL CLEANING OF PIPE
SCOPE The purpose of this procedure is to establish the inspection activities necessary to verify the process of cleaning the interior surface of piping is performed in accordance with approved requirements. RESPONSIBILITIES - Self-Perform/Subcontracted ACTIVITY Verify that all pressure testing & NDE are complete Commence cleaning operation Monitor chemical cleaning process GENERAL Inspection Pre-Requisites Verify that pressure testing and NDE are complete prior to release for cleaning. RESPONSIBILITY QC Inspector Construction Supt./ Subcontractor QC Inspector 000.509.F75601 000.509.F75601 DOCUMENTATION FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY Prior to release for cleaning As required by project specs Daily during activity
Inspection Monitor chemical cleaning process verifying that it is performed in accordance with approved project specifications and document on the pipe cleaning and verification checklist (000.509.F75601). Retain water test report and certificate of conformance and attach to the pipe cleaning and verification checklist (000.509.F75601).
FORMS Quality Control Form: 000.509.F75601- Pipe Cleaning and Verification Checklist
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7560 Rev 0 Cleaning of Pipe.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7560 Rev 0 Cleaning of Pipe.doc
Page 2 of 2
PIPE CLEANING AND VERIFICATION CHECKLIST

Tag Description: P.O. No.: Subcontractor: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor Tag No.: Turnover System: Client Other
ID P75601A

Piping Services Group Identification No. Code Class Matl. System Cleanliness Level
Q.C. Remarks Verified By Date
Fluor QA
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
ELECTRICAL INSPECTION SCOPE This procedure applies to inspection of electrical installations. Refer to procedure 000.509.7010 and 000.509.7100 for work involving excavation, backfill, and concrete. RESPONSIBILITIES - Self-Perform ACTIVITY RESPONSIBILITY DOCUMENTATION OR INSPECTION REFERENCE _____ FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY Each electrical item Daily during life of activity Each installation at completion Daily during life of activity and at completion
Install electrical items Inspect in-process electrical installation Check final electrical installation Surveillance
Electrical Superintendent Site Quality Manager/ Construction Engineer Site Quality Manager/ Construction Engineer Site Quality Manager (Note 1)
000 509 F760XX 000 509 F760XX 000 509 F02201
RESPONSIBILITIES - Subcontracted Work ACTIVITY Install electrical items Inspect in-process electrical installation Check final electrical installation Surveillance RESPONSIBILITY Subcontractor Subcontractor/ Site Quality Manager Subcontractor/ Site Quality Manager Site Quality Manager (Note 1) DOCUMENTATION _____ FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY Each electrical item Daily during life of activity Each installation at completion Daily during life of activity and at completion
000 509 F760XX 000 509 F760XX 000.509.F02201
NOTE 1:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7600 Rev 0 Electrical Inspection.doc
Page 1 of 2
PROCEDURE Inspect in-process electrical installation activities in accordance with the applicable specifications and drawings. The appropriate checklist should be initiated and completed to document inspection activities. Perform final installation checks in accordance with the applicable specifications and drawings. The final inspections should be completed on the applicable checklist. Perform surveillances daily during the life of electrical activities. Document results on Form 000.509.F02201.
FORMS Quality Control Forms: 000.509.F76001 000.509.F76002 000.509.F76003 000.509.F76004 000.509.F76005 000.509.F76006 000.509.F76007 000.509.F76008 000.509.F76009 000.509.F76010 000.509.F76011 000.509.F76012 000.509.F76013 000.509.F76014 Conduit And Cable Tray Checklist Electrical Manhole Inspection Checklist Medium & High Voltage Underground Cable Splice Inspection Record Medium and High Voltage Cable Termination Checklist Cable Pulling Inspection Checklist Fan/Speed Reducer/Motor Inspection Checklist Switch House Inspection Checklist Lighting Receptacle, Instrument Distribution Panels Inspection Checklist Electrical Motor Inspection Checklist Aboveground Conduit Inspection Checklist Lighting Panelboard Inspection Record Underground Conduit (Duct Bank) Inspection Grounding/Earthing System (Grid or Loop) Inspection Record Cable Termination Checklist
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7600 Rev 0 Electrical Inspection.doc
Page 2 of 2
CONDUIT AND CABLE TRAY CHECKLIST

ID E76001A

Client Other

Drawing: Item Description of Check Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
Cable Tray Verify the following are in accordance with design documents 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 Conduits Verify the following are in accordance with design documents 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Notes: Subcontractor
Supports Grounding Cable spacing Cable tie down Barriers Splice Plates Wall penetrations High voltage labels
Workmanship Supports Pull joints Expansion joints Bonding jumpers Seals and drains High voltage labels Fittings

Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76001 Rev 0 Conduit and Cable Tray Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76001 Rev 0 Conduit and Cable Tray Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
ELECTRICAL MANHOLE INSPECTION CHECKLIST

ID C76002A

Client Other

Location
Drawing Number
Inspection Prior to Concrete Pour or Dry Packing

Item Description of Check Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
01
Verify opening size and location for compliance with drawings and specifications. Grounding/earthing in place and secure.
02
03 04
Pulling eyes and ladder rungs in place. Verify conduit size, orientation, type, location, adequate support and plugs/caps for compliance with drawings and specifications. Sump or drain provided in accordance with drawings.
05 Notes:
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76002 Rev 0 Electrical Manhole Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76002 Rev 0 Electrical Manhole Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
MEDIUM AND HIGH VOLTAGE UNDERGROUND CABLE SPLICE INSPECTION RECORD

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Work Package: Note: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor Client Other Tag No.: Area/Unit: Turnover System: Sub System:
ID E76003AR
This Inspection Record is for cables rated greater than 2000 volts. When this work is contracted, inspection may be documented on Contractor's detailed Inspection Record. Splice No.:
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Reference Dwg.: Splice Kit Manufacturer: Kit No.: Circuit No.: From: Cable Rated Voltage: Cable Type: 01 To:
Coordinates (Surveyor Complete And Initial/Date At Right) Trench Number: A West/East: B West/East: C West/East: Manhole Number: South/North South/North South/North Pull Box Number
02
Splice Make-up: A Acceptable B Acceptable C Acceptable Neutral Acceptable
03 04 05 06
Document DC High Potential (hypot) Test on 000 509 F76008, or obtain appropriate documentation from testing contractor. Sheath grounded/earthed, as required. Field changes recorded on "as-built" drawings. Splice markers installed, when required. Subcontractor Fluor Field Engineering
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76003 Rev 0 Medium and High Voltage Underground Cable Splice Inspection Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76003 Rev 0 Medium and High Voltage Underground Cable Splice Inspection Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
MEDIUM AND HIGH VOLTAGE CABLE TERMINATION CHECKLIST

ID E76004A

Client Other

NOTE: This Inspection checklist is for terminations rated greater than 2000 Volts Circuit Number Drawing Number KIT Number KIT Manufacturer Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
Verify the following are acceptable in accordance with design documents: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Cable size type, location, installation and routing Cable bend radius IAW specifications and cable jacket free of kinks Cable termination supports and support spacing IAW drawings and Specifications Cable installation neat and evenly spaced Cable free of surface damage Termination Kit/Materials installed IAW Manufacturers instructions Document DC High Potential Test (hypot) on 000 509 F76104 Cable Terminated IAW equipment manufacturers instructions, including torquing of bolted connections. Torque Wrench Number: Cal Date: Torqued at: 9. inch/foot lbs Left to Right Top to Bottom Front to Rear
Check phase location and marking:
IAW Specification requirements A B C
Acceptable Acceptable Acceptable
10. Metallic Sheaths/Shields/Armor grounded/earthed IAW termination detail drawings Subcontractor


Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76004 Rev 0 Medium and High Voltage Cable Termination checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76004 Rev 0 Medium and High Voltage Cable Termination checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
CABLE PULLING INSPECTION CHECKLIST

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Work Package: Drawing Number: Item Description of Check Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor Tag No.: Area/Unit:
ID E76005A

Client Other

Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Verify the applicable attributes listed below: 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Notes: Subcontractor

Underground conduit has been swabbed-out Cable tray is free of sharp edges Verify number of bends between pulling points does not exceed specification requirements Verify cable reel assignment and cutting schedule Verify cable voltage rating, minimum pulling temperature and type of pulling compound Verify arrows on high voltage cable reels for direction of pulling off reel Megger metal clad cables before pulling Verify instrument cable for continuity and isolation from drain wire before pulling Verify maximum permitted pulling tension not exceeded Megger power and control cable after installation (Record test results on E76006A) Megger instrument wire and cable after installation (Record test results on E76007A) Hypot medium and high voltage cable (Record test results on E76008A) Continuity check instrument wire after installation Bend radius of trained cable in accordance with specifications Cable is free of kinks, neat and cablelay is in accordance with drawings Spacing between instrument cable and power cable in accordance with design Cables identified per specification and drawings Cable ends sealed after cutting

Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76005 Rev 0 Cable Pulling Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76005 Rev 0 Cable Pulling Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
FAN/SPEED REDUCER/MOTOR INSPECTION CHECKLIST

ID E76006A

Client Other

Item
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Check name plates

Make Model Serial No
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 Notes:
Fan Speed Reducer Gearbox Shafts Coupling Motor Equipment installation report completed Shaft / coupling torqued to requirements Coupling alignment report completed Fan blades U-bolts torqued to requirements Initial blade angle set correctly Check linkages and freedom of rotation Correct oil grade and level in speed reducer Fan housing fixed Installation acceptable
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76006 Rev 0 Fan Motor Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76006 Rev 0 Fan Motor Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
SWITCH HOUSES INSPECTION CHECKLIST

ID E76007A

Client Other

Item
Tidiness and general condition of station and yard in satisfactory condition. Verify the following items: 01 Station exterior: Has the station been numbered and fire fighting instructions and danger signs been provided? Is the station equipment complete with: First aid/electrical shock treatment directions Verify instructions required by local authority. Key diagram of main power system Single line diagrams of switchgear Schematic/wiring diagrams of switchgear Blackboard and/or log book Sufficient caution and danger notices and spare fuses If a telephone is provided: Fire extinguisher State type: CO2/BCF
02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Special operating tools/grounding equipment Proper operation of: Safety locks Doors, door locks and panic bars Lighting, socket outlets, emergency lighting H. V. A. C. Verify appropriate and in operating condition.
Notes:
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76007 Rev 0 Switch House Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76007 Rev 0 Switch House Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
LIGHTING, RECEPTACLE, INSTRUMENT DISTRIBUTION PANELS INSPECTION CHECKLIST

ID E76008A

Client Other

Item Description of Check Verify the following are acceptable: 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 Ground bus in panel Panel equipment ground bond Wire markers (feeder) Directory complete Equipment number on nameplate Phase meter test ABC Touch-up painting complete Receptacle Panel Volt test all receptacles for standard HNG Orientation. All receptacles identified by circuit number on nameplate Lighting Panel With all lights on, compare branch circuit. Hot amps to branch neutral amps. Covers complete Provide the data and complete the following: 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 12.6 Notes:
Subcontractor
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
11 12
Main breaker amps Feeder Size Neutral underground at panel Ground wire size Megger at 1000V 0-0 Megger at 1000V 0-Gnd

Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76008 Rev 0 Lighting Receptacle, Iinstrument Distribution Panel Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76008 Rev 0 Lighting Receptacle, Iinstrument Distribution Panel Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
ELECTRICAL MOTOR INSPECTION CHECKLIST

ID E76009A

Client Other

Item 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08
Description of Check Verify motors nameplate data ratings and verify against motor list. Verify damage and missing parts. Verify foundation and foundation bolts meet specified requirements. Verify installation tolerance has been met. Verify all internals are correctly installed. Verify all shipping devices have been removed and check for cleanliness. Verify all vents, drains, instruments connection etc., are installed in accordance with equipment trim isometrics. Verify screens, guards and other personnel protective design features are correctly installed where applicable. Mounting Baseplate Level Grouting Junction box location Verify mounting bolts for tightness. Wired for proper rotation and rotation checked. Couplings/pulleys installed. Frame and casing sound and free of debris. Paint finish checked. Verify lubrication. Verify vibration.
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Verify if the location and orientation is correct. 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Notes: Subcontractor


Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76009 Rev 0 Electrical Motor Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76009 Rev 0 Electrical Motor Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
ABOVEGROUND CONDUIT INSPECTION CHECKLIST

ID E76010A

Client Other

Drawing(s): Subcontractor 1. Supports and spacing in accordance with specification and drawings 2. Supports adjacent to terminal fittings 3. Conduits clean, stub-ups protected, open ends plugged, damage during construction repaired 4. Field bend radius correct in accordance with specifications and codes. Bends free of deformities 5. Expansion joints as shown on drawings 6. Installation neat and evenly spaced 7. Spacing between instrument and power conduit in accordance with project specifications 8. Spacing from hot pipes and hot surfaces maintained in accordance with project specifications 9. Conduit permanently and effectively grounded, unless specifications permit otherwise. Bonding jumpers installed around expansion joints 10. Proper fittings installed with threads fully engaged, no wrench cuts, conduit ends have bushings and covers installed 11. Seals and drains installed in accordance with drawings 12. Flexible conduit installed with proper bending radius and with standard fittings 13. Junction boxes leveled and supported with proper hubs, locknuts and bushings installed, in accordance with drawings. Junction boxes properly identified. 14. Adequate number of pulling points Conduits seals, as shown on the following drawings, poured and marked by Construction. (List drawing number or attached drawings): Fluor FE/QA
Additional conduit seals, recorded on as-build drawings, poured and marked by Construction for the following: equipment, analyzer housing, local control panels, etc. (List Tag Numbers):
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
Signature Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76010 Rev 0 Aboveground Conduit Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76010 Rev 0 Aboveground Conduit Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
LIGHTING PANELBOARD INSPECTION RECORD

ID E76011A

Client Other

Building:
Area/Unit
Panelboard Tag: Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
1. Receiving Operations/Inspection complete 2. Equipment Protection Program instituted and documented 3. Check assembly for any missing parts 4. Enclosure approved for area classification 5. Panelboard circuit schedule filled out 6. Correct circuit breaker, fuse size and location 7. Neutral wire correctly color coded 8. Grounding/earthing installed and connected. Test Record, Form: 000 509 F76117: Ground Continuity Test Record (Electrical Equipment and Ground Test Bars), completed 9. Seals installed (if required) 10. Check for breather and drain 11. Check panel load balance 12. Check color coding of branch circuit conductors 13. Clean out 14. Check mounting and supports 15. Fixtures and receptacles are correct type and installed as per drawings 16. Fixtures and receptacles on correct circuit 17. Nameplate, number of circuits and panelboard location per drawing 18. Correct glands installed (i.e., flameproof glands on explosionproof enclosures) 19. Megger buses including neutral. Record results on Form: 000 509 F76035: Insulation Resistance (Equipment) Test Record. Main disconnect and outgoing circuits should be open 20. Equipment protection program completed and documented 21. Final inspection complete. Punch List Record, cleared.
Subcontractor Name Signature Date Name Signature Date Fluor Field Engineering Name Signature Date Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76011 Rev 0 Lighting Panelboard Inspection Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76011 Rev 0 Lighting Panelboard Inspection Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
UNDERGROUND CONDUIT (DUCT BANK) INSPECTION

Tag Description:
P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor
ID E76012A
Tag No.:
Turnover System:

Client Other

Location
Drawing No. Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
1. Trenching checked for location, elevation and forming. Check for conflicts with other under ground construction 2. Conduit size, type and location checked for conformance to specifications and drawings, conduit sloped to drain into manholes. 3. Rigid steel elbows used for all stub-ups, including PVC runs. 4. Conduit seals installed in accordance with drawings. 5. Minimum concrete coverage will be in accordance with specifications on all sides on conduits 6. Conduit Spacing, Supports and Tie-downs correct. 7. Field bend radius correct per drawings/specifications. Bends free of deformities. 8. Pipe caps on all ends. 9. All conduit connection tightly made. 10. Reinforcing bars installed when specified. 11. All field changes recorded on as-built drawings 12. Trench/forms free of debris 13. Concrete coverage adequate; spaces not left exposed. 14. Concrete color in accordance with specifications 15. Stub-up concrete encasement correct 16. Stub-up dimensions and location checked. 17. Backfill and compaction correct 18. Conduits free of such things as stop pages and grout leakage 19. PVC conduit just above grade, plus elbow 20. Conduit blown and pull strings installed. Remarks:
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
Signature Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76012 Rev 0 Underground Conduit - Duct Bank Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76012 Rev 0 Underground Conduit - Duct Bank Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
GROUNDING/EARTHING SYSTEM (GRID OR LOOP) INSPECTION RECORD

ID E76013A

Client Other

Note!!! This Inspection Record is for the (Check One): 1. Main Grounding/Earthing System: 2. Dedicated Instrument System: Reference Drawing: Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA 3. Primary conductor is correct size and type in accordance with drawings 4. Ground/earthing conductor burial depth and routing per drawings and specifications 5. Thermal/compression connections checks (no cold joints or burnouts) 6. Thermal/compression connection insulation checked 7. Ground/earthing anode locations and installation per drawings 8. Ground/earthing anode connections checked 9. Location, type, size and insulation color of equipment taps per drawings and protected during construction 10. System ground/earthing anode resistance-to-earth checked and recorded on Form: 000 509 F76101. Ground/Earthing Resistance Reading (Resistance to Earth and Loop Continuity) Test Record. 11. All field Revisions recorded on as-build drawings 12. Maximum allowable system ground resistance not to exceed 1 ohm. For dedicated instrument systems (i.e. TDC 3000), the maximum allowable ground resistance is 1 ohm Remarks: Cal Date:
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
Signature Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76013 Rev 0 Grounding Earthing System Inspection Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76013 Rev 0 Grounding Earthing System Inspection Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
CABLE TERMINATION CHECKLIST

ID E76014A

Client Other

Cable I. D. Number Drawing Number Verify the following are acceptable inaccordance with design documents: 1. Cable length adequate 2. Cable preparation proper 3. Termination lug correct Size/type 4. Crimping tool correct 5. Permanent cable I.D. correct 6. Terminals torqued per specification 7. Wire size, type, and color correct 8. Crimping tool correct Remarks Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
Signature Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76014 Rev 0 Cable Termination Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76014 Rev 0 Cable Termination Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
ELECTRICAL TESTING SCOPE This procedure applies to testing of electrical installation. RESPONSIBILITIES - Self-Perform ACTIVITY
Define Test Boundaries Provide Preparation Test Instructions Perform Electrical Test Verify Test Results Provide Restoration Instructions Verify Completion of Restoration
RESPONSIBILITY
Electrical Construction Engineer Electrical Construction Engineer Electrical Superintendent Site Quality Manager/ Electrical Construction Engineer Electrical Construction Engineer Site Quality Manager Electrical Supervisor
DOCUMENTATION
_____ _____ _____ 000 509 F761XX Applicable Form _____ 000 509 F761XX Applicable Form
Each Test Package Each Test Package Each Test Package Test Completion Each Test Package Each Test

Define Test Boundaries Provide Preparation Test Instructions Perform Electrical Test Verify Test Results Provide Restoration Instructions Verify Completion of Restoration Surveillance
RESPONSIBILITY
Subcontractor Subcontractor Subcontractor Subcontractor/ Site Quality Manager Discipline Engineer Subcontractor/ Site Quality Manager Site Quality Manager (*Note 1)
DOCUMENTATION
_____ _____ _____ Applicable Form _____ _____ 000.509.F02201
Each Test Package Each Test Package Each Test Package Test Completion Each Test Package Each Test Each Test
NOTE 1 -
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7610 Rev 0 Electrical Testing.doc
Page 1 of 4
PROCEDURE Define Test Boundaries and Provide Preparation Test Instruction: Boundaries and test instructions provided by construction Electrical Construction Engineer shall be reviewed by inspection personnel prior to any testing activities. Notify the Fluor/Client of testing/inspections for their involvement which they have requested/required to witness.
Test Field Installed Equipment: Perform test in accordance with the test instruction provided by Electrical Construction Engineering.
Verification of Test Results: Utilizing the test instructions and/or drawing(s) required, verify the acceptance of the test. Document the satisfactory results using the applicable forms referenced in this procedure.
Provide Restoration Instructions: Instructions to comply with restoration requirement of the applicable specification and/or drawing should be provided by Electrical Construction Engineering.
Verification of System Restoration: Verify that all restoration activities have been completed and the system(s) or partial system represented by this test package is complete.
FORMS Quality Control Forms: 000.509.F76101 000.509.F76102 000.509.F76103 000.509.F76104 000.509.F76105 000.509.F76106 000.509.F76107 000.509.F76108 000.509.F76109 Grounding/Earthing Resistance Reading (Resistance-to-Earth and Loop Continuity) Test Record Insulation Resistance (Power, Control Wire And Cable) Test Record Insulation Resistance (Instrument Wire And Cable) Test Record DC High Potential Test (Medium Voltage Cable) Record Current Transformer (And Ammeter) Test Record LV Over-current And Earth/Ground-Fault Protection Relay Test Over-current/Ground Fault Protection Relay (Induction Type) Test Over-current/Ground Fault Protection Relay (Thermal Type) Test Switching Units HV Switchgear Inspection And Test Record
Page 2 of 4
000.509.F76110 000.509.F76111 000.509.F76112 000.509.F76113 000.509.F76114 000.509.F76115 000.509.F76116 000.509.F76117 000.509.F76118 000.509.F76119 000.509.F76120 000.509.F76121 000.509.F76122 000.509.F76123 000.509.F76124 000.509.F76125 000.509.F76126 000.509.F76127 000.509.F76128 000.509.F76129 000.509.F76130 000.509.F76131 000.509.F76132 000.509.F76133 000.509.F76134 000.509.F76135
Ground Electrode Resistance Inspection Test Record Ground Fault Protection Relay Induction Inspection and Test Record Grounding Continuity Inspection and Test Record Grounding Rod Inspection and Test Record Bus Bar Assemblies LV Switchgear Test Record Neutral Grounding/Earthing Resistor Test Record Ground Continuity (Non Electrical) Equipment/Structures Test Record Ground Continuity (Electrical Equipment and Ground Test Bars) Test Record Insulation Resistance (Equipment) Test Record Insulation Resistance (Transformer) Test Record Liquid Dielectric Strength Test Record DC Proof Test Record for Motors Feeder Breaker (480V MCC) Test Record Breaker/Contractor (480V MCC) Test Record 460V Motor Circuit (480V MCC) Test Record Medium Voltage Motor Circuit Test Record Equipment Absorption Ration and Polarization Index Test Record (Megger) Insulation Resistance (Medium Voltage Power Cables) Test Record Bus Throat Insulation and Ductor Reports Circuit Breaker Contract Timing Test Report Vacuum Circuit Breaker Ductor Insulation Report Drawout Vacuum Breaker Inspection Test Main Bus Insulation and Ductor Report Electric Motor Run-In Test Record Drawout Air Circuit Breaker Inspection Record Insulation Resistance (Rotating Equipment) Test Record
Page 3 of 4
Page 4 of 4
GROUNDING/EARTHING RESISTANCE READINGS (RESISTANCE TO EARTH AND LOOP CONTINUITY) TEST RECORD
Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Work Package: Test Equipment: (Note 1) Reference Drawing: Notes: (Note 2) Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor Client Other Tag No.: Area/Unit: Turnover System: Sub System:
ID E76101AR
1. Record resistance-to-earth for each rod (or group of rods) with all other conductors disconnected. When a foundation is ohms for any used for grounding/earthing, measure resistance from anchor bolt to earth. Resistance not to exceed: single rod, designated group of rods or foundation, when tested in accordance with test method designated in specifications. 2. Check continuity from each equipment ground/earthing tap to ground/earthing loop bus or rod. If all taps between any two rods (indicate rod numbers below) or all taps connected to bus measure less than ohms, indicate check mark in "tap" column.
Rod Number Or Foundation
Resistance To Earth (Ohms)
Ambient Temp. (C-F)
Weather
Taps ( )
Initials/Date
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76101 Rev 0 Grounding earthing Resistance Reading Test Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76101 Rev 0 Grounding earthing Resistance Reading Test Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
INSULATION RESISTANCE (POWER CONTROL WIRE & CABLE) TEST RECORD

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor Test Equipment: Test Equipment: Ambient Temperature: Notes: 1. C F Tag No.: Turnover System:
ID E76102A

Client Other Test Voltage: Test Voltage: Date

Perform Insulation Resistance Test (megger) between each conductor and all other conductors and metallic sheath for cables with nonshielded conductors. Test between each conductor and shield for multiconductor cables with shielded conductors. Record lowest reading for each cable. Use 500V test set for cables rated 300 to 600 volts and 2500V test set for cable rated over 600 volts. Readings will vary inversely with temperature, and cable length. When Project specifies use of temperature correction factors, attach 2nd sheet with computed values. Indicate on each sheet "Measured" or "Temperature corrected". Wire Tagging Cable Rated Voltage Wire Or Cable Quantity Size From To Insulation Resistance (Megohms)* Initials
2. 3.
Panel No. Circuit No. Feeder No.
*Minimum acceptable Project values Cable Rated Voltage Test Duration
Resistance For Cable Only (Megohms)
Cable/Wire Size Or Amperage
Resistance When Cable Connected to Equip (Ohms)
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76102 Rev 0 Insulation Resistance Power Control Wire Test Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76102 Rev 0 Insulation Resistance Power Control Wire Test Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
INSULATION RESISTANCE (INSTRUMENT WIRE AND CABLE) TEST RECORD

ID E76103AR

Client Other

Test Equipment: Ambient Temperature: Test Voltage: Notes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Cable number or instrument number
Record only the lowest value. MP - multi-pair cable, SP - single pair cable. Megger with instruments disconnected. Use 250 volt (or lower voltage, when specified) range on DC test set. Readings will vary with temperature and cable length.*
Overall Shield to lead and armor (multipair cables only) (megohms) Conductor to conduit (single pair non-shielded cables) (megohms) Indicate MP or SP type (2) Shield to Conduit (single pair cables only) (megohms) Shield to Shield (multipair cables only) (megohms) (1) Conductor to Conductor (megohms) (1) Conductor to Shield (megohms) (1)
*Minimum Acceptable Project Values Subcontractor


Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76103 Rev 0 Insulation Resistance Instrument Wire Test Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
Initials
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76103 Rev 0 Insulation Resistance Instrument Wire Test Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
DC HIGH POTENTIAL TEST (MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLE) RECORD

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor Circuit Number: Cable Size: Number Of Conductors: Cable Length: Insulation Type: Jacket Material: Weather: Test Equipment Used: Note: 1. 2. Temp.: C F Humidity: Date: (SQ.MM.) (MCM) Client Other Ref. Dwg.: From: No. Of Splices: Manufacturer: Thickness: To: Tag No.: Turnover System: Sub System: Location:
ID E76104A
3. 4. 5. 6.
The test voltage shown below shall be reached in 10 equal voltage increments. After each voltage increase, the leakage current shall be allowed to stabilize during a 1-minute interval. If 1-minute intervals are insufficient to stabilize the current, the cable shall be discharged, and the test repeated with new time intervals of greater, but still equal, duration. Record the stabilized leakage current, in microamps, at the end of each time interval. Allow the voltage to remain constant at the full test voltage and record the leakage current for 5 minutes for unshielded cables and 15 minutes for shielded cables.* Read test equipment instruction manual prior to testing cable. When Project specifies the plotting of test results, attach 2ND sheet with separate plot for each phase. Note leakage current, in microamps, on "y" axis. Note step-voltage increase on "x" axis, followed by time, in minutes, for the dielectric absorption portion of the test.
Voltage Hold Time At Each Step: Sec. Phase A3 Phase B3 Phase C4
kV
kV
kV
kV
kV
kV
kV
kV
kV
kV
(Record Leakage Current In Microampers) Time At Sec Min Min Min Min Min Min Min Min Min Min Min kV 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Phase A3 Phase B3 Phase C4 *Maximum acceptable Project Values: (leakage current at end of 5 or 15 minutes). Maximum Acceptable Test Voltage Leakage Current Cable Rated Voltage (Kilovolts) (Kilovolts) (Microampers) 1 All Other Phases and Shields to be grounded Subcontractor
Min 12
Min 13
Min 14
Min 15

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76104 Rev 0 DC High Potential Test Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76104 Rev 0 DC High Potential Test Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
CURRENT TRANSFORMER (AND AMMETER) TEST RECORD

ID E76105A

Client Other

Location: Current transformer: Class: Ratio: 1.0
Switchgear No: Function: Type: VA rating:
Panel No.: Serial No.: bar/wound
Verify the following items: 1.1 Mechanical Damage 1.2 Tight Connections 1.3 Star-Point Connection and Ground Link Insulation resistance test, secondary winding at 500 V: phase to ground L2-G L3-G M
2.0
L1-G
3.0 L1
4.0 L1 5.0
Resistance test secondary circuit (C) (including transformer winding and all secondary loads) L2 L3
Test CT polarity by battery flick test (C) L2 L3
Ratio test (C) (to be combined with relay testing, if required) Phase L1 L2 A A A L3
5.1 5.3
Primary current Ammeter reading
5.2 Secondary current
Remarks
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76105 Rev 0 Current Transformer Test Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76105 Rev 0 Current Transformer Test Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
LV OVERCURRENT AND EARTH/GROUND-FAULT PROTECTION RELAY TEST

ID E76106A

Client Other

Subcontractor Location: Relay: Manufacturer: Switchgear No.: Motor protection relay Type: Contractor rating: ______ A Motor FLC:_____A Panel No.:
Fluor FE/QA
Trip setting range: ______A 1.0 Primary injection test at selected trip setting ______ A all three phases connected in series 300 Cold
2.0 Test current in % setting Current, A 3.0 Relay Condition Relay Time, Seconds 4.0 Curve Time, Seconds (Supplied By Manufacturer) 5.0 Ground-fault relay Setting ______ A
300 Warm
120 Warm
105 Warm
No Trip After ______ Min
Measured pick-up current ______ A 6.0 Relay setting after test: 6.1 Thermal relay ______ A 6.2 Earth-fault relay ______ A 6.3 Setting sealed ______
Remarks
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76106 Rev 0 LV Over Current and Earth Fault Protection Relay Test.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76106 Rev 0 LV Over Current and Earth Fault Protection Relay Test.doc
Page 2 of 2
OVERCURRENT/GROUND-FAULT PROTECTION RELAY (INDUCTION TYPE) TEST

ID E76107A

Client Other

Switchgear No.: Relay: Manufacturer: Current Setting Range: Time Setting Range: Test Setting Current A Time % S S S S 100 100 100 100 1) 1.3x 2x 4x Is Selected Setting: Injection Current
Panel No. Overcurrent Inverse Time. Type: CT Ratio: Selected Setting: % Trip Time Seconds Curve 2) NA Actual NA Phase Measure and inject Minimum relay Operating current at 1) NOTE: The trip time curve will be supplied by the manufacturer 2) For pre-commissioning Inspection only Remarks A
Primary A Secondary A Secondary Injection NA NA NA NA Primary Injection
S S
S S
1.3x 2x
Check correct reset action Check correct trip action Check correct flag operation NOTES: S = preferably at selected setting NA = not applicable
Values to be filled in for each overcurrent and earth-fault element Relay setting after test: Instantaneous element ______________A Current setting _______________A Time setting _______________% Adhesive label provided____________
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76107 Rev 0 Over Current & Earth FP -Indn Type- Relay Test.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76107 Rev 0 Over Current & Earth FP -Indn Type- Relay Test.doc
Page 2 of 2
OVERCURRENT/GROUND-FAULT PROTECTION RELAY (THERMAL TYPE) TEST

ID E76108A

Client Other

Subcontractor Switchgear No.: Relay: Manufacturer: Trip setting range: Tap setting: Motor FLC: 1.0 2.0 Panel No: Overcurrent inverse time Type: Relay:
Fluor FE/QA
Rated current: Selected setting: Selected setting: A CT ratio: % %
Secondary injection test Nominal injection current Is = tap setting x rated current = Injection current x ls A 4x 2x 4x 1x Operating Temperature cold warm warm warm Curve
A Actual All three phases connected in series load to trip setting 105%
Trip time
running load indication
3.0
Primary injection test (for pre-commissioning inspection only) Injection current = 100% FLC = A Running load indication = %
4.0
Relay setting after the test: Tap setting % Adhesive label provided Load to trip % Inst. setting x In NOTE: Trip time curve will be supplied by the manufacturer Remarks
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
Signature Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76108 Rev 0 Over Current GFP -Thermal Type- Relay Test.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76108 Rev 0 Over Current GFP -Thermal Type- Relay Test.doc
Page 2 of 2
SWITCHING UNITS HV SWITCHGEAR INSPECTION AND TEST RECORD

ID E76109A

Client Other

Rating: Manufacturer: Function: Switchgear No.: Subject 1.0 Record the reading of the operations counter 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10 1.11 1.12 1.13 1.14 1.15 2.0 Check the following items and report any deviations/defects under remarks: Circuit labelling correct Operation of safety shutters Padlocking facilities Interlocking facilities, mechanical/electrical Mechanical position indicators, indicating lights Insulating bushings and barriers Cable box and terminations Alignment of main and auxiliary contacts Mechanical closing and tripping Electrical closing local/remote Electrical tripping local/remote Alarm indications local/remote Anti-condensation heater Test insulation resistance at 500 V ..............................megaohms Switching device: Type Panel No.: Reference Document: Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
Secondary and auxiliary wiring 2.1 Test insulation resistance at 500 V ..............................megaohms
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76109 Rev 0 Switching Units HV Switchgear Inspect & Test Records.doc
Page 1 of 2

ID E76109A

Client Other

Subject 3.0 Earthing: 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 Verify the conditions of earthing bar and connections Test the earthing bar continuity ...............................microohms Record fuse type/rating .................... HV pressure test - circuit breaker (for pre-commissioning inspection only) C C
Test voltage DC Leakage Current - MA kV A B kV Tester used: 4.0 Phase Tester used: 5.0 Phase Conductivity test - circuit braker: R S T Insulation resistance - circuit braker: V DC A B C A B
Test voltage
Megaohms
Ohm
Ducter used: Current transformer test completed Sheet no.: Protection relay test completed Sheet no.: Remedial action required: Remarks Subcontractor

Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76109 Rev 0 Switching Units HV Switchgear Inspect & Test Records.doc
Page 2 of 2
GROUND ELECTRODE RESISTANCE INSPECTION TEST RECORD

ID E76110A

Client Other

Additional Information: Reference Document: Tests of individual electrodes No. Length cm
Vendor: Test Method Section cm2 Resistance Ohms Remarks
Test grid system
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
Signature Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76110 Rev 0 Ground Electrode Resistance Inspection Test Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76110 Rev 0 Ground Electrode Resistance Inspection Test Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
GROUND FAULT PROTECTION RELAY INDUCTION INSPECTION AND TEST RECORD

ID E76111A

Client Other

Additional Information: Manufacturer: Time setting range: Selected setting:: Switchgear No.: Check correct trip action
Current setting range: Selected setting: Relay: %: Panel No.: Type:
CT ratio: A
Reference Document:
Check correct flag operation Notes: S = preferably at selected setting NA = Not Applicable Values to be filled in for each overcurrent and ground/fault element Relay setting after test: Instantaneous element Current setting Time setting Adhesive label provided Remarks: A A %
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76111 Rev 0 GFP Induction Relay Inspection and Test Report.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76111 Rev 0 GFP Induction Relay Inspection and Test Report.doc
Page 2 of 2
GROUNDING CONTINUITY INSPECTION AND TEST RECORD

ID E76112A

Client Other

Item
01 02 03 04 05 06 07
Description of Check Check earth bosses installed are welded correctly. Check conductor tape is jointed correctly. Check and confirm all cables are correctly sized. Check that the equipment is bonded to the main earth. Check all cables lugs are fitted correctly. Confirm maximum two cables are terminated to each earth boss. Confirm all contact points are clean and greased with the approved compound. Check all washers are of vibration proof type. Confirm cable protective measures (kick plates) are installed. For IS equipment ensure that a separate insulated earth bar has been installed and is earthed in accordance with project specifications. Test earth continuity resistance from main earthing point to the final earth point of the sub-system. Maximum 1.0 ohms. Ductor test across all tape joints. Maximum 1.0 ohms.
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
08 09 10
11
12
Notes: This procedure should be used for major items of equipment (i.e., vendors skids, switchboards, etc.). Small power and equipment earthing will be confirmed correct on the respective check sheets.
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76112 Rev 0 Grounding Continuity Inspection and Test Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76112 Rev 0 Grounding Continuity Inspection and Test Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
GROUNDING ROD INSPECTION AND TEST RECORD Tag Description:

P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Subcontractor Fluor
ID E76113A Tag No.:
Inspection Classification
Turnover System:

Client Other

Drawing No.: Earth Test Rating: 1.0
Ground Temperature: Manufacturer: Ground Resistance In Ohms
Test each ground rod with the earth tester and record reading in the following table. Ground Ground Ground Rod Ground Rod Ground Rod Resistance In Resistance In No. No. No. Ohms Ohms
2.0
Area Grounding Resistance (with all rods installed and connected) _____________ OHMS
Remarks:
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76113 Rev 0 Grounding Rod Inspection and Test Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76113 Rev 0 Grounding Rod Inspection and Test Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
BUS BAR ASSEMBLIES LV SWITCHGEAR TEST RECORD

ID E76114A

Rating:
Client Other

Manufacturer: Reference Document: System voltage: Subject 1.0 Phase 2.0 2.1
Section: Switchgear No.: Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA Megaohms Cal Date:
Insulation resistance test - bus-bar system at 500 V CC A Tester used: Conductivity test - bus-bar system (C) Megaohms
Incomer 1 2-3 4-5 6-7 Incomer 7
Spout to spout
Unit # A B C
3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6
Ducter used: Grounding system Check the continuity of the grounding bar and connections ....................... ohms Measure continuity of switchboard to main ground ......................... ohms Current transformer test (include. ammeter) completed Sheet no. ........... After energizing Check voltmeter reading: ............ Check phase rotation (C) ............. Remedial action completed:
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76114 Rev 0 Busbar Assembly LV Swithcgear Test Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76114 Rev 0 Busbar Assembly LV Swithcgear Test Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
NEUTRAL GROUNDING/EARTHING REISTOR TEST RECORD

ID E76115A

Client Other

Test Equipment Test Equipment
Test Voltage: Test Voltage:
Cal. Date: Cal. Date:
Notes!!! 1. Use 500 volt test set for 600 volt equipment and below, 2500 volt tests set for equipment rated over 600 volts. 2. Resistor must be disconnected from ground/earth and neutral during Insulation Resistance (megger) and DC Overpotential Tests. 3. Resistor must be disconnected from neutral during Cold Resistance Test. 4. Apply DC Overpotential Test between terminals and ground for the complete device. (The voltage applied between the terminals of each assembly and its grounded enclosure shall be twice the rated AC voltage plus 1000 V when rated 600 V or less, or 2.25 times the rated AC voltage plus 2000 V when rated over 600 V for 1 Minute.) This test is a Pass/Fail test based purely on withstand alone. 5. Inspect assembly for damage and missing parts. 6. Check to assure that the center tap ratio is correct, when CT is supplied with resistor. 7. Verify resistor reterminated. Tag Number Cold Resistance (ohms) Insulation Resistance (megaohms)* Overpotential () CT Ratio Pri-Sec Reterm () Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
*Minimum acceptable Project Values: Voltage Class
Insulation Resistance (megaohms)
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
Signature Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76115 Rev 0 Neutral Grounding Resistor Test Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76115 Rev 0 Neutral Grounding Resistor Test Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
GROUND CONTINUITY (NONELECTRICAL) EQUIPMENT/STRUCTURES TEST RECORD

ID E76116A

Client Other

Test Equipment Used: Cal. Date:
Weather
Notes!!! 1. Vessels, tanks and structural steel bonded to the main grounding/earthing system, dedicated ground/earthing rod or foundation, as indicated on drawings listed below. 2. Measure resistance from ground/earthing wire tap (or anchor bolt) to tagged equipment frame or structural steel. Resistance not to exceed ohms. Drawings Measured Resistance (ohms) Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
Equipment Tag No. or Structure
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
Signature Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76116 Rev 0 Ground Continuity Equipment-Structure Test Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76116 Rev 0 Ground Continuity Equipment-Structure Test Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
GROUND CONTINUITY (ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND GROUND TEST BARS) TEST RECORD
ID E76117A

Client Other

Test Equipment Used: Cal. Date: Notes!!! 1.
Weather
Electrical equipment bonded to the main grounding/earthing system or dedicated ground/earthing rod, as indicated on drawings listed below. Measure resistance from ground/earthing wire tap to tagged equipment bus bars, tagged equipment enclosures, and any other points indicated on the drawings. Resistance not to exceed _______ ohms. Drawing Measured Resistance (ohms) Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
2.
Electrical Equipment Tag No.
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
Signature Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76117 Rev 0 Ground Continuity Equipment-Grnd Test Bars Test Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76117 Rev 0 Ground Continuity Equipment-Grnd Test Bars Test Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
INSULATION RESISTANCE (EQUIPMENT) TEST RECORD Tag Description:

P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor
ID E76118A Tag No.:

Turnover System:

o
Client Other

Test Equipment: Ambient Temperature: Reference Drawing:

o
Substation: C F Ref. Spec.:
Cal. Date: Notes!!! 1. Use 500 Volt test set for 600 Volt equipment and below, 2500/5000 Volt test set for equipment rated over 600 volts. 2.
Switchgear MCC (other)
For equipment with solid state control circuits, consult manufacturers literature for maximum test voltages.
Insulation Resistance (megaohms)* A to G B to G Rated Test Voltage (kV) Voltage (kV) Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
C to G A to B B to C C to A
*Minimum acceptable Project values: Equipment Voltage Class
Resistance (megaohms)
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
Signature Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76118 Rev 0 Equipment Insulation Resistance Test Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76118 Rev 0 Equipment Insulation Resistance Test Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
INSULATION RESISTANCE (TRANSFORMER)TEST RECORD

ID E76119A

Client Other

Substation No.
Test Equipment:
Cal Date: Notes!! 1. Use 500 volt test set for 600 volt equipment and below, 2500 volt test set for equipment rated 601-5000 volts and 5000 volt test set for equipment rated over 5000 volts 2. 3. 4. 5. Test voltage to be applied for 1 minute duration and reading taken Neutral must be disconnected from ground during test Record temperature of insulating liquid for liquid-immersed transformers and surrounding air temperature for dry type transformers. Readings will vary inversely with temperature. When Project specifies use of temperature correction factors, attach 2nd sheet with computed values. Indicate on each sheet measured or temperature corrected.
Equipment Tag No. Insulation Resistance (megaohms)* Primary A to G B to G C to G A to G Secondary B to G C to G Rated Pri To Sec Voltage Rating (kV) Pri-Sec Or Air Liquid Temp. (0C/0F)
*Minimum acceptable Project values: Voltage Class
Resistance (megaohms)
Testers Name/Date Subcontractor


Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76119 Rev 0 Transformer Insulation Resistance Test Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76119 Rev 0 Transformer Insulation Resistance Test Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
LIQUID DIELECTRIC STRENGTH TEST RECORD

ID E76120A
Client Other

Notes!! 1. Minimum acceptable breakdown voltage determined in accordance with the following: ANSI standard Other: 2. Test performed: At laboratory and test results attached. In the field to test procedure: Test equipment: Liquid Type and Spec. Minimum (kilovolts)
Cal Date: Actual Breakdown Voltage Reading (kilovolts)
Equipment Tag No.
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
Signature Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76120 Rev 0 Liquid Dielectric Strength Test Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76120 Rev 0 Liquid Dielectric Strength Test Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
DC PROOF TEST RECORD FOR MOTORS

ID E76121A

Client Other

Test Equipment:
Cal Date:
0 0 Ambient Temperature: C F Notes!! 1. Equipment must meet minimum PI (Polarization Index) values prior to conducting this test. Complete Form: 000 509 F76053 Equipment Absorption Ration and Polarization Index Test Record. 2. Isolate each phase winding, whenever practical. If not practical, test of entire winding is acceptable. 3. Increase voltage at rate indicated below, until full test voltage is reached. This test is a Pass/Fail test based purely on withstand alone. 4. Test duration at full test voltage shall be: * minutes. 5. Read instruction manual prior to using test equipment 6. All other phases to be grounded/earthed
Tag No.
PI
Rated AC Voltage (kV)
Equipment Test Voltage (kV)
() OK A B C
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/ QA
*Project requirements as follows: Equipment Rated Voltage (kilovolts)
Minimum PI Prior To Test
DC Test Voltage
Time to Reach Test Voltage (seonds)
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76121 Rev 0 DC Proof Test Record for Motors.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76121 Rev 0 DC Proof Test Record for Motors.doc
Page 2 of 2
FEEDER BREAKER (480V MCC) TEST RECORD

ID E76122A

Client Other

Equipment Designation: Load Designation: Load (kW/kVA): Circuit Breaker MFR: Conductor Size: Voltage: Rating: Power: F.L.A: Setting: Ground: Subcontractor 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Check nameplate data of breaker against approved supplier drawings Check breaker components for cleanliness Check mechanical function of breaker Check wiring for proper identification Check conduits/cables for tagging Check components for identification Check equipment for conformance to area classification Check installation for seals, breathers and drains Verify power conductor continuity Fluor FE/QA
10. Check that power cable Insulation Resistance Test (megger) is completed and that Form: 000 509 F76102: Insulation Resistance Test Record (Power, Control Wire and Cable), is on file Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76122 Rev 0 Feeder Breaker 480 V Test Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76122 Rev 0 Feeder Breaker 480 V Test Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
BREAKER/CONTACTOR (480V MCC) TEST RECORD

ID E76123A

Client Other

Equipment Designation: Load Designation: Load (kW/kVA): Circuit Breaker Mfr.: Contactor Mfr.: Conductor Size: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Power: Voltage: F.L.A.: Rating: Size: Control: Ground: Subcontractor Check nameplate data of breaker, contactor fuses and relays against approved supplier drawings Check main and auxiliary contacts Check contactor/breaker components for cleanliness Check control fuses, CPT rating and coil voltage Check mechanical function of contactor and breaker Check wiring for proper identification Check conduits/cables for tagging Check components for identification Check equipment for conformance to area classification Fluor FE/QA Setting
10. Check installation for seals, breathers and drains 11. Verify continuity of all power and control leads 12. Check that power cable Insulation Resistance Test (megger) is completed and that Form: 000 509 F76102 13. Complete functional operation check of the control circuit using contract drawings and approved supplier drawings. Close and open the contactor using all control devices. Remarks:
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76123 Rev 0 Breaker Contactor 480 V Test Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76123 Rev 0 Breaker Contactor 480 V Test Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
460 V MOTOR CIRCUIT (480V MCC) TEST RECORD

ID E76124A

F.L.A.: S.F.: Rating: Size:

Equipment Designation: Motor Tag No.: kW/HP: Circuit Breaker Mfr.: Starter Mfr.: Conductor Size: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Power: Voltage: RPM:
Setting: O/L HTR. Size: Ground: Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
Control:
Check motor starter for cleanliness Check nameplate data and tagging of motor starter components for conformance to approved supplier drawings Check conduits and/or cables for correct tagging Check equipment and installation for conformance to area classification Check installation for seals, breathers and drains Check main and auxiliary contacts of breaker and contactors Manual check mechanical operation of breaker, contactor, O/L relay and O/L reset device
Check continuity of power and control cables Complete functional operations check of the motor control circuit using the contract drawings and approved supplier drawings. Close and open the starter using all control devices 10. Verify completion of activities on Form: 000 509 F76227: Electric Motor-Electrical Activities Inspection Record, and Form: 000 509 F76228: Electric Motor Mechanical Activities Inspection Record, prior to motor bump and run-in, in accordance with Form: 000 509 F76133: Electric Motor Run-in Test Record Remarks
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76124 Rev 0 460V Motor Circuit Test Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76124 Rev 0 460V Motor Circuit Test Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
MEDIUM VOLTAGE MOTOR CIRCUIT TEST RECORD

ID E76125A

Client Other

Equipment Designation: Motor Tag No.: Manufacturer: KW/HP: Started Description: Manufacturer: Contactor Rating: Rated Current: Conductor Size: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Fuse Size: Power: CT Ratio: Type: Rated Voltage: O/L Relay Setting: Control: Ground: Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA Check motor starter for cleanliness Check nameplates data and tagging of motor starter components for conformance to approved Supplier drawings Check conduits and/or cables for correct tagging Check equipment and installation for conformance to area classification Check installation for seals, breathers and drains Check main and auxiliary contacts of breaker and contactors Check mechanical operation of breakers, contactors and relay and O/L reset devices Check continuity of power and control cables Verify calibration and setting of protective relays F.L.A.: Serial No.: Service Factor: Rated Voltage:
10. Check wiring to surge arrestors, capacitors, stator RTDs and current transformers 11. Complete functional operations check of the motor control circuit using the contract drawings and approved Supplier drawings. Check to see that motor space heaters are fuctional. Close and open the starter using all control devices. 12. Verify completion of activities on Form: 000 509 F76227: Electric Motor-Electrical Activities Inspection Record and Form: 000 509 F76228: Electric Motor Mechanical Activities Inspection Record, prior to motor bump and run-in, in accordance with Form: 000 509 F76133: Electric Motor Run-in Test Record Comments:
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76125 Rev 0 Medium Voltage Motor Circuit Test Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76125 Rev 0 Medium Voltage Motor Circuit Test Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
EQUIPMENT ABSORPTION RATIO AND POLARIZATION RATIO TEST RECORD (MEGGER)

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Equipment Tag No.: Test Voltage: Rel. Humidity: Notes!!! 1. Perform test as indicated on Test Records for each individual equipment type. Reference the following forms: Transformers: 000 509 F76119 Insulation Resistance (Transformer) Test Record Equipment: 000 509 F76118 Insulation Resistance (Equipment) Test Record Motors and Generators 000 509 F76135 Insulation Resistance (Rotating Equipment) Test Record 2. 3. Absorption Raito Polarization Index = = 1 Min. Resistance Value 30 Sec. Resistance Value 10 Min. Resistance Value 1 Min. Resistance Value Ohms to Ground 1 Min. Reading A to Ground Ohms to Ground 10 Min. Reading A to Ground Dielectric Absorption Ration Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor Tag No.: Turnover System:
ID E76126A

Client Other


o
Test Equipment: Ambient Temperature: Equipment Temperature: C

o
Ohms to Ground 30 Sec. Reading A to Ground
Polarization Index
Ohms to Ground 30 sec. Reading B to Ground
Ohms to Ground 1 Min. Reading B to Ground
Ohms to Ground 10 Min. Reading B to Ground
Dielectric Absorption Ratio
Polarization Index
Ohms to Ground 30 Sec. Reading C to Ground
Ohms to Ground 1 Min. Reading C to Ground
Ohms to Ground 10 Min. Reading C to Ground
Dielectric Absorption Ratio
Polarization Index
Testers Name/Date Subcontractor


Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76126 Rev 0 Equipment Absortion and Polarization Test Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76126 Rev 0 Equipment Absortion and Polarization Test Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
INSULATION RESISTANCE (MEDIUM VOLTAGE POWER CABLES) TEST RECORD

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor Test Equipment: Test Equipment: Ambient Temperature: Notes: 1.
o o
ID E76127A
Client Other

Test Voltage: Test Voltage: C F Date
Perform Insulation Resistance Test (megger) between each conductor and all other conductors and metallic sheath for cables with nonshielded conductors. Test between each conductor and shield for multiconductor cables with shielded conductors. Record lowest reading for each cable. Use 2500V test set for cable rated over 600 volts. Reading will vary inversely with temperature and cable length. When Project specifies use of temperature correction factors, attach 2nd sheet with computed values. Indicate on each sheet Measured or Temperature corrected. For Medium Voltage cables, perform megger test after final Hi-Pot Test. Wire Tagging Cable Rated Voltage Wire Or Cable Quantity Size From To Insulation Resistance (Megaohms)* A to Gnd B to Gnd C to Gnd Initials
2. 3.
4. Panel No. Circuit No. Feeder No.
*Minimum acceptable Project values: Cable Rated Voltage Test Duration Resistance For Cable Only (Megaohms) Cable/Wire Size Or Amperage Resistance When Cable Connected to Equip (Ohms)
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76127 Rev 0 Insulation Resistance -Med V Power Cables- Test Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76127 Rev 0 Insulation Resistance -Med V Power Cables- Test Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
BUS THROAT INSULATION AND DUCTOR REPORT

ID E76128A

Date: By:
Station & Transformer No.: Test Set /Manuf/Model: Calibration Date:
Temperature: Humidity:
Paint in Good Condition
Inspect & Clean Bus
Inspect & Clean Bus Throat
Inspect Insulation Barriers
N-S-E-W
Same as Main Bus
Inspect & Clean Insulators
Heaters working
Bus: A or B
WIN#
Insulation Resistance P-G in Megaohms

A B C
Insulation Resistance P-P in Megaohms

A-B A-C B-C
Ductor in Micro-ohms = < 50 minimum

A B C
Remarks
(Condition of Equipment)
Notify immediate supervisor if any readings are not within acceptable limits. Comments: Subcontractor
Infrared bolts connection points: Results:
Yes
No

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76128 Rev 0 Bus Throat Insulation and Ductor Report.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76128 Rev 0 Bus Throat Insulation and Ductor Report.doc
Page 2 of 2
CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTACT TIMING TEST REPORT

ID E76129A

Date: By: Breaker WIN No. Cubicle No.: Closing Time

Accept. Max/ms Contact 1 Contact 2 Contact 3 Time/ms as found/as left / / / Delta Closing Time*
Station: Manufacturer: Test set mfg., model & S.N.: Cal. Date: Opening Time
Pass/Fail Accept. Max/ms Time/ms as found/as left / / / Delta Closing Time * Pass/Fail
Note: Maximum acceptable time can be found in the Manufacturers instruction manual. If test fails; notify your Supervisor *This is the biggest difference between contacts Comments:
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76129 Rev 0 Circuit Breaker Contact timing Test Report.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76129 Rev 0 Circuit Breaker Contact timing Test Report.doc
Page 2 of 2
VACUUM CIRCUIT BREAKER DUCTOR INSULATION REPORT

ID E76130A

Date: By:
Station: Test Set (Model & Mtg.): Cal

Contact Resistance In Micro-ohms (50 maximum) * WIN # Counter Reading A Before B C A After B C
Temperature: Humidity: Date:

Tulips Lubricated Insulation of Breaker In Megohms Phase-Ground A B C Phase-Phase A-B A-C B-C Vacuum Bottle Integrity Test Good/Bad A B C Mechanism Inspected Operated at least 5 times Tripod with each relay Condition of Equipment (parts replaced etc.)
S.N. of Breaker/ Feeder#
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76130 Rev 0 Vacuum Circuit Breaker Ductor Insulation Report.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76130 Rev 0 Vacuum Circuit Breaker Ductor Insulation Report.doc
Page 2 of 2
DRAWOUT VACUUM BREAKER INSPECTION RECORD

ID E76131A

Client Other

Switchgear Tag No.:
Serial No.: Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
One at a time, insert breakers into their respective cubicles and check the following: 1. Roll breaker into TEST position. (The spring charging mechanism should operate and charge spring) 2. Withdraw breaker to DISCONNECTED position 3. Roll breaker into the TEST position. Close breaker using door switch and check indication light for operation. Close breaker from remote control station where applicable 4. Trip breaker and check indication light. Trip from door switch and remote control station 5. Trip each breaker from each protection device and check relay targets for operation. Test proper operation of lockout device in closing circuit 6. Trip each breaker with its mechanical trip device 7. Measure insulation resistance between phases and between phase-to-ground with breaker withdrawn and closed. Record below 8. Perform contract resistance test and record below 9. Perform circuit breaker contract Timing test. Record on Test Record Form: 000 509 F76129 10. Perform Ductor Tests. Record on Test Record Form: 000 509 F76130 11. Perform DC Proof Test on vacuum bottles and record below 12. Roll breaker into CONNECTED position and test operation of latch check switch, if provided 13. Verify nameplate data (such as continuous amperes, interrupting amperes, etc.) is in accordance with supplier drawings Comments:
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76131 Rev 0 Drawout Vacuum Breaker Inspection Test.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76131 Rev 0 Drawout Vacuum Breaker Inspection Test.doc
Page 2 of 2
MAIN BUS INSULATION AND DUCTOR REPORT

ID E76132A

Date: By:
Insulation Resistance P-G in Megaohms
A B C
Station: Test Set /Manuf/Model: Calibration Date:

Auto Xter made with Sudden Pressure Relay Manual Transfer Made (Both Ways)
Temperature: Humidity:
Paint in Good Condition
WIN#
PT Leads Inspect/Fuse Clips Clean
Inspect & Clean Bush Throat
Inspect & Clean Bus
Inspect Insulation Barriers
Inspect & Clean Insulators
Bus: A or B
N-S-E-W
Insulation Resistance P-P in Megaohms

A-B A-C B-C
Auto Xter made with Source Breaker
Ductor in Micro-ohms = < 50 minimum

A B C
Remarks
(Condition of Equipment)
Notify immediate supervisor if any readings are not within acceptable limits. Comments: Subcontractor
Infrared bolts connection points: Results:
Yes
No

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76132 Rev 0 Main Bus Insulation and Ductor Report.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76132 Rev 0 Main Bus Insulation and Ductor Report.doc
Page 2 of 2
ELECTRIC MOTOR RUN-IN TEST RECORD

ID E76133A

Client Other

Reference Drawing: NOTES 1. Duration of tests to comply with project specifications.
Test Equipment: Calibration Date: _______________________________
2. Complete Form 000 509 F76227; Electric Motor Electrical Activities Inspection Record. Test Voltage Actual voltage measured at motor control center ______Volts Rotation Check Bump motor to verify rotation motor must be uncoupled. No Load Current At beginning of test: _______ AMPS. At end of test: ________ AMPS. Temperature of Bearing Check bearing for high temperature: Before Start 15 Minutes after start 30 Minutes after start 1 Hour after start 2 Hours after start 3 Hours after start Vibration Make visual inspection during run; test and record any unusual vibration in remarks column. Noise Record any unusual noise in remarks column. Subcontractor Fluor Field Engineering
Remarks
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76133 Rev 0 Electric Motor Run-in Test Report.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76133 Rev 0 Electric Motor Run-in Test Report.doc
Page 2 of 2
DRAWOUT AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER INSPECTION RECORD

ID E76134A

Client Other

Switchgear Tag No.:
Serial No.: Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
One at a time, insert breakers into their respective cubicles and check the following: 1. Roll breaker into TEST position. (The spring charging mechanism should operate and charge spring) 2. Withdraw breaker to DISCONNECTED position 3. Roll breaker into the TEST position. Close breaker using door switch and check indication light for operation. Close breaker from remote control station where applicable 4. Trip breaker and check indication light. Trip from door switch and remote control station 5. Trip each breaker from each protection device and check relay targets for operation. Test proper operation of lockout device in closing circuit 6. Trip each breaker with its mechanical trip device 7. 8. 9. Check contact alignment and wipe (air break only) Perform Insulation Resistance Test (megger) between each phase and to ground with breaker withdrawn and closed. Record on 000 509 F76127 Perform Contract Resistance Test and record below
10. Perform circuit breaker contact timing tests. Record on Test Record Form: 000 509 F76129 11. Perform Ductor Tests. Record on Test Record Form: 000 509 F76130 12. Roll breaker into CONNECTED position and test operation of latch check switch, if provided 13. Verify nameplate data (such as continuous amperes, interrupting amperes, etc.) is in accordance with supplier drawings Remarks:
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76134 Rev 0 Drawout Air Circuit Breaker Inspection Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76134 Rev 0 Drawout Air Circuit Breaker Inspection Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
INSULATION RESISTANCE (ROTATING EQUIPMENT) TEST RECORD

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Motor Tag No.: Test Equipment: Ambient Temperature: How Known: Notes!!! 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
o
ID E76135A
Tag No.: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor Test Voltage: C

o
Turnover System: Client Other

Sub System: Location: Cal Date:
Equip. Temp., If Know: Cal. Date
Use 500 Volt test set for 600 Volt equipment and below, 2500/5000 Volt test set for equipment rated over 600 Volts. Test duration shall be 1 minute; note if otherwise: Disconnect each phase winding from neutral, wherever practical. If not practical, test may be made on entire winding. Document testing of low voltage and medium voltage equipment on separate sheets. Reading will vary inversely with temperature. When Project specifies use of temperature correction factors, attach 2nd sheet with computed values. Indicate on each sheet Measured or Temperature Corrected. Insulation Resistance (megohms)* A to G B to G C to G A to B B to C C to A Equipment Rated Voltage
Equipment Tag No.
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
*Minimum acceptable Project values: Voltage Class Resistance (megohms)
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76135 Rev 0 Insulation Resistance Rotating Equipment Test Report.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76135 Rev 0 Insulation Resistance Rotating Equipment Test Report.doc
Page 2 of 2
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
SCOPE This procedure applies to inspection and testing of electrical equipment. RESPONSIBILITIES - Self-Perform ACTIVITY Install Equipment Inspect in-process Equipment Installation Inspect/Perform Equipment Protection RESPONSIBILITY Self Perform Site Quality Manager/ Construction Engineer Site Quality Manager/ Construction Engineer Electrical Supervisor Construction Engineer Construction Engineer Electrical Superintendent Site Quality Manager/ Construction Engineer Construction Engineer Site Quality Manager/ Construction Engineer Site Quality Manager (Note 1) DOCUMENTATION _____ 000 509 F762XX 000 509 F02201 000 509 F02201 _____ _____ _____ 000 509 F762XX _____ _____ 000.509.F02201 FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY _____ Daily during life of activity Periodically Periodically Each Test Package Each Test Package Each Test Package Test Completion Each Test Package Each Test Each Test
Define Test Boundaries Provide Preparation Test Instructions Test Field Installed Equipment Verify Test Results Provide Restoration Instructions Verify Completion of Restoration Surveillance NOTE 1:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7620 Rev 0 Electrical Equipment.doc
Page 1 of 4
RESPONSIBILITIES - Subcontracted Work ACTIVITY Install Equipment Inspect in-process Equipment Installation Inspect/Perform Equipment Protection Define Test Boundaries Provide Preparation Test Instructions Test Field Installed Equipment Verify Test Results Provide Restoration Instructions Verify Completion of Restoration Surveillance RESPONSIBILITY Subcontractor Subcontractor/ Site Quality Manager Subcontractor/ Site Quality Manager Construction Engineer Construction Engineer Subcontractor Subcontractor/ Site Quality Manager Construction Engineer Subcontractor/ Construction Engineer Site Quality Manager Site Quality Manager (Note 1) DOCUMENTATION _____ 000 509 F762XX 000 509 F02201 _____ _____ _____ 000 509 F762XX _____ _____ 000.509.F02201 FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY _____ Daily during life of activity Periodically Each Test Package Each Test Package Each Test Package Test Completion Each Test Package Each Test Each Test
NOTE 1:
PROCEDURE Inspect In-process Equipment Installation: Perform inspection of equipment installations in accordance with the applicable specifications and drawings. The appropriate check-list should be initiated and completed to document inspection and testing activities.
Page 2 of 4
Inspect/Perform Equipment Protection: Verify the equipment preservation and protection is adequately implemented in accordance with the requirements established by Construction Electrical Engineering. Document the verification process using 000.509.F02201.
Define Test Boundaries and Provide Preparation Test Instruction: Boundaries and test instructions provided by Construction Engineering shall be reviewed by inspection personnel prior to any testing activities. Notify the Client of testing/inspections for their involvement which they have requested/required to witness.
Test Field Installed Equipment: Perform test in accordance with the test instruction provided by Construction Engineering.
Verification of Test Results: Utilizing the test instructions and/or drawing(s) required, verify the acceptance of the test. Document the satisfactory results using the applicable forms contained in this manual.
Provide Restoration Instructions: Instructions to comply with restoration requirement of the applicable specification and/or drawing should be provided by Construction Engineering.
Verification of System Restoration: Verify that all restoration activities have been completed and the system(s) or partial system represented by this test package is complete.
FORMS Quality Control Forms: 000.509.F02201 000.509.F76201 000.509.F76202 000.509.F76203 000.509.F76204 000.509.F76205 000.509.F76206 000.509.F76207 000.509.F76208 000.509.F76209 Surveillance Report Emergency Generators Inspection Checklist Inspection of Switchgear Bus-Bar Continuity (Including Incoming and Sectionalizer Units) Inspection LV Switchgear (Including Incoming and Sectionalizer Units) Inspection of Outgoing LV Switchgear Inspection of Static Supply Unit (UPS) Motor Control Centers Inspection Checklist Motor Control Centers (Motors and Starters) Inspection Record High Voltage Motors and Starters Motors Checklist
Page 3 of 4
000.509.F76210 000.509.F76211 000.509.F76212 000.509.F76213 000.509.F76214 000.509.F76215 000.509.F76216 000.509.F76217 000.509.F76218 000.509.F76219 000.509.F76220 000.509.F76221 000.509.F76222 000.509.F76223 000.509.F76224 000.509.F76225 000.509.F76226 000.509.F76227 000.509.F76228 000.509.F76229 000.509.F76230 000.509.F76231 000.509.F76232 000.509.F76233
Control and Relay Panels Inspection Checklist Electronic Equipment Inspection Checklist Power Panel Inspection Checklist Switchgear Inspection Checklist Low Voltage Feeders Inspection Record High Voltage Cable Inspection and Test Record Electrical Equipment Inspection Record Control Scheme Inspection Checklist Power Transformer Inspection Checklist Switching Units HV Switchgear Inspection and Test Record Switching Units HV Switchgear Inspection Checklist Liquid Filled Transformer Inspection Record Busway Inspection Record Switchgear Inspection Record Motor Control Center Inspection Record Battery and Battery Charger Inspection Record Liquid Immersed Medium Voltage Disconnect Switch Inspection Record Electric Motor Electrical Activities Inspection Record Electric Motor Mechanical Activities Inspection Record Electric Motor for Compressor Installation Checklist Compressor Vibration Checklist Vibration Probe Record Dry Type Lighting, Receptacle & Instrument Transformers Checklist Instrument Wire and Cables Continuity Checks >50VDC
Page 4 of 4
SURVEILLANCE REPORT
ID A02201
Report No.
Satisfactory
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
EMERGENCY GENERATORS INSPECTION CHECKLIST

ID E76201A

Client Other

Vendor: Reference Document: Item 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 Description of Check Verify nameplate date in accordance with drawings, specifications and requisitions Location and orientation Access and fixing correct Verify diesel, generator panels and enclosure for any visible signs of damage Measure insulation resistance prior to starting and record Verify electrical panel labelling Verify pilot lamp test Verify connections are tight Grounding connected and tight Verify make and type of battery Verify load circuit Make visual inspection during test run and record any unusual vibration and unusual noise in Notes space Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
Remarks:
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76201 Rev 0 Emergency Generators Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76201 Rev 0 Emergency Generators Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
INSPECTION OF SWITCHGEAR BUS-BAR CONTINUITY (INCLUDING INCOMING AND SECTIONALIZER UNITS)

ID E76202A

Client Other

Circuit Designation From To
Busbar Conductivity, M L1 L2 L3 N G Ducter #
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
NOTES: Conductivity measurements shall be carried out between adjacent outgoers or adjacent outgoer and incomers in order to verify the entire bus-bar path including 'droppers/risers'. For identical connections the measured values shall not differ by more than 20% from each other. Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76202 Rev 0 Inspection of Switchgear Bus-bar Continuity.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76202 Rev 0 Inspection of Switchgear Bus-bar Continuity.doc
Page 2 of 2
INSPECTION LV SWITCHGEAR (INCLUDING INCOMING AND SECTIONALIZER UNITS)

ID E76203A

Client Other

Subcontractor Switchgear No.: Manufacturer: System voltage: 1.0 Rating: Section:
Fluor FE/QA
Insulation resistance test - bus-bar system at 500-VTester used: Phase L1-G............. L2-G M L3-G M Anti-condensation heaters working Test insulation resistance at 500 V
2.0
Grounding system Check the condition of the grounding bar and connections Measure continuity of switchboard to main earth M Sheet No.
3.0 4.0
Current transformer test (incl. ammeter) Completed Yes No (Sheet F76012) After energizing Check voltmeter reading: Check phase rotation (C): Relay setting after the test: Tap setting ________% Adhesive label provided Load to trip ________%
5.0
Inst. Setting ________x In NOTE: Trip time curve will be supplied by the manufacturer Remarks
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76203 Rev 0 Inspection LV Switchgear.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76203 Rev 0 Inspection LV Switchgear.doc
Page 2 of 2
INSPECTION OF OUTGOING UNIT LV SWITCHGEAR

ID E76204A

Client Other

Subcontractor Location: Manufacturer: Panel No.: Switchgear No: Switching device type: Rating: Function:
Fluor FE/QA
1.0 Check the following items and note any deviations/defects under remarks: 1.1 Circuit labeling 1.2 Mechanical damage 1.3 Door interlock 1.4 Mechanical position indication 1.5 Electrical closing local/remote 1.6 Electrical tripping local/remote 1.7 Alarm indication local/remote 1.8 Wiring connection and marking 1.9 test insulation resistance wiring at 500 V M 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 Grounding; Verify the condition of the grounding bus and connections Insulation resistance test - switching device at 500 V Phase L1-E L2-E L3-E Protection relay test Restart relay tested Verify and record the fuse: Class Rating (E76106) result: M Sheet No. s
Condition
Remarks
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76204 Rev 0 Inspection of Outgoi ng LV Switchgear.doc
Page 1 of 2
INSPECTION OF OUTGOING UNIT LV SWITCHGEAR

ID E76204A

Client Other

7.0
LIGHTING CIRCUITS INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST * (fittings disconnected). Value M Date Circuit Number Value M Date
Circuit Number
CONVENIENCE OUTLETS * Circuit Number IR M Residual Current Device Gnd Loop Impedance Polarity Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76204 Rev 0 Inspection of Outgoi ng LV Switchgear.doc
Page 2 of 2
INSPECTION OF STATIC SUPPLY UNIT (UPS)
ID E76205A
Unit No.: Rectifier/Inverter: Battery Type: 1.0 AC/DC distribution board 1.1 Check:
Manufacturer Serial No.: No. Of Cells/Volts:
Good condition no mechanical damage Correct labeling Correct grounding Insulation resistance at 500-V 1.2 Test: Bar 1 Ground M Bar 1 - Bar 2 M Bar 2 Earth Test ground-fault indication and detection 1.3 Record: Fuse size: 2.0 Verify the following items: Correct grounding Operating temperature No abnormal noise All parallel capacitors at same temperature 3.0 Verify correct operation of: Forced cooling fan Indicating lights/meters Interlock system Common alarm Cable connections Cleanliness No leaking capacitors Type: Actual load: M
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76205 Rev 0 Inspection of Static Supply Units.doc
Page 1 of 4
ID E76205A
4.0
Check operating set points 4.1 Rectifier: V Boost charge voltage V Float charge voltage
(Indicate if trip or alarm function) AC failure Rectifier failure High DC voltage V V S Low DC voltage Earth fault V
Rectifier output oscilloscope check at normal load 4.2 Inverter: V Hz
Inverter output voltage & frequency Inverter in synchronism Auto change-over: A. B. C. From inverter to by-pass From by-pass to inverter
Inverter output oscilloscope check at normal load
(Indicate if trip or alarm function) Low DC input Low AC output Inverter fail Fuse failure 5.0 Batteries 5.1 Check that all connections are tight and that anti-corrosive coating is provided 5.2 5.3 Check the liquid level of each cell Check the cells for leakage - Cell voltage and specific gravity tests - Battery discharge capacity test V V High DC input High AC output Load on bypass V V
Page 2 of 4

5.4 Unit No.: Normal load:
Time DC Volts
ID E76205A
Battery discharge capacity test Test Date: A

DC Amps AC Volts AC Amps Hz
0 min 5 min
Test guidelines: 1. Discharge load current to be equal to normal load current +/- 10%. 2. Simulate a rectifier power failure and discharge to the point of inverter trip or the specified minimum voltage. 3. Cell voltages may be measured during battery discharge, to detect defects. 4. Upon completion of the test carry out boost charging. 5.5 Unit No.: Temperature:
Cell No. Volts S.G.
Battery cell tests Test Date: F

Cell No. Volts S.G Cell No. Volts S.G.
Record in coupled condition: Remarks: Subcontractor

starting time (if over 1 s)
s (A)

Fluor QA
Page 3 of 4
Page 4 of 4
MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS INSPECTION CHECKLIST

ID E76206A

Client Other

Item
Description of Check Record Data on E76207Ar
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Verify the following are acceptable per design drawings: 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 Remote trip installed Ventilation filters Control PNL directory complete All nameplates complete Ground bus continuous Ground bus tied to plant GND Bus joints torqued All mechanical interlocks operational Unused knockouts plugged Floor anchors installed Grouting complete Touch up painting completed
Remarks:
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76206 Rev 0 Motor Control Center Inspection Checlist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76206 Rev 0 Motor Control Center Inspection Checlist.doc
Page 2 of 2
MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS (MOTORS AND STARTERS) INSPECTION RECORD

ID E76207Ar

Client Other

Reference E76206A Incoming Feeder Size In. Fdr-Conduit or Cable Bus or Bus Duct Main Disconnect Rating Control Transformer Kva Cont Pnl Main Bkr or Fuse Size Horizontal Bus Rating Horizontal Bus Type Vertical Bus Rating Vertical Bus Type Megger at 1000v Megger at 1000v Ground Ground Bus Type Ground Bus Rating Remarks:
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76207 Rev 0 Motor Control Center Inspection Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
HIGH VOLTAGE MOTORS AND STARTERS

ID E76208A

Client Other

Motors Complete the Motor Checklist, Form F76209, except for electrical test data. Starters Item Description of Check Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
Verify the following are acceptable in accordance with design documents: 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 All nameplates complete Ground bus tied to plant ground Unused knockouts plugged Floor anchors installed Grouting complete Touch-up painting complete Maintenance tools available Conduits labeled 4160 volts Control scheme check
Remarks:
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76208 Rev 0 High Voltage Motors and Starters.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76208 Rev 0 High Voltage Motors and Starters.doc
Page 2 of 2
MOTORS CHECKLIST
ID E76209A

Client Other

Control Scheme: 1.0 Mechanical As Installed Acceptable 1.01 Motor Equip. No. Nameplate 1.02 Belt Drive 1.03 Dowel Pins 1.04 Drain Plug 1.05 Gasket-Cond. Box 1.06 Weephole-Cond. Box 1.07 Bearing Temp. 2.0 Electrical As Installed 2.01 MCC Disc. Switch Size 2.02 Breaker Size 2.03 Fuse Size 2.04 Starter Size 2.05 OL Heater Size 2.06 OL CTs Ratio 3.0 Actual Nameplate Data 3.01 MFG 3.02 H.P. 3.03 F.L.A. 3.04 S.F. 3.05 RPM 4.0 Electrical Test Data 4.01 Megger At 1000 V __________ Meg 4.02 Rotation CW __________ CCW __________ Remarks: Acceptable 1.08 Ericson Cplg. 1.09 Meyers Hub 1.10 Conduit Brace 1.11 Flex Conduit 1.12 Mtr Rotates Freely 1.13 Vibration 1.14 Noise

2.07 Meter CTs Ratio 2.08 Feeder Cable Size 2.09 Control XFMR Size 2.10 Grounding 2.11 Local Disc. Switch 2.12 Motor Space Heater
3.06 Volts 3.07 ENCL. 3.08 INS. CL. 3.09 Temp. 3.10 Serial No.
4.03 No Load Amps 4.04 Two (2) Hour Run
YES
NO
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76209 Rev 0 Motors Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76209 Rev 0 Motors Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
CONTROL AND RELAY PANELS INSPECTION CHECKLIST

ID E76210A

Client Other

*NOTE: Control and alarm device testing to be done during control scheme and logic checks. Item Description of Check Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
Verify the following are acceptable in accordance with design documentation 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 Panel ground wire installed Internal cooling fan Forced ventilation Nameplates complete Internal device labels complete Terminal strips labeled NEMA construction (I, 3R, etc.) of enclosure Field wire markers complete Unused knockouts plugged Convenience outlet phased Internal lighting complete Floor entrances sealed Touch up painting completed Annunciator wiring bundled and formed to allow removal of a single print wiring without shutdown. Future points are not blocked.
Remarks:
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76210 Rev 0 Control and Relay Panels Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76210 Rev 0 Control and Relay Panels Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT INSPECTION CHECKLIST

ID E76211A

Client Other

Manufacturer: Serial No.: Item 01 02 03 04 05 06 Description of Check
Type: Model No.:
Rating: Style No.: Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
Inspect for damaged and missing parts Inspect for loose nuts and bolts Inspect for loose wiring connections Inspect for dirt and foreign materials Test per manufacturers instructions Record item number of UPS system of which above equipment is a part.* (* N/A for all components. Complete this item on from covering inverter portion of UPS as a record of the Complete System Test.)
07
Other:
Remarks:
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76211 Rev 0 Electronic Equipment Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76211 Rev 0 Electronic Equipment Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
POWER PANEL INSPECTION CHECKLIST

ID E76212A

Client Other

Item
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Verify the following: 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 Remote trip installed Panel directory complete All nameplates complete Ground bus installed Ground bus tied to plant ground grid All mechanical interlocks operational Unused knockouts plugged Floor anchors installed Grouting complete Touch up painting complete Provide the data and complete the following:
11.1 Incoming Feeder Size 11.2 Main Disc. or Fuse Rating 11.3 Vertical Bus Rating 11.4 Vertical Bus Type 11.5 Megger at 1000V 11.6 Megger at 1000v Ground 11.7 Feeder Fuse Type Remarks:
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76212 Rev 0 Power Panel Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76212 Rev 0 Power Panel Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
SWITCHGEAR INSPECTION CHECKLIST

ID E76213A

Client Other

Item
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Confirm that checks according to the certified equipment procedure have been performed for certified switchboards. Verify name plate details against data sheet. Visually inspect equipment for external damage. Inspect the switchboard for alignment and secure fixings. Confirm equipment is correctly located as per Switchroom layout drawings. Check all cable entries are correct to design requirements. Check earthing conforms to project specification. Inspect switchboard earth bar and ensure all earth terminations are correct and secure. Check inside of the switchboard is clean, dry and silica gel, etc., has been removed. Check all cubicle doors can be opened and are not obstructed.
10. Visually inspect the switchboard cubicles for damage. 11. Ensure that torque settings of Busbar shipping joints are in accordance with supplier requirements / specifications. 12. Check all equipment carries the correct circuit identification. 13. Ensure all Busbars are encapsulated as per specification. 14. Ensure that ducter tests are performed across all bolted shipping joints and readings are acceptable and recorded, a copy of which to be maintained within the construction dossiers. 15. On completion of all cable glanding confirm spare entries are correctly plugged. 16. Check gaskets and seals are not damaged. 17. Check all bolts are correct and none missing.
Remarks: Subcontractor

Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76213 Rev 0 Swithcgear Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76213 Rev 0 Swithcgear Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
LOW VOLTAGE FEEDERS INSPECTION RECORD

ID E76214A

Client Other

1.0
Low Voltage Switchgear to MCC 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 Type Installation Feeder Size Mechanical Installation Ground Conductor NEMA Standard Phasing Megger @ 1000V 0-0 Megger @ 1000V 0-Gnd
2.0
MCC to Disconnect, Power Panel, or Packaged Equipment 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 MCC Disc Switch Size Fuse Size Fuse Type Feeder Cable Size Wire Markers - Both Ends Ground Conductor NEMA Standard Phasing Megger @ 1000V 0-0 Megger @ 1000V 0-Gnd
Remarks:
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76214 Rev 0 Low Voltage Feeders Inspection Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76214 Rev 0 Low Voltage Feeders Inspection Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
HIGH VOLTAGE CABLE INSPECTION AND TEST RECORD

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Tag No.: Area/Unit:
ID E76215A
Client
Turnover System:
Item
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Cable is the correct type and size, see cable schedule. Cable glands are the correct type, and correctly fitted. Ensure IP sealing washers are fitted to gland, where required. Check earth bonding is correct to design drawings. On single core cables, ensure that cables are earthed as shown on the contract electrical drawings. Confirm cable route and segregation are correct. Check cable supports, cleating and banding are to specification. Check bending radius is within manufacturers recommendations. Check cable markers are correct through transits and each end. Confirm protective measures (kick plates) are fitted correctly. Test and confirm conductor continuity. Test and confirm earth wire continuity. Test and confirm drain wire continuity. Measure resistance of gland body to earth. Maximum 0,1 ohms. Test insulation resistance using a 5KV megger for 15 minutes. Minimum reading Megaohms. Discharge all cores to earth for a minimum period of 15 minutes. Perform a pressure test and record current leakage. Stress cones fitted to manufacturers instructions. Minimum reading Megaohms. Discharge all cores to earth for a minimum period of 15 minutes.
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Test and record insulation resistance using a 5KV megger for 15 minutes.
21 22 23 24 Notes:
Discharge all cores to earth for a minimum period of 15 minutes. Reconnect all cores. Confirm all cable cores are laid correctly. Confirm correct terminations and fit terminal box cover. A
Test 11 to 13 inclusive. Test results are subject to manufacturers permissibles and length of cable. Both must be checked to confirm acceptable reading. Witness points.
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76215 Rev 0 High Voltage Cable Inspection and Test Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76215 Rev 0 High Voltage Cable Inspection and Test Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INSPECTION RECORD

ID E76216A

Client Other

Type Of Equipment: System Voltage: Size / Rating: Establish And Record The Length Of Cable:
1.0 2.0
Unit No.: Registration No:

Compare nameplate information with equipment record. Note any deviations under remarks. Establish and Record the following: 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 Equipment/circuit identification. Area classification. Type of Ex-protection/gas group/temperature class. Degree of enclosure protection. Electrical protection setting/rating. Actual maximum load/amp meter reading. Labeling correct. No unauthorized modifications. Enclosures and glasses satisfactory. Seals and gaskets satisfactory. Bolts and glands complete and tight. No undue accumulation of dust and dirt. No leakage of oil/compound. No damage to aboveground part of connected cables. Adequate protection of equipment and cables against corrosion, the weather, vibration and other adverse factors. Motor fans and couplings not rubbing on cowls/guards. Grounding in good condition. Oil levels in sight glasses correct. Padlock facilities correct. Silica gel in breathers satisfactory. Pressurization systems correct & tested. YES NO Fluor QA
3.0
Check the following items and report any deviations/defects under remarks: 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 3.10 3.11 3.12 3.13 3.14 3.15
4.0
Suitable for use in areas as classified: Subcontractor

W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76216 Rev 0 Electrical Equipment Inspection Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76216 Rev 0 Electrical Equipment Inspection Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
CONTROL SCHEME INSPECTION CHECKLIST

ID E76217A

Client Other

Control Scheme Mtr. Equipment No. Drawing No./Rev. Item Description of Check Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
Verify the following: 01 02 03 04 05 06 Remarks: Motor uncoupled Motor leads dropped (low voltage) Contractor in test position (high voltage) Solenoids disconnected Neutral grounded Wire markers complete
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76217 Rev 0 Control Scheme Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76217 Rev 0 Control Scheme Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
POWER TRANSFORMER INSPECTION CHECKLIST

ID E76218A

Client Other

Item
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12
Check all equipment is suitable for hazardous area. Verify equipment is suitable for IP rating. Verify name plate details against data sheet. Visually inspect equipment for external damage and leaks. Check equipment fixings and mountings are secure. Check air / water cooling ventilation air inlet / outlets are clear. If transformer is oil filled check level indicator shows correct level. Check terminal box interior for damage, cleanliness and remove packing. Ensure gland plates for outgoing single core feeders are non-magnetic. Check cable boxes for compound leaks. Check gaskets and seals are not damaged. Check all bolts are correct and none are missing.
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Remarks:
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76218 Rev 0 Power Transformer Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76218 Rev 0 Power Transformer Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2

ID E76219A

Client Other

Rating: Manufacturer: Function: Switchgear No.: Subject: 1.0 Record the reading of the operations counter 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10 1.11 1.12 1.13 1.14 1.15 2.0 Check the following items and report any deviations/defects under remarks: Circuit labelling correct Operation of safety shutters Padlocking facilities Interlocking facilities, mechanical/electrical Mechanical position indicators, indicating lights Insulating bushings and barriers Cable box and terminations Alignment of main and auxiliary contacts Mechanical closing and tripping Electrical closing local/remote Electrical tripping local/remote Alarm indications local/remote Anti-condensation heater Test insulation resistance at 500 V ..............................Megaohms Switching device: Type Panel No.: Reference Document: Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
Secondary and auxiliary wiring 2.1 Test insulation resistance at 500 V ..............................Megaohms
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76219 Rev 0 Switching Units HV Switchgear Insp & Test Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
Subject 3.0 Earthing: 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 Verify the conditions of earthing bar and connections Test the earthing bar continuity ............................... Micro Ohm Record fuse type/rating ....................
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
HV pressure test - circuit breaker (for pre-commissioning inspection only) Test voltage DC Leakage Current - MA kV A B C kV Tester used: 4.0 Phase Tester used: 5.0 Phase Conductivity test - circuit braker: R S T Ohm Insulation resistance - circuit braker: V DC A B C Megaohms A B C
Test voltage
Ducter used: Current transformer test completed Sheet no.: Protection relay test completed Sheet no.: Remedial action required: Remarks Subcontractor

Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76219 Rev 0 Switching Units HV Switchgear Insp & Test Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
SWITCHING UNITS HV SWITCHGEAR INSPECTION CHECKLIST

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Work Package: Item 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 Description of Check Confirm certified equipment check sheets are complete. Check all cable check sheets are complete. Verify name plate details against datasheet. Confirm switchboard has been correctly sited. Visually inspect equipment for external damage. Check equipment fixings and mountings are secure. Ensure that torque settings of Busbar shipping joints are in accordance with supplier requirements / specifications. Check earthing conforms to project specification. Inspect switchboard earth bar and ensure all earth terminations are correct and secure. Ensure gland plates for outgoing single core feeders are non-magnetic. Check gaskets and seals are not damaged. Check all bolts are correct and none missing. Ensure that ducter tests are performed across all bolted shipping joints and readings are acceptable and recorded, a copy of which to be maintained within the construction dossiers. Ensure all Busbars are encapsulated as per specification. Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor Tag No.: Area/Unit:
ID E76220A

Client Other

Turnover System: Sub System: Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
14
Remarks
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76220 Rev 0 Switching Units HV Switchgear Insp Chklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76220 Rev 0 Switching Units HV Switchgear Insp Chklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
LIQUID-FILLED TRANSFORMER INSPECTION RECORD

ID E76221A

Client Other

Substation: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Building:
Transformer Tag No.: Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Receiving Operations/Inspection complete Equipment Protection Program instituted and documented Tag number, voltage and kVA rating per plan drawings and one-line Check transformer nameplate against purchase specification Location, mounting and orientation per drawings Visually inspect for cleanliness and no chips, cracks or other apparent damage to bushings, radiators and tanks Check lubrication and freedom of rotation of cooling fans Check lubrication and freedom of motion of tap changers and other operating accessories Inspect fuses, disconnect switches and surge arrestors
10. Inspect for liquid leakage around tank, radiators and accessories 11. Collect samples of insulating liquid per manufacturers instructions and determine dielectric strength of insulating liquid. Record on Form: 000 509 F76120: Liquid Dielectric Strength Test Record 12. Check for continuity in all windings 13. Measure cold resistance of neutral grounding/earthing resistor and perform Insulation Resistance Test (megger) and DC Overpotential Test. Record readings on Form: 000 509 F76115: Neutral Grounding/Earthing Resistor Test Record 14. Neutral wire size, insulation and color per drawings/schedule 15. Case ground/earth and grounding/earthing resistor correctly installed. Measure bonding resistance of connections and record on Form: 000 509 F76117: Ground Continuity Test Record (Electrical Equipment and Ground Test Bars) 16. Check that incoming feeders have had Insulation Resistance Test (megger) performed and that Form: 000 509 F76102. Insulation Resistance Test Record (Power Control Wire and Cable), is on file 17. Check that incoming feeders have had DC High Potential Test (hypot) when required by specification and that Form: 000 509 F76104: DC High Potential Test Record (Medium Voltage Cable), is on file 18. Check inert gas pressure gage (pressure should be in accordance with manufacturers instructions) 19. Check temperature gage for proper operations 20. Check liquid level gage for proper operation and proper level of liquid in various compartments 21. Check sudden pressure relay and relief device 22. Alarm and control circuits connected and complete
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76221 Rev 0 Liquid Filled Transformer Inspection Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
LIQUID-FILLED TRANSFORMER INSPECTION RECORD

Substation: 23. Building:
ID E76221A
24. 25. 26. 27.
28. 29. 30.
31. 32.
Transformer Tag No.: Subcontractor Primary/secondary cables/bus duct properly supported, insulated and protected against mechanical damage. Belted connections torqued in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. Torgue Wrench No. __________________ Cal. Date:_________________________ Check conductor size, insulation class and type Check conductor phasing and identification Check conduit connections Perform Insulation Resistance Test (megger) of transformer primary and secondary windings and record readings on Test Form: 000 509 F76119: Insulation Resistance (Transformer) Test Record Perform DC High Potential Test (hypot) when required by specification and record readings on Form: 000 509 F76104: DC High Potential Test Record Perform Insulation Power Factor (Doble) tests, when required by specifications and document on Project furnished Exhibit Measure primary and secondary voltages with tap changer in each position and verify that voltages ratios are per transformer nameplate. Apply construction power to primary transformer connection and measure secondary voltages. Primary voltage rating shall not be exceeded Record transformer tap setting below (Set at mid-tap unless otherwise indicated in Engineering Documents.) Check correct operation of control system for fans
Fluor FE/QA
33. Check correct rotation of cooling fans 34. Check to assure connections are tight and secure 35. Alarm trip and fans start contact operational. High winding and/or liquid temperature alarm set at 900 C, or in accordance with manufacturers instructions 36. Mechanical relief device is reset 37. Spare control/alarm conductors taped or capped 38. Spare hubs or knockouts plugged 39. Paint scratches refinished 40. Handhold covers tightly secured 41. Supplier Representative provided service/supervision for the equipment Supplier test reports attached to this inspection Record 42. Confirm NDE tests are done after lifting lugs are installed for any defects in laminations. 43. Equipment Protection Program completed and documented 44. Final inspection complete. Punch List Record Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76221 Rev 0 Liquid Filled Transformer Inspection Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
BUSWAY INSPECTION RECORD

ID E76222A

Busway Tag No.: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Receiving Operations/Inspection Complete Equipment Protection Program instituted and documented Using supplier drawings, check entire assembly, including auxiliary equipment, for any missing parts Torque the connections according to manufacturers recommendations. Torque Wrench Number __________________ Cal Date ______________________ Inspect bus insulators for damage and cleanliness Drain holes unplugged Vertical and horizontal support spacing in accordance with manufacturers instructions Check for proper clearance, where visible, between busbars and between busbars and enclosure Gaskets installed (if required)
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
10. Perform Insulation Resistance Test (megger) on bus and record on Test Record, Form: 000 509 F76118: Insulation Resistance (Equipment) Test Record 11. Busway housing grounded. Record bonding resistance on Test Record, Form: 000 509 F76117: Ground Continuity Test Record (Electrical Equipment and Ground Test Bars) 12. Check for proper phasing after installation 13. Perform Ductor Tests. Record on Test Record Form: 000 509 F76128 14. Connect space heaters and check operability (when applicable) 15. Equipment Protection Program completed and documented 16. Final inspection complete. Punch items on Punch List Record Remarks:
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76222 Rev 0 Busway Inspection Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76222 Rev 0 Busway Inspection Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
SWITCHGEAR INSPECTION RECORD

ID E76223A

Client Other

Substation: Note!! #1
Building:
Switchgear Tag No.: Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Test with circuit breakers withdrawn and with circuit breakers in operating position and open. All circuit transformer secondaries must be shorted before testing begins and instrument potential transformers must be racked in, but with fuses removed. Receiving Operations/Inspection complete Equipment Protection Program instituted and documented Check phasing of buses
Remove shipping supports Check and inspect for completeness of all components. Torque bolted joints according to manufacturers recommendations. Torque Wrench Number _________________________ Cal Date_____________________________ 6. All devices installed such as: ground fault relays, volt meters, ammeters, breakers, fuses, etc. Location and type according to supplier drawings 7. Check control wiring (especially Field connections at shipping splits) 8. Perform Insulation Resistance Test (megger) buses and record on Test Record, Form: 000 509 F76118: DC High Potential Test (Hypot) Buses, when required by specification. Record on Form: 000 509 F76104, DC High Potential Test Record 9. Perform Insulation Resistance Test (megger) control and potential transformer primary windings and record on Test Record, Form: 000 509 F76119: Insulation Resistance (Transformer) Test Record 10. Perform Ductor Test. Record on Test Record Form: 000 509 F76130 11. Check control transformer fuses, type and size 12. Check potential transformer fuses, type and size 13. Check primary and secondary ratings of all transformers including control transformers 14. Check for proper grounding/earthing connections at both ends of assembly. Record bonding resistance on Test Record, Form: 000 509 F76117: Ground Continuity Test Record (Electrical Equipment and Ground Test Bars) 15. Check ground/earth bus bar continuity to ensure connection has been made at shipping split points 16. Tagging correct 17. Cubicles clean, dry and dust free 18. Instruments zeroed 19. Space heaters are connected and operable 20. Insert and remove breaker of same rating in various units to ensure interchangeability 21. Check continuity of all fuses. Check size and type 22. Perform circuit breaker test
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76223 Rev 0 Switchgear Inspection Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
SWITCHGEAR INSPECTION RECORD

23. Terminals and connections tight and secure. Torque bolted connections Torque Wrench Number: Calibration Date:: 24. Mainbus and tapes (size according to supplier drawing) 25. Insulation Resistance Test (megger) the DC and AC control circuits, main and outgoing control disconnect devices open. Record results on Test Record, Form: 000 509 F76102 26. Check incoming power cables Insulation Resistance Tested (meggered) prior to connection to switchgear and that results recorded on Form: 000 509 F76102 27. Check DC High Potential Testing (hypot) of incoming power cables completed, when required by specification and recorded on Form: 000 509 F76104: DC High Potential Test Record (Medium Voltage Cable) 28. Incoming feeder terminations properly made up 29. Supplier Representative provided service/supervision for this equipment. Supplier test reports attached to this Inspection Record. 30. Equipment Protection Program completed and documented 31. Final inspection complete. Punch items on Punch List Record Remarks
ID E76223A
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76223 Rev 0 Switchgear Inspection Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER INSPECTION RECORD

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor Substation: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Receiving Operations/Inspection complete Equipment Protection Program instituted and documented Check for missing parts using supplier drawings. Inspect each unit or cubicle for proper nameplate in accordance with approved drawings Inspect main bus and bus taps to switches and potential transformers. Torque bolted joints in accordance with manufacturers recommendations Determine that all terminal block connections are secure and properly identified (especially Field connections at shipping splits) Manually operate switches and contactors. Check for freedom of all moving parts Check nameplate data for switches, contactors, fuses and relays against approved supplier drawings. Verify contactor auxiliary contacts, normally open/closed according to drawing Check for correct sizing of overload relay heaters in accordance with approved drawings Protective grounding/earthing is correctly installed and connected to main ground/earth. Verify Test Record, Form: 000 509 F76117: Ground Continuity Test Record (Electrical Equipment and Ground Test Bars), completed. Check main ground/earth bus for continuity between shipping sections Record Insulation Resistance (megger) readings on Test Record, Form: 000 509 F76118: Insulation Resistance (Equipment) Test Record. Test with disconnect switches connected and open. Test with disconnect switches connected and closed. For the second test, ensure that neutral is disconnected at starters. Reconnect neutral after second test Check that power and control cables for each cubicle Insulation Resistance Tested (megger) and that Form: 000 509 F76102: Insulation Resistance Test Record (Power Control Wire and Cable) Test Record, is on file Perform DC High Potential Test (hypot) when required by specification and record on Form: 000 509 F76104: DC High Potential Test Record (Medium Voltage Cable). Spot check overload relays for trip action by injecting current from relay testing equipment in accordance with relay sheets Check to see that enclosure space heaters are connected and operable (when applicable), and that MOTOR space heater circuits are functional Overload reset button free and functional Perform functional check of contactor. Use supplier or Fluor elementary drawing. Observe all Project safety precautions Check timing relays for correct type, size and time setting in accordance with drawings Building: Tag No.: Turnover System: Client Other
ID E76224A

MCC Tag No.: Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
10.
11.
12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17.
18. Check control power transformers for correct size and voltage in accordance with drawings 19. Check main contact pressure, alignment and for full contact area (high voltage contactors, only) 20. Supplier Representative provided service/supervision for this equipment. Supplier test reports attached to this Inspection Record 21. Equipment Protection Program completed and documented 22. Final inspection complete. Punch items on Punch List Record.
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
BATTERY AND BATTERY CHARGER INSPECTION RECORD

ID E76225A

Substation: Building: Equipment Tag No.: Note!! When batteries are placed in service while work is still being performed around them, protection should be provided. Metal objects laid or dropped on them could cause a short or an explosion. Tarpaulin, plastic or similar material, should not be used because batteries in service require ventilation. 1. Receiving Operations/Inspection complete 2. 3. Equipment Protection Program instituted and documented Batteries and racks installed and checked for proper mechanical installation, including connections and number of cells 4. Batteries filled with electrolyte to proper level and charged in accordance with manufacturers recommendations 5. Lead acid batteries checked with hydrometer for correct specific gravity, in accordance with manufacturers specifications 6. Grounding/earthing connection checked. Record readings on Test Record Form: 000 509 F76117: Ground Continuity Test Record (Electrical Equipment and Ground Test Bars) 7. Battery charger checked for proper installation, wiring complete and properly connected 8. Charger operates in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. Current output, voltage and operation of control components checked. 9. Check charger nameplate against approved supplier drawings 10. Accessory equipment such as hydrometer, thermometer, special wrenches and spare electrolyte accounted for 11. Batteries, battery racks and charger cleaned. Terminals and interconnectors covered with protective base 12. Test Charger for maximum rated output and correct operation, as required by Project specifications 13. Booster charge in accordance with manufacturers instructions 14. Set charger for float operation with adjustment of proper float voltage 15. Charger marked with float and boost charge voltage limits 16. Verify proper operations of low DC voltage relay and alarm contacts. Indicate limits 17. Verify proper operation of AC failure relays and alarm contacts 18. Verify ground detection relay or lights operate properly. Verify alarm output relays operate 19. Voltmeters checked, zeroed 20. Ammeters checked, zeroed 21. Fuses and circuit breakers in accordance with supplier drawings 22. Verify operation of charger output failure relay and alarm contacts 23. Supplier Representative provided service/supervision for this equipment. Supplier test reports attached to this inspection record 24. Equipment Protection Program completed and documented 25. Final inspection complete. Punch items on Punch List Record
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76225 Rev 0 Battery and Battery Charger Inspection Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76225 Rev 0 Battery and Battery Charger Inspection Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
LIQUID IMMERSED MEDIUM VOLTAGE DISCONNECT SWITCH INSPECTION RECORD

ID E76226A

Client Other

Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
1. Receiving Operations/Inspection Complete 2. Tag Number, Voltage Rating per one line 3. Visually inspect for cleanliness and no chips or cracks or other apparent damage to bushings 4. Inspect for liquid leakage 5. Collect samples of insulating liquid and determine dielectric strength of insulation liquid. Record on Form: 000 509 F76120: Liquid Dielectric Strength Test Record. 6. Check connections and the jumpers at the terminals 7. Final inspection complete. Punch items on punch list record. Remarks
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
Signature Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76226 Rev 0 Liq Immersed Med V Disconn Switch Inspn Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76226 Rev 0 Liq Immersed Med V Disconn Switch Inspn Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
ELECTRIC MOTOR-ELECTRICAL ACTIVITIES INSPECTION RECORD

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor Motor Tag No.: Tag No.: Turnover System:
ID E76227A

Client Other

Sub System: Location: Fluor FE/QA
Subcontractor Note!!! Inspection of the Mechanical items related to this motor is documented on the appropriate Mechanical Exhibit for the driven equipment with similar Tag Number. 1. Equipment Protection Program instituted and documented 2. 3. 4. 5. Nameplate data agrees with motor list, plan drawings and one-line Motor type is suitable for use in area classification Check the power and control cables Insulation Resistance Tested (megger) prior to connection to motor For induction motors, perform the following motor test, as required by the specifications and document on the appropriate forms. For synchronous motors, test in accordance with manufacturers instructions a. Form: 000 509 F76135 Insulation resistance (Rotating Equipment) Test Record (megger) b. c. d. 6. Form: 000 509 F76121 DC Proof Test Record Form: 000 509 F76104 DC High Potential Test Record Insulation Resistance Test of Pedestal (when applicable): ____________ ohms
7. 8. 9.
e. Form 000 509 F76126 Equipment Absorption Ratio and Polarization Index Test Record Grounding/Earthing conductors installed, connected and bonded resistance checked from motor frame to ground/earth system tap. Record resistance on form: 000 509 F76117: Ground Continuity Test Record (Electrical Equipment and Ground Test Bars). Motor splices and terminations complete. Spare wires (pigtails) on multiple voltage motors properly insulated Motor electrical accessories are properly connected and functioning such as space heater, thermocouples and vibrations switches Cable gland properly made up
10. Bonding jumper installed, when required, across flexible conduit 11. Control station nameplate installed 12. Covers are installed, bolts and nuts are tightened 13. Final inspection complete. Items Punch List Record Remarks
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76227 Rev 0 Electric Motor - Elect Activities Inspection Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76227 Rev 0 Electric Motor - Elect Activities Inspection Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
ELECTRIC MOTOR-MECHANICAL ACTIVITIES INSPECTION RECORD

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor Motor Tag No.: Tag No.: Turnover System:
ID E76228A

Client Other

Subcontractor 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Receiving Operations/Inspection complete Equipment Protection Program instituted and documented Anchor bolts checked for location, elevation and orientations prior to setting equipment Equipment set and checked for location, elevation and orientation Preliminary alignment completed and documented Jackscrews removed and anchor bolt nuts tightened Baseplate grouting complete and documented when manufactured grouts are required
Fluor FE/QA
Final cold alignment set to manufacturers tolerance and documented Motor electrical activities complete and documented on Form: 000 509 F76227: Electric MotorElectrical Activities Inspection Record 10. Grease or oil checked to assure proper filling 11. Field coating checked 12. Verify completion of activities on Form: 000 509 F76124 460 V Motor Circuit (480 V MCC) Test Record, Form: 000 509 F76125: Medium Voltage Motor Circuit Test Record, prior to motor bump and run-in, in accordance with Form: 000 509 F76133: Electric Motor Run-in Test record 13. Equipment Protection Program completed and documented 14. Final inspection complete. Mechanical punch items on Punch List Remarks
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76228 Rev 0 Electric Motor - Mechl Activities- Inspection Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76228 Rev 0 Electric Motor - Mechl Activities- Inspection Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
ELECTRIC MOTOR FOR COMPRESSOR INSTALLATION CHECKLIST

ID E76229A

Client Other

MOTOR: DRIVEN EQUIP
WIN: WIN:
TAG: TAG: Initials/Date
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Baseplate pads free of dirt and scale, and filed to remove high spots. Motor feet free of dirt and scale, and filed to remove high spots. Drilled and tapped holes in baseplate pads clean and threads undamaged. Motor weight verified, proper rigging and crane for lifting. Motor set on base, bolts snugged and motor checked for soft foot. Align the motor to the driven equipment with the proper offset to allow for thermal growth. Verify the coupling spacing will allow the motor to run on magnetic center when coupled. Connect the inlet and outlet oil lines to the motor bearing housings. Check to see if the lines have to be insulated from the housings. Commission the lube system and check for any oil leaks.
10. Install the vibration monitoring probes and calibrate to the monitor. 11. Electricians to connect the motor leads, connect the motor heaters and the winding RTD. 12. Electricians to perform the following checks: Set and test the protective relays and control devices Test wire insulation resistance of power and control circuits Test the motor winding insulation resistance Test the motor ground connections
13. Secure the motor coupling for a solo run of the motor 14. Run the motor solo for at least in hour or longer until the motor bearing temperatures, motor winding temperatures, and vibration levels stabalize. Verify the proper rotation of the motor 15. Stop the motor using the emergency shutdown. Time the coast down. 16. Couple the motor to the driven equipment and torque the coupling bolts to the prescribed value. Install the coupling guard. Subcontractor Fluor Field Engineering Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76229 Rev 0 Electric Motor for Compressor Installation Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76229 Rev 0 Electric Motor for Compressor Installation Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
COMPRESSOR VIBRATION CHECKLIST Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor
ID E76230B Tag No.: Turnover System:

Client Other

VIBRATION OB Vert Motor OB Horz IB Vert IB Horz
Active Inactive Gear OB Vert OB Horz IB Vert IB Horz
OB Vert Pinion OB Horz IB Vert IB Horz
Active Inactive Comp OB Vert OB Horz IB Vert IB Horz
Time
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76230 Rev 0 Compressor Vibration Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
240K-C2-05-002 Site Quality Manual 000 509 F76230 Revision C, 28 February 2012
COMPRESSOR VIBRATION CHECKLIST

Time
ID E76230B
TEMPERTURES Motor OB IB Active Gear Inactive OB IB Pinion OB IB Active Comp Inactive OB IB Seals OB IB Temp to Brgs Temp to Seals Press to Brgs DP to Seals Suction Press Discharge Press Suction Temp Discharge Temp Motor Amps
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76230 Rev 0 Compressor Vibration Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
VIBRATION PROBE RECORD Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Bently Nevada Probe: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor
ID E76231B Tag No.: Turnover System:

Client Other

Sub System: Location: Compressor Number:
COMPRESSOR
GEAR
7 MOTOR
Bearing
Probe Position Horiz.
Type Probe
Extension Cable
Proximeter
Radial Probe Gap Voltage
Axial Probe Gap Voltage Against Against Mid Normal Counter Position Shoes Shoes
Monitor Point Number
No. 1 Compressor Outboard No. 2 Compressor Inboard No. 3 Gear H.S. No. 4 Gear H.S.
Vert. Axial Key Horiz. Vert. Horiz. Vert. Horiz. Vert. Axial Horiz.
No. 5 Gear L.S. No. 6 Gear L.S. No. 7 Motor Inboard No. 8 Motor Outboard
Vert. Axial Horiz. Vert. Horiz. Vert. Horiz. Vert. Axial Key
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
Signature Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76231 Rev 0 Vibration Probe Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76231 Rev 0 Vibration Probe Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
DRY TYPE LIGHTING, RECEPTACLE & INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS CHECKLIST

ID E76232B
Equipment No.: Location Drawing: For: Lighting Receptacle or Instrument Nameplate Ship. Braces Removed Wire Markers Compl. Neutral Bond Size Ground Conductor Size Equipment Ground Phase Meter Test (ABC) Yes Yes No No
System: Manufacturer: No-Load Volts Phase to Phase Rating Volts Tap Setting Insul. Class Temp. Rise Windings MCC Disc SW Size Fuse Size Fuse Type Fuse Type Feeder Size Touch-up Paint Cu C A1
Test Equip.
Cal. Date
Tester
AMB. Temp.
Notes:
1) Use 500-volt test set for 600-volt equipment and below, 2500-volt test set for equipment rated over 601-5000 volts and 5000-volt test set for equipment rated over 5000 volts. 2) Test voltage to be applied for one-minute duration and reading taken. 3) Neutral must be disconnected from ground during test. 4) Record surrounding air temperature of transformers. 5) Readings will vary inversely with temperature. When project specifies use of temperature correction factors. Attach second sheet with computed values. Indicate on each sheet Measured or Temperature Corrected. Resistance (MEGOHMS)* Primary Secondary C to G A to G B to G C to G Pri to Sec Pri-Sec Voltage Rating (kV) Liquid or Air Temp (oC oF)
A to G
B to G
Comments: Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76232 Rev 0 Dry Type Lighting Trnasformer Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76232 Rev 0 Dry Type Lighting Trnasformer Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
INSTRUMENT WIRE & CABLES CONTINUITY CHECKS >50VDC

ID E76233

Client Other

Location: Reel #: Cable # Tester Size Size: Meter ID # RESULTS Conductor # Continuity Type Type: Calibration Date: Length
Conductor #
Continuity
Conductor #
Continuity
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76233 Rev 0 Instrmt Wire & Cable Continuity Check -50VDC.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F76233 Rev 0 Instrmt Wire & Cable Continuity Check -50VDC.doc
Page 2 of 2
CONTROL SYSTEM INSTRUMENTATION SCOPE This procedure applies to the inspection of installations and loop check of instrumentation. RESPONSIBILITIES - Self-Perform ACTIVITY Inspect received instruments Inspect in-process instrument installation Inspect completed instrument installation Perform Pressure Testing of Tubing Verify Pressure Testing of Tubing Test Instrument Cables Verify Instrument Cable Testing Perform/ Verify Loop Check RESPONSIBILITY E & I Construction Engineer Instrument Superintendent Site Quality Manager/ E & I Construction Engineer Site Quality Manager/ E & I Construction Engineer Instrumentation Superintendent Site Quality Manager/ E & I Construction Engineer Electrical Superintendent Site Quality Manager Instrumentation Superintendent/ Site Quality Manager DOCUMENTATION _____ 000 509 F770XX 000 509 F770XX _____ 000 509 F770XX _____ 000 509 F770XX 000 509 F770XX FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY Each Instrument Daily during life of activity Each Instrument Each Pressure Test Package Each Pressure Test Package Each cable Each cable Each loop
RESPONSIBILITIES - Subcontracted Work ACTIVITY Inspect received instruments Inspect in-process instrument installation Inspect completed instrument installation Perform Pressure Testing on Tubing Verify Pressure Testing of Tubing Test Instrument Cables Verify Instrument Cable Testing Perform/ Verify Loop Check RESPONSIBILITY Subcontractor Subcontractor Subcontractor/ Site Quality Manager Subcontractor Subcontractor/ Site Quality Manager Subcontractor Subcontractor/ Site Quality Manager Subcontractor/ E & I Construction Engineer Site Quality Manager DOCUMENTATION _____ 000 509 F770XX 000 509 F770XX _____ 000 509 F770XX _____ 000 509 F770XX 000 509 F770XX FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY Each Instrument Daily during life of activity Each Instrument Each Pressure Test Package Each Pressure Test Package Each cable Each cable Each loop
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7700 Rev 0 Control Systems Instrumentation.doc
Page 1 of 2
PROCEDURE Receipt Inspection of Instruments: The E & I Construction Engineer and the Instrument Superintendent shall coordinate the receipt inspection of instruments to support the construction schedule.
In-Process and Completed Instrument Installation Inspections: Assure the instrument, if required by specification, is calibrated prior to installation. Inspect the in-process installations. Using a Mechanical Flow Diagram and Instrument Specification Data Sheet, perform a completed inspection prior to pressure testing. Document on Form 000.509.F77001.
Test Equipment Tubing: Verify the instrument tubing is properly installed, is not supported from uninsulated hot or cold pipes and adequately supported. Pressure test shall be conducted in accordance with specifications and the Instrument Specification Data Sheet.
Test Instrument Cables: Verify the instrument electrical installation inspections and megger tests are complete and acceptable.
Loop-Check Verification: Verify all installation inspections, pressure testing and continuity checks have been completed and documented. Notify the Client Representative, if requested to do so, prior to the loop check. Verify the loop check, which generally consist of operating all instruments in the loop. Document the final loop check on Form 000.509.F77002. (Quality Control Forms): Instrumentation Inspection Checklist 000.509.F77001 Instrument Loop Checklist Inspection 000.509.F77002 Impulse Line Pressure Test Sheet 000.509.F77003 Instrument Grounding System Check Sheet 000.509.F77004 Installation Check Sheet (Local Instruments) 000.509.F77005 Orifice Plate Specification Check Report 000.509.F77006 Control Systems Quality 000.509.F77007 Loop Check Record 000.509.F77008 Loop Mechanical Completion and Acceptance Record 000.509.F77107
FORMS
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7700 Rev 0 Control Systems Instrumentation.doc
Page 2 of 2
INSTRUMENTATION INSPECTION CHECKLIST

ID I77001A

Client Other

Loop No.: Drawing(s) Item Description of Check Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
Verify the following attributes: 01 Instruments mounted at proper height. 02 Instrument stands secure and vibration free. 03 Correct piping/tubing materials used. 04 All tubing trays and supports per details. 05 All air supply and process tubing connected to proper parts per details. 06 All tubing fitting nuts torqued per specifications. 07 Good workmanship used in tubing installation and neat in appearance. 08 Signal/power leads have proper separation and angle of intersection. 09 Tubing/piping pressure tested prior to heat tracing or insulating. 10 Loop checked per specification. ANY DISCREPANCIES NOTED ABOVE AS FOLLOWS:
Punch List Items from Above List Date Cleared
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F77001 Rev 0 Instrumentation Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
INSTRUMENT LOOP INSPECTION CHECKLIST Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Work Package: Cable No.: Cable Type: Item Description of Check 01 Measuring Element 02 Impulse Lines 03 Field Instrument 04 Panel Instrument 05 Control Valve 06 Solenoid Valve 07 Air Supplies 08 Transmission 09 Temperature 10 General Notes: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor
ID I77002A Tag No.: Area/Unit:

Client Other

Junction Box No.: Color/Loop No.: Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
Installation Correct Tappings Position Correct Location Correct Materials Correct According to Hook-Up Traced Pressure Tested Materials Correct Local Indicator Working Power Supply Correct Air Supply Correct Correct Installation Weather Protected Correct Installation Air Supply Correct Power Supply Correct Correct Installation Limit SW Tested Positioner Checked Size & Type Correct Stroke Tested I/P Transducer Checked Correct Installation Size & Type Correct Other (indicate) :________________ Correct Installation Blown Clear & Leak Tested Other (indicate) :________________ Pneumatic Lines Tested Insulation Checked (C-C, C-G) Continuity Checked T/C or RTD Checked Continuity Checked Correct Cable Loop Impedance Checked Support Correct Earthing Correct Tagging/Marking Correct
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F77002 Rev 0 Instrument Loop Checklist Inspection.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F77002 Rev 0 Instrument Loop Checklist Inspection.doc
Page 2 of 2
IMPULSE LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION CHECKLIST

ID I77003A

Client Other

Turnover System: Sub System: Instrument Tag No. Instrument Tag No. Fluor FE/QA
Item
Instrument Tag No.
Instrument Tag No.
Subcontractor
01 02 03 04 05
Ferrules correctly installed and crimped Slope and supports correct Tubing blow clear Valve block seals correct Test pressure bar
Notes:
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F77003 Rev 0 Impulse Line Pressure Test Sheet.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F77003 Rev 0 Impulse Line Pressure Test Sheet.doc
Page 2 of 2
INSTRUMENT GROUNDING SYSTEM CHECK SHEET

ID I77004A

Description of accepted items:
Grounding system Manufacturer: Drawings: Items to check: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Remarks All metal enclosures correctly grounded Cable shields/screens correctly grounded Safety barriers, convertors, etc. Correctly grounded Dedicated ICS ground correct ICS minus and ground correctly connected Isolation of the three ground systems from another correct Grounding cable to central point correct After testing: Three grounding systems connected together correctly Metal tray (trunking, conduits) correctly grounded Computer floor correctly grounded Frames (supports for consoles, cabinets) correctly grounded Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F77004 Rev 0 Instrument Grounding System Checksheet.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F77004 Rev 0 Instrument Grounding System Checksheet.doc
Page 2 of 2
INSTALLATION CHECK SHEET (LOCAL INSTRUMENTS)

ID I77005A

Client Other

Instrument Tag No.:
Range
Witness
Date
Instrument Tag No.:
Range
Witness
Date
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Verify correct instrument is installed at correct P.I.D. location, including correct tag number and model number Verify integrity of process installation (no open plugs etc.) Verify all instruments have been calibrated (certificates available, stickers on instruments) Verify accessibility Verify correct gasket materials installed Subcontractor Fluor Field Engineering
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F77005 Rev 0 Installation Checksheet Local Instruments.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F77005 Rev 0 Installation Checksheet Local Instruments.doc
Page 2 of 2
ORIFICE PLATES INSPECTION CHECKLIST

ID I77006A

Client Other

Item 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 Notes:
Description of Check Install orifice with sharp edge upstream Bevel edge, if any, must face downstream Make sure gaskets on each side of orifice do not obstruct orifice bore Identification tab on square edge plates must face upstream Verify correct labelling Verify orientation of pressure taps per specification of process Visually inspect for damage
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F77006 Rev 0 Orifice Plate Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F77006 Rev 0 Orifice Plate Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
CONTROL SYSTEMS QUALITY CONTROL INDEX

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor Location Function Type Spec Sheet Tag No.: Area/Unit:
ID 77007

Client Other

Turnover System: Sub System: Pressure Test Sign-Off Calibration Sign-Off Loop Check Sign-Off
Tag Number
Flow Diagram
Loop Diagram Number
Installation Sign-Off
Test Pressure
Remarks
Type Codes:
E = Electrical P = Piped
C = Combination (E &P) D = Direct or Mechanical
Location Codes:
P = Pipe F = Front of Main Control Panel B = Back of Main Control Panel
R = Equipment Rack L = Local Panel H = Control House Sheet of
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F77007 Rev 0 Controls System Quality.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F77007 Rev 0 Controls System Quality.doc
Page 2 of 2
LOOP CHECK RECORD

ID I77008A

Client Other

Job No./Unit No.:
Loop No.:
Record Loop Component Tag No.
Comments:
System Installation Complete and Required Documents on File

Control/Systems: Date: Electrical: Date:
Loop Function Test

Tested By: Start-Up Accepted By: Date: Accepted By: Date: Fluor Accepted By: Date: Date:
Subcontractor
Fluor Commissioning
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F77008 Rev 0 Loop Check Record.doc.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F77008 Rev 0 Loop Check Record.doc.doc
Page 2 of 2
LOOP MECHANICAL COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE RECORD

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor Tag No.:
ID F77107
Turnover System:

Client Other

Area: Instrument Loop Tag No.: Loop Schematic Drawing No.: Flow Diagram Drawing No.:
This Loop _________________________________________is mechanically complete in accordance with Drawings and Specifications.
Fluor/Date
This Loop _________________________________________has been checked within the parameters listed on the instrument loop drawing, and/or mechanical flow diagram, and is acceptable.
Fluor/Date
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F77107 Rev 0 Loop Mechanical Completion and Acceptance Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F77107 Rev 0 Loop Mechanical Completion and Acceptance Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
CONTROL SYSTEM CALIBRATION
SCOPE This procedure applies to calibration of instruments for control systems. RESPONSIBILITIES - Self-Perform ACTIVITY Inspect Instrument RESPONSIBILITY Calibration Technician/ Site Quality Manager DOCUMENTATION 000.509.F77001 000.509.F77101 000.509.F77102 000.509.F77103 000.509.F77104 000.509.F77105 000.509.F77106 FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY Each Instrument
Test and Calibrate Instruments
Calibration Technician/ Site Quality Manager
Each Instrument
Surveillance Test Equipment
000.509.F02201
Periodically throughout life of project
RESPONSIBILITIES - Subcontracted Work ACTIVITY Inspect Instrument RESPONSIBILITY Subcontractor DOCUMENTATION 000.509.F77001 000.509.F77101 000.509.F77102 000.509.F77103 000.509.F77104 000.509.F77105 000.509.F77106 FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY Each Instrument
Test and Calibrate Instruments
Subcontractor
Each Instrument
Surveillance Test Equipment
000.509.F02201
Periodically throughout life of project
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7710 Rev 0 Control System Calibration.doc
Page 1 of 2
PROCEDURE Inspect Instrument: Inspect each instrument for apparent damage. Verify the tag number, nameplate data, material, scale, range, etc., against the information contained on the appropriate Instrument Specification Data Sheet, and enter data on Form 000.509.F77101. Damaged or nonconforming instruments shall be segregated and/or tagged to prevent inadvertent use or installation until acceptable disposition is obtained.
Instrument Test and Calibration: Based on the requirements in the applicable Design Specifications, applicable manufacturer's recommendations and client requirements, calibrate the instruments and document on Form 000.509.F77101.
Test Equipment Surveillance: Perform surveillance of calibration activities on a periodic basis throughout the life of the project. Verify the Master Equipment used for calibration has calibration stickers on the instruments that indicate date of last check and date of next check with traceability to the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
FORMS Quality Control Form: 000.509.F77001 Instrumentation Inspection Checklist 000.509.F77101 - Instrument Calibration Sheet 000.509.F77102 - Safety Valve Tracking Sheet 000.509.F77103 - Relief Valve Inspection and Final Acceptance 000.509.F77104 Switch Calibration Data Record 000.509.F77105 - Valve Calibration Data Record 000.509.F77106 Control System Test Equipment Calibration Log
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7710 Rev 0 Control System Calibration.doc
Page 2 of 2
INSTRUMENTATION INSPECTION CHECKLIST

ID I77001A

Client Other

Loop No.: Drawing(s) Item Description of Check Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
Verify the following attributes: 01 Instruments mounted at proper height. 02 Instrument stands secure and vibration free. 03 Correct piping/tubing materials used. 04 All tubing trays and supports per details. 05 All air supply and process tubing connected to proper parts per details. 06 All tubing fitting nuts torqued per specifications. 07 Good workmanship used in tubing installation and neat in appearance. 08 Signal/power leads have proper separation and angle of intersection. 09 Tubing/piping pressure tested prior to heat tracing or insulating. 10 Loop checked per specification. ANY DISCREPANCIES NOTED ABOVE AS FOLLOWS:
Punch List Items from Above List Date Cleared
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION SHEET

ID I77101A

Instrument Calibration Sheet
Date: Tag Number: Manufacturer: Process Range and Units:
Technician: Loop Service: Model:
Area:
Serial No.: (scfm, gpm, psig, oC , etc.) (in H20, psig, etc.)
Transmitter Input Range and Units: Transmitter Output Signal For Flow Instruments: Orifice Plate Bore: Integrator Factor: For Differential Pressure Instruments: Suppression: Elevation:
Test Equipment Used Serial No. Manufacturer
Chart Factor: Chart Scale: (circle one) Linear Square Root - Combination Fill Fluid: Fluid Type: Specific Gravity:
Model No. Description
For I/P Transducer Input Output

Calibrated Due Date
Input Standard
Percent Input Value
Output
As Found As Left % Error
Notes
0 25 50 75 100 Percent Error Calculation: Remarks: Subcontractor Acceptance: Fluor FE/QA Acceptance: Percent Error = As Found Output Correct Output x 100
Span Output
Date: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F77101 Rev 0 Instrument Calibration Sheet.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F77101 Rev 0 Instrument Calibration Sheet.doc
Page 2 of 2
240K-C2-05-002 Site Quality Manual 000 509 FF77102 Revision 0, 10 June 2013
SAFETY VALVE TRACKING SHEET

ID I77102A

Client Other

Manufacturer Model No. Serial No.
Calibration Tag Verification Pressure Setting Calibration Date System Status Pre-Hydrotest Post-Hydrotest
Date Checked:
Reinstatement Complete Calibration Tag Verification Pressure Setting Calibration Date System Status Pre-Hydrotest Post-Hydrotest Reinstatement Complete Calibration Tag Verification Pressure Setting Calibration Date System Status Pre-Hydrotest Post-Hydrotest Reinstatement Complete
* Calibration date at turnover must be within 60 days of System turnover date.
Subcontractor
Date Checked:
Date Checked:

Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F77102 Rev 0 Safety Valve Tracking Sheet.doc
Page 1 of 2
240K-C2-05-002 Site Quality Manual 000 509 FF77102 Revision 0, 10 June 2013
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F77102 Rev 0 Safety Valve Tracking Sheet.doc
Page 2 of 2
RELIEF VALVE INSPECTION AND FINAL ACCEPTANCE

ID I77103A

Client Other

Tag Number
Orifice Size
Inlet Rating
Outlet Rating
Set Pressure
Manufacturer
Model Number
Serial Number
Type
Yes Marking in accordance with API 526 and specification. Connection size and rating in accordance with specification. Material of construction in accordance with specification. Center To Face Dimension in accordance with API 526. Set pressure in accordance with specification. Relief valve complies with ASME code requirements. Letter Designation of orifice is in accordance with specification. Relief valve tagged in accordance with Client Practices.
No
N/A
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F77103 Rev 0 Relief Valve Inspection and Final Acceptance.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F77103 Rev 0 Relief Valve Inspection and Final Acceptance.doc
Page 2 of 2
SWITCH CALIBRATION DATA RECORD

ID F77104
Turnover System:

Client Other

Specification Sheet No.: Purchase Order No.: Serial No.: Test Equipment Model S/N Item No.:
Function Set No. 1 Reset No. 1 Set No. 2 Reset No. 2 Set No. 3 Reset No. 3 Set No. 4 Reset No. 4 If Additional Setpoints, use second Sheet. Remarks:
Specified
Actual
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F77104 Rev 0 Switch Calibration Data Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F77104 Rev 0 Switch Calibration Data Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
VALVE CALIBRATION DATA RECORD

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor Specification Sheet No.: Purchase Order No.: Serial No.: Fail Position: Test Equipment Bench Set: Model Item No.: Tag No.:
ID F77105
Turnover System:

Client Other

Length of travel: S/N
Positioner: Manufacturer: Actuator* Input Output (Stem Travel) Positioner Input Output Stem Travel *Not Applicable for Double Acting Cylinders. Limit Switch Tag No.: Remarks: 0%
Yes Type:
No
50%
100%
Open
Closed
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F77105 Rev 0 Valve Calibration Data Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F77105 Rev 0 Valve Calibration Data Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
CONTROL SYSTEMS TEST EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION LOG

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor Equipment: Model No.: Calibration Frequency: Tag No.: Turnover System:
ID F77106

Client Other

Last Calibration Date
Signature
Last Calibration Date
Signature
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F77106 Rev 0 Control System Test Equipment Calibration Log.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F77106 Rev 0 Control System Test Equipment Calibration Log.doc
Page 2 of 2
COATINGS AND LININGS SCOPE This procedure describes the inspection, testing, and documentation required to be performed for coatings. RESPONSIBILITIES - Self-Perform ACTIVITY
Inspect surface preparation Verify color/type coatings approved Inspect in-process coating/lining Check Thickness Inspect completed coatings Follow-up any deficiencies identities
RESPONSIBILITY
Supervisor/Construction Engineer/Site Quality Manager Supervisor/Construction Engineer/ Site Quality Manager Supervisor/Construction Engineer/Site Quality Manager Supervisor/Construction Engineer/Site Quality Manager Supervisor/Construction Engineer/Site Quality Manager Supervisor/Construction Engineer/Site Quality Manager
DOCUMENTATION
000.509.F78001 000 509 F78001 000 509 F78001 000.509.F78002 000 509 F78001 000 509 F78001 _____
Daily during life of activity As required by applications Daily during life of activity As required to verify thickness requirements _____ As required to close-out deficiencies

Inspect surface preparation Verify color/type coatings approved Inspect in-process coating/lining Check Thickness Inspect completed coatings Follow-up any deficiencies identities
RESPONSIBILITY
Subcontractor/Construction Engineer/Site Quality Manager Subcontractor/Construction Engineer/Site Quality Manager Subcontractor/Construction Engineer/Site Quality Manager Subcontractor/Construction Engineer/Site Quality Manager Subcontractor/Construction Engineer/Site Quality Manager Subcontractor/Construction Engineer/Site Quality Manager
DOCUMENTATION
000.509.F78001 000 509 F78001 000 509 F78001 000.509.F78002 000 509 F78001 000 509 F78001 _____
Daily during life of activity As required by applications Daily during life of activity As required to verify thickness requirements _____ As required to close-out deficiencies
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7800 Rev 0 Coatings and Linings.doc
Page 1 of 4
PROCEDURE Surface Preparation Inspections: Verify the surface preparation is in accordance with the applicable specification. Protect adjacent areas to coating operations from sandblasting and paint overspray.
Coating Approval: Verify that color/type of coatings has been approved and documented. Assure pot life of coating products are not exceeded prior to application.
In-process Coating/Lining Inspections: Coatings application shall not be performed during unacceptable weather conditions that violate the specification requirements for application. Inspect the in-process coating's applications, to verify that the work meets the requirements in accordance with the specifications.
Thickness Verification/Final Inspection: Check dry film thickness of applied coatings in sufficient locations to verify the required thickness has been applied. Document the inspections on Form 000.509.F78001, Coatings Inspection. Perform final coating inspection after acceptable dry film thickness is achieved. Test applied linings in sufficient locations to verify proper surface profile, thickness or lining continuity, using test equipment designated in the specifications. Document the inspections on Form 000.509.F78002. When specifications establish application restrictions for temperature and humidity, perform checks with certified hygrometer and temperature indicator prior to starting each day's work.
Follow-up of Deficiencies: Inform craft supervision of any discrepancies on a daily basis. Immediate corrective action should be taken.
Page 2 of 4
FORMS Quality Support Forms: 000.509.F78001 - Coating Inspection Record 000.509.F78002 - Lining Inspection Record
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 1 Example Acceptance Criteria
Page 3 of 4
Attachment 1 - EXAMPLE - ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA Coatings Inspection Guidelines
Minimum Weekly Inspection Areas Storage: Environmental conditions per label Containers undamaged Shelf life not exceeded
Pre-Cleaning of Metal Surfaces: Dry and oil free Sufficient lighting Blast material dry and oil free Air Supply clean and dry
Post-Cleaning of Metal Surfaces: Surface profile adequate No flash rusting prior to primer Environmental conditions acceptable
Coating In-Process: Application equipment acceptable Pot life limits not exceeded WFT/DFT measurements acceptable Repairs made with correct materials
Page 4 of 4
COATINGS INSPECTION RECORD

ID X78001AR

Type Object: Piping
Item Description of Check 01 02 03 04 Coating by approved manufacturer Surface preparation SSPC-SP value Surface dry-free from condensation Paint mixed, thinned and applied in accordance with manufacturers specification Brush Spray Roller Primer in accordance with specification Finish coat is acceptable Workmanship acceptable
Tues PM AM PM Wed AM PM Thurs AM PM
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Structural Steel Equipment Tank Exterior Tank Interior

Object Location: Outdoors
05 06 07
Mon AM
Indoors
Conditions: Relative humidity % Substrate Temperature Ambient Temperature Dew Point
Fri AM PM AM
Sat PM
Brandname Paint
Batch No A Base B Hardener
Coat No
FT
Application Method
DFT Average
Notes:
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F78001 Rev 0 Coating Inspection Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F78001 Rev 0 Coating Inspection Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
LININGS INSPECTION RECORD

ID X78002AR

Client Other

Item Description of Check

01 02 Pressure tests have been satisfactorily completed on equipment to be lined. Internal surfaces to be lined have been visually inspected to verify that fabricated weldments are acceptable for lining application in accordance with NAC RP-01-78 or specified standard _______________________. Surface preparation is complete and has been checked with the surface profile comparator in accordance with SSPC-SP5 or specified method _____________ and visually examined in accordance with SSPC VIS-1 or specified standard ____________________. Temperature and humidity of lining area was checked daily with a sling hygromometer and was found to be in temperature and humidity ranges recommended by the manufacturer for application of lining. Mon Tues Wed Thurs Conditions AM PM AM PM AM PM AM PM
Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
03
04
Fri AM PM
Sat AM PM
Relative humidity % Substrate Temperature Ambient Temperature Dew Point
05 06 07 08 09 Notes:
Liquid lining application has been visually inspected and accepted. Sheet or rubber lining installation has been checked with an approved holiday detector and has been accepted or identified; defects have been repaired. Lining thickness has been checked with a nordsen dry film thickness gage or ________________. Average lining thickness: ________________. Vulcanization has been performed satisfactorily. The lining surface has been checked for blisters, open seams, lifted edges, surface defects, pinholes and hardness. Completed linings have been marked in accordance with the specifications.
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F78002 Rev 0 Lining Inspection Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F78002 Rev 0 Lining Inspection Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
INSULATION SCOPE This procedure describes the inspection activities for insulation installation. RESPONSIBILITIES - Self-Perform ACTIVITY Coordination of Release for Insulation Install insulation Inspect in-process installation Inspect completed installation Surveillance NOTE 1: RESPONSIBILITY Discipline Construction Engineer Civil Superintendent Site Quality Manager Site Quality Manager QC Inspection (Note 1) DOCUMENTATION Form 000.509.F78101 _____ Form 000.509.F78101 Form 000.509.F78101 From 000.509.F02201 FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY Each piece of equipment line or structure Each piece of equipment, line or structure Each piece of equipment, line or structure Each piece of equipment, line or structure Per Procedure 000.509.0220
RESPONSIBILITIES - Subcontracted Work ACTIVITY Coordination of Release for Insulation Install insulation Inspect in-process installation Inspect completed installation Surveillance RESPONSIBILITY Piping Construction Engineer Subcontractor Subcontractor Subcontractor QC Inspection DOCUMENTATION Form 000.509.F78101 _____ Form 000.509.F78101 Form 000.509.F78101 Form 000.509.F02201 FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY Each piece of equipment, line or structure Each piece of equipment, line or structure Each piece of equipment, line or structure Each piece of equipment, line or structure Per Procedure 000.509.0220
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7810 Rev 0 Insulation.doc
Page 1 of 4
PROCEDURE Release for Insulation: The construction engineer will issue the "Release for Insulation" (Form 000.509.F78101) to the insulator and QC, for sign-off prior to insulation. At this time all work will be verified as complete including; hydrostatic tests, and punch list items requiring completion, prior to insulation.
Install Insulation: Insulation shall be installed in accordance with the applicable drawings and specifications.
In-process Inspection for Insulation Activities: No insulation shall begin on a vessel, equipment, or piping until released by the appropriate field supervisor. Obtain a copy of the written release, (Form 000.509.F78101), for the insulation to be installed. Verify the insulation materials are free from damage and shelf life has not expired. Monitor the in-process installation activities to verify that insulation materials are installed in accordance with drawings, specifications, and manufacturer's recommendations.
Completed Installation Inspection: Inspect the competed insulation for workmanship and damage. Verify the installation conforms to applicable drawings and specifications, and document on Form 000.509.F78101.
FORMS Quality Control Forms: 000.509.F78101 000.509.F78102 Equipment Thermal Insulation Inspection Checklist Piping Thermal Insulation Inspection Checklist
Page 2 of 4
INSPECTION REFERENCE
INSULATION AND TRACING Verify insulation materials are free from damage Verify insulation materials shelf-life has not expired Insulation support clips installed. Clearances adequate for insulation. Electrical tracing installed. Steam tracing installed. Correct number of tracers. Tracer size correct. Tracer length correct. Trap detail correct.
Page 3 of 4
Page 4 of 4
EQUIPMENT THERMAL INSULATION INSPECTION CHECKLIST

ID IC78101A

Client Other

Release for Insulation Engineer: Inspector: Item Description of Check Date Date Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA
Insulation Materials 01 02 03 Proper materials Verify insulation materials are free from damage Verify insulation materials shelf-life has not expired
Hot Vessels and Equipment 04 05 06 07 08 Proper material thickness used Proper application at stiffener rings Nameplates left exposed Proper banding and breather springs used Proper use of filler and/or mastic materials
Cold Vessels and Equipment 09 10 11 12 13 14 Proper material thickness used Proper insulation of attachments Proper contraction joint at support rings Nameplates left exposed Proper banding used Proper use of filler, joints seals and vapor seal
Tank insulation Hot 15 16 17 18 19 Proper spacing of welded pins for support Proper banding used (insulation/jacketing) Proper expansion system Proper lapping vertically and horizontally Proper use of S clips
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F78101 Rev 0 Equipment Thermal Insulation Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
EQUIPMENT THERMAL INSULATION INSPECTION CHECKLIST

Item 20 21 22 Description of Check Vertical support bars used on 50 diameter and larger Proper flashing used per specification details Proper roof (build up) application over insulation
ID IC78101A
Fluor FE/QA
Subcontractor
Weatherproofing Hot Equipment 23 24 25 26 27 28 Proper use of weather proofing mastic at fittings Proper banding of metal jacket Proper use of S clips on vertical runs Corrugated jacketing on vessel Proper lap and metal screw spacing Proper main shield on vertical vessels
Weatherproofing Cold Equipment 29 30 Proper use of vapor barrier mastic paint jacketing No use of screws on cold work except on standing seam systems
Acoustical Lagging 31 32 33 34 35 Proper material thickness used Proper application at stiffener Nameplates left exposed Proper banding and breather springs used Proper use of filler and/or mastic materials
Removable Covers 36 Notes: Proper stenciling or tagging for identification
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F78101 Rev 0 Equipment Thermal Insulation Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
PIPING THERMAL INSULATION INSPECTION CHECKLIST

ID IC78102A

Client Other

Release for Insulation Engineer: Inspector: **fill out applicable sections as determined by type of insulation** Item Description of Check Subcontractor Fluor FE/QA Date: Date:
Insulation Materials 01 02 03 Proper Materials Verify insulation materials are free from damage Verify insulation materials shelf-life has not expired
Insulating Hot Piping 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 Proper material thickness used Flanges, flanged valve bodies, bonnets and flanged fittings insulated Minimum clearances between insulation and adjacent surfaces 45 degrees to vertical runs properly supported Service over 454 C shall be in two layers Joints staggered and proper wire ties Expansion joints spacing horizontal runs correct Proper clearance at flange breaks Tubing properly insulated Proper use of filler and/or mastic materials
Insulation Cold Piping 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Proper material thickness used Proper insulation of attachments Contraction joints at specified intervals Proper cradle diameter at supports 45 degrees to vertical runs properly supported Proper use of joints sealer for single and multiple layer applications Proper taping or banding used Proper use of filler materials, sealer and/or vapor barriers
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F78102 Rev 0 Piping Thermal Insulation Inspection Checklist.doc
PIPING THERMAL INSULATION INSPECTION CHECKLIST

Item Description of Check
ID IC78102A
Weatherproofing Hot Piping 22 23 24 25 26 Proper use of weather proofing mastic at fittings Proper banding of metal jacket Proper use of S clips on vertical runs Proper lap and metal screw spacing Proper main shield on vertical vessels
Weatherproofing Cold Piping 27 28 Proper use of vapor barrier mastic paint jacketing No use of screws on cold work except on standing seam systems
Removable Covers 29 Remarks: Proper stenciling or tagging for identification
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F78102 Rev 0 Piping Thermal Insulation Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
FIREPROOFING INSPECTIONS SCOPE This procedure prescribes the quality control methods used to verify conformance to design requirements during application of fireproofing. This procedure covers the following classifications of materials: a) b) c) d) e) Shotcrete (gunite) Sprayed Fibrous Sprayed Cementitious Magnesium Oxychloride (sprayed or troweled) Intumescent or Subliming Mastic
RESPONSIBILITIES - Subcontracted Work ACTIVITY RESPONSIBILITY DOCUMENTATION 000.509.F78201 000.509.F78202 ----000.509.F78201 000.509.F78201 000.509.F02201 FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY Daily ----Each installation Each installation Per procedure 000.509.0220
Coordinate release for Construction Engineer fireproofing Install fireproofing Inspect in-process installation Inspect completed installation Surveillance Subcontractor Subcontractor Subcontractor Site Quality Manager
NOTE: Fluor QC Surveillance is required for construction activities not being documented on other inspection forms by Fluor Quality.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7820 Rev 0 Fireproofing Inspections.doc
Page 1 of 4
PROCEDURE The following steps shall be performed as required by conditions, before preparation, and application of fireproofing. Surfaces to be Fireproofed are released as follows: The Construction Engineer will initiate a Release for Application of Fireproofing (Form 000.509.F78201) for surfaces to be fireproofed. The Construction Engineer shall be responsible for technical oversight, mix design approval, and qualification of application equipment and crew performance.
Install Fireproofing: Assure that the mix design, equipment type, and crew qualifications have been approved. Review the Release for Application of Fireproofing for authorization to start work. Fireproofing Subcontractor shall observe recognized safety rules during the work and shall use safe practices including materials, equipment/tools, and rigging/scaffolding.
Inspections are to be performed and documented on the Fireproofing Inspection Checklist (Form 000.509.F78201). Inspect In-Process Installation: Inspect surfaces to be fireproofed for cleanliness. Oil, grease, loose rust, scale, dirt, and other foreign matter shall be removed to assure adequate bonding. Inspect areas not to be fireproofed to assure that they are adequately protected. Monitor application of fireproofing materials to assure the following: a) b) Areas not to receive fireproofing are protected from contamination. Fireproofing materials are applied evenly, without mounds, bald spots, sags, or runs.
Page 2 of 4
Inspect completed installation: Inspections shall be performed in a timely manner and coordinated with construction and subcontractor schedules and activities. a) b) Cured surfaces contain no cracks, blisters, or delamination. At least once for every 100 square feet (30 m) assure that the dried thickness is as required for the fire-rated protection as shown on the project drawings.
Construction supervision shall be kept informed of the inspection/test activity status including any nonconforming materials or work. Nonconformances shall be reported and dispositioned in accordance with 000.509.0130.
Surveillance of contractor activities: Verify that materials delivered/brought to the site meet the requirements of the Project specifications. Verify that materials are stored in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. Verify that equipment to be used is in accordance with the material manufacturers recommendations. Verify that any required samples of each type of fireproofing are applied to representative surfaces to establish workmanship standards (Form 000.509.F78202).
FORMS: Quality Control Forms: 000.509.F02201 - Surveillance Report 000.509.F78201 - Release for Application/Inspection of Fireproofing Checklist 000.509.F78202 - Fireproofing Inspection Preconstruction Checklist
Page 3 of 4
Page 4 of 4
SURVEILLANCE REPORT
ID A02201
Report No.
Satisfactory
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
RELEASE FOR APPLICATIONS OF FIREPROOFING AND INSPECTION CHECKLIST

ID F78201A

Client Other Release

Area Designation: From Elevation: Requested By: Exclusions/Remarks: Discipline Engineering Release Inspection Drawings: Work Inspected:
To Elevation Date
Date
Item Description of Check 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15

Subcontractor
Fluor FE/QA
Protection of areas not to be fireproofed Area(s) of surface(s) to be fireproofed Surface preparation Type of fireproofing Brand name (if applicable): Concrete grade: Application method: (not for brickwork) Skirt fireproofing required: Anchorage/reinforcement Slump test performed Compressive strength cylinders prepared Finished/cured surface Material thickness required Material thickness attained Sealing of joints/seams Cleanliness Gunned Formed Inside Outside Trowelled Normal Concrete Insulating Concrete Brickwork Proprietary
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F78201 Rev 0 Release for Aplication of Fireproofing Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F78201 Rev 0 Release for Aplication of Fireproofing Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
FIREPROOFING INSPECTION PRECONSTRUCTION CHECKLIST

ID F78202A

Client Other

This checklist is to be filled out to document shotcrete panels made for mix design approval and subsequent panels made to qualify each application crew (i.e. nozzleman, delivery equipment operator and hoseman). Fireproofing Material and Mix Proportions Used: Panel Size and Description of Reinforcement:
Positions of Panel as Shot:
A- Horizontal
B Vertical
C - Overhead
Note: Clearly identify each panel with A, B or C, date completed, material used, nozzleman. Panel No. Position Nozzleman Delivery Equipment Operator Material Used Date Completed
Subcontractor

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
Signature Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F78202 Rev 0 Fireproofing Pre-Construction Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F78202 Rev 0 Fireproofing Pre-Construction Inspection Checklist.doc
Page 2 of 2
CATHODIC PROTECTION SCOPE This procedure outlines the inspection activities for subcontracted installation of cathodic protection. Cathodic protection is installed for tank internals, vessel internals, underground structures and piping systems. RESPONSIBILITIES - Subcontracted Work ACTIVITY Verify correct materials are used Verify vessel cathodic protection installed by shop fabricator Install Cathodic Protection Inspect in-process installation Witness hammer test of Thermite welds Witness anode backfill electrical test Inspect completed installation Monitor testing and commissioning Audit documentation Surveillance RESPONSIBILITY Construction Engineer Materials Manager / Site Quality Manager Subcontractor Subcontractor / Site Quality Manager Site Quality Manager Site Quality Manager Subcontractor / Site Quality Manager Field Engineering Site Quality Manager Site Quality Manager 000.509.F02201 DOCUMENTATION ----FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY Prior to installation Upon receipt of materials ----Daily during life of activity As required As required Once after each installation completed Prior to start-up At completion of each installation Per procedure 000.509.0220
------
----000.509.F78301
NOTE 1: NOTE 2:
Fluor QC Surveillance is required for construction activities not being documented on other inspection forms by Fluor Quality. Surveillance is not required if the Fluor Site Quality Manager is performing inspections.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7830 Rev 0 Cathodic Protection.doc
Page 1 of 4
The Construction Subcontractor is responsible for the quality of the cathodic protection installation and shall perform his own in-process installation inspection and testing procedures and document the results as defined in his contract and Quality Control Program.
PROCEDURE General Requirements The following requirements are applicable to underground structures, vessels and tanks. Verify materials being installed conform to the specification requirements and are properly protected from damage. Monitor installation activities for compliance with specification. Inspect the workmanship of the completed cathodic protection for final acceptance. Monitor testing and commissioning activities for compliance with the requirements for inspection and testing established in specifications. Audit cathodic protection documentation to verify completeness, retrievability, timeliness of scheduled inspections and tests, and actions on results.
Additional Requirements for Underground Structures Acquire Subcontractor's deep well electrical log data and strata data and submit to the Fluor Project Engineer for determination of anode spacing. Establish in coordination with the Construction Subcontractor and the Fluor Construction Supervisor, a procedure to assure work is not started prior to acceptance of previous work. Monitor the survey made after each cathodic protection system is energized to determine whether it satisfies the criteria for protection listed in the specifications. Monitor deep well preparation activities and verify preparation of the electrical log data and log of strata data obtained during drilling. Monitor anode backfill operation for compliance with specifications. Witness hammer testing of all Thermite weld connections to the structure. Witness electrical test used to determine when the anode is backfilled with coke breeze. Electrical test readings shall be recorded by the subcontractor and copy furnished to Fluor.
Page 2 of 4
Additional Requirements for Tanks and Vessels Verify that vessel cathodic protection materials were installed by the shop fabricator. Verify the Subcontractor personnel are wearing protective clothing if required for physical protection of the linings in tanks and vessels. When Cathodic Protection is applied to Equipment, record inspection on 000.509.F78301.
REFERENCE 000.509.F02201 - Surveillance Report FORMS: Quality Control Forms: 000.509.F78301 - Cathodic Protection Inspection Report
Page 3 of 4
Page 4 of 4
SURVEILLANCE REPORT
ID A02201
Report No.
Satisfactory
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
CATHODIC PROTECTION INSPECTION REPORT

ID F78301
Turnover System:

Client Other

Drawing No.:/P&ID No. Tag/Line No. Tank Pipe Test Station Origin of Inspection: Termination of Inspection Point: Number of Anode Ends Welded: Test Station No.: Operation Temperature: Anode Type: No. Of Anodes: Weld Area Cleaned: Welds Acceptable: Other :
Rev. Sheet No.
Is the Anode Ribbon secured to the pipe on 10 12 feet centers Notes: - Zinc Ribbon Anodes shall be used for Piping systems operating at or below 140f Low Temperature System - Magnesium Ribbon Anodes shall be used on Pipes which operate from 141f to 250f - If more than one Anode is specified, each Anode end shall be welded to the Piping. - Reference 414000-0-SP-4-CP-1 Comments:
Date of Inspection:
Witnessed by:
Subcontractor

Fluor QA
Signature: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F78301 Rev 0 Cathodic Protection Inspection Report.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F78301 Rev 0 Cathodic Protection Inspection Report.doc
Page 2 of 2
WELDING INSPECTION SCOPE This procedure applies to inspection of welds from joint preparation through final acceptance for welding performed to the following codes/standards: ASME Section I, "Power Boilers" (FD "QC System Manual for B&PV Code Work" also applies). ASME Section VIII, Division 1, Pressure Vessels (FD "QC System Manual for B&PV Code Work" also applies). ASME B31.1, "Power Piping" ASME B31.2, "Fuel Gas Piping" ASME B31.3, "Chemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping" ASME B31.4, "Liquid Petroleum Transportation Piping Systems" ASME/ANSI B31.5, "Refrigeration Piping" ASME B31.8, "Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems" ANSI/ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping" ASME B31.11, "Slurry Transportation Piping Systems" ASME B96.1, "Welded Aluminum-Alloy Storage Tanks" API 620, "Recommended Rules for Design and Construction of Large Welded Low Pressure Storage Tanks" API 650, "Welded Steel Tanks for Oil Storage" AWWA D100 (identical to AWS D5.2) "Welded Steel Elevated Tanks, Standpipes, and Reservoirs for Water Storage" ANSI/AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code, Steel" ANSI/AWS D1.6 Structural Welding Code, Stainless Steel ANSI Z117.1, Safety Requirements for Working in Tanks and other Confined Spaces Fluor Practice 000 511 0101, Certification of Nondestructive Personnel
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7910 Rev 0 Welding Inspection.doc
Page 1 of 58
Fluor Welding Manual (Self perform work only) Applicable Project Specifications
RESPONSIBILITIES - Self-Perform ACTIVITY Assign numbers to field pipe welds RESPONSIBILITY Construction Engineer Welder Foreman Weld Checking and Inspections (Non ASME Code) DOCUMENTATION Each piping isometric drawing Form 000.509.F79001 Daily Welding Report Form 000.509.F79002 Weld Heat Treatment Log Form 000.509.F79001 Daily Welding Report Form 000.509.F79002 Weld Heat Treatment Log Per Fluor "Quality Control System Manual for Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code Work" 000 510 XXXX None Form 000.509.F02201 Form 000.509.F79002 FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY Each isometric requiring field welds Daily
Certified Welding Inspector Welder Foreman Certified Welding Inspector Welder Foreman
Daily
Weld Checking and Inspections (ASME Code Stamped)
Daily Daily Daily See general section
Surveillance
Certified Welding Inspector
Page 2 of 58
Responsibilities - Subcontracted Work ACTIVITY Assign numbers to field pipe welds RESPONSIBILITY Subcontractor Subcontractor Welding Foreman Subcontractor Certified Welding Inspector Subcontractor Welder Foreman Subcontracor Certified Welding Inspector Subcontractor Welder Foreman Subcontractor Certified Welding Inspector Site QC Manager DOCUMENTATION Each piping isometric drawing Form 000.509.F79001 Daily Welding Report Form 000.509.F79002 Weld Heat Treatment Log Form 000.509.F79001 Daily Welding Report Form 000.509.F79002 Weld Heat Treatment Log Per the subcontractor approved Quality Control System Manual for Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code Work FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY Each isometric requiring field welds Daily
Weld Checking and Inspections (Non ASME Code)
Daily
Weld Checking and Inspections (ASME Code Stamped)
Daily Daily
None Form 000.509.F02201 Form 000.509.F79002 Form 000.509.F02201
Daily Daily
Surveillance
Daily
PROCEDURE Assign Numbers to Field Pipe Welds Develop a weld map by assigning identity numbers to all pipe field welds on the isometric drawings, including site pipe shop fabrication welds, prior to the start of work. Number the welds consecutively in the direction of flow, starting with the first weld on each isometric sheet as No. 1, continuing through the last weld on that sheet. If the drawings break at a weld, and the weld appears on both drawings, assign the number on the upstream drawing. If additional welds must be added later to facilitate actual fabrication, the weld locations shall be identified with the next available consecutive number until all additional welds between design welds are identified. A log may be used to identify the weld numbers already assigned to insure that no duplication of weld numbers occur. The inside weld of a slip on flange will carry the suffix "S". Attachment welds, such as shoes or other supports shall be numbered with the next available number using the prefix "X". In the case of a reinforcing pad, all welds will refer to the field weld number joining the branch to header pipe. Use the prefix "PB" and "PH" for pad to branch and pad to header respectively.
Page 3 of 58
When straight run pipe is being double jointed on the ground, and it is not certain to which line it belongs, then use the prefix "DJ' before these field welds. Maintain a separate log of "DJ" welds and assign unique numbers starting with DJ-1. "DJ" welds are marked at 180 intervals. Weld maps shall accurately show the final location of all "DJ" welds. Note: Welder, NDE, PMI, PWHT information/results need not appear on the weld map but must be readily traceable to the weld map and placed with the weld map at system completion. Certain things need to be emphasized: Remember that it is of primary importance to assign a unique weld number to all field welding. Once this number is assigned, do not change it for any reason. Do not renumber isometrics to keep the weld numbers consecutive in the direction of flow. Use the next available number for any alterations or additional welds. If a portion of piping containing assigned welds is cut out of a system and discarded do not reuse these weld numbers but note on the isometric that these welds are void and show the new welds on the current isometric revision. Cut shop welds will be assigned field weld numbers. Visual Check and Acceptance (By Foreman) In-process checking and surveillance of fabrication/erection welding is considered part of the foreman's normal supervisory duties, and includes: welder qualification verification, materials verification, control of welding consumables, joint preparation, fit-up, preheat, interpass heat, weld procedure variables, weld condition between passes, and the appearance of all finished welds. Acceptance criteria is provided by the applicable attachment to this procedure. For all welds in piping systems and for all other welds requiring post weld heat treatment or NDE, the foreman will prepare a "Daily Welding Report" (000.509.F79001) for completed welds to indicate his daily production and to document his visual check and acceptance of each weld. The foreman's signature on this form indicates his acceptance. The foreman provides these reports daily to the Certified Welding Inspector. If a weld is repaired because of rejected radiography, the identity of the repaired weld will maintain the identification number previously assigned except the designation "R1" shall be added after the joint number. A suffix shall designate subsequent repairs of the same welds, such as R2 and R3, until the weld is determined to be acceptable by radiographic examination. If welds are completely cut out the suffix shall be C1, C2, etc. The foreman should identify the first two welds made by a new welder, welding on a system requiring random RT, by noting in the "Remarks" section "1st weld" or "2nd weld" so that these welds can be examined by radiography to confirm welding proficiency in production.
Inspection by the Welding Inspector - (Certification Required) Except as noted below, a minimum of 5% of groove welds shall have fit-up inspection by the inspector. Each welder's work is to be represented. This percentage is to be increased, if necessary, to satisfy the inspector that acceptable workmanship is being achieved. The inspector
Page 4 of 58
should normally be able to achieve adequate fit-up inspections without establishing hold points, but he may request hold points for fit-up inspection of specific joints. The "visually inspected" block on the form is initialed by the inspector to indicate joints on which he performed fit-up/final inspection. The inspector's signature on the Daily Welding Report indicates his acceptance of the completed weld(s). Acceptance criteria are specified by the applicable attachment to this procedure. The inspector should also verify that the Daily Welding Report has been accurately completed and the listed weld joints have been identified with the welder's stamp. The inspector provides these reports daily to the NDE Coordinator for scheduling of NDE. If the inspector considers any of the reported welds to be unacceptable, he will inform the foreman. If it is not repaired prior to turning in the Daily Welding Report, the unacceptable welds are lined out and recorded on a Surveillance Report (000.509.F02201) for tracking to closure. Exceptions to the level of inspection described by this paragraph are provided below: Inspection (By Certified Welding Inspector) is not required for welds in B31.3 Category D piping systems if welds in the system will not be subjected to radiography. Surveillance by procedure 000.509.0220 is adequate for these welds. For ASME B31.3 Category "M", "Severe Cyclic Conditions", longitudinal butt welds and "High Pressure Piping". In addition to the above, all material shall be verified and all fit-ups shall be inspected by the Certified Welding Inspector.
Surveillance Surveillance as described by procedure 000.509.0220 is to be performed for all welding activities including postweld heat treatment using the applicable attachments to this procedure and the approved PWHT procedure. Surveillance Reports (000.509.F02201) will be prepared for all deficiencies found during surveillance or inspection. Surveillance reports will also be prepared for welds that were not subjected to the inspection described above by the Certified Welding Inspector (i.e., category D piping).
Page 5 of 58
GENERAL Completion of Post Weld Heat Treatment will be documented on "Post- weld Heat Treatment Log" (000.509.F79002). The log is to be provided to the NDE Coordinator for scheduling hardness test if required. Temporary attachments shall be properly removed and areas visually examined. Welds requiring Code Stamping shall be examined and documented in accordance with "Fluor Quality Control System Manual, Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Work," or the applicable Subcontractors quality program for boiler and pressure vessel code work. Certification of Welding Inspectors shall be performed in accordance with Fluor Procedure 000.511.0101 "Certification of Nondestructive Examination Personnel.", found in the Nondestructive Examination (NDE) Manual Fluor Enterprises, Inc., 000.511.0000 For welded branch connections, perform final Weld Examination of the branch connection pressure weld prior to the addition of any reinforcing pad or saddle. For welds that will be inaccessible for inspection due to the fabrication process (eg; jacketed pipe, etc.) perform a visual inspection before fabrication renders these welds inaccessible. FORMS Quality Control Forms: 000.509.F02201 - Surveillance Report 000.509.F79001 - Daily Welding Report 000.509.F79002 - Postweld Heat Treatment Log ATTACHMENTS Attachment 1 Attachment 2 Attachment 3 Attachment 4 Attachment 5 Attachment 6 Attachment 7 Attachment 8 Attachment 9 Attachment 10 Attachment 11 Attachment 12 Attachment 13 Attachment 14 Attachment 15 Attachment 16 Attachment 17 Frequency of Visual Examinations Weldolet and Sockolet Fittings Attachment ANSI B16.11 Forged Steel Fittings ASME Section I Acceptance Criteria ASME Section VIII, Division I Acceptance Criteria ASME B31.1 Acceptance Criteria ASME B31.2 Acceptance Criteria ASME B31.3 Acceptance Criteria ASME B31.4 - ASME B31.8 - ASME B31.11 Acceptance Criteria ASME/ANSI B31.5 Acceptance Criteria ANSI/ASME B31.9 Acceptance Criteria ASME B96.1 Acceptance Criteria API 620 Acceptance Criteria API 650 Acceptance Criteria AWWA D100 (Identical to AWS D5.2) Acceptance Criteria ANSI/AWS D1.1 / D1.6 Acceptance Criteria Numbering of Pipe Weld Joints
Page 6 of 58
Attachment 1 - FREQUENCY OF VISUAL EXAMINATIONS 1.0 ASME SECTION 1 AND VIII, DIVISION 1 1.1 Visual examination frequency shall be in accordance with the Fluor Daniel Quality Control System Manual, Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Work.
2.0
ASME B31.1 A. Boiler External Piping Visual examination frequency shall be in accordance with Fluor Daniel Quality Control System Manual, Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Work. B. Non Boiler External Piping All completed welds shall have a visual examination.
3.0
ASME B31.2 3.1 All completed welds shall have a visual examination
4.0
ASME B31.3(B31.3 (1) A. Category "D" Fluid Service Visual examination shall be performed to the extent necessary to satisfy the examiner that components, materials, workmanship and welds conform to the requirements. B. "Normal Service Conditions" 1. Sufficient welds, materials and components shall be examined to satisfy the examiner that they conform to specifications and are free from defects and damage. At least 5% of completed welds shall be examined. Each welder's work shall be included. Examine 100% of completed longitudinal welds, except those in components made from a listed specification (i.e., A53B welded pipe, A234 welded fillings). Random examination of the assembly of threaded, bolted, and other joints for conformance to engineering requirements. Random examination of alignment, guides, supports, and cold spring. Examination of erected piping for defects or deviations from engineering design.
2.
3.
4.
5. 6.
Page 7 of 58
7.
When pneumatic testing is performed, all threaded, bolted, and other mechanical joints shall be examined.
C.
"Severe Cyclic Conditions" Same as #B above except all fabrication shall be examined. "Category "M" Fluid Service Same as #B above except all fabrication shall be examined. High Pressure Piping Same as #B above except all fabrication shall be examined. In-process weld examination frequency shall be to an extent such that the examiner is satisfied requirements are being met, except where in process inspection takes the place of random radiography required by B31.3 for Normal Fluid Service or Category "M" Fluid Service. The in-process examination in lieu of random radiography must be approved by the Engineer or Owner and shall include a final visual examination.
D.
E.
NOTE(1):
5.0
ASME B31.4 5.1 5.2 5.3 All piping components shall be examined for damage prior to fabrication. All weld joints shall have a fit up, root pass, and final visual examination. All completed welds shall be cleaned and examined prior to coating operations. Irregularities that could damage the pipe coating shall be removed.
6.0
ASME/ANSI B31.5 Sufficient welds, materials, and components shall be examined to satisfy the examiner that they conform to specifications and are free from defects and damage.
7.0
ASME B31.8 Sufficient welds, materials, and components shall be examined to satisfy the examiner that they conform to specifications and are free from defects and damage.
Page 8 of 58
8.0
ANSI/ASME B31.9 Sufficient welds, materials, and components shall be examined to satisfy the examiner that they conform to specifications and are free from defects and damage.
9.0
10.0
11.0
API 620 All completed welds shall have a visual examination.
12.0
API 650 All completed welds shall have a visual examination.
13.0
AWWA D100 (Identical to AWS D5.2) Sufficient welds, materials, and components shall be examined to satisfy the examiner that they conform to specifications and are free from defects and damage.
14.0
ANSI/AWS D1.1 All completed welds shall have a visual examination.
15.0
ANSI/AWS D1.6 All completed welds shall have a visual examination.
Page 9 of 58
Attachment 2
Weldolet and Sockolet Fittings Attachment
Page 10 of 58
Attachment 3 - ANSI B16.11 Forged Steel Fittings
Page 11 of 58
Attachment 4 - ASME Section I Acceptance Criteria 1.0 ASME SECTION I 1.1 In process examination shall meet the following: A. All base materials shall be identified as to type and grade (i.e; A106B, SA516G70, etc.) and per the Quality Control System Manual, B & PV Code Work (i.e; heat number). Joint preparation and cleanliness shall be in accordance with the WPS. Check welder qualification, base material for conformance to the WPS. Welding filler materials shall be in accordance with the WPS. Preheating prior to cutting or welding (including tacking) shall be in accordance with the WPS. Tack welds shall be made by qualified welders. Tack welds that are to be incorporated into the final weld shall be visually examined and be free of cracks, slag, porosity, lack of fusion, cold lap, internal undercut, excessive penetration, and the ends prepared by grinding. The backside of double welded joints shall be backgouged to sound metal and visually examined prior to welding. Each weld pass shall be free of porosity, slag, cold lap, cracks and other indications that would compromise weld quality. Arc strikes shall be properly removed and areas visually examined. Welding end transitions shall provide for a maximum 30 degree angle across the weld, with respect to the base metal (diameters, or plate thickness) on each side of the weld. Additionally where two thick sections taper down to the weld joint, the minimum angle formed by the O.D. of the base materials shall be 150 degrees. Fit-up and alignment of butt welds shall be in accordance with the WPS and the following where "t" is the nominal thickness of the thinner section at the joint (dimensions in inches).
B. C. D. E.
F. G.
H.
I.
J. K.
L.
Page 12 of 58
ALIGNMENT TOLERANCE OF JOINT TO BE BUTT WELDED (Note 1) Direction of Joints in Cylindrical Shells (Inches)
Section Thickness (in) Up to 1/2, incl. Over 1/2 to 3/4, incl. Over 3/4 to 1 1/2, incl. Over 1 1/2 to 2, incl. Over 2
Longitudinal 1/4t 1/8 in. 1/8 in. 1/8 in. Lesser of 1/16 t or 3/8 in.
(Millimeters)
Circumferential 1/4t 1/4t 3/16 in. 1/8t Lesser of 1/8t or 3/4 in.
Section Thickness (mm) Up to 12, incl. Over 12 to 19, incl. Over 19 to 38, incl. Over 38 to 50, incl. Over 50
Longitudinal 1/4t 3 3 3 Lesser of 1/16 t or 9.5
Circumferential 1/4t 1/4t 5 1/8t Lesser of 1/8t or 9.5
Note 1: Joints in spherical vessels and within heads and joints between cylindrical shells and hemispherical heads shall meet the requirements above for longitudinal joints in cylindrical shells. M. The depth of insertion of a pipe or tube into a socket or sleeve shall be at least 1/4" (6.3 cm). Before welding, there shall be at least 1/16" (1.5 mm) clearance between the end of the pipe or tube and of the socket; and in the case of a sleeve, there shall be at least 1/16" (1.5 mm) clearance between the butting ends of the pipe or tube. The fit between the socket or sleeve and the pipe or tube shall conform to applicable standards for socket weld fittings, and in no case shall the inside diameter of the socket or sleeve exceed the outside diameter of the pipe or tube by more than 0.080" (2 mm).
1.2
Final visual weld examination shall be in accordance with the following: A. B. No porosity allowed. No linear indications such as cracks, lack of fusion, cold laps or incomplete penetration are allowed. No slag or weld spatter allowed (including base material). No unfilled craters allowed (with or without associated shrinkage defects). No underfilled finished weld areas (outside surface of piping and tubing welds). Root concavity is permitted if the depression does not exceed the lesser of 3/32" (2.4 mm) or 20% of the thinner of the sections being joined. The contour of the
C. D. E. F.
Page 13 of 58
concavity shall be smooth and the resulting thickness of the weld, including any outside reinforcement, shall be at least equal to the required thickness of the thinner section. G. Any allowable off-set on a finished weld shall be faired at a 3:1 taper over the width of the finished section. Additional weld metal may be added beyond edge of weld. Undercut shall not exceed 1/32" (0.8 mm) or 10% of the wall thickness whichever is less, and shall not encroach upon the required section thickness. As-welded surfaces are permitted, the surface of the welds shall be sufficiently free from coarse ripples, grooves, overlaps, abrupt ridges, and valleys to allow for proper interpretations of NDE and to avoid stress raisers. Fillet weld size shall be a specified on the engineering drawing. Each weld joint shall be identified by one of the following methods: 1. The welder may stamp his identification mark adjacent to all welded joints or he/she may stamp adjacent to a continuous weld or a series of similar joints at intervals of not greater than three (3) feet (1 m). A record of welded joints, including the identification of the welder making the joint, may be used in lieu of stamping.
H.
I.
J. K.
2.
L.
For seal welding of threaded joints, the exposed threads shall be entirely covered by the seal weld. Butt weld reinforcement (internal or external) on each weld face shall meet the following: (Inches)
M.
Nominal Thickness (in) Up to 1/8 Over 1/8 to 3/16, incl. Over 3/16 to 1/2, incl. Over 1/2 to 1, incl. Over 1 to 2, incl. Over 2 to 3, incl. Over 3 to 4, incl. Over 4 to 5, incl. Over 5
Circumferential Joints in Pipe and Tubing (in) 3/32 1/8 5/32 3/16 1/4 Note 1 Note 1 Note 1 Note 1
Maximum Reinforcement (in) Other Welds 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 1/8 5/32 7/32 1/4 5/16
Page 14 of 58
(Millimeters)
Nominal Thickness (in) Up to 3 Over 3 to 5, incl. Over 5 to 12, incl. Over 12 to 25, incl. Over 25 to 50, incl. Over 50 to 76, incl. Over 76 to 101, incl. Over 101 to 127, incl. Over 127
Note 1:
Circumferential Joints in Pipe and Tubing (in) 2.4 3 4 5 6.3 Note 1 Note 1 Note 1 Note 1
Maximum Reinforcement (in) Other Welds 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 3 4 5.5 6.3 8
The greater of 1/4 in. (6.3 mm) or 1/8 times the width of the weld in inches.
Page 15 of 58
Attachment 5 - ASME Section VIII, Division I Acceptance Criteria 1.0 ASME Section VIII Division 1 1.1 In process examination shall meet the following: A. All base materials shall be identified as to type and grade (i.e; A106B, SA516 G70, etc.) and per the Quality Control System Manual, B & PV code work (i.e.; heat number). Non-pressure parts shall be identified as to type and grade. Review drawing to determine if Charpy Vee Notch testing of base materials and/or weld materials, and production test plates, is required. CMTRs required for plate material and all material requiring CVN testing. Joint preparation and cleanliness shall be in accordance with the WPS. Check welder qualification, base material for conformance to the WPS. Welding filler materials shall be in accordance with the WPS. For ASME Code Stamped items, filler material shall be traceable to the weld joint by AWS Classifications as a minimum. Traceability by heat and lot number to the weld joint is required for CVN vessels and may be required by a site specific specification for other vessels. Preheating prior to cutting or welding (including tacking) shall be in accordance with the WPS. Tack welds shall be made by qualified welders. Tack welds that are to be incorporated into the final weld shall be visually examined and be free of cracks, slag, porosity, lack of fusion, cold lap, internal undercut, excessive penetration, and the ends prepared by grinding. The backside of double welded joints shall be backgouged to sound metal and visually examined prior to welding. Each weld pass shall be free of porosity, slag, cold lap, cracks and other indications that would compromise weld quality. Arc strikes shall be properly removed and areas visually examined. When pressure parts, such as nozzle reinforcing pads, extend over pressure retaining welds, such welds shall be ground flush for the portion of the weld to be covered. Root concavity on the backside of the portion that is ground flush is not permitted. Fit-up, including misalignment of butt welds, shall be in accordance with the WPS. In addition, the edges of butt welds shall be held during welding so that the following tolerances (internal and external) are not exceeded. When fitted
B. C. D.
E.
F. G.
H.
I.
J. K.
L.
Page 16 of 58
girth joints have deviations exceeding the permitted tolerances the joint shall be re-fit until the errors are within the limits specified. For Shells, the maximum out of roundness at any cross section shall not exceed 1% of the nominal diameter. ALIGNMENT TOLERANCES (Inches) Nominal Thickness (t), inch A* Up thru 1/2 1/4t Over 1/2 thru 3/4 1/8 in. Over 3/4 thru 1 1/2 1/8 in. Over 1 1/2 thru 2 1/8 in. Over 2 Lesser of 1/16t or 3/8 in. (Millimeter) Nominal Thickness (t), mm Up thru 12 Over 12 thru 19 Over 19 thru 38 Over 38 thru 50 Over 50 * A* 1/4t 3 3 3 Lesser of 1/16t or 9.5 Joint Categories B,C,D* 1/4t 1/4t 5 1/8t Lesser of 1/8t or 9.5
Joint Categories B,C,D* 1/4t 1/4t 3/16 in. 1/8t Lesser of 1/8t or 3/8 in.
Category A joints include all longitudinal joints in shells, heads, transitions, spheres, and circumferential joints connecting hemispherical heads to shells. Category B, C and D include all other joints. M. Any offset within the allowable tolerances shall be faired to a 3 to 1 taper over the width of the finished weld (internally and externally). Additional weld metal may be added. The resulting weld joint and tapered areas shall not be thinner than the non tapered base material. Where fillet welds are used, the lapped plates shall fit closely and be kept in contact during welding. The depth of insertion of a pipe or tube into a socketweld fitting shall be at least 1/4" (6.3 mm). Before welding, there shall be at least 1/16" (1.5 mm). clearance between the end of the pipe and the internal shoulder of the socketweld fitting.
N.
1.2
Final visual weld examination shall be in accordance with the following: A. Both sides (ID and O.D.) of butt welds and other full penetration groove welds shall be inspected. RT examination in lieu of VT of inaccessible I.D. is acceptable. No porosity allowed.
B.
Page 17 of 58
C.
No linear indications such as cracks, lack of fusion, cold laps or incomplete penetration are allowed. No slag or weld spatter allowed (including base material). No unfilled craters allowed (with or without associated shrinkage defects). No underfilled finished weld areas (outside surface of piping and tubing welds). Root concavity shall not reduce the weld below the base material thickness. Any allowable off-set on a finished weld shall be faired at a 3:1 taper over the width of the finished section. Additional weld metal may be added beyond edge of weld. Undercut shall not exceed 1/32 inch (0.8 mm), or 10% of the nominal thickness of the adjoining surface, whichever is less. As-welded surfaces are permitted, the surface of the welds shall be sufficiently free from coarse ripples, grooves, overlaps, abrupt ridges, and valleys to allow for proper interpretations of NDE and to avoid stress raisers. Fillet weld size shall be a specified on the engineering drawing. Each weld joint shall be identified by one of the following methods: 1. The welder may stamp his identification mark adjacent to all welded joints or he/she may stamp adjacent to a continuous weld or a series of similar joints at intervals of not greater than three (3) feet (1 m). A record of welded joints, including the identification of the welder making the joint, may be used in lieu of stamping.
D. E. F. G. H.
I.
J.
K. L.
2.
M.
For seal welding of threaded joints, the exposed threads shall be entirely covered by the seal weld.
Page 18 of 58
N.
Butt weld reinforcement (internal or external) shall meet the following: Maximum Reinforcement (in)
Material Nominal Thickness, inch Less than 3/32 (2.4 mm) 3/32" (2.4 mm) thru 3/16 5 mm) Over 3/16 (5 mm) thru (12 mm) Over (12 mm) thru 1 (25 mm) Over 1 thru 2 (25-50 mm) Over 2 thru 3 (50-76 mm) Over 3 thru 4 (76-101 mm) Over 4 thru 5 (101-127 mm) Over 5 (127 mm)
Circumferential Joints in Pipe/Tube 3/32 (2.4 mm) 1/8 (3 mm) 5/32 (4 mm) 3/16 (5 mm) (6.3 mm) (6.3 mm) (6.3 mm) (6.3 mm) 5/16 (8 mm)
Other Welds
1/32 (0.8 mm) 1/16 (1.5 mm) 3/32 (2.4 mm) 3/32 (2.4 mm) 1/8 (3 mm) 5/32 (4 mm) 7/32 (5.5 mm) (6.3 mm) 5/16 (8 mm)
Page 19 of 58
Attachment 6 - ASME B31.1 Acceptance Criteria 1.0 ASME B31.1 1.1 In process examination shall meet the following: A. All base materials shall be identified as to type and grade (i.e.; A106B, SA516 G70, etc.) and for Boiler External Piping per the Quality Control System Manual, B & PV code work (i.e.; heat number). Non-pressure parts shall be identified as to type and grade. Joint preparation and cleanliness shall be in accordance with the WPS. Check welder qualification, base material for conformance to the WPS. Welding filler materials shall be in accordance with the WPS. For ASME Code Stamped items, filler materials shall be traceable to the weld joint by AWS classification as a minimum. Tracing by heat and lot number to the weld joint may be required by site specific specification. Preheating prior to cutting or welding (including tacking) shall be in accordance with the WPS. Note: For piping of over 3% nominal Chromium content fabricated to B31.1, visual for cracks after preheat is interrupted and restarted as permitted by the WPS. F. Fit-up, including misalignment of butt welds, shall be in accordance with the WPS. Internal misalignment shall not exceed 1/16 (1.5 mm) inch unless the piping design specifically states a different allowable misalignment, in which case, the misalignment over 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) shall be tapered to a 1:3 maximum slope. Tack welds shall be made by qualified welders. Tack welds that are to be incorporated into the final weld shall be visually examined and be free of cracks, slag, porosity, lack of fusion, cold lap, internal undercut, excessive penetration, and the ends prepared by grinding. The backside of double welded joints shall be backgouged to sound metal and visually examined prior to welding. Each weld pass shall be free of porosity, slag, cold lap, cracks and other indications that would compromise weld quality. Arc strikes shall be properly removed and areas visually examined.
B. C. D.
E.
G. H.
I.
J.
K.
Page 20 of 58
L.
Welding end transitions shall provide for a maximum 30 degree angle across the weld, with respect to the base metal on each side of the weld. Additionally, where two thick sections taper down to the weld joint, the minimum angle formed by the O.D. of the base materials shall be 150 degrees. Note: Longitudinal butt welded joints shall be aligned within 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) and inside surface shall not be tapered). The resulting weld joint and tapered areas shall not be thinner than the non tapered base material.
M.
The depth of insertion of a pipe or tube into a socketweld fitting shall be at least 1/4" (6.3 mm). Before welding, there shall be at least 1/16" (1.5 mm) clearance between the end of the pipe and the internal shoulder of the socketweld fitting. Gap between O.D. of pipe and socket shall not exceed .040.
1.2
A final visual weld examination shall be in accordance with the following: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. No porosity allowed. No linear indications such as cracks, lack of fusion, cold laps or lack of penetration. No slag or weld spatter (including base material). No unfilled craters allowed (with or without associated shrinkage defects). No under filled (weld cap) areas. Root concavity shall not reduce the weld below the base material thickness. As-welded surfaces are permitted, the surface of the welds shall be sufficiently free from coarse ripples, grooves, overlaps, abrupt ridges, and valleys to allow for proper interpretations of NDE and to avoid stress raisers. Undercut shall not exceed 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) and shall not reduce the wall thickness below minimum wall requirements (i.e., .875 X nominal wall for schedule pipe, the minimum ordered wall thickness of minimum wall pipe, and nominal wall minimum, minus .01 inch for nominal wall ordered pipe that is made from rolled and longitudinally welded plate). Any offset of outside butt welding surfaces shall be faired to a 30 degrees maximum taper over the width of the weld (excluding reinforcement). Welding end transitions shall be as follows: 1. The wall thickness in the transition region is not less than the minimum wall thickness of the adjoining pipe. Sharp reentrant angles and abrupt changes in slop in the transition region are avoided.
H.
I. J.
2.
Page 21 of 58
3.
There is a gradual transition between the two items. The slope of the transition to the weld does not exceed 30 degrees. Weld metal may be added to meet this requirement.
K.
Butt weld reinforcement thickness shall meet the following: MAXIMUM REINFORCEMENT (in)
Thickness of Base Metal Inches Up thru 1/8 (3 mm) Over 1/8 thru 3/16 (3-5 mm) Over 3/16 thru (5-12 mm) Over 1/2 thru 1 (25-19 mm) Over 1 thru 2 (25-50 mm) Over 2 (50 mm) Notes: 1.
>750F 1/16 (1.5 mm) 1/16 (1.5 mm) 1/16 (1.5 mm) 3/32 (2.4 mm) 1/8 (3 mm) 5/32 (4 mm)
350-750F 3/32 (2.4 mm) 1/8 (3 mm) 5/32 (4 mm) 3/16 (5 mm) (6.3 mm) See Note 5
<350F 3/16 (5 mm) 3/16 (5 mm) 3/16 (5 mm) 3/16 (5 mm) (6.3 mm) See Note 5
For double welded butt joints, the limitation on reinforcement given above shall apply separately to both inside and outside surfaces of the joint. For single welded butt joints, the reinforcement limits given above shall apply to the outside surface of the joint only. Internal reinforcement shall not exceed 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) for the GTAW process nor 3/32 inch (2.4 mm) for the SMAW process. The thickness of weld reinforcement shall be based on the thickness of the thinner of the materials being joined. The weld reinforcement thicknesses shall be determined from the higher of the abutting surfaces involved. The greater of 1/4 inch (6.3 mm) or 1/8 times the width of the weld in inches.
2.
3.
4.
5.
L.
Fillet weld sizes shall meet drawing requirements. Weld leg length for socket, slipon flanges and socket fittings shall be 1.09 time the pipe wall thickness for the hub thickness, whichever is less. Weld sizes for branch connections may be found in Figure A. For seal welding of threaded joints, the exposed threads shall be entirely covered by the seal weld. Each weld shall be identified with the welders symbol or traceable by documentation.
N.
O.
Page 22 of 58
Attachment 7 - ASME B31.2 Acceptance Criteria 1.0 ASME B31.2, FUEL GAS PIPING 1.1 In process examination shall meet the following: A. All base materials shall be identified as to type and grade (i.e; A106B, SA516 G70, etc.). Joint preparation and cleanliness shall be in accordance with the WPS. Check welder qualification, base material for conformance to the WPS. Welding filler materials shall be in accordance with the WPS. Preheating prior to cutting or welding (including tacking) shall be in accordance with the WPS. Fit-up, including misalignment of butt welds, shall be in accordance with the WPS. Any misalignment of butt welds, exceeding the WPS, shall be tapered to a 30 degree maximum angle. The resulting weld joint and tapered areas shall not be thinner than the non tapered base material. Tack welds shall be made by qualified welders. Tack welds that are to incorporated into the final weld shall be visually examined and be free of cracks, slag, porosity, lack of fusion, cold lap, internal undercut, excessive penetration, and the ends prepared by grinding. The backside of double welded joints shall be backgouged to sound metal and visually examined prior to welding. Each weld pass shall be free of porosity, slag, cold lap, cracks and other indications that would compromise weld quality. Arc strikes shall be properly removed and areas visually examined. For branch on pipe connections, the opening through the pipe shall align with the bore of the branch within 1/8 inch (3 mm) or one-half the branch wall thickness, whichever is less. The depth of insertion of a pipe or tube into a socketweld fitting shall be at least 1/4" (6.3 mm). Before welding, there shall be at least 1/16" 1.5 mm) clearance between the end of the pipe and the internal shoulder of the socketweld fitting.
B. C. D. E.
F.
G. H.
I.
J.
K. L.
M.
Page 23 of 58
1.2
Final visual weld examination shall be in accordance with the following: A. B. No porosity. No linear indications such as cracks or cold laps or other indications that would compromise weld quality. When accessible for visual inspection, the depth of incomplete root penetration or lack of fusion at the root shall not exceed 1/32 inch or half the thickness of the weld reinforcement (located above the indication) whichever is smaller. The total length of such incomplete root penetration or lack of fusion at the root shall not exceed 1 1/2 inches (38 mm) in any 6 inches (15 cm) of weld length. Fillet weld sizes shall meet drawing requirements. Weld leg length for socket and slip on flanges and socket fittings shall be 1.4 times the pipe wall thickness or the hub thickness whichever is less but no smaller than 1/8 inch (3 mm). Branch connection weld sizes are shown in Figure A. Undercut shall not exceed 1/32 inch (0.8 mm). *Weld reinforcement shall not exceed the following: COMPONENT REINFORCEMENT Thickness (in.) 1/2" (12 mm) and under Over 1/2" thru 1" (12-25 mm) Over 1" (25 mm) Thickness, Max (in.) 1/8" (3 mm) 5/32" (4 mm) 3/16" (5 mm)
C.
D.
E. F. G.
For double welded joints this limitation or reinforcement shall apply to each surface of the weld separately.
H.
No under filled (weld cap) areas.
Page 24 of 58
FIGURE A ASME B31.2 WELDED BRANCH DETAILS
NOTES:
These sketches show minimum acceptable welds. Welds may be larger than those shown here. tc = the smaller of 1/4" (6.3 mm) or .7 x Tb
Tr = nominal thickness of reinforcement, in. tmin = the smaller of Tb or Tr Tb = nominal thickness of branch wall Th = nominal thickness of header wall
Detail (1) w = Tb + tc Detail (2) w = Th + tc Detail (3) w = Tr + tc or Tb + tc Detail (4) w = Th + Tr + tc Detail (5) w = Tb + tc
w = Governing thickness for determining Postweld Heat Treat.
Page 25 of 58
Attachment 8 - ASME B31.3 Acceptance Criteria 1.0 ASME B31.3, PROCESS PIPING 1.1 In process examination shall meet the following: A. All base materials shall be identified as to type and grade (i.e., A106B, SA516 G70, etc.) and heat number (if CVN testing required). Review drawing to determine if Charpy Vee Notch testing of base materials and/or weld materials is required. CMTRs are required for all material requiring CVN testing. CMTRs may be required for other piping as designated in a site specification. Joint preparation and cleanliness shall be in accordance with the WPS. Check welder qualifications, base material for conformance to the WPS. Welding filler materials shall be in accordance with the WPS. Tracing by AWS Classification, heat and lot number to the weld joint is required for CVN piping and may be required by a site specific specification for other piping. Preheating prior to cutting or welding (including tacking) shall be in accordance with the WPS. Fit-up, including misalignment of butt welds, shall be in accordance with the WPS. Any misalignment of butt welds, exceeding the WPS, shall be tapered to a 30 degree maximum angle. The resulting weld joint and tapered areas shall not be thinner than the non tapered base material. Tack welds shall be made by qualified welders. Tack welds that are to be incorporated into the final weld shall be visually examined and be free of cracks, slag, porosity, lack of fusion, cold lap, internal undercut, excessive penetration, and the ends prepared by grinding. The backside of double welded joints shall be backgouged to sound metal and visually examined prior to welding. Each weld pass shall be free of porosity, slag, cold lap, cracks and other indications that would compromise weld quality. Arc strikes shall be properly removed and areas visually examined. For branch on pipe connections, the opening through the pipe shall align with the bore of the branch within 1/8 inch (3 mm) or one-half the branch wall thickness, whichever is less.
B. C. D.
E.
F.
G. H.
I.
J.
K. L.
Page 26 of 58
M.
The depth of insertion of a pipe or tube into a socketweld fitting shall be at least 1/4" (6.3 mm). Before welding, there shall be at least 1/16" (1.5 mm) clearance between the end of the pipe and the internal shoulder of the socketweld fitting. When accessible for visual inspection, the internal condition of the root pass shall meet Figure A, B, or C as applicable.
N.
1.2
Final Visual Weld Examination shall be in accordance with the following: A. Final Visual Weld Examination shall be in accordance with Figure A and B for "Nominal Service Conditions", "Severe Cyclic Conditions" and Category "D" Fluid Service. Category "M" fluid service shall be inspected to "Normal Service Conditions" of Figure A and Figure B. "High Pressure Piping shall be examined in accordance with Figure C. Fillet weld sizes shall meet drawing requirements. Weld leg length for socket and slip-on flanges shall be a minimum of 1.4 times the pipe wall thickness or the hub thickness whichever is less. For socket welding fittings, other than flanges, the minimum weld leg lengths shall be 1.25 times the pipe wall thickness or 1/8 inch, whichever is greater. Weld sizes for branch connections may be found in Figure D. For seal welding of threaded joints, the exposed threads shall be entirely covered by the seal weld. Perform Visual Weld Examination prior to other nondestructive examinations and post weld heat treatment. In addition, piping constructed of P3, P4, or P5 material, perform a final visual weld examination after postweld heat treatment.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Page 27 of 58
FIGURE A ASME B31.3 WELD ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
Page 28 of 58
FIGURE B ASME B31.3 WELD ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA NOTES
Page 29 of 58
FIGURE C ASME B31.3 WELD CRITERIA NOTES AND WELD CRITERIA FOR TABLE K341.3.2A
Page 30 of 58
FIGURE D ASME B31.3 WELDED BRANCH DETAILS
NOTES: here.
These sketches show minimum acceptable welds. Welds may be larger than those shown
tc = the smaller of 1/4" (6.3 mm) or .7 x Tb Tr = nominal thickness of reinforcement, in. tmin = the smaller of Tb or Tr Tb = nominal thickness of branch wall Th = nominal thickness of header wall Detail (1) w = Tb + tc Detail (2) w = Th + tc Detail (3) w = Tr + tc or Tb + tc Detail (4) w = Th + Tr + tc Detail (5) w = Tb + tc w = Governing thickness for determining Postweld Heat Treat.
Page 31 of 58
Attachment 9 - ASME B31.4 - ASME B31.8 - ASME B31.11 Acceptance Criteria 1.0 ASME B31.4, "LIQUID PETROLEUM TRANSPORTATION PIPING SYSTEMS" ASME B31.8, "GAS TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION PIPING SYSTEMS" ASME B31.11, "SLURRY TRANSPORTATION PIPING SYSTEMS" 1.1 In process examination shall meet the following: A. All base materials shall be identified as to type and grade (i.e., A106B, SA516 G70, etc.) Joint preparation and cleanliness shall be in accordance with the WPS. Check welder qualifications, base material for conformance to the WPS. Welding filler materials shall be in accordance with the WPS. Preheating prior to cutting or welding (including tacking) shall be in accordance with the WPS. Fit-up, including misalignment of butt welds, shall be in accordance with the WPS. Any misalignment of butt welds, exceeding the WPS, shall be tapered to a 30 degree maximum angle. The resulting weld joint and tapered areas shall not be thinner than the non tapered base material. Details for unequal wall thickness are shown in Figure A. Tack welds shall be made by qualified welders. Tack welds that are to be incorporated into the final weld shall be visually examined and be free of cracks, slag, porosity, lack of fusion, cold lap, internal undercut, excessive penetration, and the ends prepared by grinding. The backside of double welded joints shall be backgouged to sound metal and visually examined prior to welding. Each weld pass shall be free of porosity, slag, cold lap, cracks and other indications that would compromise weld quality. Arc strikes shall be properly removed and areas visually examined. For branch on pipe connections, the opening through the pipe shall align with the bore of the branch within 1/8 inch (3 mm) or one-half the branch wall thickness, whichever is less.
B. C. D. E.
F.
G. H.
I.
J.
K. L.
Page 32 of 58
M.
The depth of insertion of a pipe or tube into a socketweld fitting shall be at least 1/4" (6.3 mm). Before welding, there shall be at least 1/16" (1.5 mm) clearance between the end of the pipe and the internal shoulder of the socketweld fitting. Shallow crater cracks located at the stopping point of weld beads, and that are 5/32 inch (4 mm) or less in length are acceptable.
1.2
Final Visual Weld Examination shall be in accordance with the following: A. Porosity is unacceptable when: 1. 2. The size of an individual pore exceeds 1/8 inch (3 mm). The size of an individual pore exceeds 25 percent of the thickness of the thinner member joined. For cluster porosity that occurs in the weld cap, if the diameter exceed 1/2 inch (12 mm) or, the group length in any continuous 12 inch (30 cm) length of weld exceeds 1/2 inch (12 mm) or, an individual pore within a cluster exceeds 1/16 inch (1.5 mm).
3.
B.
Incomplete penetration and incomplete fusion is unacceptable when: 1. 2. The length of an individual indication exceeds 1 inch (25 mm). The group of indications in any continuous 12 inch (30 cm) length of weld exceeds 1 inch (25 mm). The group of indications exceeds 8 percent of the weld length in any weld less than 12 inches (30 cm) in length.
3.
C.
Incomplete penetration due to high-low fit-up shall be unacceptable when: 1. 2. The length of an individual indication exceeds 2 inches (50 mm). The group of indications in any continuous 12 inch (30 cm) length of weld exceeds 3 inches (76 mm).
D.
Burn through (a portion of the root bead where excessive penetration has caused the weld puddle to be blown into the pipe) is unacceptable when: 1. The maximum dimension exceeds 1/4 inch (6.3 mm) and the internal root concavity is less than the thinnest adjacent base metal. The maximum dimension exceeds the thinner of the nominal wall thickness joined and the internal root concavity is less than the thinnest adjacent base metal.
2.
Page 33 of 58
3.
If more than one burn-through is present, the sum of the maximum dimensions of separate burn-through exceeds 1/2 inch (12 mm) in any continuous 12 inch (30 cm) length of weld or the total weld length, whichever is less and the internal root concavity is less than the thinnest adjacent base metal. For pipe with an outside diameter less than 2 3/8 inch (6 cm), if more than one burn-through is present and the internal root concavity of more than one of the burn-through exceed that of the thinnest adjacent base metal.
E.
Undercut adjacent to the weld cap (external) or root pass (internal) is unacceptable when: 1. The group length of external and internal in combination in any continuous 12 inch (30 cm) length of weld exceeds 2 in. (50 mm). The group length of external and internal in combination exceeds one sixth of the total weld length.
2.
F.
Maximum dimensions of undercutting 1. Undercut depth shall not exceed 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) or 12 1/2% of the pipe wall thickness whichever is smaller. Undercut depth shall not exceed 1/64 inch (0.4 mm) or 6% to 12.5% of pipe wall thickness whichever is smaller for a maximum length of 2 inches (50 mm) in a continuous 12 inch (30 cm) weld length or 17% of the weld length, whichever is smaller.
2.
G.
Accumulation of Discontinuities excluding incomplete penetration due to high-low and undercutting, are unacceptable when: 1. The group length of indications in any continuous 12 inch (30 cm) length of weld exceeds 2 inches (50 mm). The group length of indications exceeds 8 percent of the weld length.
2. H. I.
The weld cap (weld reinforcement) shall not exceed 1/16 inch 1.5 mm). Fillet weld sizes shall meet drawing requirements. Weld leg length for socket and slip on flanges and socket fittings shall be 1.4 times the pipe wall thickness or the hub thickness whichever is less but no smaller than 1/8 inch (3 mm). Branch connection details and weld sizes are shown in Figures B, C, D, E, and F. For seal welding of threaded joints, the exposed threads shall be entirely covered by the seal weld. Perform visual weld examination prior to other nondestructive examinations and postweld heat treatment.
J.
K.
Page 34 of 58
FIGURE A ASME B31.4 - B31.8 - B31.11 WELD DETAILS FOR UNEQUAL WALL THICKNESS
Page 35 of 58
FIGURE B ASME B31.4 - B31.8 - B31.11 BRANCH CONNECTION DETAILS WITHOUT REINFORCEMENT
Page 36 of 58
FIGURE C ASME B31.4 - B31.8 - B31.11
Page 37 of 58
Attachment 10 - ASME/ANSI B31.5 Acceptance Criteria 1.0 ASME B31.5, REFRIGERATION PIPING 1.1 In process examination shall meet the following: A. All base materials shall be identified as to type and grade (i.e; A106B, SA516 G70, etc.). Joint preparation and cleanliness shall be in accordance with the WPS. Check welder qualifications, base material for conformance to the WPS. Welding filler materials shall be in accordance with the WPS. Preheating prior to cutting or welding (including tacking) shall be in accordance with the WPS. Fit-up, including misalignment of butt welds, shall be in accordance with the WPS. Any misalignment of butt welds, exceeding the WPS, shall be tapered to a 30 degree maximum angle. The resulting weld joint and tapered areas shall not be thinner than the non tapered base material. Tack welds shall be made by qualified welders. Tack welds that are to be incorporated into the final weld shall be visually examined and be free of cracks, slag, porosity, lack of fusion, cold lap, internal undercut, excessive penetration, and the ends prepared by grinding. The backside of double welded joints shall be back-gouged to sound metal and visually examined prior to welding. Each weld pass shall be free of porosity, slag, cold lap, cracks and other indications that would compromise weld quality. Arc strikes shall be properly removed and areas visually examined. For branch on pipe connections, the opening through the pipe shall align with the bore of the branch within 1/8 inch (3 mm) or one-half the branch wall thickness, whichever is less.
B. C. D. E.
F.
G. H.
I.
J.
K. L.
Page 38 of 58
M.
The depth of insertion of a pipe or tube into a socketweld fitting shall be at least 1/4" (6.3 mm). Before welding, there shall be at least 1/16" (1.5 mm) clearance between the end of the pipe and the internal shoulder of the socketweld fitting. When accessible for visual inspection, the internal condition of the root pass shall meet Figure A and B "Normal Service Conditions".
N.
1.2
Final Visual Weld Examination shall be in accordance with the following: A. Final Visual Weld Examination shall be in accordance with Figure A and B for "Nominal Service Conditions". Fillet weld sizes shall meet drawing requirements. Weld leg length for socket and slip-on flanges shall be a minimum of 1.4 times the pipe wall thickness or the hub thickness whichever is less. For socket welding fittings, other than flanges, the minimum weld leg lengths shall be 1.25 times the pipe wall thickness or 1/8 inch (3 mm), whichever is greater. Weld sizes for branch connections may be found in Figure C. For seal welding of threaded joints, the exposed threads shall be entirely covered by the seal weld. Perform Visual Weld Examination prior to other nondestructive examinations and postweld heat treatment.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Page 39 of 58
FIGURE A ASME B31.5 WELD ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
Page 40 of 58
FIGURE B ASME B31.5 WELD ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA NOTES
Page 41 of 58
FIGURE C ASME B31.5 WELDED BRANCH DETAILS
NOTES: here.
These sketches show minimum acceptable welds. Welds may be larger than those shown
tc = the smaller of 1/4" (6.3 mm) or .7 x Tb Detail (1) w = Tb + tc Detail (2) w = Th + tc Detail (3) w = Tr + tc or Tb + tc Detail (4) w = Th + Tr + tc Detail (5) w = Tb + tc w = Governing thickness for determining Postweld Heat Treat. Tr = nominal thickness of reinforcement, in. tmin = the smaller of Tb or Tr Tb = nominal thickness of branch wall Th = nominal thickness of header wall
Page 42 of 58
Attachment 11 - ANSI/ASME B31.9 Acceptance Criteria 1.0 ASME B31.9, BUILDING SERVICES PIPING 1.1 In process examination shall meet the following: A. B. C. D. E. All base materials shall be identified as to type and grade (i.e; A53B, A570, etc.). Joint preparation and cleanliness shall be in accordance with the WPS. Check welder qualifications, base material for conformance to the WPS. Welding filler materials shall be in accordance with the WPS. Preheating prior to cutting or welding (including tacking) shall be in accordance with the WPS. Fit-up, including misalignment of butt welds, shall be in accordance with the WPS. Any misalignment of butt welds, exceeding the WPS, shall be tapered to a 30 degree maximum angle. The resulting weld joint and tapered areas shall not be thinner than the non tapered base material. Tack welds shall be made by qualified welders. Tack welds that are to be incorporated into the final weld shall be visually examined and be free of cracks, slag, porosity, lack of fusion, cold lap, internal undercut, excessive penetration, and the ends prepared by grinding. The backside of double welded joints shall be back-gouged to sound metal and visually examined prior to welding. Each weld pass shall be free of porosity, slag, cold lag, cracks and other indications that would compromise weld quality. Arc strikes shall be properly removed and areas visually examined. For branch on pipe connections, the opening through the pipe shall align with the bore of the branch within 1/8 inch (3 mm) or one-half the branch wall thickness, whichever is less. The depth of insertion of a pipe or tube into a socketweld fitting shall be at least 1/4" (6.3 mm). Before welding, there shall be at least 1/16" (1.5 mm) clearance between the end of the pipe and the internal shoulder of the socketweld fitting.
F.
G. H.
I.
J.
K. L.
M.
Page 43 of 58
1.2
Final Visual Examination shall be in accordance with the following: A. B. No porosity. No linear indications such as cracks or cold lap or other indications that would compromise weld quality. Lack of fusion. The length of un-fused areas shall not be more than 20% of the total length of the weld and no more than 1 1/2 inches (38 mm) in any 6 inch (15 cm) weld length. Fillet weld sizes shall meet drawing requirements. Weld leg length for socket and slip on flanges and socket fittings shall be 1.1 times the wall thickness or the hub thickness whichever is less, but not less than 1/8 inch (3 mm). Branch connection weld sizes are shown in Figure A. Undercut shall not exceed 1/32 inch (0.8mm) or 12 1/2% of the wall thickness whichever is less. Weld reinforcement shall not exceed 3/16 inch (5 mm). When accessible for inspection, inside root penetration shall not exceed 1/8 inch (3 mm).
C.
D.
E. F.
G. H.
Page 44 of 58
FIGURE A ASME B31.9 WELDED BRANCH DETAILS
NOTES:
These sketches show minimum acceptable welds. Welds may be larger than those shown here. tc = the smaller of 1/4" (6.3 mm) or .7 x Tb
Tr = nominal thickness of reinforcement, in. tmin = the smaller of Tb or Tr Tb = nominal thickness of branch wall Th = nominal thickness of header wall
Detail (1) w = Tb + tc Detail (2) w = Th + tc Detail (3) w = Tr + tc or Tb + tc Detail (4) w = Th + Tr + tc Detail (5) w = Tb + tc
w = Governing thickness for determining Postweld Heat Treat.
Page 45 of 58
Attachment 12 - ASME B96.1 Acceptance Criteria
1.0
ASME B96.1, "Welded Aluminum-Alloy Storage Tanks" 1.1 In process examination shall meet the following: A. B. C. D. E. All base materials shall be identified as to type and grade (i.e.; 6061, 6063, etc.). Joint preparation and cleanliness shall be in accordance with the WPS. Check welder qualification, base material for conformance to the WPS. Welding filler materials shall be in accordance with the WPS. Preheating prior to cutting or welding (including tacking) shall be in accordance with the WPS. Fit-up, including misalignment of butt welds, shall be in accordance with the WPS. Tack welds shall be made by qualified welders. Tack welds that are to be incorporated into the final weld shall be visually examined and be free of cracks, slag, porosity, lack of fusion, cold lap, internal undercut, excessive penetration, and the ends prepared by grinding. The backside of double welded joints shall be backgouged to sound metal and visually examined prior to welding. Each weld pass shall be free of porosity, slag, cold lap, cracks and other indications that would compromise weld quality. Arc strikes shall be properly removed and areas visually examined.
F. G. H.
I.
J.
K.
Page 46 of 58
1.2
Final Visual Examination shall be in accordance with the following: A. B. No porosity. No linear indications such as cracks or cold lap or other indications that would compromise weld quality. Undercut shall not exceed 1/32 inch (0.8 mm). Fillet weld sizes shall meet drawing requirements. Perform visual weld examination prior to other nondestructive examinations. Weld reinforcement shall not exceed the following. MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF REINFORCEMENT ABOVE PLATE SURFACE 3/32" (2.4 mm) 1/8" (3 mm) 3/16" (5 mm)
C. D. E. F.
PLATE THICKNESS, INCHES 3/8 inch (9.5 mm)or less Greater than 3/8 inch to 3/4 inch (9.5-19 mm) Greater than 3/4 inch (19 mm)
Page 47 of 58
Attachment 13 - API 620 Acceptance Criteria 1.0 API 620, "DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF LARGE WELDED LOW PRESSURE STORAGE TANKS" 1.1 In process examination shall meet the following: A. All base materials shall be identified as to thickness, type, and grade (i.e., A53B, A516 GR70, etc.), and identified by the mill heat number. Prior to cutting, the heat number shall be transferred by steel stamping. On plates less than 1/4 inch (6.3 mm) thick steel stamping shall not be used. CMTRs are required for plate material. Review drawing to determine if CVN testing is required. Joint preparation and cleanliness shall be in accordance with the WPS. Check welder qualifications, base material for conformance to the WPS. Welding filler materials shall be in accordance with the WPS. Tracing by AWS Classification, heat and let number to the weld joints is required for CVN applications. Preheating prior to cutting or welding (including tacking) shall be in accordance with the WPS. Fit-up, shall be in accordance with the WPS except misalignment of butt welds shall not exceed 1/16 (1.5 mm) for <=1/4 (6.3 mm) and 1/8 (3 mm) (or 25% plate thickness whichever is less) for plates over (6.3 mm). Do not taper plate joints. Tack welds shall be made by qualified welders. Tack welds in butt joints to be welded manually shall be removed before welding. Tack welds in lap and fillet welded joints need not be removed provided they are free of cracks, slag, porosity, lack of fusion, cold lap, and the ends prepared by grinding for incorporated into the next weld pass. The backside of double welded joints shall be backgouged to sound metal and visually examined prior to welding. Each weld pass shall be free of porosity, slag, cold lap, cracks and other indications that would compromise weld quality. Arc strikes shall be properly removed and areas visually examined.
B. C. D.
E.
F.
G. H. I.
J.
K.
L.
Page 48 of 58
2.0
Final Visual Examination shall be in accordance with the following: A. Surface porosity does not exceed one cluster (one or more pores) in each 4 inches (10 cm) of length and the maximum diameter of each cluster or pore does not exceed 3/32 inch (2.4 mm). No linear indications such as cracks or cold lap or other indications that would compromise weld quality. Undercut does not exceed: 1. 1/64 inch (0.4 mm) for longitudinal butt joints and for welds that attach nozzles, manholes, and clean out openings. 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) for circumferential butt joints.
B.
C.
2. D. E. F. G.
No lack of fusion. No overlaps or abrupt ridges or valleys. No underfilled (weld cap) areas. Weld reinforcement (internal or external), where RT is not required, shall meet the following: PLATE THICKNESS (INCHES) MAXIMUM THICKNESS OF REINFORCEMENT (INCHES)
1/2 inch (12 mm) or less Over 1/2 inch to 1 inch (12-25 mm) Over 1 inch (25 mm)
H.
Vertical Joints 3/32 (2.4 mm) 1/8 (3 mm) 3/16 (5 mm)
Horizontal Joints 1/8 (3 mm) 3/16 (5 mm) (6.3 mm)
Where RT is required, weld reinforcement shall not exceed 1/16 (1.5 mm) for plates <=1/2 (12 mm), 3/32 (2.4 mm) for plates over (12 mm) through 1 (25 mm), and 1/8 (3 mm) for plates over 1 (25 mm) thickness. Weld repairs shall be feathered to a 4:1 taper.
I.
Page 49 of 58
Attachment 14 - API 650 Acceptance Criteria 1.0 API 650 "Welded Steel Tanks for Oil Storage" 1.1 In process examination shall meet the following: A. All base materials shall be identified as to type and grade (i.e; A106B, SA516 G70, etc.) and identified by the mill heat number if CMTRs are required by drawing or purchase order. Review drawing to determine if CVN testing is required, (if so, CMTRs are required). Joint preparation and cleanliness shall be in accordance with the WPS. Edges of Plates to be welded shall not be manually gas cut. Vertical joints shall be staggered a minimum of five times the plate thickness. Check welder qualifications, base material for conformance to the WPS. Welding filler materials shall be in accordance with the WPS. Tracing by AWS Classification heat and lot number to the weld joint is required for CVN applications. Low Hydrogen electrodes are required for SMAW when welding: 1. 2. 3. Attachment of the first shell course to the bottom or annular plates. For shell courses over (12 mm) thick made from material Groups I III. For all welds, including temporary and permanent attachments, in shell courses made of material from Groups IV VI.
B.
C. D.
E.
Preheating prior to cutting or welding (including tacking) shall be in accordance with the WPS. Fit-up shall be in accordance with the WPS except misalignment of vertical buttwelds for plates over 5/8 (16 mm) shall not exceed the lesser of 1/8 (3 mm) or 10% of the plate thickness, and shall not exceed 1/16 (1.5 mm) for plates 5/8 (16 mm) or less. For horizontal butt joints, the upper plate shall not project over the lower plate by more than the lesser of 1/8 (3 mm) or 20% of the plate thickness for plates 5/16 (8 mm) and over. For plates under 5/16 (8 mm), the projection shall not exceed 1/16 (1.5 mm). Do not taper plate joints. Tack welds shall be made by qualified welders. Tack welds in vertical butt joints to be manually welded shall be removed before welding. Tack welds in horizontal butt joints, lap and fillet welded joints need not be removed. Provided they are free of cracks, slag, porosity, lack of fusion, cold lap and the ends prepared by grinding for incorporation into the next weld pass.
F.
G. H.
I.
Page 50 of 58
J.
The backside of double welded joints shall be backgouged to sound metal and visually examined prior to welding. Each weld pass shall be free of porosity, slag, cold lap, cracks and other indications that would compromise weld quality. Arc strikes shall be properly removed and areas visually examined.
K.
L. 1.2
Final Visual Examination shall be in accordance with the following: A. B. No porosity. No linear indications such as cracks or cold lap or other indications that would compromise weld quality. Undercut does not exceed: 1. 1/64 inch (0.4 mm) for vertical butt joints and for welds that attach nozzles, manholes, clean out openings and permanent attachment. 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) for horizontal butt joints.
C.
2. D.
Surface porosity does not exceed one cluster (one or more pores) in any 4 inches (10 cm) of length and the diameter of each cluster or pore does not exceed 3/32 inch (2.4 mm). No lack of fusion. No under-filled (weld cap) areas. Weld reinforcement (internal or external) shall meet the following: PLATE THICKNESS (INCHES) MAXIMUM THICKNESS OF REINFORCEMENT (INCHES)
E. F. G.
1/2 inch (12 mm) or less Over 1/2 inch to 1 inch (12-25 mm) Over 1 inch (25 mm)
H.
Vertical Joints 3/32 (2.4 mm) 1/8 (3 mm) 3/16 (5 mm)
Horizontal Joints 1/8 (3 mm) 3/16 (5 mm) (6.3 mm)
Where RT is required, weld reinforcement shall not exceed 1/16 (1.5 mm) for plates <= (12 mm), 3/32 (2.4 mm) for plates over (12 mm) through 1 (25 mm), and 1/8 (3 mm) for plates over 1 (25 mm) thickness. Areas where temporary attachments have been removed shall be ground smooth and visually inspected. Peaking at vertical joints and banding at horizontal joints shall not exceed (12 mm) when using a 36 (1 m) sweep board (for vertical joints, the sweep board must meet tank curvature).
Page 51 of 58
I.
J.
Attachment 15 - AWWA D100 (Identical to AWS D5.2) Acceptance Criteria 1.0 AWWA D100 (identical to AWS D5.2) "Welded Steel Elevated Tanks, Standpipes, and Reservoirs for Water Storage" 1.1 In process examination shall meet the following: A. All base materials shall be identified as to type and grade (i.e; A106B, SA516 G70, etc.). Joint preparation and cleanliness shall be in accordance with the WPS. Straight edges of plates to be welded shall not be manually cut with oxy-fuel methods. Check welder qualifications, base material for conformance to the WPS. Welding filler materials shall be in accordance with the WPS. Preheating prior to cutting or welding (including tacking) shall be in accordance with the WPS. Fit-up shall be accordance with WPS except misalignment of vertical (and other primary stress joints) butt-welds for plates over 5/8 (16 mm) shall not exceed the lesser of (6.3 mm) or 10% of the plate thickness, and shall not exceed 1/16 (1.5 mm) for plates 5/8 (16 mm) or less. For horizontal (and other secondary stress joints) butt joints for plates over 5/8 (16 mm) shall not exceed the lesser of 3/8 (9.5 mm) or 20% of the plate thickness. And shall not exceed 1/8 (3 mm) for plates 5/8 (16 mm) and less. Do not taper plates. Tack welds shall be made by qualified welders and visually inspected. The separation between lap joints shall not be greater than 1/16 inch (1.5 mm). Where separation occurs, the weld size shall be increased by the amount of separation. The backside of double welded joints shall be backgouged to sound metal and visually examined prior to welding. Each weld pass shall be free of porosity, slag, cold lap, cracks and other indications that would compromise weld quality. Arc strikes shall be properly removed and areas visually examined.
B.
C. D. E.
F.
G. H.
I.
J.
K.
Page 52 of 58
1.2
Final Visual Examination shall be in accordance with the following: A. B. C. No cracks. No porosity. Undercut does not exceed: 1. 2. D. E. 1/64 inch (0.4 mm) for vertical joints (lap or butt weld). 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) for horizontal joints (lap or butt weld).
No lack of fusion. No linear indications such as cracks or cold lap or other indications that would compromise weld quality. No underfilled (weld cap) areas. Weld reinforcement, internal and external, shall not exceed the following:
F. G.
Plate Thickness (Inches) inch (12 mm) and less Over 1/2/ inch to 1 inch (12-25 mm) Over 1 inch (25 mm)
Maximum Thickness of Reinforcement (Inches) Vertical Joints Horizontal Joints 3/32 (2.4 mm) 1/8 (3 mm) 1/8 (3 mm) 3/16 (5 mm) 3/16 (5 mm) 1/4 (6.3 mm)
H.
Welders identification shall be stamp (low stress stamps) adjacent to the weld at intervals not to exceed 3 feet (1 m)or the constructor may supply a record of welders employed on each joint. Peaking at vertical joints and banding at horizontal joints shall not exceed (12 mm) when using a 36 (1 m) sweep board (for vertical joints, the sweep board must meet tank curvature).
I.
Page 53 of 58
Attachment 16 - ANSI/AWS D1.1 / D1.6 Acceptance Criteria 1.0 ANSI/AWS D1.1, STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE-STEEL (STATICALLY LOADED) ANSI/AWS D1.6, STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE-STAINLESS STEEL (STATICALLY LOADED) 1.1 In process weld examination shall meet the following: A. Joint preparation shall be in accordance with the WPS. Full and complete information regarding location, type, size, and extent of all welds shall be clearly shown on the drawings. The drawings shall clearly distinguish between shop and field welds. Fit-up, cleanliness and alignment of butt welds shall be in accordance with the WPS. Backing bar gap shall not exceed 1/6 inch (1.5 mm). Fillet weld fit-up gap shall meet the WPS unless otherwise specified on the drawing. If the gap is greater than 1/16 inch (1.5 mm), the leg of the fillet weld shall be increased by the amount of the root opening. Check welder qualification, filler material for conformance with the WPS. For butt welding parts of unequal thickness, the joint preparation shall provide for a transition at a taper not-to-exceed 1:2 1/2. Chamfering of the parts shall be a specified on the drawing, otherwise the taper shall be accomplished across the weld joint. Parts to be butt welded shall not exceed a mismatch of 10% of the thinner of the two members being joined, but in no case more than 1/8" (3 mm). In correcting misalignment, the parts shall be drawn in to a slope not greater than 1/2 inch (12 mm) in 12 inches (30 cm). In addition, where the thicknesses of the two members being joined differ, the weld and/or base materials are to be tapered to a smooth transition with slop not-to-exceed 1 inch 2 1/2 inches.
B.
C.
D. E.
F.
1.2
Final Visual Weld Examination shall be in accordance with the following: A. B. C. D. E. F. No porosity. No linear indications such as cracks, lack of fusion, cold laps. No slag or weld spatter (including base material). No craters except for ends of intermittent fillet welds outside their effective length. No under filled areas. Undercut: AWS D1.1 For material less than 1 (25 mm) thick, undercut shall not exceed 1/32 (0.8 mm) except a maximum of 1/16 (1.5 mm) is permitted for an accumulated length of 2 (50 mm) in any 12 (30 cm). For material equal to or greater than 1 (30 cm), undercut shall not exceed 1/16 (1.5 mm) for any length of weld. AWS D1.6 For material less than 3/16 (5 mm), undercut shall not exceed
Page 54 of 58
.010 (0.25 mm). For material equal to 3/16 (5 mm) and less than 1 (25 mm), undercut shall not exceed 1/32 (0.8 mm). 1/16 (1.5 mm) undercut is permitted for an accumulated length of 2 (50 mm) in any 12 (30 cm) for material greater than (15 cm) thick. G. H. Butt weld reinforcement shall not exceed 1/8 inch (3 mm). Convexity of a fillet weld shall not exceed .07 times the actual width, plus .06 inch (1.5 mm). Any offset of outside surfaces shall be faired to a 1:2 1/2 taper over the width of the weld. In any single continuous fillet weld the actual size may be less than the specified size by not more than 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) provided that the undersize portion does not exceed 10 percent of the weld length. On web-to-flange welds on girders, no under-run is permitted at the ends for a length equal to twice the width of the flange. NOTE: Visual examination for A514 and A517 steels shall be performed not less than 48 hours after completion of the weld.
I.
J.
Page 55 of 58
Attachment 17 - Numbering of Pipe Weld Joints All pressure retaining welds and attachment welds to pressure piping shall be given a unique number which will serve to identify all data concerning the weld. 1.0 Field Welds - All pressure retaining piping welds and attachment welds shall be numbered. Upon receipt of the isometric drawings or layout piping plans, the Site Quality Manager shall (if possible) pre-number all field welds. If this pre-numbering proves impractical, the Welding Inspector shall assign weld numbers as the welds are made. A Log may be used to identify the weld numbers already assigned to ensure that no duplication of weld numbers occurs. Certain things need to be emphasized: Remember that it is of primary importance to assign a unique weld number to all field welding. Once this number is assigned, do not change it for any reason. Do not renumber isometrics to keep the weld numbers consecutive in the direction of flow. Use the next available number for any alterations or additional welds. If a portion of piping containing assigned welds is cut out of a system and discarded do not reuse these weld numbers but note on the isometric that these welds are void and show the new welds on the current isometric revision. Cut shop welds will be assigned field weld numbers. If the shop weld and mark piece can be identified, note this in the remarks portion of the Daily Welding Report. 1.1 SOCKET WELDS, HALF COUPLINGS, WELDOLETS (UNDER 2" or 5 cm) All socket welds shall be numbered by isometric drawing. Each sheet shall start with weld 1 and be numbered with the flow. In the event that additional welds are added, use the next numbers not previously used on each sheet for the new welds. In this manner all socket welds will have a single digit or two digit weld number. Half couplings and weldolets (under 2" or 5 cm) shall also have a single digit or two digit weld number assigned by isometric drawing. In other works, the numbering of a series of half coupling on a header will be welds 1, 2, 3 etc. on the main header line number which shows these welds. The socket welds on lines running from these half couplings will be numbered as described above, for each line number. 1.2 BUTT WELDS, BRANCH CONNECTIONS (2" or 5 cm AND OVER), WELDOLETS (2" or 5 cm AND OVER) ETC. All butt welds, mitre welds, branch connections (2" or 5 cm and over), weldolets (2" or 5 cm and over) and slip-on flanges shall have a three digit weld number running consecutively throughout all lines contained in the modification. Each modification shall begin with weld 001 and numbered with the flow to the end of the line. Additional lines should continue with the next number and progress until all such welds are numbered. A log attached to the field welding isometric package should readily identify the last weld number used. If additional welds are needed, the next unused numbers will be assigned and logged. On modifications where it is not practical to pre-number the welds, the next consecutive number, as determined by the log, shall be used as the welding progresses. 1.3 ATTACHMENT WELDS Attachment welds shall be numbered using the nearest (upstream) piping weld as a part of the weld number with the suffix "X1". In other words, a shoe welded between welds 021 and 022 will be numbered 021X1. Additional attachment welds in this area will be
Page 56 of 58
numbered 021X2 and 021X3, etc. In the common case of a reinforcing pad, all welds will refer to the field weld number joining the pipe-to-branch pipe. The pad-to-branch pipe weld will be "X1". In other words, the stub-in weld will be a three digit weld number, say 007, with the pad-to-branch pipe weld 007X1 and the pad-to-main pipe weld 007X2. 1.4 DOUBLE-JOINTED PIPE When straight run pipe is being double jointed on the ground, and it is not certain which line it belongs t, then use the prefix "DJ" before these field welds. Maintain a separate log of "DJ" welds that is unique to the "DJ" number using Exhibit 9-7R, Welding/NDE Status Log (Double Joints). In other words, there will only be on DJ-1 on the entire job. Ensure each "DJ" weld is marked twice at 120 intervals. Weld maps shall accurately show the final location of all "DJ" welds. Each isometric drawing shall have Exhibit 9-6R, Welding/NDE Status Log, attached over the Bill of Material section. This log must be maintained on a daily basis as it will serve as a complete summary of all NDE/PWHT performed on that portion of the line. This information is essential when the time comes to provide NDE clearance for test packages. 2.0 Pipe Shop Welding - All welds on piping fabricated in the Site Pipe Shop shall be given a unique number by the Pipe Shop Supervisor prior to fabrication. All mark pieces shown on an isometric drawing shall be assigned consecutive numbers beginning with the lowest numbered mark piece and numbered with the flow until all shop welds on all mark pieces on the isometric have been identified. Any additional welds on any mark piece shall be given the next unassigned number on the isometric. In other words the first weld on the first mark piece will be "SW1" and continuing throughout all mark pieces on the isometric drawing. Thus the unit number, line number sheet number, mark piece number and weld number will constitute an unique weld identification as required. 2.1 Double Jointed Welds - All random length piping being welded by the Site Pipe Shop into double (or triple) lengths for ease in field erection shall be given a unique number. If the line number and line class are unknown at the time of fabrication these welds shall be given consecutive four digit weld numbers prefixed by "DJ". A log shall be maintained by the Pipe Shop Supervisor of the "DJ" weld numbers used to prevent duplication of weld numbers. All "DJ" weld numbers shall be hard stamped or etched across the weld in two locations 120 degrees apart, 60 either side of the welders stamp. These "DJ" welds shall be radiographed 100 % and stockpiled for eventual use. These welds will be tracked as "Unassigned Welds" and transferred when the actual modification, line number and class are known. All random length piping being double (or triple) jointed in the Site Pipe Shop where the modification number, line number and line class are known at the time of fabrication shall be given consecutive three digit shop weld numbers beginning with SW100 and numbered consecutively within that particular modification. These welds will be subject to the normal shop weld NDE requirements and welder control based on the line class requirements. These weld numbers shall be hard stamped or etched as described above with the exception of "DJ" prefix which will be "SW" in this case.
Page 57 of 58
All random length piping double (or triple) jointed in the field for installation on a particular modification where the line number and line class are known shall be given consecutive field weld numbers within the modification. These numbers shall be hard stamped or etched by the Piping Supervisor for eventual location in the piping system. These welds shall be subject to the normal NDE and welder control for the line class at the time of production. 2.1.1 Piping Drawings All field welds on pressure piping (both pressure retaining and attachment welds) shall be accurately located on the isometric drawing (or plot plan). Since other records will show the welder and the date or production (Daily Welding Report, Line Welding and NDE Record) this information is not necessary to include on the drawing. Double joint ("DS") random length pipe welds shall be accurately shown on the isometric, rack, or plot plan drawings in relation to the field tie-in welds.
Page 58 of 58
SURVEILLANCE REPORT
ID A02201
Report No.
Satisfactory
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2

ID W79001
Remarks
Date Date
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
POST WELD HEAT TREATMENT LOG

ID W79002

Client Other

Log No.
Line No.
Line Class
Sheet No.
Mark No.
Weld No.
Weld Type
Circuit No.
Completion Date
Initials
Welding Supervisor: Inspector: Subcontractor

Date: Date: Fluor Field Engineering

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F79002 Rev 0 Post Weld Heat Treatment Log.doc
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
NONDESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION SCOPE This procedure describes the activities and controls for performing nondestructive examination of weldments when specified by project requirements. Methods within the scope of this procedure include radiographic testing (RT), ultrasonic testing (UT), magnetic particle test (MT), liquid penetrant test (PT), positive material identification test (PMI) and hardness test (HT). RESPONSIBILITY - Self-Perform ACTIVITY Perform RT, UT, MT, PT, PMI, HT Technical Supervision of NDE Selection for NDE and Status Maintenance Coordinate Weld Repairs RESPONSIBILITY NDE Coordinator NDE Coordinator DOCUMENTATION Report as specified in the approved NDE Procedure _____ Welds: 000.509.F79201
000.509.F79204
FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY Per specifications _____
NDE Coordinator
or NEWS program. Other than welds:

000.509.F79204
Per specifications
Welding Specialist
_____
Each rejected weld
Responsibility - Subcontracted Work ACTIVITY Perform RT, UT, MT, PT, PMI, HT Technical Supervision of NDE Selection for NDE and Status Maintenance Coordinate Weld Repairs Surveillance NOTE 1: RESPONSIBILITY Subcontractor Subcontractor DOCUMENTATION Report as specified in the approved NDE Procedure _____ Welds: 000.509.F79201 000.509.F79204 or NEWS program. Other than welds: 000.509.F79204 _____ 000.509.F02201 FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY Per specification _____
NDE Coordinator (Note 1)
Per specification
Subcontractor QC Inspector
Each rejected weld
Daily during life of activity. This activity may be delegated to the Installation Subcontractor
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7920 Rev 0 Non Destructive Examination.doc
Page 1 of 6
GENERAL Fluor personnel performing RT, UT, MT, PT, and PMI are to be qualified and certified to the requirements of NDE Practice 000.511.0101 "Certification of Nondestructive Examination Personnel", found in the Nondestructive Examination (NDE) Manual Fluor Enterprises, Inc., 000.511.0000. Personnel performing hardness tests must be trained in the use of the equipment and procedure but do not require certification. Fluor self-performed NDE will be performed in accordance with the referenced NDE procedures. Perform RT, UT, MT, PT, PMI, HT Volumetric Nondestructive Tests should be completed and results reported within 24 hours after the welds are reported as complete. For special circumstances, such as the start of the welding program, or when the NDE Contractor does not have a jobsite laboratory, welds requiring radiography may be accumulated, but in these cases there should not be a backlog of more than ten (10) welds. Other NDE methods should be completed as soon after the NDE request as practical.
Technical Supervision of NDE includes: The activities listed under Technical Supervision of procedure 000.509.0090and activities listed under the NDE Coordinator responsibilities of 000.509.0040.
Weld Selection and Status Maintenance includes: Obtain a weld map (developed by 000.509.7910) and post the status of NDE for line classes requiring 100% NDE by a specific method or for individual welds requiring NDE by specification. Also post the status of welds that have been postweld heat treated. Alternately, Form 000.509.F79204 may also be kept for each isometric sheet. Either of these documents is to provide for accountability that all welds on the line were examined and accepted. Using the "Daily Welding Report" and the Post Weld Heat Treatment Log (000.509.F79001 and 000.509.F79002), select the welds for NDE as they are completed. Examine the selected welds for surface contour that may interfere with the NDE method. Notify the NDE Contractor or the inspector if self-performed, of the required NDE, by submission of a copy of the Nondestructive Examination Request/Record (000.509.F79202). Maintain the original to verify completion of NDE. Maintain a tickler file of rejected welds. The Site NDE Coordinator's copy of the NDE Report shall remain in the tickler file until the repair for that weld is noted as accepted on a subsequent report. At that time, the reports of the original and repaired weld and the radiographic film for both welds, shall all be placed together in the file. The acceptance date shall be logged on the isometric sheet or line sketch.
Page 2 of 6
The data on 000.509.F79202, Nondestructive Examination Request /Record, the NDE Reports (annotated with Fluor Site NDE Coordinator review) and the Radiographic film shall be traceable to the weld location shown on the spool drawing or pipeline sketch.
Selection of Welds under a random radiographic program includes: Select welds for random radiography to satisfy ASME B31 requirements from individual welder histories established on the "Welder B31.3 Random Radiography Control Log "Form 000.509.F79201. Welds to be radiographed for random radiography must be selected from sample lots established from the data on Form 000.509.F79201. For simplicity, it is suggested that sample lots be established as 20 welds for 5% radiography. Select the first two welds made by a welder on a system requiring random radiography to confirm the welder's proficiency in production. These two production welds shall not be counted as part of the random radiography sample lot. This should be waived if other welds made by the welder were radiographed. Identify the welds to be radiographed. Notify the Foreman of the welds selected for radiography. Log the radiographic examination results for random radiography on Form 000.509.F79201"Welder B31.3 Random Radiography Control Log". Post the completed welds reported by the foreman, the date reported, and the results of radiography on the Weld Map. Notify the Foreman and Welding Specialist of the results. For random radiography, when a weld is rejected, select two previous similar welds by the same welder, from a specified sample lot, for additional radiography, in compliance with ANSI B31.3. The selection shall be made from the welder's history on Form 000.509.F79201 "Welder B-31.3 Random Radiography Control Log. The welds are to be selected from the sample lot used to select the initial weld. Selection of welds and maintenance of status can be performed using the computer program NEWS. In this case, the forms for manual weld tracking (000.509.F79201and 000.509.F79204) do not need to be maintained. It is recommended that the NEWS program be used for projects with 200 or more joints to be radiographed. Issue periodic weld reject rate reports for welds examined by radiography using Form 000.509.F79203, "Radiographic Rejectable Defects Statistics". When statistical data indicates high or increasing reject rates, the Site Manager, the Welding Specialist, and the Quality Manager shall be informed. A copy of the weld reject rate reports should be sent to the Construction Technology Welding Engineer. This section also applies if UT is substituted for RT.
NOTE: Informative RT shall not be performed on welds that have been capped out.
Page 3 of 6
Coordination of Weld Repairs includes: For those welds which have been rejected, determine the exact location, extent, and nature of the defect. Consult with the welder and foreman on defect cause and prevention and repair technique. When the weld has been repaired, have the weld reported on the "Daily Welding Report" to schedule radiography of the repair. Identify the repaired weld with the identification number previously assigned, except the subscript R1 shall be added after the designation. Subscripts shall designate subsequent repairs of the same welds, such as R2 and R3, until the weld is determined to be acceptable by examination.
FORMS Quality Control Forms: 000.509.F79201 000.509.F79202 000.509.F79203 000.509.F79204 000.509.F79205 000.509.F79001 000.509.F79002 Welder B31.3 Random Radiography Control Log Nondestructive Examination Request/Record Radiographic Rejectable Defects Statistics Welding/NDE Status Log Ferrite Test Report Daily Welding Report Post Weld Heat Treatment Log
Fluor Nondestructive Examination Procedures: (See the Nondestructive Examination (NDE) Manual Fluor Enterprises, Inc., 000.511.0000) Practice: 000 511 0101 Practice: 000 511 0104 Practice: 000 511 0106 Practice: Practice: Practice: Practice: 000 511 0108 000 511 0109 000 511 0116 000 511 0117 Certification of Nondestructive Examination Personnel Liquid Penetrant Examination of Weldments and Materials - ASME Code (Visual Dye/Solvent Removable) Magnetic Particle Examination of Weldments and Materials (Dry Particles - Continuous Method) Radiographic Examination of Weldments Ultrasonic Examination Methods Positive Material Identification Testing using X-Ray Diffraction Hardness Testing of Weldments
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 1 ASME B31.3 Random Radiography Requirements Reference
Page 4 of 6
Attachment 1 ASME B31.3 Random Radiography Requirements Reference
If ACCEPTABLE, all welds in this welder's lot are considered to be acceptable Select weld from welder's lot of welds **
** Note: The first two pressure piping butt welds radiographed for each welder are not to be included in the welder's lot. Radiograph 4th Weld 2nd Weld Acceptable 3rd Weld Rejected Radiograph 5th Weld
If BOTH additional welds are ACCEPTABLE, consider the balance of the welds in this lot to be acceptable.
Radiograph Weld Radiograph 2nd Weld Radiograph 3rd Weld 2nd Weld Rejected 3rd Weld Acceptable
If EITHER of these welds are REJECTED, all welds by this welder in this lot shall be 100% Radiographed.*
Radiograph 4th Weld Radiograph 5th Weld
If ALL FOUR of these welds are ACCEPTABLE, consider the balance of the welds in this lot to be acceptable.
2nd Weld Rejected 3rd Weld Rejected
Radiograph 6th Weld Radiograph 7th Weld If ANY of these four welds are REJECTED, all of the welds by this welder in this lot shall be 100% Radiographed.*
If REJECTED, select two additional welds from same lot
If BOTH additional welds are acceptable, the balance of welds in this welder's lot are considered to be acceptable.
ALL REJECTED WELDS MUST BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED AS NECESSARY TO MEET APPLICABLE QUALITY *NOTE: WELDER MAY BE REQUIRED TO DEMONSTRATE HIS ABILITY TO PRODUCE WELDS QUALITY STANDARDS.
Page 5 of 6
Page 6 of 6
WELDER B31.3 RANDOM RADIOGRAPHY CONTROL LOG

Weld Identification Cumulative Butt Welds Date Welded Date Examined Weld Number Examination Data Two B31.3 Tracer Welds Selected For Each Reject Accepted (A) Rejected (R)
ID W79201
Drawing Number (Line And Sheet)
Defects And Disposition
Defects and Disposition Symbols B31.3 Interpretation Defects CK IP LF UC P S CR EL Crack Incomplete Penetration Lack of Fusion Undercutting Porosity Slag Concave Root Surface Elongated Indication GO GS CW R1 R2 Welders Name Welders Symbol Prepared By: Repair Instructions Grind Out, remove area with defect Grind Surface Cutout Weld, slice in weld plane First Repair Second Repair
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F79201 Rev 0 Welder B31.3 Random Radiography Control Log.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F79201 Rev 0 Welder B31.3 Random Radiography Control Log.doc
Page 2 of 2
NONDESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION REQUEST/RECORD

Type Examination Radiographic Liquid Penetrant Magnetic Partical Examination Data Line No./Spool Sheet: Location: P No./Material: Pipe Size/Schedule: Acceptance criteria (code): Weld No. Welder Symbol P No. / Material Pipe Size/ Schedule
ID W79202

Ultrasonic Hardness Testing PMI

Date: Requested by:

Site NDE Coordinator
Location
Line No/Sheet
Date NDE Completed
Note: The Following Identification Shall Be Plainly And Permanently Included On The Radiographic Film: Project No., Line No., Weld No., Welder Symbol, Date Of Radiography.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F79202 Rev 0 Non Destructive Examination Request Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F79202 Rev 0 Non Destructive Examination Request Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
RADIOGRAPHIC REJECTABLE DEFECTS STATISTICS

Process Reporting Period From To
ID W79203
Rejectable Butt Welds This Reporting Period

Number Of Butt Welds Radiographed Number Of Butt Welds Rejected Percent Rejected
Accumulative Job Totals

Number Of Butt Welds Radiographed Number Of Butt Welds Rejected Percent Rejected
Rejectable Defect Classification This Reporting Period Lack of Fusion Cracks Undercut Incomplete Penetration Concave Root Slag Inclusions Porosity Elongated Indication Remarks Lack of Fusion Cracks Undercut Incomplete Penetration Concave Root Slag Inclusions Porosity Elongated Indication Accumulative Job Totals
General Notes: 1. This exhibit is to be used to track weld quality levels as determined by butt weld radiography. 2. Keep separate records for each weld process, controlling code, random or 100% radiography. 3. Report high or increasing defect rates or repetitive defect types to the Jobsite Welding Specialist and the Construction Project Manager.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F79203 Rev 0 Radiographic Rejectable Defects Statistic.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F79203 Rev 0 Radiographic Rejectable Defects Statistic.doc
Page 2 of 2
WELDING/NDE STATUS LOG

Line No. Welder Symbol Line Class Date Welded RT/UT Accept Date Sheet No. PT/MT Accept Date PWHT Date Revision BH Date
ID W79204
Weld No.
Remarks
NDE Technician : Fluor QA Inspector:
Date: Date:
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F79204 Rev 0 Welding-NDE Status Log.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F79204 Rev 0 Welding-NDE Status Log.doc
Page 2 of 2
FERRITE TEST REPORT

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor Acceptable FN No.
Equipment Number or Isometric Drawing Number Weld Number Base Material Welders ID Stamp Location
ID W79205

Client Other

00
900
1800
2700
AVG
Remarks
NDE Technician/Date
Fluor QA Inspector/Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F79205 Rev 0 Ferrite Test Report.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F79205 Rev 0 Ferrite Test Report.doc
Page 2 of 2

ID W79001
Remarks
Date Date
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
POST WELD HEAT TREATMENT LOG

ID W79002

Client Other

Log No.
Line No.
Line Class
Sheet No.
Mark No.
Weld No.
Weld Type
Circuit No.
Completion Date
Initials
Welding Supervisor: Inspector: Subcontractor

Date: Date: Fluor Field Engineering

Name Signature Date
Fluor QA
Page 1 of 2
Page 2 of 2
POSITIVE MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION EXAMINATION SCOPE This procedure describes the activities and controls for performing Positive Material Identification (PMI) examination of specified alloy and other special materials in accordance with the requirements of project specifications. RESPONSIBILITY Materials Supplied by Fluor to Subcontractors ACTIVITY Warehouse Receiving Receiving Inspection Perform PMI Identification Document Results Technically Supervise PMI Resolve Accept and Rejects RESPONSIBILITY Warehouse Manager/Supervisor Site Quality Manager Fluor NDE Coordinator/ Subcontractor Subcontractor Fluor NDE Coordinator/ Subcontractor Site Quality Manager Site Quality Manager DOCUMENTATION FREQUENCY On-going _____ Project Specifications _____ Form 000.509.F79301 Form 000.509.F79302 Form 000.509.F79304 _____ Project Specifications On-going Per Specification On-going Each test _____ Per Rejects
RESPONSIBILITY Subcontractor Supplied Materials and Alloy Welds ACTIVITY Receiving Inspection Perform PMI PMI of Welds Identification Document Results Technically Supervise PMI Resolve Accept and Rejects RESPONSIBILITY Subcontractor Quality Manager NDE Subcontractor Subcontractor Quality Manager Subcontractor Subcontractor Subcontractor Quality Manager Subcontractor Quality Manager DOCUMENTATION _____ Project Specifications Project Specifications _____ Form 000.509.F79301 Form 000.509.F79302 Form 000.509.F79304 _____ Project Specifications _____ Per Rejects FREQUENCY On-going Per Specification Per Specification On-going
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7930 Rev 0 Positive Material Identification Examination.doc
Page 1 of 10
GENERAL Warehouse Receiving Inspection The Warehouse Supervisor shall be responsible for receiving inspection to confirm that all incoming alloy and special materials are received with the required positive material identification (PMI) performed, with PMI identification coding in place, and, when specified, with PMI documentation confirming identity verification conformance. (Note: material test reports do not satisfy the requirement for PMI documentation.) Nonconforming items (alloy or special materials for which the required PMI has not been performed, items without the required PMI identification coding in place, and/or items without PMI documentation) shall be placed in a Quarantine area or tagged Hold until such time as the nonconformance is resolved. The Material Manager shall be responsible for obtaining disposition for incoming items found to be nonconforming. The Site Quality Manager shall be notified of any alloy or special materials identified at initial Warehouse Receiving as nonconforming. NOTE: Do Not release nonconforming or indeterminate materials, components, or equipment for use in the facilities being constructed. Provide notification to the NDE Coordinator when alloy or special materials are received at the construction site. Request PMI analysis for alloy and special materials received at warehouse by notification to the NDE Coordinator. Provide an area in the warehouse for receiving inspection. Palletize piping components or other small items for Receiving Inspection and place in a Hold area. Identify the location of alloy pipe, plate, or large fabrication and equipment items that have been received and require Receiving Inspection confirmation of prior PMI.
Subcontractor Receiving Inspection Each Subcontractor is responsible to ensure that all items supplied to him by Fluor or the subcontractors own vendors/suppliers meets the requirements of the project specifications. Nonconforming items (alloys for which the required PMI has not been performed, items without the required PMI identification coding in place, and/or items without PMI documentation) shall be placed in a Quarantine area until such time as the nonconformance is resolved. The Subcontractor Quality Manager shall be responsible for obtaining disposition for incoming items found to be nonconforming.
Page 2 of 10
Perform Positive Material Identification PMI will be performed by trained personnel whose ability to successfully operate the PMI test equipment has been documented by test. Non-destructive methods used for PMI testing shall be capable of identifying the material quantitatively. Acceptable test equipment for non-destructive PMI testing is listed below: Portable x-ray fluorescence analyzers. Use is limited to the following instruments or their equivalents unless Fluor Engineer gives prior approval. The Engineer may designate another instrument as equivalent based on demonstrated and documented performance testing. TN Technologies Alloy Analyzer 9266, 9277 (The metallurgist XR) or Metallurgist Pro. Metorex X-MET 880, X-MET 960 or X-MET 2000. Portable optical emission analyzers. Use is limited to the following instruments or their equivalent unless Fluor Engineer gives prior approval. Care shall be taken not to damage critical surfaces (e.g., bearings) when using optical emission analyzers. SpectroPORT Model TP-07 or TFO-02, Specto Test F. Metroex ARC-MET 900 or ARC-MET 930. Extent of PMI shall be per the project specifications.
PMI of Alloy Piping All field installed alloy piping will be 100% PMI verified in the as installed position. Each spool and the weld will be verified and results documented on the fabrication spool drawing/isometric, listed on the PMI point sheet and marked with the appropriate verification color by the PMI Technician as each point is analyzed. See Attachment 1 for complete instruction.
PMI of Welding Wire (Bare) Bare wire shall be purchased in unopened manufacturers containers. Each container must have the AWS Classification, heat and lot number clearly marked. Filler metal certification is required.
Page 3 of 10
The greatest of 5% or 5 pieces of welding wire shall be PMI checked from each container. Coated electrodes do not require PMI checks prior to use. Deposited filler metal (SMAW) must be PMI checked in the as welded condition.
Identification Each item (pipe spool, plate, weld, fitting, valve, etc.) that has been verified shall be marked using project specifications (See Attachment 2). Items which cannot accommodate this identification shall be individually tagged with the above. Paints/Markers used for applying color code for PMIV are controlled by the Site Quality Manager. Each fabricated spool must have verification marks applied to each component and weld by the PMI Technician. Pipe and fittings should be painted with a stripe that is parallel with the axis of the pipe. Welds should be marked along their circumference perpendicular to the axis of the pipe so that the verification markings will be visible when the pipe spool is installed. Small connections and short branches should be painted through their entire length.
Document Results Document PMI test results on the appropriate Positive Material Identification (PMI) Inspection Reports Form 000.509.F79301, 000.509.F79302 or 000.509.F79303.
Technically Supervise PMI will include: Ensuring that only properly trained personnel conduct PMI testing in accordance with a procedure which has been reviewed and approved by the Fluor NDE Level III. The Site Quality Manager shall have overall responsibilities for the implementation of this PMI Program.
Verification of PMI A Fluor Quality Representative must witness initial calibration/standardization of the PMI equipment at the start of each work period and observe PMI testing randomly during the work period to assure compliance with this procedure. A Fluor Quality Representative must witness a minimum of 5% of all PMI testing randomly during the work period.
Page 4 of 10
These observations must be noted on the PMI isometrics by initialing and dating the drawing and listing test points that are witnessed by the Fluor Quality Representative. A Weekly PMI log, Form 000.509.F79304 will be maintained by the Fluor Quality Representative to verify the percentage of PMI testing observed.
Resolved Accept and Rejects If the PMI test results fall outside of the acceptable ranges, the item will be rejected. All rejected materials shall be isolated in a "Quarantine" area, tagged "REJECTED", and a Nonconformance Report initiated. When an item from a representative sample is rejected: a) 100% of the remaining components from which the sample was taken shall be examined. b) 100% of the components from the next two lots shall be examined. c) If no further components are rejected in a) or b), above, the extent of examination shall return to that specified in project specifications. Rejected items shall be returned to the original source of supply at no cost to the Fluor.
REFERENCES Quality Control Forms: 000.509.F79301 000.509.F79302 000.509.F79303 000.509.F79304 ATTACHMENTS Attachment 1 Attachment 2 Project Specifications: 000 285 85012 General Specification for Positive Material Identification (PMI) PMI Procedure for the Field Color Code for Metal Identification PMI Inspection Record Bulk Material Positive Material Identification Record Pipe Spool Positive Material Identification Record Point Sheet Weekly PMI Log
Page 5 of 10
Attachment 1
PMI Procedure for the Field
1.0 (a)
Piping: PMI Verification is dependent on the ability of Inspection to see the verification marking on each component and to compare visual verification with the listing of each component on a point sheet and spool drawing or field/shop isometric. These point sheets must be signed by the PMI technician who performed the tests and a Fluor Quality Representative. The verification marking should be a color that is not associated with other activities, (i.e. material color code, dismantling, blinding, etc.). Attachment 2 has designated colors to be used as verification markings on the most widely used alloys. These colors shall be listed in the PMI plan as per this attachment. In cases where an alloy is to be used that are not listed in Attachment 2, the alloy should be assigned a predetermined color and included in the PMI plan as such. All PMI locations must have PMI verification color markings and the PMI Technician must apply the markings at the time of actual PMI testing. Each component should be marked with a (12 mm) dot of the appropriate color marking. The markers used for PMIV are controlled by the Site Quality Manager and shall not be issued for any other application. The Site Quality Manager representative will issue them to the PMI technician at the fabrication facility or job site. All fabricated alloy spools shall be PMI checked at the time of receipt. PMI shall be performed at the, job-site or designated lay-down area by a qualified PMI Technician under the direct supervision of an the Site Quality Manager. Each check must be sequentially recorded, as each point is analyzed, not after the fact. The procedure for PMI should be as follows: 1. 2. 3. Obtain or make the drawing. Make the point sheet. Compare the drawing to point sheet while performing PMI to verify all components are listed. (If the PMI technician finds a point not listed on the point sheet, he should PMI the point and list it on the bottom of the point sheet as a sub-listing of the previous point. Example: a weld between points 5 and 6 would be numbered 5a). PMI the component and record results on the point sheet. Color-code the component. Repeat sequentially for the next component.
(b) (c) (d)
(e)
(f)
1.1 1.2 1.3
4. 5. 6.
Page 6 of 10
2.0 2.1 2.2
Drawings: Shop spool drawings of field isometric drawings must indicate all components. The spool drawings, isometrics and point sheets must be signed off as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. PMI Company PMI Technician name in print and date PMI Technician signature Site Quality Representative name in print and date Site Quality Mechanical Representative signature
2.3 2.4
Any alteration of shop spools must be noted on as-built shop spool drawings or isometrics and this information must be recorded on the primary point sheet. Completed spool drawings, isometrics and point sheets must be attached to Inspection isometrics. Number of PMI points for Piping Welds: Welds requiring PMI shall be inspected according to the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Automated welding---one sample from each girth or long seam. Manual welding---one sample from each girth seam < 24 in. (60 cm) diameter. Manual welding---two samples from each girth seam equal to or > 24 in. (60 cm) diameter. Autogenous welded pipe and fittings---PMI verification of base metal only. Semi-automatic welding in the 1 G (rotated) position---one sample from each girth seam.
3.0 3.1
4.0 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4
Ring Joint Gaskets: Ring joint gaskets (alloy) must be PMI tested and marked prior to installation. The PMI Technician should place a single (6.3 mm) diameter paint mark on each ring adjacent to the alloy designation of the ring gasket. All ring joint gaskets must be checked out of the designated holding facility by the piping job supervisor or foreman. PMI Verification will be dependent upon the placement of the ring gasket in the flange so that the Inspector can see the paint marking and the alloy designator for the ring. Valves: All alloy valves will be PMI tested in two (2) locations (Valve body and Bonnet). The PMI Technician will mark each location with the designated verification color.
5.0 5.1 5.2
Page 7 of 10
6.0 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5
Welding Wire (Bare): Bare wire shall be purchased in unopened manufacturers containers. Each container must have the AWS Classification, heat and lot number clearly marked. Filler metal certification is required. The greatest of 5% or 5 pieces of welding wire shall be PMI checked from each container. Coated electrodes do not require PMI checks prior to use. Deposited filler metal (SMAW) must be PMI checked in the as welded condition. Non-Conformances: If there is a component in a PMI system that does not meet the necessary chemistry, that component must be flagged with a color of flagging tape that does not conflict with other colors designated for NDE or PWHT. The PMI Technician must inform the Site Quality Manager immediately of any non-conformances and these must be corrected by the fabricator/erector as a matter of priority. Verification/Audit of PMI Procedure The Site Quality Representative must witness initial calibration/standardization of the PMI equipment at the start of each work period and observe PMI testing randomly during the work period to assure compliance with this procedure. These observations must be noted on the PMI point sheets by initialing the test points that are witnessed by the Site Quality Representative. The Site Quality Representative during the PMI operation must witness a minimum of 5% of all PMI testing. A weekly log will be maintained by the Site Quality Representative to verify the percentage of PMI testing observed.
7.0 7.1
8.0
Page 8 of 10
Attachment 2
Color Code for Metal Identification
SINGLE STRIPE MAGNETIC METALS Plain Carbon Steel Carbon Steel for LowTemperature Service (Below 20 F) Carbon-Moly Steel AISI 4140 Steel 1-1/4 Cr - 1/2 Mo steel, B-16 Studs 2-1/4 Cr - 1/2 Mo steel 5 Cr - 1/2 Mo steel 9 Cr - 1 Mo 12 Cr - 2 Mo Steel, Type 410S, 405 17 Cr Steel, Type 430 3-1/2 Ni Steel Ductile, Nodular Iron
COLOR None Yellow White Red Gray Orange Green Purple Black Pink Blue Brown
DOUBLE OR BROKEN STRIPE NONMAGNETIC METALS Aluminum - All Grades Type 304 (18 Cr - 8 Ni) Type 316 (16 Cr - 10 Ni- 3 Mo) Alloy 20 (20 Cr - 29 Ni) Red Brass (85 Cu - 15 Zn) Incoloy 800 (20 Cr -32 Ni) R.A. 330 (19 Cr -35 Ni - 1-1/4 Si) Type 304-L, Low-Carbon (16 Cr - 10 Ni - 3 Mo) Type 316-L Low Carbon (16 Cr - 10 Ni - 3 Mo) Hastelloy "B: (65 Ni - 30 Mo) Inconel 600 (72 Ni - 15 Cr) Monel (67 Ni - 30 Cu) Hastelloy "C" (60 Ni - 15 Cr - 17 Mo)
Page 9 of 10
Page 10 of 10
PMI INSPECTION RECORD

Tag Description: P. O. No.: Subcontractor: PMI Request By: Signature: Date: PMI Performed By: Signature: Date: Inspection Classification Subcontractor Fluor Tag No.: Turnover System:
ID W79301A

Client Other

Sub System: Location: PMI Equipment Used:
Purchase Order Number:
PMI Performed By: Signature:
Company Performing PMI:
PMI Will Be/Was Performed At: Examination Results/By Material Identification Item Or Tag No. Sample Size Material Mill Cert. No. Heat Number Description
Item Or Tag No.
Sample Size
Examination Results/Analyzed Material Chemical Composition Percentage Material Mill Cert. No. Heat Number Cr Mo Ni Mn Ti V Fe Co Cu Nb W
Address Of Supplier Responsible For Rejection (s) Additional Information Manhours And Loss Incurred From Rejections, Etc. PMI Supervisor
Signature/Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F79301 Rev 0 PMI Inspection Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F79301 Rev 0 PMI Inspection Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
BULK MATERIAL POSITIVE MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION RECORD

Calibration/Standardization Witnessed: Company: Standard Analyzed Purchase Order Number: Fabricators Pipe Spool Drawing (s): Location Where PMI Performed Item No. Line Item Description Type, Size, Rating Material Type PMI Performed by (Print Name): Signature/Date: PMI Analyzer Manufacturer & Model: Material Verified PMI Accept Reject Chemical Composition Percentage Cr Mo Ni MN Ti V FE Co Cu Nb W Print Name: Signature: Date:
ID W79302A
Site Quality Representative:
QTY
Body
Bonnet
Stem
Remarks
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F79302 Rev 0 Bulk Material PMI Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F79302 Rev 0 Bulk Material PMI Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
PIPE SPOOL POSITIVE MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION RECORD POINT SHEET

ID W79303A

Ni

Ti V
Calibration/Standardization Witnessed: Company: Standard Analyzed

PMI Points Line Number and Class
Chemical Composition Percentage Cr Mo MN FE Co Cu Nb W
Site Quality Representative: Print Name: Signature: Date:
MK #
Sheet #
Rev. #
PMI Results Accepted Rejected Print
PMI Technician Signature
Site Quality Representative Date Print Signature
of of of of of of of of of of of of of
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F79303 Rev 0 Pipe Spool PMI Record.doc
Page 1 of 2
PIPE SPOOL POSITIVE MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION RECORD POINT SHEET

PMI Points Line Number and Class MK # Sheet # Rev. # PMI Results Accepted Rejected Print PMI Technician Signature
ID W79303A
Site Quality Representative Date Print Signature
of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F79303 Rev 0 Pipe Spool PMI Record.doc
Page 2 of 2
WEEKLY PMI LOG

Calibration/Standardization Witnessed Start of Work Period Date Number of Points Witnessed # of # of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of Job # Sketch # PMI Technician
ID W79304A
Site Quality Representative
of of
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F79304 Rev 0 PMI Log.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F79304 Rev 0 PMI Log.doc
Page 2 of 2
HARDNESS TESTING
SCOPE This procedure describes the functions to be performed in the performance of hardness testing. RESPONSIBILITIES ACTIVITY Review Job Specification for Hardness Testing Requirements Hardness Testing Equipment Personnel Training & Vision Test Preparation of Surface to be Tested Perform Hardness Testing & Report Results PROCEDURE Review Job Specification for Hardness Testing Requirements Obtain a copy of the Code/Job Specification requirements prior to the start of work. RESPONSIBILITY Site Quality Manager Site Quality Manager Site Quality Manager Piping Superintendent QC Inspector/NDE Technician 000.509.F79503 000.509.F79501 000.509.F79502 DOCUMENTATION FREQUENCY OF ACTIVITY Prior to start of work Prior to start of work Yearly or each applicable. Yearly Each test location As required by code or specification
Hardness Testing Equipment Obtain the hardness testing equipment required or contract with a supplier of hardness testing services.
Personnel Training & Vision Test Assure that the personnel performing the hardness testing have been trained in the use of the equipment or have used the equipment within one (1) year and have a current vision test (Jaeger 2 at 12 inches (30 cm) minimum within one (1) year).
Preparation of the Surface to be Tested Assure that the surface to be tested is buffed/filed to a relatively flat smooth texture to avoid erroneous measurements which may result from a coarse surface. Care must also be taken to assure that any grinding or other mechanical working does not generate sufficient heat to affect the material hardness.
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7950 Rev 0 Hardness Testing.doc
Page 1 of 2
Perform Hardness Testing & Report Results Perform the hardness testing in accordance with the equipment manufacturer's written procedure as required by the code or job specification. For hardness testing in the weld heat affected zone (HAZ), the test instrument indenter shall not be greater than three (3) millimeters across the tip. Report hardness testing results. For local hardness testing on welded joints, three tests shall be conducted at each location required by code or job specification. Each reading shall be reported and the average for the three shall be computed and reported on Form 000.509.F79503.
FORMS Quality Control Forms: 000.509.F79501 000.509.F79502 000.509.F79503 Verification of Training For Hardness Testing Report of Vision Test Hardness Testing Report
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-7950 Rev 0 Hardness Testing.doc
Page 2 of 2
VERIFICATION OF TRAINING FOR HARDNESS TESTING
ID W79501
This is to verify that
has been trained in the use of the Hardness
Testing Equipment described below or has successfully used this equipment within the past year.
Description of Equipment:
Site Manager/Site Quality Manager
Date
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F79501 Rev 0 Verification of Training for Hardness Testing.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F79501 Rev 0 Verification of Training for Hardness Testing.doc
Page 2 of 2
REPORT OF VISION TEST

Employee Name: Social Security Number:
ID W79502
Type Chart Used:
Jaeger J1 @ 30 cm min. Snellen Equivalent to J1 @ cm min.
Jaeger J2 @ 30 cm min. Snellen Equivalent to J2 @ 30 cm min.
Near Vision Results: Left Eye Passed Failed Corrected Uncorrected Remarks/Comments: Right Eye
Printed Name, Signature And Title Of Test Administrator
Date Of Test
(Month
(Day)
(Year)
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F79502 Rev 0 Report of Vision Test.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F79502 Rev 0 Report of Vision Test.doc
Page 2 of 2
HARDNESS TESTING REPORT

Project Drawing No. Weld No. Weld Type Applicable Code/Spec Material Base Mat'l Weld Metal Project No. Test Equipment Type/Proc. Size And Thickness
ID W79503A
Date PWHT Before After Hardness Test Results Reading #1 #2 #3 Ave. BM HAZ
WM HAZ BM BM HAZ WM HAZ BM BM HAZ WM HAZ BM BM HAZ WM HAZ BM BM HAZ WM HAZ BM BM HAZ WM HAZ BM
Remarks
EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (PRINT)/DATE
QC INSPECTOR (SIGN)/DATE
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F79503 Rev 0 Hardness Testing Report.doc
Page 1 of 2
W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F79503 Rev 0 Hardness Testing Report.doc
Page 2 of 2

240K C2 OT 05 002 Rev.00

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

240K C2 OT 05 002 Rev.00

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SOCIEDAD MINERA CERRO VERDE S.A.A.

CERRO VERDE PRODUCTION UNIT EXPANSION

PROJECT NO. A6CV

SITE QUALITY MANUAL

DOCUMENT NO. 240K-C2-OT-05-002 REV. 0

Document No. 240K-C2-OT-05-002 Revision 0

SITE QUALITY MANUAL

This page is intentionally blank.

TABLE OF CONTENTS / DATE REVISION PAGE

W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0000 Rev 0 Table of Contents.doc

W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0000 Rev 0 Table of Contents.doc

W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F0000 Rev 0 Forms Index.doc

W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F0000 Rev 0 Forms Index.doc

W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F0000 Rev 0 Forms Index.doc

W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F0000 Rev 0 Forms Index.doc

W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F0000 Rev 0 Forms Index.doc

Form Number 000.509.F76009 000.509.F76010 000.509.F76011 000.509.F76012 000.509.F76013 000.509.F76014

W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F0000 Rev 0 Forms Index.doc

W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F0000 Rev 0 Forms Index.doc

W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F0000 Rev 0 Forms Index.doc

W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F0000 Rev 0 Forms Index.doc

This page intentionally left blank.

W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Forms\F0000 Rev 0 Forms Index.doc

W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0010 Rev 0 Foreword.doc

W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0010 Rev 0 Foreword.doc

MANUAL PREPARATION AND MAINTENANCE

W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0020 Rev 0 Manual Preparation and Maintenance.doc

W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0020 Rev 0 Manual Preparation and Maintenance.doc

W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0040 Rev 0 Organization and Responsibilities.doc

W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0040 Rev 0 Organization and Responsibilities.doc

RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X X (1) X X X

W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0040 Rev 0 Organization and Responsibilities.doc

RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X X (1) S X X X X X TEST LAB S

RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X (1) S X X X X S S X

RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X X (1) S S X X TEST LAB S

W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0040 Rev 0 Organization and Responsibilities.doc

RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X X X X X S X X S X S S

RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X (1) X X X X X S S X X S

W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0040 Rev 0 Organization and Responsibilities.doc

RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X PM PM X X X X S S X X S

RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X X X X X S S S S S X X X S X X X X X S S S S X S X

W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0040 Rev 0 Organization and Responsibilities.doc

RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X X X X X X X X X S X S S S S S S X X S X S S

RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC MM MM MM MM X X X X X

W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0040 Rev 0 Organization and Responsibilities.doc

RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC MM MM MM MM MM X X X X X X S S S S S S S X X X S

RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X X X X X X X

W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0040 Rev 0 Organization and Responsibilities.doc

RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X S X X S S X X X S S X S S X X S

RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X X X X X X X S S S

W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0040 Rev 0 Organization and Responsibilities.doc

RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X X X X X X X X X X X X S S S S S S S X RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X S S

W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0040 Rev 0 Organization and Responsibilities.doc

RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X S X S X S X X X X S S S S X

RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC MM MM MM X X X RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X X X X X X X X S X S S S S S S S S X S

W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0040 Rev 0 Organization and Responsibilities.doc

RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X X S X S X S S X RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X X X X X X X X S S S S S S S S S X X S

W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0040 Rev 0 Organization and Responsibilities.doc

RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X (1) X X X X X X X X X X S S

RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X X X X X X S S S X

RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X (1) S X X S X S X X X X X X S S S S S X S

W:\103_PROJ_ADMIN\109_ENG DOCS\109.12R_OT\05-Construction\240K-C2-OT-05-002_SiteQualityManual\Procedures\509-0040 Rev 0 Organization and Responsibilities.doc

RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X (1) X X S X RESPONSIBILITY Construction QA/QC X X S X X X X X S